Page 1


“Whether it’s by rail, road or sea, often it’s the journey and the companions which make your experience. From stunning landscapes and ancient ruins to iconic cities and breathtaking nature, see your world, your way.”


Contents

TOURING THE WORLD 4

WHY CHOOSE TRAVEL 2?

12 AUSTRALASIA

6

YOUR TOURING OPTIONS

14 AUSTRALIA

8

OUR TOURING PARTNERS

10

GETTING THERE

233 SAFETY INFORMATION 233 BOOKING CONDITIONS

40

NEW ZEALAND

66 NORTH AMERICA

152 SOUTH AFRICA 159 ZAMBIA 161 BOTSWANA 162 NAMIBIA

68 USA 89 CANADA

164 INDIA & SRI LANKA

108 ALASKA

175

110 CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA

180 ASIA

112 MEXICO 113 GUATEMALA & BELIZE 116 COSTA RICA 119 CUBA 120 COLOMBIA 121 ECUADOR & GALÁPAGOS 124 PERU 129 BOLIVIA 130 BRAZIL 135 CHILE & ARGENTINA 139

POLAR EXPEDITION

140 AFRICA 142 MOROCCO 144 KENYA 147 TANZANIA 149 UGANDA 150 ETHIOPIA 151 MADAGASCAR

166 INDIA SRI LANKA

182 MYANMAR 185 THAILAND 188 SINGAPORE 190 MALAYSIA & BORNEO 193 INDONESIA 195 INDOCHINA 207 CHINA 212 SOUTH KOREA 213 JAPAN

222 EUROPE 225 SPAIN & PORTUGAL 226 ITALY 227 GREECE 228 EASTERN EUROPE 229 CROATIA & MONTENEGRO 230 SWITZERLAND 231 ICELAND 232 SCANDINAVIA

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

3


35

Over 35 years’ experience and experts in tailor-made long haul holidays

4

Welcome to our world, a world we are proud of. We offer a level of service that truly sets us apart from anyone else and our portfolio incorporates a huge selection of travel options that you can tailor-make for your dream holiday.


24/7 website

TOURING THE WORLD Why choose Travel 2? YOUR HOLIDAY, YOUR WAY Travel 2 has been committed to sending customers to an array of worldwide destinations for over 35 years. In that time we’ve worked hard to become the experts you can trust in building your perfect holiday. Working with your travel agent we can plan and book everything from scheduled flights, accommodation, cruises, tours and excursions – our flexible approach allows us to tailor-make your holiday, your way. Furthermore, we work with all major airlines to allow you choice on how you wish to travel, with departures available from all regional airports. Travel 2 is part of the Emirates Group - a dynamic travel and tourism operation with a global reputation for excellence spanning every aspect of the industry. A GREAT PRICE WITH EXPERT ADVICE Travel 2’s reservation consultants are well travelled and undergo an extensive training programme. This combined skill set equips them with the tools to be able to provide you with a unique tailor-made service when booking your perfect holiday. Whether it’s a twin-centre holiday, cruise or touring holiday, our consultants will go that extra mile to make sure you have the holiday of a lifetime from start to finish. That extra mile also extends to making sure you get the best price too. Our buying power as part of a global travel business means you benefit from competitive pricing and special offers - exclusive from our supplier partners. New deals arrive daily, so speak to your local travel agent for the most up to date pricing and offers. SERVICE YOU CAN COUNT ON Travel 2 is an award-winning company and by working with your travel agent, we want to ensure your booking and travel experience exceeds expectations. From the advice you receive at initial enquiry right through to the service you receive in resort, our expert consultants are available 24-hours a day, seven days a week to support and assist your travel agent. PEACE OF MIND Booking a holiday with Travel 2 allows you to relax in the knowledge that your money is safe and your travel arrangements are in expert hands. We are a fully bonded operator with the Association of British Travel Agents (ABTA) and the Civil Aviation Authority (ATOL protected). The air holidays and flights in this brochure are ATOL protected by the Civil Aviation Authority. Our ATOL number is ATOL 3228.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

5


YOUR TOURING OPTIONS There are many different ways to explore your chosen destination; from aboard a supremely comfortable coach, to exciting explorations on foot for the more adventurous. All tours have been carefully selected to deliver a range of experiences in all destinations with included items detailed against each itinerary.

INCLUDED IN THE PRICE OF YOUR TOUR: • Internal flights if part of the itinerary • All accommodation • Good balance of meals • Local guides • Sightseeing excursions if part of the itinerary

INDEPENDENT TOURS If you’re looking to discover the heart and soul of a country or region, then independent touring could be the option for you. Our selected itineraries strike the perfect balance between the freedom of travelling independently and the convenience of having your accommodation and transport pre-arranged; leaving you free to explore all that the area has to offer.

PRIVATE TOURS Our private tours combine the assurance of your own personal guide and transport with the flexibility to explore each destination at your own pace. All overnight accommodation and transport is organised in advance, and most tours use the services of a private car and knowledgeable driver supplemented en route by local guides.

SMALL GROUP TOURING If you like the convenience of an escorted tour but want something a little more intimate, consider a small group tour. Travelling by 4WD or bus in a maximum group size of 16 (it’s usually less), you’ll enjoy a holiday 6

that’s filled with unique experiences. With the help of an expert local guide and/or driver, you’ll learn all about your destination from someone who knows about it and is genuinely passionate about it.

RAIL & CRUISE JOURNEYS Some of the world’s most iconic experiences feature amongst our rail and cruise journeys: the Trans Mongolian Express, Japan’s bullet trains, Canada’s Rocky Mountaineer, and cruises to the Galápagos and to the polar ice cap of Antarctica, to name but a few.

ESCORTED COACH TOURS For those who enjoy the company of like-minded travellers, an escorted tour is a great way to see all the major sights, or to discover a path less well-trodden. From the comfort of a larger air-conditioned coach, and with the help of an expert local guide, you’ll learn about your destination in a safe and fun environment. With

many of your meals also included, you’re free to sit back and enjoy your holiday without having to worry about a thing.

SELF DRIVE TOURS For many destinations there is no better way of appreciating it than on the open road. Self drive touring gives you the freedom to explore your chosen destination at your own pace but without the worry of booking each individual hotel. We partner with only the best car hire companies worldwide and give suggested routes however these tours can be tailored to your specific holiday requirements, to create the road trip of a lifetime.

TOUR DEPARTURE DATES The departure dates shown are the dates your land tour actually commences. Your departure date from the UK may sometimes be one day earlier, depending on your chosen flights and direction of travel.


PHYSICAL DEMAND

ACCOMMODATION LEVELS

Each tour comes with a physical demand rating that indicates how much physical activity is included within the itinerary. This can range from some gentle sightseeing to more challenging full-day hikes. Most people with an average level of fitness should cope easily with anything up to level 3.

Tours feature a range of accommodation categories across all destinations, from outback campsites to luxurious palaces. For ease of comparison, these categories have been standardised to create a 3, 4 or 5 star rating level for each tour.

= Sightseeing only = Short walks

CULTURAL INTEREST All tours include some level of cultural sightseeing inclusions. Those we deem to be of special cultural interest include:

= Gentle cycling or hiking

Page Tour

= Hill climbing, longer walks and hikes

26 58 69 106 114 131 142 150 172 186 203 210 215

= Strenuous full-day trekking

GROUP PASSENGER NUMBERS On each tour we provide maximum passenger figures for guidance on the possible size of the group and number of travelling companions you might expect. Often, however, groups may depart with less passengers than the maximum indicated. Occasionally, if passenger numbers are very low then 2 departures may join together or the group may travel as a private tour. Independent and Private Tours may travel with any number from 1 or 2 passengers upward, according to your party size.

The Colour of Red Tane Mahuta Hawaiian Seascapes Landscapes of the Canadian Maritimes Sprit of Central America Rio Carnival Experience Morocco, Sahara & Beyond Discover Ethiopia Heritage of Leh & Ladakh Thailand Real Food Adventure Temples of Angkor Boutique Asia - Sichuan Experience Trails of Japan

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

7


OUR TOURING PARTNERS Our touring partners include some of the best names in the world of travel, each a specialist in their own area.

ESCORTED COACH TOURS AmericanTours International operates one of the largest programmes with guaranteed departures of escorted tours in the USA. Tours are only conducted in English and include all the ‘’must see’’ highlights. Hotels used are comfortable tourist class standard. Basic sightseeing is included however optional tours are available to purchase locally through your tour director. ATI offers affordable, value for money touring.

Trafalgar offers award-winning, beautifullyplanned itineraries, providing authentic and enhanced holiday experiences. Stay in ideally-located 4 star hotels and dine on authentic regional cuisine often in the homes, farms and vineyards of locals. Trafalgar trips have a mix of “must see” sights and local highlights, VIP sightseeing, modern coaches and many included meals – all with an expert Trafalgar Travel Director.

AATKings has been operating tours in Australia for over 87 years and also operates throughout New Zealand. Their combination of luxury coach transportation, quality accommodation, diverse sightseeing, and professional tour directors provides the best touring experience. AATKings prides itself on the extraordinary quality and unrivalled value for money of its holiday programme.

Contiki Tours are exclusively designed for 18 – 35 year old. These tours are designed for travellers looking to see all the major icons but also the under the radar favourites. With unique accommodation options, comfortable transportation and a significant amount of meals included, and no regret inclusions on every tip make for a truly memorable experience. Freedom is a key factor on these tours with more hours of free time for solo wanderings along with tasty ‘Free Time’ add-ons to ensure that your trip meets all your experience needs.

With 2 distinctive levels of touring to suit all budgets, APT offers a wealth of different options on APT’s luxury tours and Travelmarvel by APT premium tours. The passion and expertise of APT’s highly professional Tour Directors and drivers, along with enriching sightseeing, hand-picked accommodation and unique dining experiences allow passengers to unwind and marvel in the ultimate value that APT creates. Grand Pacific Tours is recognised as the New Zealand Coach Holiday specialist, offering four styles of touring to suit all budgets and interests – Affordable, Luxury, Ultimate Small Group and Special Interest including Cruise and Luxury Coach, with over 190 guaranteed departures per year. Family-owned and operated, they pride themselves on the highly professional and personalised service they offer to thousands of travellers every year providing each one with the best New Zealand coach holiday experience available. Insight Vacations are the experts in luxury escorted touring. Travel in real comfort on coaches with fewer guests and business class legroom. Insight offers the best hotels in central locations and 2/3-night stays on most itineraries. Included are exceptional sightseeing, priority admissions and delectable dining experiences which combined make an Insight holiday an affordable upmarket experience.

8

Costsaver value tours cover all the essentials, while providing the building blocks to tailor your dream holiday. With quality transport, accommodation, city tours and plenty of meals included, you’re then able to tailor your trip with our selection of handcrafted Optional Experiences – or simply uncover each destination your way. Voted the ‘Best Small Escorted Adventure Tour Operator’ for three years running at the British Travel Awards, Grand American Adventures offer the widest range of small group adventures in North America. Suitable for couples, families and solo travellers alike, they specialise in active and in-depth itineraries that include unique experiences only made possible by being part of a small group experience, with the perfect balance of included highlights and free time for optional experiences.

DESTINATION SPECIALISTS - CHINA & JAPAN With over 20 years’ experience designing escorted Tours to Asia; Wendy Wu Tours has fast become the UK’s leading provider of escorted tours within China, Japan and South East Asia. With award winning guides, unrivalled knowledge and expertise, Wendy Wu Tours truly delivers a unique experience to their guests, with accommodation options ranging from 3* to 5* Luxury Hotels. All tours include the visa service making for a smoother process for ensuring your clients have all the relevant travel documents.


RAIL JOURNEYS

SMALL GROUP ADVENTURES

Bringing together exceptional individual experiences to create unique and inspiring journeys that take you beyond the boundaries of the expected, the Eastern & Oriental Express train offers luxury travel through some of the world’s most exotic landscapes. Sister train to Europe’s legendary Venice Simplon-Orient-Express, the train offers a South-East Asian travel experience like no other.

G Adventures believes the greatest thing about the word ‘adventure’ is that it’s open-ended; you decide what it means. That’s why small groups, insider access and personal freedom to follow the whim of the moment are the order of the day, every day. With seven travel styles tailored to travellers’ interests and appetites, G Adventures has your next trip. So why wait? There’s an amazing planet out there, and it can’t wait to meet you.

A Privately owned railway company operating some of the more inspirational journeys through the African continent, this international renowned operator was established in 1989, and quickly gained a reputation for offering clients a truly world class travel experience. Why not step aboard the Pride of Africa, which transports clients to Africa’s greatest destinations from Cape Town in the South to Dar Es Salaam in the East.

For travellers with a yearning to get off the beaten track, Intrepid opens up a whole new world. They offer 25 years’ experience, a huge variety of travel styles and an average group size of just 10. So whether it’s trekking to Machu Picchu, sailing in Thailand, or travelling by train through India, Intrepid explores the world’s most amazing places, discovering real people, real cultures and having incredible, authentic experiences along the way.

Internationally recognised by the World Travel Awards as the ‘World’s Leading Travel Experience by Train’, Rocky Mountaineer offers over 45 Canadian holiday packages and five unique rail routes, rich in history and natural wonders, through the Pacific Northwest and Alberta. This award-winning, luxurious train travels by daylight through the wild beauty of Canada’s West and is the best way to experience the majestic Canadian Rockies.

The Small Group Journeys that are created by Silver Fern Holidays combine must-see sights with off-the-beaten-track experiences and friendly places to stay. Each of the itineraries includes amazing sights and free time for you to enjoy New Zealand in your own way, whether that is throwing yourself off a mountain or tasting a new pinot noir.

Promoting the spirit of expedition, Great Southern Rail offer breathtaking coast-to-coast rail journeys in Australia aboard the iconic Indian Pacific, The Ghan and The Overland trains. With a passion for friendly service and creating lasting memories with the uniquely Australian experiences that they offer, a journey with Great Southern Rail offers a true adventure that will last a lifetime.

At Insider Journeys they don’t take travellers on holiday, but on a journey of discovery that focuses on authentic Imagine the stories experiences. A trip with Insider Journeys is about living in the moment, seeing a destination through the eyes of the locals, and observing the little details that normally go unnoticed.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

9


GETTING THERE

British Airways, the UK’s national flag carrier, continues to pride itself on its exceptional quality and unrivalled level of service. Whether in the air or on the ground, British Airways offers you the widest possible choice and utmost comfort, whichever class you choose to fly. Flying to more than 300 destinations worldwide you can be sure that British Airways and their partners can take you wherever you want to go. And, as a member of the renowned oneworld® alliance, they have an expanded network to over 600 destinations across the world.

World Traveller is our full-service economy class on flights beyond Europe, packed with all the comfort and benefits you expect from British Airways at an affordable price:

World Traveller Plus is our premium economy service, a more comfortable, relaxing experience on longer routes and proof that a premium service doesn’t have to break the bank:

• Great value all-inclusive fares with no hidden charges

• Wider seats and more legroom

• Generous free baggage allowance

• Small, intimate cabins with expert, attentive service

• Delicious meals and full bar-service

• Delicious meals and full bar-service

• Personal entertainment system with complimentary headphones

• Personal entertainment system with noise-reducing headphones

• Family-friendly features and kids’ activity packs

• Power supply for laptops and other electronic devices • Larger free baggage allowance

Club World combines premium levels of comfort and service with the freedom and flexibility to make every journey unique and unforgettable. Whether you’re travelling for business or pleasure, there’s a Club World seat with your name on it:

First is your ticket to exceptional comfort and impeccable service in our most elegant surroundings. It’s the finest way to travel:

• Spacious seat that converts into a 183cm (6ft) fully flat bed

• Your own private, spacious suite

• Memory foam headrest and quilted blanket

• A fully flat bed with mattress, duvet, pyjamas and well-being essentials

•L  uxury amenity kit with The White Company products and accessories

• Delicious and indulgent dining

• Delicious food and drink options using fresh, local ingredients

• Exclusive and attentive service

•A  ccess to private lounges*

• Personal entertainment system with noise-cancelling headphones

• Dedicated check-in desks and priority boarding

• Power supply for laptops and other electronic devices

• Power supply for laptops and other electronic devices

• Elegent departure and arrival lounges* (*London Heathrow Terminal 5)

• Larger free baggage allowance

• Larger free baggage allowance *When you fly from London Heathrow Terminals 3 and 5 and New York JFK Terminal 7

10


Emirates Emirates has received over 500 international awards for excellence, and serves a network of more than 150 destinations worldwide. With 19 daily flights to Dubai from eight UK airports (London Heathrow, London Gatwick, London Stansted, Birmingham, Manchester, Newcastle, Edinburgh and Glasgow), Emirates offers quick and convenient connections to the Middle East, Far East, Indian Ocean, Africa, South Asia and Australasia.

Experience The Emirates A380 The extraordinary Emirates A380 features luxurious Private Suites and Shower Spas in First Class, flat-bed seats with direct aisle access and an Onboard Lounge in Business Class, as well as a new generation of comfort in Economy Class with up to 3500 channels of entertainment on-demand in every class and onboard wi-fi throughout. The Emirates A380 flies from Heathrow, Gatwick, Birmingham and Manchester to Dubai and onwards to over 45 destinations.

Experience First Class • All the benefits of Business Class plus: • Generous 50kgs baggage allowance • First Class Private Suite with sliding privacy doors, vanity table and mirror • Moisturising sleepwear, soft sheep-skin like blankets, slippers and eye mask • Sumptuous on demand a la carte cuisine • On board A380 Shower Spa with Bvlgari toiletries and Timeless Spa products

Fly Business Class

Fly Economy Class

• Complimentary Chauffeur-drive Service in over 70 destinations

• On line check-in opens 48 hours before the flight, and then select a seat of your choice for free

• Priority check-in and baggage handling

• Up to 3500 channels of entertainment on-demand at every seat

• Lie-flat seats with massage function • Emirates A380 Onboard Lounge •M  ulti-course gourmet cuisine served with exclusive wines and spirits •D  edicated Emirates Lounges in over 40 destinations worldwide, including Heathrow, Gatwick, Manchester, Birmingham and Glasgow • S  hared lounge access in over 60 destinations worldwide, including Newcastle

• Ergonomically designed seats with adjustable headrests and up to 33-inch seat pitch • World-class service from dedicated cabin crew • Multi-course gourmet cuisine served with complimentary wine and beverages • Phone, SMS and email connectivity from every seat plus wi-fi on board the Emirates A380

• Generous 40kg baggage allowance

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

11


HIGHLIGHTS

12

• PILGRIMAGE TO ABORIGINAL ULURU AND ‘SOUNDS OF SILENCE’ DINNER

• CATAMARAN CRUISE AND SNORKELLING ON THE GREAT BARRIER REEF

• SCENIC BEAUTY OF TASMANIA WITH ITS RUGGED COASTLINE, VIRGIN RAINFOREST AND DESERTED BEACHES

• NEW ZEALAND’S SOUTHERN ALPS SEEN FROM ABOARD THE AWARD-WINNING TRANZALPINE TRAIN

 TAY IN AN ECO-RETREAT IN •S THE AUSTRALIAN WILDERNESS

•C  RUISING AMONGST THE IDYLLIC FIORDLANDS


Melville Island

Wessel Islands

Crocker Island

Goulburn Islands

Bathurst Island Darwin

AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND Groole Eylandt

Katherine

Borroloola Daly Walters

Port Douglas

Kimberly

Cairns

Derby Broome

Halls Creek

Fitzroy Crossing

Tennant Creek Melville Island

Great Sandy Desert Wessel Islands

Crocker Island Port Hedland

Whitsunday Islands

Airlie Beach NORTHERN TERRITORY

Goulburn Islands

Bathurst Island Karratha

Townsville

Darwin Onslow Exmouth

Lake Disappointment Groole Eylandt

Newman

Katherine

Alice Springs

Uluru (Ayers Rock) Yulara

WESTERN AUSTRALIA Carnarvon Monkey Mia

Borroloola Lake Carnegie

Daly Walters

Rockhampton

QUEENSLAND

Port Douglas Cairns

Lake Wells

Meekatharra

Sunshine Coast

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Brisbane

Halls Creek

Mount Magnet Tennant Creek Geraldton

Townsville Lake Maurice

Lake Barlee

Lake Moore NORTHERN TERRITORY

Airlie Beach

Northam

Eucla

Penong

Balladonia

Norseman

Lake Torrens

Lake Gairdner

Woomera

Gold Coast

Lake Frame

NEW SOUTH WALES Broken Hill

Port Augusta Whyalla

Dubbo

Port Pirie

Newcastle

Adelaide

Lake Gairdner

Woomera

Cenduna

Lake Frame

Broken Hill Port Augusta

Whyalla

Port Pirie

Adelaide

y

ra

ur

M

Port Lincoln

Mildura

r ve

Ri

Kangaroo Island

Rocklands Reserve

Snowy Ballarat

Mount Gambier Cape Nelson

Melbourne Frankston

Geelong Cape Otway

Wilson’s Promontory

Cape Reinga Bay of Islands Paihia

Eddyshore Point Devonport

Geelong Cape Otway

Hobart

Tongariro National Park

Hawke’s Bay Napier

NORTH ISLAND Palmerston North

Abel Tasman National Park

Picton

Nelson

Wellington

Blenheim Greymouth Hokitika Franz Josef Glacier Fox Glacier Milford Sound

Haast

SOUTH ISLAND

Cook Strait Kaikoura

Arthur’s Pass

Mt. Cook Lake Tekapo

Pacific Ocean

Christchurch

Wanaka

Launceston

TASMANIA

Gisborne

Taupo

Eddyshore Point

UNIQUE WILDLIFE ADVENTURES

Rotorua

Tasman Sea New Plymouth

Enjoy a walking tour with wine tasting Frankston in the Barossa Valley, or sample the Wilson’s delicious Sauvignon Blancs of New Promontory Zealand’s Marlborough wine region.

Devonport

Tauranga

Hamilton

Maria Island

Hobart

NEW WORLD WINELANDS

Melbourne

Auckland

TASMANIA

Snowy

Ballarat

Coromandel Peninsula

Launceston

Echuca

VICTORIA

Cape Nelson

Echuca

VICTORIA

Discover tropical Gold Coast Queensland’s exciting surf beaches and the beautiful islands of NEW SOUTH WALES the Whitsundays, including Hamilton Island and spectacular Whitehaven Dubbo Beach with its crystal-clear waters Newcastle and pure white silica sands. Rainforest Sydney meets the reef in the remote terrain of Wollongong Cape Tribulation; cruise the Daintree River toCanberra view the indigenous wildlife.

Rocklands Reserve Mount Gambier

Brisbane

Canberra

r

Lake Torrens

Sunshine Coast

ve

Tarcoola

Kangaroo Island

Ri

Lake Blanche

y

GREAT BARRIER REEF

Lake Gregory

Lake Maurice

Streaky Bay

Wollongong ra

Lake Eyre

Coober Pedy

Penong

Sydney

ur

Port Lincoln Albany

Mildura M

Banbury Augusta

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Eucla

Tarcoola

Streaky Bay Rockhampton

Alice Springs

Lake Gregory Lake Blanche

Cenduna

QUEENSLAND Uluru (Ayers Rock) Yulara

Whitsunday Islands

Kalgoorlie Lake Cowan

Perth

Lake Eyre

Coober Pedy

Doubtful Sound

Maria East Alligator River or take a Sail Island Billabong cruise along Katherine Gorge to observe saltwater crocodiles and prolific birdlife. Overnight on Kangaroo Island, spot dingoes on Fraser Island, check out the shark nursery at Coral Bay and see the famous dolphins of Monkey Mia. A whale watching cruise from Kaikoura makes an unforgettable sight.

CULTURE TRIPS Explore Australia’s Red Centre and the intriguing Aboriginal rock art at Uluru and Kakadu National Park. Visit the Bay of Islands, birthplace of New Zealand

Queenstown Te Anau

Clifden

Dunedin

Invercargill Stewart Island

Oban

or join a traditional Maori feast in geothermal Rotorua. Cruising the Fijan Islands, you’ll enjoy meeting the friendly locals.

MAGNIFICENT NEW ZEALAND SCENERY Admire the rugged West Coast glaciers including the majestic Franz Josef Glacier, and the haunting beauty of Fiordland with a spectacular overnight cruise on the silent waters of Milford or Doubtful Sound.

13


AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND SYDNEY TO QUEENSTOWN ESCORTED XXXXCOACH TOUR PRICES FROM

£5739pp

21 day Highlights of Australia & New Zealand Melbourne • Alice Springs • Uluru (Ayers Rock) • Cairns • Great Barrier Reef • Sydney • Auckland • Rotorua • Christchurch • Franz Josef • Queenstown • Milford Sound Days 1 - 3: Melbourne

Days 8 & 9: Cairns and the Great Barrier Reef

Upon arrival, transfer from the airport to your hotel. This evening, meet your Travel Director and fellow guests at a welcome reception and dinner on board Melbourne’s famous Colonial Tramcar Restaurant. Day 2 begins with a private walking tour of the city’s vibrant arcades and laneways, followed by an afternoon at leisure. Day 3 is yours to enjoy Melbourne at your own pace, or perhaps enjoy an optional sightseeing tour along the Great Ocean Road. Note: Flights must arrive into Melbourne Airport before 12 noon. (D,B,B) Crowne Plaza Melbourne (3 nights)

You have a full day at leisure on day 8 for you to pursue your own interests in vibrant, tropical Cairns. On day 9, prepare to marvel at the wonders of the crystalblue ocean as you board a high-speed catamaran to the Great Barrier Reef. You’ll have the opportunity to go snorkelling (equipment provided), or you can view the coral and tropical fish from the underwater observatory and semi-submersible craft. Enjoy a tropical buffet lunch on board before you return to Cairns. Your dinner is included tonight at a local restaurant on the waterfront. (B,BLD)

Day 4: Melbourne - Alice Springs

Day 10: Cairns - Sydney

Fly to Alice Springs this morning, and visit the School of the Air and the headquarters of the Royal Flying Doctor Service. This evening, join the Falzon family for a traditional home-cooked gourmet BBQ dinner. (BD) Mercure Alice Springs

After a final morning at leisure in Cairns, fly in the afternoon to cosmopolitan Sydney where the rest of your day is at leisure to drink in the atmosphere of this iconic city. (B) Intercontinental Hotel Sydney (3 nights)

Resort

Days 11 & 12: Sydney

Days 5 & 6: Uluru (Ayers Rock) & Kata Tjuta (Olgas)

Today enjoy a tour of the Sydney Opera House with a local guide before feeling the sand between your toes at the legendary Bondi Beach. Enjoy lunch on one of the most prestigious boats on Sydney Harbour, before spending the rest of your day at leisure. After more free time on day 12, celebrate your last evening in Sydney with your Travel Director and fellow guests at a waterfront restaurant. (BL,BD)

Travel through the rugged West MacDonnell Ranges to Uluru (Ayers Rock). As day 5 draws to a close, enjoy a glass of sparkling wine as you observe the dramatic colour changes of Uluru at sunset. Day 6 begins with an early rise to witness the magical Uluru sunrise, then tour the caves filled with ancient rock art at the base of Uluru. In the afternoon, travel over red desert plains to Kata Tjuta (the Olgas), and take a walk through some of the tallest of these majestic domes before sunset. (B) Desert

Gardens Hotel (2 nights)

Day 7: Uluru (Ayers Rock) - Cairns In the morning, join an Aboriginal artist for a fun and interactive introduction to Western Desert Art. Gain unique cultural insights, such as the significance of local totems and paint your own artwork that you can keep as a memento of your time in the Red Centre. In the afternoon, fly to Cairns and then transfer to your hotel. (B)

Hilton Hotel Cairns (3 nights)

14

Days 13 & 14: Sydney - Auckland Fly across the Tasman Sea to the island nation of New Zealand before meeting your Travel Director and fellow guests for dinner at your hotel. The following day, enjoy a morning city sightseeing tour and cruise on Waitemata Harbour before taking the time to relax and unwind in New Zealand’s largest city. (BD,B) Stamford Plaza

Auckland

Day 15: Auckland - Rotorua As you travel through the rolling countryside of the Waikato Region, stop for a sumptuous country-style lunch at the Red Barn. Later, an evening of traditional Maori culture and entertainment awaits as you savour a delicious Hangi dinner and enjoy a concert at the Tamaki Family Marae. (BLD) Millennium Hotel Rotorua


1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND PRICES FROM:

£5739 per person Uluru (Ayers Rock)

2

ef Re

019: Jan 6, 13, 20, 27; Feb 3, 10, 17, 24; Mar 3, 10, 17, 24; Apr 14; Jun 2, 30; Aug 11; Sep 1, 15, 29; Oct 13; Nov 3, 10, 17, 24; Dec 1, 15, 29;

ier

DEPARTURES

arr

• 20 nights’ accommodation in premium hotels • Meals as specified: 20 breakfasts, 4 lunches, 8 dinners • Internal flights, transfers, sightseeing and touring as specified (excludes ‘optional’ items) • Services of an Experienced Travel Director and Driver Guide • Touring by luxury coach

3

tB

PRICES INCLUDE

ea Gr

Cairns

Alice Springs 1

AUSTRALIA

Sydney Melbourne

3

3

Auckland 2 Waitomo Caves NEW ZEALAND

1

Rotorua

Arthurs Pass Franz Josef Glacier Queenstown

1

1

Christchurch

3

2020: Jan 5, 12, 19, 26; Feb 2, 9, 16, 23; Mar 1, 8, 15

SYDNEY TO QUEENSTOWN

TOUR DETAILS

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach GROUP SIZE: 48 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS • Experience the striking colour changes of Uluru at sunset • Cruise on the pristine Great Barrier Reef • Immerse yourself in Maori culture in New Zealand’s North Island • Marvel at the stunning natural scenery of the Southern Alps and Milford Sound • Discover Queenstown – the ‘adventure capital of the world’

Days 16: Rotorua - Christchurch Discover native flora and fauna at the Rainbow Springs Nature Park, before continuing to Te Puia Thermal Reserve, where a Maori guide will lead you through a geothermal wonderland. Later, board your flight to Christchurch for a quick tour of the city before enjoying the rest of the day at leisure. (B) Distinction Christchurch

Hotel

Day 17: Christchurch - TranzAlpine - Franz Josef Take an unforgettable journey through the spectacular Southern Alps on the legendary TranzAlpine train. Stop at Hokitika, known for its beautiful greenstone (jade), then travel on to the West Coast town of Franz Josef to marvel at the stunning glacier of the same name. Dinner is included this evening at your hotel.

(BD) Te Waonui Forest Retreat

Days 18: Franz Josef - Queenstown Travel over the Haast Pass with stunning views out to the Tasman Sea before visiting the historic gold-mining village of Arrowtown. Upon arrival in Queenstown, enjoy a brief orientation tour before unwinding in the renowned adventure capital of the world. (B) Millennium Hotel Queenstown (3 nights)

Days 19 & 20: Milford Sound & Queenstown Drive along the shores of the turquoise Lake Wakatipu to Te Anau, then through the temperate rainforest of the Fiordland National Park to Milford Sound. Enjoy a spectacular cruise among mountain peaks, massive waterfalls and glaciers before you return to Queenstown for an evening at leisure. On day 20, you will have the opportunity to take in an optional experience such as a boutique wine tour, a thrilling jet boat ride or a gentle cruise on a vintage steamship followed by a traditional BBQ lunch experience on a New Zealand homestead. In the evening, join your Travel Director and fellow guests for a spectacular farewell dinner at the Boatshed, set in the restored historic Railway Shipping Office. (BL,BD)

Day 21: Depart Queenstown Your Australia and New Zealand adventure comes to an end after breakfast. Transfers are available throughout today to Queenstown Airport for your onward flight. (B)

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Melbourne and Queenstown. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

15


AUSTRALIA PERTH TO SYDNEY ESCORTED XXXXCOACH TOUR PRICES FROM

£4549pp

18 day Discover Australia Perth • Alice Springs • Uluru (Ayers Rock) • Cairns • Port Douglas • Great Barrier Reef • Melbourne • Sydney Day 1: Arrive Perth

Ayers Rock

Day 2: Perth, Fremantle & Swan River Cruise

Day 7: Ayers Rock - Cairns

This morning, embark on a fascinating guided sightseeing tour of Perth to uncover some the city’s varied highlights. The natural beauty of the Botanic Gardens and sun-kissed walkways of the beautiful Kings Park will offer stunning views of the city’s skyline, and afterwards you will travel to the colonial seaside town of Fremantle located at the mouth of the Swan River. After enjoying the idyllic beaches and traditional colonial architecture, return to Perth on a relaxing cruise along the Swan River before a friendly Welcome Dinner at your hotel with your Tour director and fellow travellers. (BD)

Marvel at the sunrise over Uluru and take a guided tour around its base viewing ancient caves and indigenous rock art sites. Later, fly from the heart of Australia’s Red Centre, to the sparkling blue waters and green rainforests of Tropical North Queensland. Upon arrival in Cairns, you will be transferred to your hotel. (B)

Day 3: Perth at leisure Enjoy the day at leisure to further explore this beautiful city independently. Alternatively, you can choose to cruise to the historic Swan Valley wine region or spend the day on beautiful Rottnest Island (both at own expense). (B)

Day 4: Perth - Alice Springs Transfer to the airport for your flight to the red heart of Australia, Alice Springs. Nestled between the MacDonnell Ranges, this iconic Outback town is the geographical centre of Australia made famous by its rich pioneering history and enchanting ancient Indigenous culture. Upon arrival, transfer to your hotel and enjoy the rest of the day at leisure. (B) Mercure Alice Springs Resort (2 nights)

Day 5: Alice Springs Early this morning, you may like to take an awe-inspiring balloon flight over the desert at sunrise (own expense), before joining the rest of the group to enjoy panoramic views of the town and surrounding MacDonnell Ranges from the top of Anzac Hill. After some time at leisure, enjoy your Insider Experience this afternoon with a visit to the Royal Flying Doctor Service and School of the Air. At sunset, you have the option to take a memorable camel ride (own expense). (B)

Day 6: Alice Springs - Ayers Rock The Australian Outback comes to life today as you travel through rugged landscapes to Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park. In the afternoon visit Kata Tjuta and Walpa Gorge and enjoy a glass of wine while watching the sunset. There is also the opportunity to

16

join a unique optional experience at your own expense and dine under the canopy of the desert night with the Sounds of Silence dinner. (B) Desert Gardens Hotel,

On arrival at Perth Airport, transfer to your hotel where the remainder of the day is at leisure. Peppers Kings Square Perth (3 nights)

Pullman Cairns International (2 nights)

Day 8: Cairns at leisure Enjoy a day at leisure to explore Cairns. (B)

Day 9: Cairns - Port Douglas Enjoy a drive north along the beautiful coastline to the relaxed holiday township of Port Douglas. The Great Barrier Reef is calling today as you cruise by fast catamaran to Quicksilver’s exclusive reef activity platform. Snorkel in the sheltered coral lagoon, take a walk through the underwater observatory, join a guided tour on the semi-submersible or glass-bottom boat, or simply relax on the spacious sundeck. (BL) Peppers Beach Club, Port Douglas (2 nights)

Day 10: Port Douglas at leisure Enjoy a day at leisure. You have the option to perhaps explore Cape Tribulation in the Daintree National Park, home to the world’s oldest living rainforest, or ride the Skyrail Rainforest Cableway in Kuranda (both at own expense). (B)

Day 11: Port Douglas - Melbourne Return to Cairns and fly to Melbourne, a city famous for its cutting-edge designs, heritage architecture and village-like suburbs. (B) Pullman Melbourne on the Park

(3 nights)

Day 12: Melbourne & Yarra Valley In the morning explore the highlights of this vibrant city with a guided tour, before venturing out to the Yarra Valley wine region where you will enjoy lunch amid the vine-covered hills. Your evening is at leisure to enjoy Melbourne’s bustling nightlife.

(BL)


AUSTRALIA PRICES FROM:

£4549 per person

2

Northern Territory

Port Douglas

2

Cairns

S

PRICES INCLUDE 2

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

New South Wales

Perth

Sydney

Victoria Melbourne

DEPARTURES

4

S

South Australia 3

1

Queensland

1

S

Uluru

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Alice Springs

S

• 17 nights’ accommodation in comfortable, mid-range hotels • Meals as specified: 17 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 3 dinners • Internal flights, transfers, sightseeing and touring as per itinerary (excludes ‘optional’ items) • Services of a Travelmarvel Tour Director and local guides in selected locations • Touring by luxury air-conditioned coach

PERTH TO SYDNEY

TOUR DETAILS

3

Various departures throughout the year. Please call for details.

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach GROUP SIZE: 48 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 - 5 stars Operated by Travelmarvel, part of the APT Travel Group Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Day 13: Melbourne at leisure With a full day at leisure today, you’ll have the opportunity to enjoy a range of optional sightseeing excursions. Perhaps discover the coastal scenery, native flora and intriguing towns along the Great Ocean Road; witness the Penguin Parade at Phillip Island, or enjoy dinner aboard the historic Colonial Tramcar Restaurant (all at own expense). (B)

Day 14: Melbourne – Sydney Enjoy one last morning to take in the sights of Melbourne at leisure before flying to Sydney. Transfer to your hotel, which is located just a short stroll from Circular Quay. Wrapped around its iconic harbour, this glamorous city is home to the instantly recognisable Opera House and Harbour Bridge. (B) Amora Jamison

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

• Enjoy a leisurely cruise along the Swan River in Perth • Visit the Royal Flying Doctor Service in the outback LAND town of Alice Springs RAIL • Marvel at the sunrise over Uluru NIGHTS STAYED • Full-day cruise on the Great Barrier Reef • Explore Victoria’s vibrant capital, Melbourne RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Sydney Harbour cruise and a visit to the famous Bondi Beach 1

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Optional Pre/Post Stay

1 Add-on nights are available in Perth and Sydney. Please call for details.

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Sydney (4 nights)

Day 15: Sydney Sightseeing Discover a selection of Sydney’s most incredible sights on a guided tour today. Enjoy a relaxing cruise across Sydney Harbour before rounding off your day with a traditional fish ‘n’ chip dinner on Bondi Beach. (BD)

Days 16 & 17: Sydney at leisure With 2 free days in Sydney, there are plenty of optional experiences on offer. Perhaps enjoy a bird’s-eye view of the coast aboard a seaplane or climb the Sydney Harbour Bridge (both at own expense). You may also head to the Blue Mountains National Park on a guided day tour, or spend some time exploring the wineries of Hunter Valley. On your final evening in Sydney, enjoy a Farewell Drink and Dinner with your fellow travellers as you reminisce on the memories of your Australian adventure. (B,BD)

Day 18: Depart Sydney Transfer to the airport for your flight. (B)

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

17


AUSTRALIA CAIRNS TO SYDNEY SMALL GROUP XXXX TOUR TOUR PRICES FROM

£5799pp

13 day Inspiring Australia Palm Cove • Daintree • Great Barrier Reef • Alice Springs • Kings Canyon • Uluru • Kata Tjuta • Sydney • Blue Mountains • Hunter Valley Day 1: Arrive Cairns

Day 5: Alice Springs – Kings Canyon

Sit back and relax while you’re transferred by private car to your resort. That afternoon meet your Travel Director and join them for a cocktail reception and dinner at an award-winning restaurant overlooking the stunning crystal-clear waters of the Coral Sea. (D) Alamanda Palm Cove (3 nights)

Travel onwards today through the West MacDonnell Ranges to Kings Canyon. Along the way you’ll stop at the dramatic Standley Chasm, forged over millions of years in the deep red sandstone landscape and home to a variety of lush green ferns and gum trees. Later, enjoy a relaxed walk along the creek-bed of spectacular Kings Canyon before a delicious dinner at Carmichael’s Restaurant. (BLD) Kings Canyon Resort (Deluxe Spa

Day 2: Daintree Day 2 will be one to remember. Join your Aboriginal guide on an exclusive journey to discover the Daintree and gain insight into the deep relationship the local Kuku Yulanji people have with their land. Learn about cultural traditions, bush foods and traditional medicine and experience traditional hunting techniques. If you’re lucky, you might even be able to catch a mud crab. Enjoy lunch in a tranquil and relaxing rainforest setting in the Daintree before returning to your resort for an evening at your leisure. (BL)

Day 3: Great Barrier Reef Discover the magic of the Great Barrier Reef on a Quicksilver cruise that will take you by catamaran to the outer edge of this natural wonder of the world. Take to the water and discover spectacular coral formations and a world of unique marine creatures. Snorkel around underwater gardens or if you prefer to stay dry, you can view the stunning reef from the comfort of a semi-sub. Enjoy a delicious tropical lunch on board the boat in air conditioned comfort before returning to Palm Cove.

(BL)

Day 4: Cairns – Alice Springs Fly from Cairns to Alice Springs. In the afternoon you’ll take a tour of Alice Springs to discover what life is like in an isolated Australian town. You’ll visit School of the Air and the Royal Flying Doctor Service that provides a lifeline of essential medical support for people living in remote Australian communities. That night you’ll enjoy an incredible 3-course meal in a bush setting cooked in a traditional bush oven. Your host, Bob, will share some tips on his cooking style and his knowledge of Aboriginal bush foods while you dine under the night sky. (BD) Crowne Plaza Alice Springs

Lasseters Hotel

18

Room)

Day 6: Kings Canyon – Uluru At sunrise you’re off on a rim walk of the spectacular Kings Canyon with highlights including the domed ‘Lost City’ and a stop at Cotterill’s Lookout. Or you can opt for an easier shorter walk along the canyon creek bed. Visit Curtin Springs Station at lunch time and sit down to a barbecue lunch with the locals, as you hear stories of the Severin family and the logistics of running a million acre cattle property. That afternoon you enter Uluru–Kata Tjuta National Park to witness a spectacular Uluru sunset. Enjoy a sparkling wine while you watch the changing colours as the sun sets below the horizon. (BL) Sails in the Desert Hotel (2 nights)

Day 7: Uluru & Kata Tjuta Enjoy a later start to the day before heading to the impressive domes of Kata Tjuta. Enjoy a guided-walk through Walpa Gorge and later visit the Uluru–Kata Tjuta Cultural Centre for an insight into the history of the local Anangu people and learn about Tjukurpa – the history, knowledge, religion, morality and law of the Aboriginal people and their ancestors. This afternoon you have the opportunity to take a walk around the base of Uluru and visit Mutitjulu Waterhole. In the evening, enjoy dining under the sparkling outback sky at the award winning Sounds of Silence dinner.

(BD)

Day 8: Ayers Rock - Sydney This morning, rise early to witness the magical Uluru sunrise before returning to your hotel for breakfast and some time to relax. This afternoon fly to Sydney and on arrival at your harbour side hotel, enjoy a drink and some canapés overlooking Walsh Bay. (B) The Langham Hotel Sydney


AUSTRALIA PRICES FROM:

£5799 per person

Great Barrier Reef Cruise

Northern Territory

Cairns

PRICES INCLUDE • 12 nights’ quality hand-picked hotel accommodation • Internal flights Cairns - Alice Springs & Ayers Rock - Sydney • Meals as specified: 12 breakfasts, 5 lunches, 7 dinners • Services of an experienced Travel Director and Driver-Guide • Touring by luxury air-conditioned motorcoach • Sightseeing & touring as specified (excludes ‘optional’ items)

Kings Canyon Ayers 1 Rock Kata Tjuta (the Olgas)

2

1

Alice Springs

3

Queensland

Uluru (Ayers Rock)

South Australia

New South Wales Hunter Valley

DEPARTURES

1

2019: Feb 5; Mar 5; Apr 9; Aug 27; Oct 8; Nov 12 2020: Feb 5; Mar 3

TOUR STYLE: Small Group

CAIRNS TO SYDNEY

TOUR DETAILS

1 1

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

The Blue Mountains

1

3

Sydney

GROUP SIZE: 20 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

1 1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED LAND NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS LAND • Snorkelling in the pristine waters of the Great Barrier AIR LAND NIGHTS STAYED AIR Reef NIGHTS STAYED • Top-class food and wine experiences throughout • Sailing round SydneyLAND harbour on a yacht RAIL LAND CRUISE RAIL • Bush walking in the Blue Mountains NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED • Slowing the pace right down in the Hunter Valley wine region 1 1

1 1

1 1

1

Day 9: Sydney – Blue Mountains Head off on a day of discovery to the million acre World Heritage-listed Blue Mountains National Park. Breathe the pristine air and discover the Three Sisters at Echo Point and Govett’s Leap Lookout to see spectacular Bridal Veil Falls. Then travel off the well-worn track to secluded lookouts and peaceful short bushwalks where you’ll be rewarded with views across the valleys as far as the eye can see and picture-perfect memories to cherish. That afternoon you will arrive at your hotel and after taking the time to relax, enjoy a delicious meal featuring produce sourced from local Blue Mountains suppliers. (BD) Fairmont Resort Blue Mountains

Day 10: Blue Mountains – Hunter Valley

1

1 1

1 1

LAND RAIL LAND NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED LAND CRUISE LAND NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Travel to the wine region of the Hunter Valley for a day of good food, great wine and beautiful scenery. You’ll indulge with private wine tastings at boutique vineyards and sit down to an exceptional lunch before spending the afternoon doing as you wish at your hotel. You may like to sit in your private courtyard with a good book and bottle of wine. (BLD) Kirkton Park Hunter Valley

Day 11: Hunter Valley – Sydney Get ready for a day of sailing on Sydney Harbour. Become part of the sailing crew on board an America’s Cup yacht. You can take the helm or simply sit back and relax as you sail past the harbour’s iconic sights, like the Sydney Opera House, Harbour Bridge, the Rocks district and small secluded coves surrounded by multimillion dollar waterfront homes. It’s a day you’ll remember for years to come. The evening is free for you to explore and discover one of Sydney’s incredible restaurants. (B)

The Langham Hotel Sydney (2 nights)

Day 12: Sydney Explore the cosmopolitan city of Sydney. Visit the Eastern suburbs, for a stroll along the coastal walk for magnificent views over the Pacific Ocean. Later, join a VIP guided tour of the iconic Sydney Opera House, followed by a Farewell Dinner at chef Peter Gilmore’s iconic Bennelong Restaurant under the billowing sails of the Opera House. (BD)

Day 13: Depart Sydney Your inspiring journey will conclude after breakfast this morning when you are transferred by private car to Sydney Airport. (B)

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Palm Cove and Sydney. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

19


AUSTRALIA SYDNEY TO PORT DOUGLAS INDEPENDENT XXXX TOUR PRICES FROM

£2799pp

15 day Australian Treasures Sydney • Uluru (Ayers Rock) • Kings Canyon • Alice Springs • The Ghan • Darwin • Cairns • Port Douglas Day 1: Arrive Sydney On arrival at Sydney Airport, you will be met and transferred to your central hotel. The rest of the day is at leisure to soak up the atmosphere of this bustling city.

Standard: Mercure Sydney; Superior: Novotel Sydney on Darling Harbour; Deluxe: Intercontinental Sydney (4 nights)

Day 2: Sydney sightseeing Today, you will enjoy a guided tour of Sydney’s iconic sights. Your day starts with a visit to Milsons Point where you can enjoy incredible views of the world-famous harbour and the Sydney Opera House. Travel past stunning lookout points over the Pacific Ocean before arriving at Manly Beach where you will have some free time to explore to local area. Then savour a delicious buffet lunch on a short cruise of Sydney Harbour before heading out to the world-famous Bondi Beach where surfers, beach-goers and tourists congregate to relax and unwind in one of the many cosmopolitan cafes or restaurants. Your evening is at leisure back in the city - why not take some time to explore the many bars and restaurants in the vibrant Darling Harbour precinct? (L)

Days 3 & 4: Sydney your way The next two days are at leisure for you to enjoy Sydney at your own pace or to prebook one of the fantastic optional tour experiences on offer. Marvel at the city views and feel the adrenaline take over as you scale the heights on the Sydney Harbour Bridge Climb; take in the spectacular panoramic vistas and meet the local wildlife on a full day tour to the Blue Mountains; or perhaps you’d prefer to take it easy and indulge your palate on a Gourmet Wine tour in Hunter Valley. Please call for details of the full range of sightseeing experiences available and pricing.

Day 5: Sydney - Uluru (Ayers Rock) Transfer to the airport this morning for your flight to the heart of Australia’s Red Centre. Upon arrival, you will be transferred to your hotel before later visiting the Uluru-Kata Tjuta Cultural Centre to learn more about the cultural importance of the local sacred sites for the traditional owners, the Anangu. Then embark on an afternoon guided tour around the base of Uluru with a local Driver Guide and learn about the native flora and fauna. Take a walk to Mutitjulu Waterhole and discover the true meaning of the fascinating Aboriginal rock paintings with your

20

interpretative guide before ending your day with a glass of sparkling wine as you watch the sunset and the stunning changing colours of Uluru. This evening you can add on an optional Uluru Barbecue Dinner and dine under the stars with complimentary wines, beers and soft drinks. Please call for pricing. Standard:

Outback Pioneer Hotel; Superior: Desert Gardens Hotel; Deluxe: Sails In The Desert

Day 6: Uluru - Kings Canyon Rise early to catch the first rays of sun bathe Uluru in that famous red glow. Then, travel past panoramic views of the southern side of Kata Tjuta (the Olgas) before arriving at the base of Walpa Gorge. You will have some time to explore the unusual rock formations in the ancient gorge before continuing to your overnight accommodation at Kings Canyon. Standard & Superior: Kings Canyon Resort

(Standard Room); Deluxe: Kings Canyon Resort (Deluxe Spa Room)

Day 7: Kings Canyon - Alice Springs This morning you might choose to join your Driver Guide for the rocky climb to the canyon rim for amazing views across Watarrka National Park. Alternatively, you can explore the canyon creek bed for those seeking an easier walking experience. Later in the day, continue your journey through the red desert landscape to the town of Alice Springs. Check-in at your hotel and then your evening is free to relax, or perhaps enjoy a meal in one of the town’s many restaurants. Standard: Desert

Palms Alice Springs; Superior: Mercure Alice Springs Resort; Deluxe: Doubletree by Hilton Alice Springs

Day 8: Board the Ghan to Darwin Enjoy a morning and afternoon at leisure in Alice Springs before boarding the Ghan train to commence your journey north to Australia’s Top End. Relax in the Outback Explorer Lounge with your fellow passengers before freshening up for a gourmet dinner in the Queen Adelaide Restaurant. The expert chefs have created a wonderful menu using locally sourced ingredients and wines from South Australia to give you a dining experience to remember. Upgrades to Platinum Class are available, featuring a larger cabin with full double bed and access to the exclusive Platinum Club car with self-serve bar and flexible dining space. Please call for more details.

(D) Overnight: Gold Twin Cabin


RAIL AUSTRALIA NIGHTS STAYED 1

PRICES FROM:

2

S

Darwin

£2799 per person

Port Douglas

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

3

1

1

Ghan train (overnight)

Cairns

PRICES INCLUDE 1

Alice Springs

S

DEPARTURES

Kings Canyon 1 Uluru 1

S

• 13 nights’ accommodation in hand-picked hotels • 1 night on board the Ghan from Alice Springs to Darwin • Meals as specified: 1 breakfast, 2 lunches, 1 dinner • Sightseeing with experienced local guides as per itinerary • All airport and railway station transfers

Sydney

4

Tour departs selected Mondays year-round. Please call for details.

TOUR STYLE: Independent Tour & Rail Journey GROUP SIZE: 2+

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PHYSICAL DEMAND:

• Enjoy a delicious lunch while cruising on Sydney’s iconic harbour • Witness the changing colours of Uluru at sunrise and sunset • Travel in style through the heart of the Outback onboard the Ghan train • Create your own touring experience from a wide range of exciting optional tours in Sydney, Darwin and Tropical North Queensland

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Day 9: Katherine - Darwin Enjoy a leisurely cruise on the Katherine River as you marvel at the towering sandstone cliffs of Nitmiluk Gorge. Calls of the cicada resonate across the water between the massive sandstone cliffs as you cruise down the First and Second Gorges listening to stories about how the Gorge came to be named and its significance to the indigenous Jawoyn people. After a morning of amazing scenery, a delicious lunch awaits you back aboard the Ghan before you kick back and savour the last few hours of this epic rail journey. Upon arrival into Darwin this afternoon, you will be met and transferred to your hotel where the rest of the evening is at leisure. (BL) Standard: Doubletree by Hilton Darwin; Superior: Mantra on the

SYDNEY TO PORT DOUGLAS

TOUR DETAILS

Esplanade; Deluxe: Hilton Darwin (2 nights)

Day 10: Darwin your way Enjoy a full day in Darwin to enjoy the Top End your way by pre-booking one of the excellent day tours on offer. A visit to one of the stunning National Parks is highly recommended to fully appreciate the majesty of the natural sights in this unique part of Australia. Kakadu National Park is the largest National Park in Australia and is home to a myriad of animals including saltwater crocodiles and colourful bird species, while Litchfield National Park offers stunning waterfalls and natural plunge pools dotted throughout a lush rainforest landscape. Alternatively, you can choose to take in the city sights on a half-day tour in Darwin. Please call for prices.

Day 11: Darwin - Cairns Enjoy free time before your transfer to the airport and your onward flight to the capital of Tropical North Queensland, Cairns. Upon arrival, transfer to your hotel and the rest of your day is at leisure. Standard: Cairns Plaza Hotel; Superior:

Mantra Esplanade Resort; Deluxe: Shangri-La Hotel The Marina Cairns

Day 12: Cairns - Port Douglas This morning, you will be collected from your hotel and transferred to the beautiful coastal resort of Port Douglas, your home for the next 3 nights. With its 4-mile white sandy beach and local community feel, this beach town also boasts a bustling marina, which serves as the main gateway to the stunning Great Barrier Reef. Enjoy the rest of today at leisure. Standard: Oaks Lagoons; Superior: Meridian Port

Douglas; Deluxe: Pullman Port Douglas Sea Temple Resort & Spa

Days 13 & 14: Port Douglas your way With 2 full days to enjoy the many activities in this tropical paradise, you will be spoiled for choice. You can choose to pre-book a full-day cruise to the crystal-clear waters of the Great Barrier Reef where you will have the opportunity to snorkel or dive with the colourful sea life that call the reef home. This area of Queensland is also famous for its lush tropical rainforest which you can experience first-hand as part of our Daintree and Cape Tribulation day tour or the Kuranda All Inclusive tour, where you will also have the opportunity to meet the traditional custodians of the rainforest at Tjapukai Cultural Park. Or why not choose to round-off your trip with an unforgettable hot air balloon flight over the stunning coastline? Please call for prices.

Day 15: Depart Port Douglas Your Australian adventure ends with a transfer to Cairns airport for your onward flight.

Optional Excursions Enhance your holiday with a selection of fantastic full and half-day tour experiences. Climb the Harbour Bridge or savour a Gourmet Wine Tour from Sydney, cruise and snorkel through the breathtaking Great Barrier Reef, or learn more about the heritage and culture of the Aboriginal communities in Kakadu National Park. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

21


AUSTRALIA BROOME TO DARWIN SMALL GROUP XXXX TOUR PRICES FROM

£2799pp

15 day Kimberley Trail Broome to Darwin Broome • Windjana Gorge • Bell Gorge • Mt. Elizabeth • Mitchell Plateau • Drysdale Station • El Questro • Purnululu National Park (Bungle Bungles) • Lake Argyle • Katherine • Nitmiluk Gorge • Darwin Day 1: Arrive Broome

Day 4: Bell Gorge – Galvans Gorge & Mt. Elizabeth

You can arrive in Broome at any time today. An airport transfer is included if you advise us of your flight arrival. Spend the afternoon exploring Broome at your leisure: Broome is one of the most interesting outback towns in Australia. From the age of the dinosaurs and the ancient stories of local indigenous people to the region’s role in early global exploration and the flourishing south sea pearl industry, this cultural melting pot has many a tale to tell. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6.30pm. Please look for a notice in reception. Afterwards, head out for dinner and a drink before we set off tomorrow. (D)

En route to the Mt Elizabeth Station Homestead, discover lily-laden Galvans Gorge, and the tranquil retreat of Adcock Gorge, pausing for a refreshing swim. Once arriving at Mt Elizabeth homestead, which has been family operated since 1945 and in recent years has established tourism facilities for all to experience, you will be able to take in the natural beauty and isolation of the property. With creeks, gorges and diverse vegetation, you will be sure to enjoy the view and spend the day well relaxed. Take the opportunity to photograph the scenery, pick a nice spot to drop your fishing line or simply take a dip in the refreshing water. (BLD)

Day 2: Broome – Windjana Gorge

Days 5 & 6: Mt. Elizabeth – The Mitchell Plateau

Departing Broome at 7:00am, travel through the remote and beautiful landscape, as the guide shares stories of local history, people and the environment. Enjoy a morning tea break by the Fitzroy River and visit the Derby ‘Boab Prison Tree’. Before long you hit the Gibb River Road, and travel towards the Napier Range. Once a Devonian reef, these mountains are over 350 million years old and home to a diverse array of animals and plants. The perfect place to experience the stunning natural beauty of an outback oasis is the 3.5km geological wonder of Windjana Gorge. Beneath gorge walls rising 90m, search for freshwater crocodiles, local birdlife and Indigenous bush tucker. After a picnic lunch, the afternoon is spent exploring Tunnel Creek with our local indigenous Bunuba guide, who will share ancient rock art and reveal the legend of his ancestor, Jandamarra, an Aboriginal freedom fighter who used the tunnel as a hide-out in the late 1800’s. In this 750-metre cave system carved through the Napier Range, we also discover stalactites, secret caves and a large variety of wildlife. A refreshing swim in an idyllic waterhole is a highlight of the day. Return to Windjana Gorge that evening to camp.

Our 2 day diversion to the majestic Mitchell Plateau is a highlight of the trip. Take on real 4WD country as we travel the rugged Kalumburu Road then turn off onto the Mitchell Plateau Track. After crossing rivers and passing through ancient Livistonia palm forests, emerge from the savannah and onto the Mitchell Plateau. With 2 nights camping in the National Park, trek to Little and Big Merten Falls, take a dip in pristine plunge pools, enjoy a short scenic helicopter flight and view Bradshaw rock art. (BLD)

(BLD)

Day 3: Windjana Gorge – Bell Gorge The day is devoted to exploring Bell Gorge, a hidden highlight of the West Kimberley. This idyllic retreat, considered amongst the most beautiful in the area, boasts cascading waterfalls and crystal clear pools formed over millions of years – an easy place to relax for a few hours! (BLD)

22

Day 7: The Mitchell Plateau – Drysdale Station Drysdale River Station is an oasis in the outback. This million acre, family owned and operated cattle station, runs approximately 10,000 head of cattle and lies in the North Kimberley on the Gibb River Road. Hanging out in the true blue Australian Outback means you have all the magical scenery and feeling of isolation you could ask for. On arrival you may wish to explore the nearby surroundings or sit back and enjoy a delicious dinner and beverage in the beer garden, warm yourself around the log fire in the cool night air and camp riverside at Miners Pool. (BL)

Days 8 & 9: Drysdale Station – El Questro Wilderness Park Journey up the Gibb River Road to the iconic El Questro Wilderness Park. 2 nights here allows enough time to join some of the many activities on offer including a refreshing dip in the Zebedee Springs, a trek into El Questro Gorge, Emma Gorge or a cruise on Chamberlain Gorge (own expense). Alternatively, you can explore this beautiful wilderness park at your own leisure. (BL,BLD)


AUSTRALIA PRICES FROM:

1

£2799 per person Mitchell Plateau

PRICES INCLUDE

DEPARTURES 2019: May 4, 18; Jun 8, 22; Jul 13, 27; Aug 17, 31.

TOUR STYLE: Small Group (Original) GROUP SIZE: 20 max

Mt Elizabeth Station 1 Windjana Gorge

Broome 1

1

S

• 13 nights’ camping (with basic facilities) and 1 night accommodation in a comfortable, central hotel • Meals as specified: 13 breakfasts, 13 lunches, 9 dinners • Touring by air-conditioned 4WD vehicle • Services of an experienced Intrepid group leader throughout • Arrival airport transfer in Broome, sightseeing and touring as specified (excludes ‘optional’ items)

2

1

Bell Gorge

Darwin

Katherine

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

El Questro 1 2 1 Lake Argyle Drysdale Station 2

Purnululu NP Bungle Bungle

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

BROOME TO DARWIN

TOUR DETAILS

• Walk through the underground passage at Tunnel Creek learning about the culture and traditions of the LAND first Australians RAIL CRUISE • Discover a hidden highlight of the West Kimberley NIGHTS STAYED with a stop in the idyllic retreat of Bell Gorge • Marvel at the huge, four-tiered Mitchell Falls — a stunning testament to the power and scale ofLAND nature RAIL STAYED • Enjoy plenty of time to discover the untamedNIGHTS natural beauty of El Questro Station — paddle in waterfalls, hike through gorges and take on adventurous 4WD RAIL expeditions NIGHTS STAYED • Soak up the fiery sunsets over the red domes of the Bungle Bungle Ranges in Purnululu National Park LAND AIR • Climb aboard a Nitnit Dreaming Cultural Cruise RAIL through the inspiring natural wonder of the Nitmiluk NIGHTS STAYED Gorge and acquire an understanding of Jawoyn customs LAND 1

PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: Camping Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

1

1

1

1

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Days 10 & 11: El Questro – Purnululu National Park (Bungle Bungles) Head south down the Great Northern Highway to Purnululu National Park, home of the magnificent Bungle Bungles. Rivers created this landscape of unique orange and black striped ‘beehive’ geological formations over a period of 20 million years. Unbelievably, only the locals knew it existed until the early 1980’s; once discovered by others, the area was made a national park in 1987. Explore Echidna Chasm (2km), known for its towering Livistonia Palm trees, and take a short walk (2-3km) into stunning Cathedral Gorge, where towering rocks create a natural amphitheatre. There is time in the afternoon to take an optional scenic flight and enjoy a birdseye view of the beehive domes (approx $400pp, own expense) to put it all into perspective. (BLD)

Day 12: Purnululu National Park – Lake Argyle Returning north we pause in Kununurra en route to the shores of the expansive Lake Argyle, situated at the heart of the Ord River Irrigation System, which has transformed this dry region into a lush agricultural oasis. Visit the historic Durack Homestead Museum or take on one of the many bush trails to explore the area. A sunset cruise on the lake is a stunning way to end the day. (BL)

Day 13: Lake Argyle – Katherine Continue east along the Victoria Highway and cross the border into the Northern Territory as we travel to the outback town of Katherine, home to the spectacular Nitmiluk Gorge. (BLD)

Day 14: Katherine - Nitmiluk Gorge & Edith Falls – Darwin A morning cruise through Katherine (Nitmiluk) Gorge is a great start to the last day. Nitmiluk Gorge is an inspiring natural wonder comprising 13 different gorges, carved over a millennia by the Katherine River. On the Nitnit Dreaming Cultural Cruise, we explore 2 of these gorges, and discover the customs of the traditional land owners, the Jawoyn people. After the cruise, enjoy a dip in Edith Falls then travel into Darwin, arriving at approx 5.00pm. (BL)

Day 15: Depart Darwin You are free to depart Darwin at any time today. If you have more time we recommend you join another adventure into Litchfield National Park or Kakadu National Park.

Optional Pre/Post Stay

This is a camping tour with accommodation from Day 2 in permanent and pop-up tents with basic facilities.

Add-on nights are available in Broome & Darwin. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

23


AUSTRALIA DARWIN TO ADELAIDE INDEPENDENT XXXX TOUR RAIL TOUR PRICES FROM

£3899pp

13 day Outback to Island Darwin • Kakadu National Park • The Ghan Expedition • Kangaroo Island • Barossa Valley • Adelaide Day 1: Arrive Darwin

Day 6: The Ghan Expedition to Alice Springs

Upon arrival into Darwin, make your own way to your hotel for an overnight stay.

Wake up to a new view outside your window as the train snakes through the Red Centre. After breakfast you’ll arrive in Alice Springs ready for a full day of exploration. Get up close and personal with Australia’s incredible flora and fauna or explore the town at your own leisure. You may also choose to upgrade your excursion with an intimate scenic fixed wing flight over Uluru and Uluru guided base tour. Come the evening, you’ll dine beneath a canopy of stars at an authentic Outback BBQ Diner before retiring to the lounge car or your own private cabin as the train continues its journey south. (BLD)

Hilton Darwin

Day 2: Darwin - Kakadu Join a 2-day tour of Kakadu National Park. Travel along the Arnhem Highway, past major river systems and wetlands, into Kakadu National Park. This national park is home to historic Aboriginal rock art dating back thousands of years, and floodplains abundant with wildlife. Visit the Warradjan Cultural Centre to view informative displays depicting the traditions of the Aboriginal people in Kakadu. Join your local guide on a cruise of Yellow Water Billabong. Search for saltwater crocodiles and the colourful range of birdlife for which this region is renowned. After lunch, stop at Nourlangie, where your guide will lead you on a walk to view the rock art galleries.

(BL) Mercure Kakadu Crocodile Hotel

Day 3: Kakadu - Darwin This morning, explore the World Heritage area of Ubirr, where you’ll climb up through the ancient Aboriginal rock art galleries, believed to be 20,000 years old, to the lookout for a view over the surrounding wetlands. Join the Guluyambi Cruise on the East Alligator River. An Aboriginal guide will provide an insight into the local culture, including local mythology, the river’s abundant food chain, as well as bush survival skills. With special permission of the local people, you can go ashore in Arnhem Land. Visit the Bowali Visitor Centre before returning to Darwin. (L) Hilton

Darwin (2 nights)

Day 4: Darwin Spend today discovering all that Darwin has to offer. Chairs and tables spill out of street-side restaurants and bars, innovative museums celebrate the city’s past, and galleries showcase the region’s rich Indigenous art. There is much for you to see and do in and around Darwin. (B)

Day 5: The Ghan Expedition to Katherine Your journey aboard The Ghan Expedition begins. After a light lunch in the restaurant, arrive in the famous Top End township of Katherine. Here you have a choice of an afternoon filled with off-train excursions that take in the natural beauty of the Nitmiluk Gorge, as well as its cultural and historical significance for Indigenous and early settlers. Back on board in the early evening, there is plenty of opportunity to share your experiences with fellow guests before, during and after a sumptuous dinner. (BLD) Gold Twin Cabin (3 nights)

24

Day 7: The Ghan Expedition to Coober Pedy After breakfast this morning, we pull into Manguri where a friendly tour guide will whisk you away for a day exploring the sun-scorched opal mining capital of world, Coober Pedy. Venture into the tunnels and caves of this underground town as you mine for riches, visit the otherworldly underground Serbian Orthodox church and take a glimpse of Umoona Opal Mine. Below the Earth’s surface, you’ll enjoy a gourmet lunch in the most unique of locations before setting off to the stunning outback moonscape that is the Breakaways. Return to the Ghan in time for dinner to enjoy your final night aboard this epic rail adventure. (BLD)

Day 8: The Ghan Expedition to Adelaide - Kangaroo Island Wake up to the ancient and majestic Flinders Ranges. Enjoy a leisurely breakfast as you prepare for your arrival into Adelaide before transferring to the airport for your flight to Kangaroo Island where you will be met by your guide and your Kangaroo Island experience begins. (B) Mercure Kangaroo Island Resort (2 nights)

Day 9: Kangaroo Island Today, get an introduction to island life. Have a cuppa with some home-made cakes before taking a walk down a country track through tall eucalyptus trees where koalas snooze overhead. Travel through some of the Island’s best farming country to the north coast. At Lathami Conservation Park walk through the bush with your guide. Break for lunch and enjoy a delicious meal featuring King George whiting (local sea fish) and fine South Australian wines at a private bush location. At Seal Bay Conservation Park walk among Australian sea lions on a beautiful sandy beach. The remainder of the afternoon is spent exploring more of the south-east region of the Island with destinations and experiences chosen to reflect seasonal opportunities. (BLD)


RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£3899 per person

AUSTRALIA

Darwin

3

1

Kakadu

S

Katherine

PRICES INCLUDE 1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

3

The Ghan Expedition

Alice Springs

AUSTRALIA

Coober Pedy S

• 9 nights’ accommodation in comfortable superior hotels • 3 nights’ aboard the Ghan Expedition journey • Meals as specified: 10 breakfasts, 8 lunches, 4 dinners • Beverages aboard the Ghan • Services of local tour guides and train staff • Rail station transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES Selected Saturdays Mar - Oct 2019 and Mar 2020. Please call for details.

TOUR STYLE: Independent Rail Tour GROUP SIZE: 2+

Adelaide

3

DARWIN TO ADELAIDE

1

Barossa Valley

2

Kangaroo Island

PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Day 10: Kangaroo Island - Adelaide Today, explore some of Kangaroo Island’s highlights and lesser known backtracks of Flinders Chase National Park – a wilderness covering nearly 200,000 acres. It is home to a wide array of wildlife. The drive to Cape du Couedic takes in some dramatic dune country with a complex fire history and an interesting range of vegetation. At Cape du Couedic, observe a colony of fur seals at rest on rocks or frolicking in the surf under Admirals Arch. Next stop Remarkable Rocks – huge natural granite sculptures that have been carved by relentless winds, rain and salt from the Southern Ocean. Local wines and produce are a feature of your picnic lunch, which can be enjoyed out in the bush before exploring more of the Island. Your tour concludes at Kingscote Airport for your return flight to Adelaide. (BL)

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS • Explore the natural wonders of Kakadu National Park and Arnhem Land • Travel through the Australian Outback aboard the Ghan Expedition • Enjoy inclusive off-train excursions in Katherine, Alice Springs and Coober Pedy • Fly to Kangaroo Island for 2 nights of wildlife encounters • Savour wine tastings on a full-day Barossa Valley tour

Hilton Adelaide (3 nights)

Day 11: Barossa Valley This world-renowned wine region is a must-see for wine lovers. Full of history, this region is home to more than 80 cellar doors. Visit one of the oldest vineyards in the world, with Shiraz vines planted in 1843. Enjoy up to 4 wineries/cellar doors and be guided through the wine tasting experience by passionate vignerons. 2 wine regions combine to make up the Barossa: Eden Valley for amazing Riesling and cool climate wines, and Barossa Valley, home to some of the world’s best Shiraz as well as Grenache, Cabernet Sauvignon, Mataro, Semillon and Chardonnay. (BL)

Day 12: Adelaide at leisure Today is free to explore the beautiful city of Adelaide – there are a number of major attractions within walking distance. Stroll along the River Torrens and North Terrace, or catch the tram to Glenelg and explore this popular beachside suburb. (B)

Day 13: Depart Adelaide Your holiday concludes this morning after breakfast. (B)

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Darwin and Adelaide. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

25


AUSTRALIA RED CENTRE

1

RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND Simpson Gap AIR Angkerle NIGHTS STAYEDChasm) (Standley Kings Canyon Ayers Rock Resort LAND Kata Tjuta RAIL

1

SMALL GROUP TOUR

1

1

Uluru

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• SunriseRAILover Kata Tjuta and the NIGHTS STAYED magnificent sunset over Uluru • Unique dining experiences under the stars LAND AIR • Learning RAIL about the history and geologyNIGHTS of STAYED this unique region, with expert local guides 1

PRICES FROM

£1849pp

5 day The Colour of Red Ayers Rock • Kings Canyon • Alice Springs • West MacDonnell Ranges Day 1: Arrive Ayers Rock

Day 3: Kings Canyon – Alice Springs

Welcome to the Red Centre! Upon arrival, you will be transferred to your hotel. This afternoon, meet your Driver Guide and fellow travellers and then take a drive to Uluru–Kata Tjuta National Park. Having lived in the region for tens of thousands of years, the traditional owners, the Anangu, have a strong connection with this land. You’ll learn about Tjukurpa – the history, knowledge, religion, morality and law of the local Aboriginal people and their ancestors. Travelling to the spectacular domes of Kata Tjuta, you’ll take a guided walk through Walpa Gorge, following the natural creek bed between 2 of the largest domes. Later enjoy canapés and wine at the Uluru sunset viewing area. As the sun sets over the western horizon, the evening sky brings out the many shades of colour for which Uluru is renowned. This evening get to know your fellow travellers over a delicious meal at Ilkari Restaurant at your hotel. (D) Sails in the Desert Hotel

Perfect for observing the changing colours of the landscape, today you’re off on a sunrise exploration of the spectacular Kings Canyon. As you venture around the rim, highlights include the domed ‘Lost City’, and the luscious ‘Garden of Eden’. If you’d prefer a more relaxed walk you can opt for a walk along the Creek Bed. Afterwards we’re off the beaten track, travelling along the Mereenie Loop Road past Gosses Bluff and through the West MacDonnell Ranges before continuing on to Alice Springs. Enjoy dinner this evening at your hotel. (BLD) Crowne Plaza Lasseters

You’ll start the day with an impressive sunrise over Uluru (Ayers Rock) from the sunrise viewing area. Take a walk at the base of Uluru and hear timeless stories, see rock art, and visit Mutitjulu Waterhole, once an important water source for the Aboriginal people and animals in the area. Visit Curtin Springs Station at lunch time. Curtin Springs has been home to the Severin family since 1956 when Peter Severin arrived with his young wife Dawn, their toddler son Ashley and 1,500 head of cattle! Sit down to a BBQ lunch and meet one of the locals as you hear about the Severin family and the logistics of running a million acre cattle property. Next, view the ‘forgotten wonder’ of Central Australia – Atila (Mt. Conner), then head up the Luritja Road towards Kings Canyon for a quick stop at Kings Creek Station. Travel a short distance to Kings Canyon Resort. This evening you’re treated to the unique dining experience, Under a Desert Moon, set in the wilderness under a canopy of the southern night sky (weather permitting). The only light comes from the moon and the flickering glow of the fire and the only sound is soft music intertwined with the whispering of the breeze through the Desert Oak trees and the crackling flames. Enjoy a glass of sparkling wine and canapés followed by a four course dinner, prepared from fresh produce. (BLD) Kings Canyon Resort

Alice Springs

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

Day 2: Ayers Rock – Kings Canyon

2

1

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Alice Springs Hotel (2 nights)

Day 4: Alice Springs & West MacDonnell Ranges This morning, you will visit the historic Overland Telegraph Station and learn about the importance overland telegraph line to Alice Springs and why the town sits in its current location. Then you will travel out to West Macdonnell ranges, where we will take a walk into Standley Chasm and Simpson Gap. Marvel at the towering rocks walls formed by nature over millions of years. Tonight, you will enjoy a dining experience by the campfire with local hosts at an open-air barbecue dinner as the Milky Way lights up the wide Australian sky. (BLD)

Day 5: Depart Alice Springs This morning you’ll visit the Royal Flying Doctor Service to see how this facility provides essential medical assistance to those living in the most remote areas of outback Australia. Before your Inspiring Journey comes to an end, visit the School of the Air to learn how children living in the far reaches of the Outback receive an education over the air waves. Your trip concludes in the late morning with a transfer to Alice Springs airport for those with onward flights. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1849 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 4 nights’ accommodation in hotels detailed in itinerary • Meals as specified: 4 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 4 dinners • Services of a qualified experienced DriverGuide throughout • Touring by luxury air-conditioned small group 4WD vehicle

DEPARTURES

Optional Pre/Post Stay

Selected Tuesdays Apr - Oct

Add-on nights are available in Ayers Rock and Alice Springs, or why not enhance your holiday by taking an unforgettable rail trip through the heart of the desert on the Ghan train? Please call for details.

TOUR STYLE: Small Group GROUP SIZE: 20 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

26


1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

Alice Springs Kings Canyon 1 Watarrka National Park LAND 1 RAILKata Tjuta Ayers Rock Resort Uluru/Kata CRUISE Tjuta National Park Uluru NIGHTS STAYED





1

AUSTRALIA RED CENTRE

1

RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

INDEPENDENT TOUR

V

1

• Witness the glorious sunrise and RAIL STAYED sunset NIGHTS at Uluru (Ayers Rock) • Explore the ancient rock formations at Kata Tjuta (the LAND Olgas) AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Climb to the rim of Kings Canyon • Immerse yourself in Aboriginal historyLAND at Uluru-Kata Tjuta CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED Cultural Centre 1

PRICES FROM

£639pp

3 day Uluru & Kings Canyon Unearthed

1

1

Uluru (Ayers Rock) • Kata Tjuta (the Olgas) • Kings Canyon • Alice Springs Day 1: Arrive Uluru (Ayers Rock)

Day 2: Uluru - Kings Canyon

On arrival at Ayers Rock Airport, you will be transferred to your chosen hotel at the Ayers Rock Resort. In the afternoon, visit Uluru-Kata Tjuta Cultural Centre where there is time to purchase some locally made Aboriginal art and learn more about the Western Desert region. Later, travel around the base of Uluru with a local Driver Guide and learn about the native flora, fauna and intriguing cultural traditions of traditional owners, the Anangu. Join your Driver Guide for a walk to Mutitjulu Waterhole and explore a number of caves. View Aboriginal rock paintings as your Guide interprets their meaning and significance. Then travel to the Uluru sunset viewing area, ‘Sunset Strip’ and relax with a glass of wine as the sun sets over the horizon and the evening sky brings out the many shades of colour for which Uluru is renowned.

Rise early to view the breathtaking Uluru sunrise before continuing on to Kata Tjuta (the Olgas) and Walpa Gorge. Take some time to explore the historic rock formations before arriving at Kings Canyon in the afternoon where there may be time to view the sun set behind Carmichael’s Crag. Budget & Standard:

Budget: Outback Pioneer Hotel; Standard: Desert Gardens Hotel; Superior: Sails In The Desert

Kings Canyon Resort (Standard Room); Superior: Kings Canyon Resort (Deluxe Spa Room)

Day 3: Kings Canyon - Alice Springs This morning, the choice is yours. Join your Driver Guide on a climb to the rim of Kings Canyon for spectacular views of Watarrka National Park. Or alternatively, you may prefer to opt for an easier walk as you explore the canyon floor. Later in the afternoon, continue to Alice Springs arriving around where your tour ends, arriving at around 7.30pm. Flights on Day 1 to arrive no later than 1.30pm. Due to the late arrival into Alice Springs on the final day, a post-night will be required. Please call for details and prices.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£639 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 2 nights’ accommodation in hotels as specified • Sightseeing with experienced local guides as per itinerary • Airport transfer in Ayers Rock

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent Tour GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

27


AUSTRALIA MELBOURNE & VICTORIA SMALL XXXX TOUR GROUP TOUR PRICES FROM

£2529pp

7 day Victoria’s Hidden Gems Melbourne • Daylesford • Dunkeld • Warranambool • Lorne • Mornington Peninsula Day 1: Arrive Melbourne

Melbourne On Collins

The Museum of Australian Democracy at Eureka in Ballarat. Using the latest digital technology coupled with historic iconic objects, visitors can immerse themselves in a sensory experience on the birth of Australian democracy. Located at the base of the Grampian Mountains, enjoy dinner at the Royal Mail Hotel’s acclaimed restaurant. (BD) Royal Mail Hotel, Dunkeld

Day 2: Melbourne - Daylesford

Day 4: Dunkeld – Warrnambool

After a leisurely breakfast at the Sofitel’s 35th floor restaurant overlooking the city, explore Melbourne’s vibrant walkways and arcades with a knowledgeable local guide. Enjoy morning tea at one of the local Melbourne cafés. You’re free at lunchtime, then you’re bound for the eclectic village of Daylesford, notable not only for its mineral spring baths, but antique shops, bazaars and various cottage industries. That afternoon enjoy a relaxing mineral spa at the historic Hepburn Bathhouse & Spa which has been welcoming visitors since 1895. That night you’ll stay at the beautifully-appointed Peppers Mineral Springs Hotel. Dinner that evening is at an award-winning restaurant, The Argus, in Hepburn Springs. (BD) Peppers Mineral

In the morning you might like to sleep in and enjoy leisurely breakfast. Or for the early riser, join the ground’s gardener for a guided walk through their kitchen garden, which supplies most of the hotel’s produce. Set on just over an acre, it’s Australia’s largest and most productive organic kitchen garden. You’ll head to the top of the Grampians at Halls Gap for a Welcome to Country ceremony by the local indigenous people at the Brambuk Cultural Centre. The traditional people of Gariwerd, the Djab Wurrung and Jardwidjari, will teach you how to throw a boomerang and then gather local bush tucker for you to taste. See spectacular natural rock formations, waterfalls and panoramic views over the Grampian Mountain range. Then you will head down the mountain to coastal Warrnambool. That night it’s a Highlight Dinner and Stage Show at Flagstaff Hill, where you’ll not only learn about the region’s maritime history, but will experience it! (BD) Deep

On arrival in Melbourne, there’s free time to relax or explore. That evening meet your Travel Director at your hotel for a Welcome Reception before departing for a magical evening aboard the famous Colonial Tramcar Restaurant. (D) Sofitel

Springs Hotel, Daylesford

Day 3: Daylesford – Dunkeld After breakfast, perhaps visit beautiful Wombat Hill Botanic Gardens overlooking Daylesford town for a lovely morning stroll, or take the ‘Peace Mile’ Walk around Lake Daylesford. After exploring, you’ll head to Lavandula Swiss Italian Farm for morning tea. See their manicured vegetable, herb, lavender and olive plots, set amongst stone farm buildings dating back to 1850 and friendly farm animals. Next stop, we visit the family-owned and operated Creswick Woollen Mills, the only remaining coloured woollen spinning mill in Australia. In a private tour, learn how luxurious natural fibres are processed into designer garments. A little way down the road is the historic town of Clunes. Step back in time and wander along the main street where you’re free to grab a spot of lunch in one of its cafés or at the country pub, the National Hotel. Because of its historic main street facade, the town has been the setting for well-known films including Heath Ledger’s Ned Kelly, Mad Max 1 and the 1950’s classic On the Beach. On your way to Dunkeld, you’ll visit

28

Blue Hotel & Spa, Warrnambool

Day 5: Warrnambool – Lorne Your departure will be leisurely, so why not take advantage of the resort’s spa and massage services? Be sure to have your camera ready as you take one of Australia’s most iconic road trips along the Great Ocean Road. You’ll visit all the must-see sights and stop at vantage points along the way, including the Bay of Islands, London Bridge, Loch Ard Gorge and, of course, the Twelve Apostles. There will be some free time for you to grab a bite for lunch in the seaside town of Port Campbell and for the adventurous, perhaps a helicopter flight over the Twelve Apostles may appeal (own expense). Stretch your legs that afternoon in Apollo Bay before arriving in picturesque Lorne late afternoon. Enjoy a free night to dine wherever you wish among the beachfront restaurants. (B) Cumberland Resort, Lorne


LAND AUSTRALIA

PRICES FROM:

£2529 per person

Clunes Halls Gap

PRICES INCLUDE • 6 nights’ accommodation • Meals as specified: 6 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 5 dinners • Services of an experienced Travel Director and Driver-Guide • Touring by luxury air-conditioned motorcoach • Airport transfers, sightseeing and touring as specified (excludes ‘optional’ items)

DEPARTURES 2018: Nov 9; Dec 7 2019: Jan 18; Feb 8; Mar 1, 22; Sep 13; Oct 11; Nov 8; Dec 6

TOUR STYLE: Small Group GROUP SIZE: 20 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

1

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Daylesford

Ballarat

The Grampians 1

1

Dunkeld

Melbourne

Queenscliff Warrnambool

1

Torquay Port Campbell

The Twelve Apostles

1

Lorne

1

Sorrento

Red Hill

Apollo Bay

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

• Explore Melbourne’s vibrant walkways and arcades • Explore Green Olive farm in the Mornington Peninsula LAND • Enjoy a magical dining experience aboard the famous RAIL NIGHTS STAYED Colonial Tramcar Restaurant • Enjoy a Highlight Dinner and Stage Show at Flagstaff Hill RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Experience a Welcome to Country ceremony with indigenous people in the Grampians • Browse Torquay’s Australian Surfing Museum LAND

MELBOURNE & VICTORIA

1

AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS

1

1

1

AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Day 6: Lorne – Mornington Peninsula In the morning, you will continue along the last leg of the Great Ocean Road, passing stunning coastline until you arrive in the town of Torquay. It’s a mecca for Australian surf life, so it’s only fitting that you visit the Australian Surfing Museum, for a guided tour to learn of the culture and much-loved pastime as you leave the Great Ocean Road behind. Then onward to the Bellarine Peninsula, a wine-growing region where you’ll indulge your taste buds in a Be My Guest lunch and wine tasting at the awardwinning Jack Rabbit Winery. A vehicle ferry will then take you from Queenscliff to the beautiful Mornington Peninsula. Here you’ll visit the Green Olive farm for some hands-on experience with assistance from the farmers, enjoying a taste of farm life and fresh produce with a local guide before heading to your accommodations. That night, enjoy a sumptuous dinner together at Linden Tree Restaurant at your hotel.

(BLD) Lindenderry at Red Hill

Day 7: Mornington Peninsula – Farewell from Melbourne In the morning, after breakfast, you head back towards Melbourne and the famous Melbourne Cricket Ground, the MCG, affectionately referred to by locals as the ‘G’. Explore its inner sanctum, walk on the hallowed arena and experience where legends play with your guide. Your Inspiring Journey is now coming to an end. Enjoy a Farewell Lunch with your fellow travel companions where you can look back on the past week and raise a glass or two to the wonderful memories and great friends that have been made. (BL)

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

29


AUSTRALIA SYDNEY TO ADELAIDE ESCORTED XXXXCOACH TOUR PRICES FROM

£2979pp

11 day Tastes of Southern Australia Sydney • Canberra • Melbourne • Great Ocean Road • Warrnambool • Adelaide • The Barossa • Kangaroo Island Day 1: Sydney - Canberra

Day 5: Melbourne – Great Ocean Road – Warrnambool

This morning, begin your journey to Canberra via the Southern Highlands. Stop at historic Berrima, famous for its gaol and early colonial architecture then visit Gold Creek Station and meet local sheep farmer, Craig Starr. Get a taste of life on the farm before you join the family for a good Aussie BBQ lunch. Continue on to the country’s capital where you’ll enjoy a tour through Parliament House with a local guide. Later visit the Australian War Memorial and stay to hear the evocative Last Post. Join your Travel Director and fellow travellers tonight and get to know each other over a delicious meal. (LD) Crowne Plaza Canberra

Hold on to your seats and make sure your camera is charged for one of the world’s great road trips – the Great Ocean Road! Enjoy spectacular scenery that never ends and the quaint seaside towns of Lorne and Apollo Bay. Visit the amazing Twelve Apostles. These fascinating limestone formations tower 45 metres above the Southern Ocean. Later visit Loch Ard Gorge and London Arch before arriving in Warrnambool for your overnight stay. (BD) Quality Suites Deep Blue Hotel & Spa

Day 2: Canberra - Beechworth Before leaving Canberra this morning, you’ll visit the summit of Mt. Ainslie to take in views of the city and surrounding ranges from the lookout. Journey over the mighty Murray River into Victoria taking the scenic route to historic Beechworth, Victoria’s best preserved gold rush town for your unique overnight stay in one of the Bed & Breakfast properties. Get to know the town with an orientation tour before enjoying some free time. (B) Boutique Country Accommodation

Day 3: Beechworth – Melbourne

30

Day 6: Warrnambool - Naracoorte This morning visit Tower Hill State Reserve. The area was a rich food source for the Koroit Gundidj people whose descendants retain links with the country. Enjoy a guided exploration before continuing into Mt. Gambier to visit the mysterious Blue Lake. Then it’s onwards to the world-renowned Coonawarra wine region for a tasting experience of the famous Cabernet Sauvignon wines produced on its “terra rossa” soil. Afterwards you’ll continue to Naracoorte where you will experience a walk through The Alexandria Cave. (BD) William MacIntosh Motor Inn

Day 7: Naracoorte - Kangaroo Island

This morning, join your host for a Be My Guest breakfast experience. Then travel through Glenrowan and Ned Kelly country to culturally diverse and cosmopolitan Melbourne for an orientation tour. This evening perhaps take a relaxing walk along the Yarra River and grab a bite to eat at one of the many restaurants. (B) Vibe

Journey to Fleurieu Peninsula and visit the seaside town of Victor Harbor at lunchtime. This afternoon board your ferry at Cape Jervis, bound for Penneshaw on Kangaroo Island. Kangaroo Island is famous for its unspoiled natural beauty and its fresh local produce. Visit a boutique distillery to taste a selection of their handcrafted premium spirits before finishing up with a short journey to Kingscote.

Savoy Hotel Melbourne (2 nights)

(BD) Aurora Ozone Hotel (2 nights)

Day 4: Melbourne

Day 8: Kangaroo Island

Today is free for you to explore the delights of Melbourne. Perhaps visit Eureka Skydeck for fantastic views of Melbourne, or join a guided tour of the historical Queen Victoria Markets. There is also the chance to visit the Maru Koala & Animal Park to see the Penguin Parade. Witness them emerging from the sea after a hard day’s fishing and waddle across the sand to their nests. Your Tour Director can discuss the full range of experiences available. (B)

Today visit spectacular Remarkable Rocks and Admiral’s Arch in Flinders Chase National Park and enjoy the stunning coastal scenery, where you may spot koalas, wallabies and kangaroos. You will then enjoy a sumptuous lunch behind the sand dunes at Vivonne Bay Lodge before enjoying a private Birds of Prey show at Raptor Domain. Afterwards, join a local specialist at Seal Bay Conservation Park for a guided walk amongst a breeding colony of Australian sea lions. (BL)


LAND

RAIL AUSTRALIA NIGHTS STAYED 1

PRICES FROM:

South Australia

£2979 per person

2

PRICES INCLUDE • 10 nights’ accommodation in premium hotels • Meals as specified: 10 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 5 dinners • Sightseeing and touring as specified (excludes ‘optional’ items)

DEPARTURES

New South Wales

Adelaide

1

Canberra

2

Kangaroo Island

Sydney

Victoria 2 1

Warrnambool

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

Mount KosciuszkoLAND National Park 11 AIR Beechworth RAIL 1 NIGHTS STAYED Melbourne

Lorne

Selected Departures throughout Jan - Dec, please call for details.

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach GROUP SIZE: 48 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

SYDNEY TO ADELAIDE

TOUR DETAILS

• Visit Gold Creek Sheep Station • Tour Canberra’s Parliament House • Travel the Great Ocean Road and see the giant pillars of the Twelve Apostles • Sample the wines of Coonawarra • Indulge in the famous wine and local produce of The Barossa • 2 nights on Kangaroo Island amidst the wildlife of Flinders Chase and a chance to view the sea lions of Seal Bay

Day 9: Kangaroo Island - Adelaide This morning, board your ferry to cross back to the mainland and travel to picturesque Adelaide, the ‘City of Churches’. You have a free choice of touring experiences this afternoon – perhaps enjoy a guided tour of The Art Gallery or a 1.5 hour guided walk through historic Adelaide’s North Precinct. For the animal lovers, a visit to Adelaide Zoo will delight. Finish the day with an evening at leisure to explore the city further and enjoy a meal at any of the wonderful local restaurants. (B)

Stamford Plaza (2 nights)

Day 10: Adelaide Hills & Barossa Valley The rolling Adelaide Hills and Barossa lay ahead of you today and you’ll have the opportunity to taste a number of their world-renowned wines. First stop is picturesque Hahndorf, famed for its charm and hospitality. Take some time to wander down the tree lined streets and explore the quaint shops or perhaps taste some of the town’s artisan produce. Continue to The Barossa Valley for lunch at The Company Kitchen, part of the South Australian Company Store. Here, the emphasis is on locally produced South Australian food and on providing food experiences to be savoured and enjoyed. You’ll taste 2 local wines with canapés, followed by a delicious main meal of your choice. After lunch, stop at Jacobs Creek Estate to sample some of their world famous wines before traveling back to Adelaide through the Barossa’s rolling hills. This evening join your Travel Director and new-found friends for a Farewell Dinner. (BLD)

Day 11: Depart Adelaide Transfer to Adelaide Airport for your onward flight. (B)

Optional Pre/Post Stay Perhaps stay extra nights in Sydney and take the opportunity to visit the Blue Mountains, the Hunter Valley wine regions and take in all the sights of the Sydney Harbour and beaches. Add-on nights are also available in Adelaide. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

31


AUSTRALIA SYDNEY TO CAIRNS ESCORTED XXXXCOACH TOUR PRICES FROM

£3399pp

13 day East Coast Adventure Sydney • Gold Coast • Noosa • Fraser Island • Hervey Bay • Rockhampton • Hamilton Island • Townsville • Mission Beach • Atherton Tablelands • Cairns • Great Barrier Reef • Port Douglas Day 1: Arrive Sydney

Day 6: Fraser Island

Explore this stunning city on a half-day sightseeing coach tour this afternoon, including the Opera House and Sydney Harbour Bridge. In the evening, enjoy a dinner cruise on Sydney Harbour. (D) PARKROYAL Darling Harbour

Located at the southern tip of the Great Barrier Reef, Fraser Island is a rare and beautiful paradise. The untamed wilderness will entice you from the moment you arrive, providing adventure and excitement, but also a relaxing atmosphere from your base here at the eco-friendly Kingfisher Bay Resort. Discover this beautiful island with a half-day tour. With some time at leisure that afternoon, slip into island living and perhaps explore the hundreds of walking trails which criss-cross the island. Immerse yourself in the ancient rainforests or explore the coloured sand cliffs on Seventy-Five Mile Beach. Perhaps visit the wreck of the Maheno, a liner that was driven ashore during a cyclone in 1935 (own expense). (B)

Day 2: Sydney - Gold Coast Transfer to the airport for your flight to the Gold Coast, famous for its uninterrupted coastline fringed by vibrant communities and lush wilderness areas. After settling in, perhaps stroll along the famous soft golden sands of Surfers Paradise Beach, the rest of the evening is at leisure. (B) Mantra on View (2 nights)

Day 3: Gold Coast Enjoy a full day to explore at your leisure. With 52 kilometres of golden beaches at your doorstep, you won’t have trouble finding a patch of sand. Perhaps learn to surf, see what’s on the menu at one of the restaurants along the waterfront or head into the lush hinterland for a day amidst the subtropical wilderness. (B)

Day 4: Gold Coast - Noosa Departing the Gold Coast this morning, you’ll head north to the Sunshine Coast. Visit the world-renowned Australia Zoo, made famous by the late Crocodile Hunter, Steve Irwin. Here you will be given the opportunity to gain an in-depth understanding of conservation and see many native Australian species up close. Continue to the chic resort town of Noosa, where you’ll dine with the locals this evening at the Noosa Surf Club. (BD) Sebel Noosa

Day 5: Noosa - Fraser Island With some time in Noosa, perhaps head into town or take a stroll along the stunning waterfront. Later, travel to Hervey Bay and join your cruise transfer to the world’s largest sand island, World Heritage-listed Fraser Island. Here, settle in to your room at Kingfisher Bay Resort. That evening, enjoy dinner in the company of your fellow travellers. (BD) Kingfisher Bay Resort (2 nights)

32

Day 7: Fraser Island - Rockhampton A morning ferry takes you across Hervey Bay, where you will discover why this special place is often referred to as the jewel in Queensland’s crown. The journey concludes back on the mainland where you will rejoin your coach to continue heading north. Travel through sugarcane country, crossing some of the many narrow-gauge railway lines that transport sugarcane from the field to processing plants in town, an iconic sight of rural Queensland. Later, arrive in the inland city of Rockhampton. (BD) Central Park Motel Rockhampton

Day 8: Rockhampton - Hamilton Island Explore the charming historical town of Rockhampton, known as the gateway to the coast and the Outback. Founded in 1853, the city is home to beautiful heritage architecture and a rich, fascinating history. Travel to Airlie Beach and enjoy one of the region’s most beautiful beaches. Here you will join a ferry through the sparkling Whitsundays and realise your dreams of a tropical island paradise as you arrive at picturesque Hamilton Island. Here, enjoy dinner later this evening. (BD) Reef View

Hotel (2 nights)

Day 9: Hamilton Island You have the entire day at leisure to do as little or as much as you like. Perhaps snorkel off the beach; enjoy a round of golf or hire a buggy to explore this beautiful island (all at own expense). (B)


AUSTRALIA

Kuranda

2 1

Mission Beach

PRICES INCLUDE • 12 nights’ accommodation • Meals as specified: 12 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 7 dinners • Internal flights included • Services of an experienced Travel Director & a professional driver • Touring by luxury air-conditioned motorcoach • Sightseeing and touring as specified (excludes ‘optional’ items)

Cairns

Airlie Beach

Whitsunday Islands National Park 2

Hamilton Island

Queensland Rockhampton

1

DEPARTURES

2

Hervey Bay Noosa

2019: Jan 20; Feb 2*, 17; Mar 2*; * Itinerary operates in reverse. Please call for departures from April 2019 onwards. Itinerary shown is effective until Mar 30 2019. Tours after this date follow a different itinerary. Please call for details.

PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars

1 1

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

2

New South Wales

Sydney

1

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

1

Gold Coast

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach GROUP SIZE: 48 max

Fraser Island

SYDNEY TO CAIRNS

Port Douglas

eef er R arri

£3399 per person

tB

PRICES FROM:

a Gre

TOUR DETAILS

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED LAND NIGHTS STAYED

• Experience Sydney’s finest million dollar views as you embark on a dinner cruise on its spectacular harbour. LAND AIR monuments twinkle around you as the city LAND See iconic NIGHTS STAYED AIR illuminates night NIGHTSat STAYED • Enjoy 2 nights at the wonderful Kingfisher Bay LAND Resort on RAIL World Heritage-listed Fraser Island LAND CRUISE RAIL • Cruise from Cairns by fast catamaran to Reef Magic’s NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE STAYED exclusiveNIGHTS activity platform situated right on the iconic Great Barrier Reef 1 1

1 1

LAND RAIL LAND NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Optional Pre/Post Stay 1 1

Add on nights are available in Sydney and Cairns. Please call for details. 1 1

Day 10: Hamilton Island - Mission Beach Take an early morning ferry transfer, gliding from Hamilton Island to the Port of Airlie, where you will reboard your coach and travel to Townsville. On arrival, enjoy a tour of the city. Continue to Mission Beach, the destination where 2 of the most stunning World Heritage-listed areas meet; the Wet Tropics Rainforest and the Great Barrier Reef. Arrive at your beachfront escape, Castaways Resort and Spa, where the only thing between you and the golden beach is a grassy lawn and a line of coconut palms. Complete with a secluded rainforest swimming area, it won’t be long before you discover why Mission Beach has earned its reputation as a haven for rest and relaxation. (BD) Castaways Resort and Spa Mission Beach

1 1

1 1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED LAND CRUISE LAND NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Day 11: Mission Beach - Cairns As you continue your journey north, you will discover the lush Atherton Tablelands. This region is part of the Waterfalls Circuit, including magnificent Millaa Millaa Falls, known to be some of the most photographed falls in Australia. As you journey towards Cairns, you will visit the Curtain Fig Tree, a natural Australian icon. Board the Skyrail Rainforest Cableway in Kuranda and ride above the treetops to Caravonica Lakes. Arriving in Cairns this afternoon, you will enjoy lush mountain views from your spacious room at the Pullman Cairns International. Enjoy a free evening to explore at your own pace. (B) Pullman Cairns International (2 nights)

Day 12: Cairns - Great Barrier Reef Cruise from Cairns by fast catamaran to Reef Magic’s exclusive activity platform on the Great Barrier Reef and enjoy 5 hours amid the coral and marine life. Back in Cairns tonight, enjoy a special Farewell Dinner at Tjapukai By Night. During this Aboriginal cultural dinner and performance, you will discover the spiritual concept known as Dreamtime, witness a corroboree, then be guided along a flame-lit pathway to a dinner of local produce. (BLD)

Day 13: Port Douglas - Cairns Departure Drive to the pretty coastal township of Port Douglas for a guided tour. This patch of tropical paradise is the meeting point of the World Heritage-listed Daintree Rainforest and the Great Barrier Reef. Spend some time to relax and enjoy the tranquil surrounds then return to Cairns and be transferred to the airport for your onward flight. (B) This tour is operated by Travelmarvel, part of the APT Travel Group

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

33


AUSTRALIA CAIRNS TO SYDNEY ESCORTED XXXXCOACH TOUR PRICES FROM

£2149pp

16 day Reefs & Rainforests with Sailing Cape Tribulation • Cairns • The Whitsundays • Capricorn Coast • Noosa • Surfers Paradise • Byron Bay • Coffs Harbour • Sydney • Blue Mountains Day 1: Cairns - Cape Tribulation

Days 8 & 9: Capricorn Coast - Noosa

Waste no time immersing yourself in this incredible country by getting acquainted over an adventure into the Daintree Rainforest. Here, we’ll be guided by the expertise of a local Aboriginal Guide, as we learn about the region’s natural beauty and history. For those looking for a little adventure in the treetops, you can opt to zipline through the rainforest canopy?

Waving goodbye to outback life, the Sunshine Coast will call us for more seaside fun. Here, take in the Glass House Mountains, dine at an Aussie Surf Club, and take a day trip to the world’s largest sand island, Fraser Island, where an exhilarating 4WD trip awaits. (B,BLD)

Day 2: Cape Tribulation - Cairns After exploring mangroves, head south to the pretty seaside town of Port Douglas. Later, make your way back to Cairns, the gateway to the Great Barrier Reef. With heaps of free time here you’ll get the chance to really immerse yourself in this energetic little town, a favourite amongst backpackers the world over. (B)

With the ‘Sunny Coast’ officially ticked, hit the road and make your way to Surfers Paradise. With a full free day here to do as you please, only interrupt your enjoyment of the pristine beach trail and surf crazed lifestyle for a spot of koala hugging in Currumbin. You’ll also have the opportunity to party the night away with entry to a nightclub included in your tour price. (B)

Days 3 & 4: Cairns

Day 12: Surfers Paradise - Byron Bay

With 2 free days to spend in this palm-lined paradise and with one of the world’s seven natural wonders just a stone’s throw away, feel like a kid in a candy store, choosing between white water rafting, barrier reef exploring or bungee jumping.

(BD,B)

Sticking to the theme of iconic Australian beach towns, we’ll journey south and land in Byron Bay. With organic cafes, bohemian hang outs and a lighthouse standing on Australia’s most easterly land point, this hippy haunt never ceases to capture the heart of every traveller who passes through. (B)

Days 5 & 6: Cairns - The Whitsundays Sailing

Day 13: Byron Bay - Coffs Harbour

Enjoy a quick city tour of Townsville before continuing down the coast to the resort town of Airlie Beach. Then, to make sure we experience the best of this region’s azure oceans, we’ll embark on a private sailing adventure. We’ll cruise some of the Whitsundays’ 74 magical islands, snorkeling in crystal clear waters and letting the lull of the ocean work its magic on our hearts. There’s even the opportunity to get hands-on and help the crew wince the sails. NOTE: Boat cabins are multi-share only.

Now well and truly settled into the surf scene, we’ll be ready to cosy up at our Coffs Harbour surf camp. Here, we can ride waves and soak plenty of rays, before settling in to a night of chatting and star gazing by an open fire. (BD)

(BD,BLD)

Day 7: The Whitsundays - Capricorn Coast Tiptoeing along the Capricorn Coast, we’ll find ourselves at Langmorn Cattle Station in the arms of true blue Australian hospitality. Hay wagon riding, whip cracking and a traditional outback feast followed by karaoke will all help ensure this day goes down as one of the best of the entire trip. (BD)

34

Days 10 & 11: Noosa - Surfers Paradise

Days 14 & 15: Coffs Harbour - Sydney Scooting out of Coffs Harbour, find yourself by the Hastings River, enjoying lunch in Port Macquarie before landing in Sydney. We’ll peel back the layers of this city with a ferry ride across Darling Harbour and a beach jaunt in Manly, before dinner at the famous Darling Harbour to salute the final night of our adventure. (B,BD)

Day 16: Blue Mountains - Depart Sydney One last day of sightseeing will see us visiting the majestic Blue Mountains, as we delay the inevitable teary goodbyes. Your tour ends in Sydney at approximately 5pm. (B)


AUSTRALIA PRICES FROM:

£2149 per person

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

Cape Tribulation 1 3

Cairns

Townsville

PRICES INCLUDE • 13 nights’ hotel, hostel and eco-lodge accommodation • 2 nights on-board a private yacht • Meals as specified: 15 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 7 dinners • Touring by air-conditioned coach with charging points and wi-fi • Services of an experienced Trip Manager and Driver • Sightseeing as per itinerary (excluding free time add-ons)

Whitsundays 2

Queensland Farmstay

1

DEPARTURES

Fraser Island Noosa

2018: Dec 16.

2

Brisbane

2019: Jan 6, 13, 20; Feb 3, 10, 17; Mar 10; Apr 7; May 5; Jun 2, 30; Jul 7, 28; Aug 4, 25; Sep 1, 22, 29; Oct 20, 27; Nov 17, 24; Dec 15, 22.

1 2 1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

CAIRNS TO SYDNEY

TOUR DETAILS

Surfers Paradise Byron Bay

2020: Jan 5, 12, 19; Feb 2, 9, 16; Mar 8. This trip also operates in reverse and shorter versions are available. Please call for details.

1

New South Wales

Port Macquarie

LAND Coffs Harbour RAIL 1 NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR STYLE: Escorted (18 - 35 year olds) Sydney

GROUP SIZE: 52 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

2 1

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Aboriginal experience at Mossman Gorge LAND AIR • Locally guided 4WD trip across Fraser Island RAIL NIGHTS STAYED including a delicious lunch • Experience a remote Cattle Station, guided LAND bushwalks, koalas and kangaroos CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED • Learn to surf the waves at our beachside surf camp at Coffs Harbour • Take to the open seas aboard a modern sailing yacht around the stunning Whitsunday islands 1

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Cairns and Sydney. You will also have the opportunity to upgrade your tour with optional excursions. Please call for details and prices.

1

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

35


AUSTRALIA QUEENSLAND SELF DRIVE XXXX TOUR PRICES FROM

£1279pp

12 day Sunshine State Explorer Sunshine Coast • Fraser Island • Agnes Water • Mackay • Airlie Beach • Townsville • Mission Beach Day 1: Brisbane - Noosa (160km/ 100 miles/ 2 hours) Start your journey north across the Sunshine State as you depart Brisbane for the resort town of Noosa. Famous for its heavy surf, coastal trails and wildlife, the local area is a magnet for lovers of the great outdoors with optional activities, such as kayaking and surf lessons are very popular. Standard: Coral Beach Resort;

Superior: Peppers Noosa Resort & Villas (2 nights)

Day 2: Noosa

Standard: Clarion Hotel Mackay Marina (Superior Deluxe Room); Superior: Clarion Hotel Mackay Marina (Executive Suite)

Enjoy a full day at leisure in the most glamourous and chic resort on the Sunshine Coast. Relax and unwind on one of the area’s many beaches or, perhaps choose to take an optional trip to visit Steve Irwin’s Australia Zoo. For those looking to explore the area inland, the magnificent Glasshouse Mountains are just an hour’s drive away.

Days 7 & 8: Mackay - Airlie Beach (150km/ 95 miles/ 2 hours) The relaxed seaside town of Airlie Beach is the mainland gateway to the 74 beautiful islands of the Whitsundays. Excursions include snorkelling trips to the Great Barrier Reef, scenic flights over Whitehaven Beach and wetlands crocodile safaris.

Day 3: Noosa - Hervey Bay - Fraser Island (190km/ 118 miles/ 2.5 hours) This morning, continue your drive north to the coastal town of Hervey Bay, where you’ll leave your car behind and travel as foot passengers on the ferry across to Fraser Island; the world’s largest sand island stretching for 120km into the deep blue Coral Sea. Standard: Kingfisher Bay Resort (Wallum Lagoon Resort Hotel Room);

Standard: Coral Sea Resort; Superior: Mantra Boathouse Apartments (2 nights)

Superior: Kingfisher Bay Resort (Wallum Lagoon Resort Hotel Spa Room) (2 nights)

Mercure Townsville; Superior: Grand Hotel and Apartments Townsville

Day 4: Fraser Island

Heading towards Mission Beach, discover miles of beach coastline, walk boardwalks searching for the elusive Cassowary or take a Great Barrier Reef trip. You have 2 full-days to make the most of this glorious stretch of coastline, so unwind and savour your last stop on this Australian coastal drive. (B) Standard: Castaways

Fraser Island is strictly 4WD territory and your tour today will include a stop at Eli Creek for a refreshing swim at the Maheno Shipwreck. Enjoy a picnic lunch on remote beach stretches and a visit to the spectacular coloured sands cliffs known as The Pinnacles. Take in the amazing views from Indian Head and an exhilarating beach drive on the ‘sandy highway’ of 75-Mile Beach.

Day 5: Fraser Island - Agnes Water/1770 (260km/ 162 miles/ 3.5 hours) Travel back to the mainland by boat before collecting your rental car and driving to the surfing community of Agnes Water. With its sister township, 1770 (named after the date Captain Cook first set foot in Queensland), these are the closest points on the mainland to the southern edge of the Great Barrier Reef, and a variety of cruises are available locally. Standard: Sandcastles 1770 Resort; Superior: Lagoons 1770 Resort & Spa

36

Day 6: Mackay (561km/ 350 miles/ 7 hours) Depart early this morning on the epic drive to the bustling city of Mackay. Off the tourist track, the city is surrounded by sugar cane fields and national parks where, if you’re lucky, you might spot the native platypus. Take the rest of the day to stroll through the mangroves or relax with a coffee in one of the city’s many cafés.

Day 9: Airlie Beach - Townsville (275km/ 171 miles/ 3.5 hours) En route to Townsville, relax at one of the secluded beaches or stretch your legs at Lake Ross, a reservoir surrounded by unspoilt open savannah and teeming with wildlife. Spend the rest of the day exploring the sights of Townsville. Standard:

Days 10 & 11: Townsville - Mission Beach (240km/ 149 miles/ 3 hours)

Resort & Spa (Beachfront Resort Room); Superior: Castaways Resort & Spa (Beachfront Coral Sea Room) (2 nights)

Day 12: Mission Beach - Cairns (140km/ 87 miles/ 2 hours) On your way to Cairns, detour inland to the Atherton Tablelands, a fertile farming region boasting waterfalls, wildlife lake cruises and charming small towns. Your tour concludes on arrival in Cairns. Note: Your car is booked until the following day, but must be returned by the same time it was picked up on day 1 to avoid additional charges.


AUSTRALIA PRICES FROM:

£1279 per person Cairns

PRICES INCLUDE • 11 nights’ hotels on a room-only basis unless specified • Full-day eco tour and boat transfers to/from Fraser Island • Avis car rental for the tour duration • Self-drive kit, including maps and instructions

2

Mission Beach

1 Townsville

Airlie Beach

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

Mackay 1

Agnes Water 2

Hervey Bay

DEPARTURES

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Whitsunday Islands

2

Queensland Noosa

2

Fraser Island

Brisbane

Daily

QUEENSLAND

TOUR DETAILS

TOUR STYLE: Self Drive

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights in Brisbane and Cairns are available and highly recommended. Please call for details.

SIGHTSEEING PACKAGES

• Visit the tiny national park in chic Noosa for the chance to spot koalas in the wild LAND • Enjoy an eco-tour of Fraser Island’s rainforests and RAIL CRUISE beaches NIGHTS STAYED • 2 nights in Airlie Beach, with time to explore the beautiful Whitsunday Islands • Discover the real Queensland with visits to Agnes LAND RAIL Water, Mackay and Townsville NIGHTS STAYED • Explore the Great Barrier Reef from Mission Beach 1

1

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

To make the most of your self-drive holiday, why not pre-book our optional sightseeing packages, with options including: - Entrance to Steve Irwin’s Australia Zoo, prices from £41 per person - Noosa Everglades BBQ Lunch Cruise, prices from £75 per person - Whitsunday Islands and Whitehaven Beach Cruise, prices from £68 per person

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

37


AUSTRALIA TASMANIA SELF DRIVE XXXX TOUR PRICES FROM

£1689pp

10 day Walking With Wildlife Hobart • Huon • Russell Falls • Lake St Clair • Queenstown • Strahan • Corinna • Cradle Mountain National Park • Scottsdale • Bay of Fires • Bicheno • Freycient National Park • Port Arthur Day 1: Hobart REST Australia Tours will meet you on arrival at the airport and if you have any questions will be happy to assist. Pick up your car from the rental desk and proceed to the scenic waterfront city of Hobart. Your travel documentation will be waiting for you at the hotel reception. Standard: Salamanca Suites; Deluxe: Henry Jones

Art Hotel

Day 2: Hobart – Huon (132 km/ 82 miles/ 3 hours) Set off early, travelling south through Huon towards Geeveston, a small township set in the lower reaches of the Huon Valley. This picturesque valley has arguably some of the most beautiful scenery in all of Tasmania. Continue onto Hartz Mountain National Park and the Tahune Airwalk for spectacular walking opportunities. With its breathtaking views of the forest canopy, spine-tingling swinging bridges across the Huon and Picton Rivers and countless hiking opportunities, there is a lot to offer. Enjoy a peaceful forest ramble or one of the more challenging hikes. Returning via an alternate route back to Huon, make sure you stop at Willie Smiths Apple Shed and discover the traditions behind making Australia’s best cider. (B) Standard:

Hillside B&B; Deluxe: Huon Bush Retreat

Day 3: Huon – Russell Falls – Lake St Clair (275 km/ 171 miles/ 4 hours) Make the short journey back through Hobart and onto Bonorong Wildlife Sanctuary. Continue west to Mt Field National Park and Russell Falls, the star attraction. There’s even more to be discovered in Tasmania’s most diverse national park, including Lady Barron Falls, Horseshoe Falls and many more on the way to the summit of Mount Field itself. (B) Standard & Deluxe: Lake St Clair Lodge

Day 4: Lake St Clair – Queenstown – Strahan (132km/ 82 miles/ 2 hours) Travel west towards Queenstown. The West Coast Wilderness Railway is a beautifully restored scenic steam train that runs amongst the old growth rainforest, over valleys and streams and up steep rack and pinion line. Continue west to the harbour side village of Strahan. Set on the shores of Macquarie Harbour, Strahan has a dark and fascinating convict past and is the gateway to the magnificent Franklin – Gordon Wild Rivers National Park. (B) Standard: Strahan Village; Deluxe: Franklin Manor

38

Day 5: Strahan – Corinna (95km/ 59 miles/ 1.5 hours) Option 1: Depart Strahan at 7:30am and travel north passing through the old mining town of Zeehan en-route to Corinna. On arrival join the Pieman River Cruise departing at 10am from Corinna. This scenic cruise takes you along the pristine Pieman River. Option 2: In Strahan join the most scenic and sought after eco-cruises in Tasmania along the Gordon River. Corinna was once a remote mining town, now an eco-tourism haven set in pristine rainforest surrounded by stunning wilderness and nature. (B) Standard & Deluxe: Corinna Wilderness Resort Day 6: Corinna - Cradle Mountain National Park (123km/ 76 miles/ 2.5 hours) Drive north from Corinna passing Savage River and Waratah onto one of the state’s most remarkable locations, Cradle Mountain National Park, where ancient pines fringe glacial lakes and icy streams cascade down rugged mountains. The Dove Lake Circuit is a 6km track and one of Tasmania’s premier walks taking you around Dove Lake and beneath the towering spires of Cradle Mountain. Standard: Cradle

Mountain Hotel; Deluxe: Peppers Cradle Mountain Lodge

Day 7: Cradle Mountain National Park – Scottsdale (264km/ 164 miles/ 3.5 hours) A leisurely drive takes you through the second largest city in Tasmania and one of Australia’s oldest, Launceston. It is one of the best-preserved early cityscapes in Australia with its elegant Colonial and Victorian architecture and century-old parks. Cataract Gorge is an essential stop for lunch. Continue north along the banks of the picturesque Tamar River up the Tamar Valley, passing the scented lavender farms on the outskirts of Scottsdale. (B) Standard: Willow Lodge; Deluxe: Barnbougle Day 8: Scottsdale – Bay of Fires - Bicheno (183 km/ 114 miles/ 3.5 hours) Day 8’s drive will have you visiting some of the most scenic coastal landscape Australia has to offer. The world famous Bay of Fires is a slice of coastal heaven. Walk for miles along sugar-white sandy beaches, discover orange lichen-covered granite boulders and swim in the crystal clear turquoise water. Follow the coast south to Bicheno where penguin tours let you get up close to little fairy penguins at dusk. (B*) Standard & Deluxe: Beachfront Bicheno * Standard option only


AUSTRALIA TASMANIA

TOUR DETAILS

£1689 per person

PRICES INCLUDE 1

1

Bicheno

1

1

Lake St. Clair

S

Queenstown Strahan

St Helens

1

1

LAND AIR Coles BayRAIL CRUISE 1 NIGHTS STAYED

Freycinet National Park

Hobart 1

V

S

DEPARTURES

Corinna

Scottsdale

S

• 9 nights’ accommodation • Meals as specified: 8 breakfasts • Activities and experiences as specified • Rental car throughout as specified • Full vehicle insurance • Travel documentation including tour manual with detailed day to day driving instructions and recommendations

Cradle Mountain National Park

V

PRICES FROM:

Huon

1

Port Arthur

1

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

Daily, please call for details.

TOUR STYLE: Self Drive GROUP SIZE: 2 PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 – 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Day 9: Bicheno – Freycinet NP – Port Arthur (275km/ 171 miles/ 4 hours) Start early with a beautiful sunrise over the ocean before taking the short drive deeper into Freycinet National Park; filled with an abundance of natural assets, including the pink granite peaks of the Hazards Range. Visit Friendlies Beach and take in the short hike to see the magnificent views of the iconic Wineglass Bay. After a morning of exploration, it is time to continue south to the historic settlement of Port Arthur. (B) Standard & Deluxe: Stewarts Bay Lodge

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

LAND • Discover heritage charm in Hobart RAIL CRUISE • Meet Tasmania’s unique wildlife NIGHTS STAYED • Diverse and stunning landscapes including Dove Lake, Cradle Mountain, Bay of Fires, Wineglass Bay • Take a ride on the West Coast Wilderness Railway LAND 1

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Day 10: Port Arthur - Hobart (83km/ 52 miles/ 1 hour) It is a short drive back to Hobart Airport for your onward travel plans. (B)

REST Australia Tours Let REST Australia Tours take you on a journey of discovery around this magical island state. We have highlighted the best short hikes Tasmania has to offer and incorporated these into an exceptionally detailed itinerary. You will have opportunities to see a vast array of native Australian wildlife in some of the most picturesque and diverse scenery on the planet.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

39


NEW ZEALAND NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS ESCORTED XXXXCOACH TOUR PRICES FROM

£4749pp

17 day New Zealand Wonderland Auckland • Bay of Islands • Rotorua • Wellington • Franz Josef Glacier • Queenstown • Milford Sound • Te Anau • Dunedin • Mount Cook • Christchurch Day 1: Arrive Auckland

Day 7: Rotorua - Taupo - Wellington

Meet and transfer to your hotel. A selection of ‘Freedom of Choice’ touring options are available this afternoon – perhaps visit the Auckland Museum, take a Waiheke Island wine tour, or enjoy a cruise across Waitemata Harbour. (D) Grand Millennium

Follow the Thermal Explorer Highway to the heart of the North Island. Visit the mighty Huka Falls and Lake Taupo before travelling across the vast volcanic plateau of World Heritage-listed Tongariro National Park to Wellington, New Zealand’s capital city. Tonight, enjoy a ‘Freedom of Choice’ dining experience. (BD)

Auckland

Day 2: Auckland - Bay of Islands

InterContinental Wellington (2 nights)

Travel along the Hibiscus Coast and visit the Matakohe Kauri Museum for an insight into the pioneering history of the Northland region. Arriving into the Bay of Islands, enjoy a guided tour of the historic Waitangi Treaty Grounds where, in 1840, the founding document of modern New Zealand was signed between the British and the Maori chiefs. (BD) Copthorne Hotel and Resort Bay of Islands (2 nights)

Day 8: Wellington

Day 3: Bay of Islands

Day 9: Wellington - Kaikoura - Christchurch

Select from an extensive range of ‘Freedom of Choice’ options. Perhaps a tour to Cape Reinga with a drive along the sands of Ninety Mile Beach, a tall ship sailing or even a dolphin watching adventure cruise. (B)

Step aboard the Interislander Ferry to cruise across Cook Strait and through stunning Marlborough and Queen Charlotte Sounds to Picton. Visit the quaint fishing town of Kaikoura, famous for its whale watching, before continuing to Christchurch. (BD) The Commodore, Christchurch

Day 4: Bay of Islands - Auckland In the morning, explore the Bay of Islands on a cruise to Cape Brett and the ‘Hole in the Rock’. Later, return to Auckland for a special Pacific-themed dinner at your hotel. (BD) Grand Millennium Auckland

Day 5: Auckland - Waitomo - Rotorua Leaving the ‘City of Sails’, travel south to the Waitomo Caves for a boat ride through a mystical grotto lit by thousands of tiny glow worms. Immerse yourself in Rotorua culture that evening with an authentic Maori Hangi feast and traditional entertainment. (BD) Holiday Inn Rotorua (2 nights)

Day 6: Rotorua Discover some of Rotorua’s iconic attractions today from a wide selection of ‘Freedom of Choice’ activities. Perhaps enjoy a sheep show at the Agrodome, marvel at the geysers and bubbling mud pools at Te Puia Thermal Reserve, or visit some of the sets from the Lord of the Rings movies. (B)

40

After breakfast, explore the vibrant city of Wellington on a sightseeing tour. See the spectacular new waterfront area and take some time to visit Te Papa Tongarewa, New Zealand’s stunning National Museum. The rest of the day is yours to discover the rest of the city’s highlights at your own pace. (B)

Day 10: Christchurch - Franz Josef This morning, board the TranzAlpine train for one of the world’s greatest rail journeys across the Southern Alps. Disembark at Arthur’s Pass to re-board your coach and continue to Hokitika before arriving into Franz Josef and enjoying a special 4-course dinner at your luxury eco-resort. (BD) Te Waonui Forest Retreat

Day 11: Franz Josef - Queenstown Today, sit back and admire the incredible scenery as you travel along the rugged West Coast to Queenstown. This evening, you’ll have a choice of four unique dining establishments where you can sample some of the best New Zealand fayre. (BD)

Novotel Queenstown Lakeside (2 nights)

Day 12: Queenstown Superb ‘Freedom of Choice’ touring options reveal Queenstown as an exhilarating alpine resort, perfect for adventurers and leisure-seekers alike. Select from wine tasting, a Lakeshore Forest and Bird Walk, a jetboat ride on the Shotover River, or a thrilling 4WD experience on Mt. Nicholas. (B)


NEW ZEALAND PRICES FROM:

2

£4749 per person

Bay of Islands Whangarei

Dargaville Auckland

Hamilton

PRICES INCLUDE

2019: Jan 5, 19, 25; Feb 9, 16, 20, 25; Mar 2, 9, 27; Apr 6, 13, 20; May 11; Jul 6; Aug 3, 31; Sep 7, 14, 21, 28. Please call for departures from October 2019 onwards.

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach

Rotorua

1

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Taupo

Palmerston North Picton

2

AUNZ

Wellington

1 2

Blenheim Arthurs Kaikoura Pass

DEPARTURES 2018: Dec 1, 15.

2

Waitomo

• 16 nights’ accommodation in luxury hotels • Meals as specified: 16 breakfasts, 12 dinners • Touring by luxury air-conditioned coach • Dedicated APT Tour Director, plus expert local guides • Airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary (excl. any ‘optional’ items)

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

2

NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS

TOUR DETAILS

Franz Josef Glacier

1

2

Christchurch

1

Mt Cook Queenstown Milford Sound 2 Te Anau

1

Dunedin

3

1

GROUP SIZE: 48 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

• Cruise through the beautiful Bay of IslandsRAIL NIGHTScaves STAYED • Underground boat ride through the glowworm at Waitomo • The geothermal resort of Rotorua and a traditional LAND AIR Maori Hangi evening RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Magnificent Franz Josef Glacier • Mount Cook, New Zealand’s highest peak 1

1

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Day 13: Queenstown - Milford - Te Anau This morning enjoy one of the most scenic drives of the trip en route to Fiordland National Park and Milford Sound. Cruise the full length of this beautiful fiord and see the mile-high summit of Mitre Peak reflected in the glassy waters. Later, continue to Te Anau for your overnight stay and Taste of Fiordland dinner. (BD) Distinction Te

Anau Hotel & Villas

Day 14: Te Anau - Dunedin Journey through rolling countryside east to Dunedin. Today, your next ‘Freedom of Choice’ activity awaits – you may choose to jump aboard the Taieri Gorge Railway, or tour the iconic Larnach Castle. For lovers of wildlife, a visit to view the albatross and penguin colonies on the Otago Peninsula is a must. (BD) Scenic Hotel Southern

Cross

Day 15: Dunedin - Mount Cook View the unique Moeraki Boulders on Koekohe Beach before heading inland to Mount Cook National Park. ‘Freedom of Choice’ activities here include guided nature walks, a glacier cruise or a visit to the Sir Edmund Hillary Alpine Centre. (BD) The

Hermitage, Mount Cook

Day 16: Mount Cook - Tekapo - Christchurch Travel back to the Canterbury region via the alpine shores of Lake Tekapo. Back in Christchurch this evening, enjoy a farewell dinner at your hotel with your fellow travellers. (BD) Rydges Latimer Christchurch

Day 17: Depart Christchurch Transfer to Christchurch Airport for your onward flight. (B)

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

41


NEW ZEALAND NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS ESCORTED XXXXCOACH TOUR PRICES FROM

£2949pp

15 day New Zealand Getaway Auckland • Bay of Islands • Rotorua • Wellington • West Coast • Queenstown • Milford Sound • Dunedin Day 1: Arrive Auckland On arrival, you will be met and transferred to your centrally located hotel. The rest of the day is at leisure in beautiful Auckland. Rydges Auckland

Depart Rotorua and travel along the Thermal Explorer Highway to Lake Taupo and thundering Huka Falls. Continue on to Tongariro National Park to Wellington. (B)

Day 2: Auckland - Bay of Islands

Travelodge Wellington

Travel north to the Waipoua Kauri Forest Reserve, where you’ll view the giant Kauri Tree, Tane Mahuta - ‘Lord of the Forest’. Continue to the Bay of Islands, the birthplace of the nation where in 1840 the Waitingi Treaty, founding document of modern New Zealand, was signed between the British and the Maori chiefs. (BD)

Day 8: Wellington - Cook Strait - Kaikoura - Christchurch

Copthorne Hotel and Resort Bay of Islands (2 nights)

Day 3: Bay of Islands The Bay of Islands is home to 144 islands – a playground for lovers of anything aquatic. Enjoy a full day at leisure; perhaps take a day tour to Cape Reinga and Ninety Mile Beach, relax with a round of golf, or even go swimming with the dolphins. (B)

Day 4: Bay of Islands - Auckland

Cruise across Cook Strait through the breathtaking Marlborough and Queen Charlotte sounds to Picton and then along the spectacular Pacific Ocean drive to Kaikoura. (BD) Quality Hotel Elms, Christchurch

Day 9: Christchurch - Fox Glacier In the morning, you have an opportunity to board the award-winning TranzAlpine train (own expense) to experience the stunning scenery of the Southern Alps. Alternatively, enjoy this journey aboard the tour coach. Continue along the dramatic coastline viewing the Franz Josef Glacier en route to Westland National Park. (BD)

Heartland Hotel, Fox Glacier

Day 10: Haast Pass - Queenstown

Explore New Zealand’s finest national maritime park on a dolphin-watching cruise to Cape Brett and sail through the Hole in the Rock. In the afternoon, return to Auckland. (BD) Rydges Auckland

Apartments Queenstown Lakeview (2 nights)

Day 5: Auckland - Waitomo - Rotorua

Day 11: Queenstown

Leaving Auckland, travel to the famous Waitomo Caves to experience a guided tour of the underground limestone caverns, lit by thousands of tiny glowworms. In the afternoon, arrive in Rotorua, where you can immerse yourself in Maori Culture with a guided tour of the Maori Arts & Crafts Institute followed a traditional Maori Hangi feast and concert. (BD) Rydges Rotorua (2 nights)

Day 6: Rotorua In the morning, enjoy breakfast before visiting one of the region’s most famous attractions, the Agrodome, where a sheep display will entertain you. Alternative optional sightseeing includes a thrilling ‘White Island Active Volcano’ flight (own expense). Note: Country homestay option is available tonight, ask for details. (B)

42

Day 7: Rotorua - Taupo - Wellington

Travelling across the Haast Pass, you’ll then trace the shorelines of beautiful lakes Wanaka and Hawea to the alpine resort of Queenstown. (B) Copthorne Hotel &

You’ll be spoilt for choice in Queenstown with plenty of optional sightseeing (own expense) for adventurers and leisure seekers alike. Perhaps ride the gondola for panoramic aerial views, take a thrilling jetboat ride and experience Queenstown’s lively culinary scene. Perhaps take one of the world’s most scenic rail journeys aboard the TranzAlpine train. Please enquire for further details. (B)

Day 12: Queenstown - Milford Sound - Te Anau Follow the Remarkables mountain range to Fiordland National Park and then travels the Milford Road, renowned as one of the world’s best alpine drives, to Milford Sound. Board your boat for a full-length cruise of the beautiful fiord in this World Heritage-listed area. (BD) Kingsgate Hotel Te Anau


1

AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1 1

LAND RAIL (OPTIONAL) CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

NEW ZEALAND

PRICES FROM:

£2949 per person

2

Auckland

PRICES INCLUDE • 14 nights’ accommodation in comfortable, mid-range hotels • Meals as specified: 14 breakfasts, 8 dinners • Touring by luxury air-conditioned coach • Dedicated APT Travelmarvel Tour Director • Airport transfers and sightseeing as specified (excludes ‘optional’ items)

Bay of Islands

Rotorua

Picton

1

Wellington

Blenheim

2018: Dec 16. 2019: Jan 4, 8, 15, 22; Feb 1, 10, 12, 17, 24; Mar 1, 5, 10, 19; Apr 7; May 5.

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach

2

Taupo

DEPARTURES

NOTE: Itinerary shown effective to Sep 28 2019. Tours after this date follow a slightly different itinerary. Please call for departures from June 2019 onwards.

2

Hamilton Waitomo

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Arthurs Kaikoura Pass Greymouth Franz Josef Mt Glacier 1 Christchurch Cook Fox Glacier 1 1 Tekapo

NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS

TOUR DETAILS

Haast Milford Sound 1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

Queenstown

2

Te Anau

1

Dunedin

GROUP SIZE: 48 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

• Dolphin-watching cruise to Cape Brett’s ‘Hole in the Rock’ in tropical Bay of Islands LAND CRUISE • Experience a unique Maori traditional feast in the NIGHTS STAYED geothermal resort of Rotorua • See the stunning scenery of the Southern Alps and Westland National Park • Spend 2 nights in the adventure capital of Queenstown • Admire the waterfalls, cliffs and rainforests on a Milford Sound boat cruise • Visit stately Larnach Castle • Gaze at breathtaking views of Mount Cook. At 3,754 metres, this is New Zealand’s highest peak and is known as Aoraki, or ‘cloud piercer’ by the Maori 1

Day 13: Te Anau - Dunedin Leaving the Fiordland region for Dunedin, you’ll enjoy a city tour on arrival before visiting Larnach Castle, New Zealand’s only castle. (BD) Scenic Hotel Dunedin City

Day 14: Dunedin - Lake Tekapo Journey along the coast and see the Moeraki Boulders on Koekohe Beach, then stop in Oamaru. View Mt Cook before arriving at Lake Tekapo. (BD) Peppers Bluewater

Resort Lake Tekapo

Day 15: Lake Tekapo - depart Christchurch Look around the beautiful Lake Tekapo and from here, travel across the Canterbury Plains to Christchurch. In the afternoon, your tour concludes with a transfer to the airport. (B) Operated by Travelmarvel, part of the APT Travel Group

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Auckland and Christchurch. Rotorua Country Homestead option also available on this tour. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

43


NEW ZEALAND NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS ESCORTED XXXXCOACH TOUR PRICES FROM

£3979pp

21 day Spirit of New Zealand Christchurch • Milford Sound • Queenstown• Franz Josef • Nelson • Wellington • Napier• Rotorua • Auckland • Bay of Islands Day 1: Christchurch On arrival at Christchurch Airport, you’ll be transferred to your hotel. That evening meet your Travel Director for a welcome reception and dinner. (D) Ibis Hotel

Christchurch

Day 2: Christchurch – Omarama Board your coach to see the extensive work carried out to rebuild the city after the devastating earthquake of February 2011. Later, travelling over the patchwork countryside of the Canterbury Plains, the spectacular sightseeing begins. Enjoy sweeping views across the turquoise waters of Lake Tekapo and visit the Church of the Good Shepherd before soaking up the sensational alpine landscape of Mt. Cook National Park – a scenic highlight! You may choose to take an optional scenic flight over Mt. Cook (weather permitting, at own expense). (BD) Heritage Gateway Hotel

Day 8: Queenstown – Franz Josef

Day 3: Omarama – Dunedin

Day 9: Franz Josef – Punakaiki

Travel through Oamaru, with its famous white limestone buildings, to Dunedin for a tour of the city. With an afternoon at leisure, you have a range of optional experiences available – perhaps take a wildlife cruise out to Otago Peninsula or ride the historic Taieri Gorge Railway (all at own expense). (BD) Kingsgate Hotel

This morning, there is another chance to see Franz Josef Glacier from the air or take a glacier hike (both optional, at own expense). Then, it’s onwards to Hokitika, home of the native greenstone (jade), for a factory visit and carving demonstration. Later travel to Punakaiki to view the Pancake Rocks and Blowholes before you arrive at your accommodation for the night - an eco-friendly resort right on the waterfront. Enjoy dinner while watching the thundering surf at your doorstep. (BD)

Dunedin

Day 4: Dunedin – Milford Sound Be awestruck by the World Heritage Fiordland National Park. You’ll see rainforest, ancient glaciers and mountain ranges, and then drive through the Homer Tunnel. Pass through the Cleddau Valley and the Chasm, before arriving in Milford Sound for your overnight cruise (please note: Cruise does not operate 21 May-15 September. During this period there will be a day cruise on Milford Sound and accommodation in Queenstown or Te Anau). (BD) Milford Sound Overnight Cruise

Day 5: Milford Sound – Queenstown In the morning depart for the lakeside town of Te Anau. Explore the famous Te Anau Glowworm Caves by boat with a local guide, before travelling to New Zealand’s adventure capital, Queenstown. (BD) Copthorne Hotel and Resort Queenstown (3

nights)

Days 6 & 7: Queenstown Explore exciting Queenstown your way over the next two days. You may like to consider taking one of the optional experiences on offer, such as the Shotover Jet boat, a local wine tour, a round of golf, a 4WD minibus excursion through Skippers

44

Canyon or simply exploring Queenstown on your own. That evening, you might consider an optional cruise across Lake Wakatipu aboard New Zealand’s oldest steamship, the TSS Earnslaw, to Walter Peak High Country Farm for a gourmet barbecue dinner at the Colonel’s Homestead. An entertaining after-dinner farm show provides a glimpse into high-country farm life. (B,BD) Visit the historic gold mining village of Arrowtown before continuing on to Cromwell and its selection of delicious stone fruits. Then it’s a trio of lakes – Lake Dunstan, Lake Hawea, Lake Wanaka. Travelling over the Haast Pass, view the impressive Thunder Creek Falls before arriving at your destination, the majestic Franz Josef Glacier. An optional helicopter flight to the upper glacier face is available (at own expense). (BD) Scenic Hotel Franz Josef Glacier (Graham Wing)

Punakaiki Resort

Day 10: Punakaiki – Nelson Soak up the scenic wilderness of the Heritage Highway through the impressive Buller Gorge and the Kahurangi National Park before arriving in Nelson. That afternoon, you’ll visit the amazing World of Wearable Arts and Classic Cars, where you will experience unforgettable garments from the gala award shows held each year. (BD) Grand Mercure Nelson Monaco Hotel and Resort (2 nights)

Day 11: Nelson With a full day at leisure, you have the option to journey to the top of the South Island and enjoy a relaxing cruise in the Abel Tasman National Park (at own expense). Or perhaps take a short bush walk, relax in sunny Nelson or explore the many arts and craft galleries. (B)

Day 12: Nelson – Wellington Visit the seaside village of Picton before boarding the InterIslander ferry to cross Cook Strait to New Zealand’s capital, Wellington. Enjoy a city sights tour before


LAND NEW ZEALAND RAIL

PRICES FROM:

2

£3979 per person

1

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Bay of Islands

2

Auckland

Matamata

2

PRICES INCLUDE

Rotorua Taupo

• 20 nights’ accommodation in hotels as specified • Meals as specified: 20 breakfasts, 14 dinners • Touring by luxury air-conditioned motorcoach • Services of a qualified Travel Director & Driver Guide • Airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary (excludes ‘optional’ items)

1

Picton Nelson

2

Napier

Wellington

2

Buller Gorge

DEPARTURES

Punakaiki 1 Hokitika Franz Josef Glacier 1 Mt. 1 Christchurch Cook Haast 1 Omarama

2018: Dec 6, 20, 27. 2019: Jan 3, 10, 31; Feb 7, 14, 21, 28; Mar 7, 14, 28; Apr 11; May 2; Jun 13; Jul 11; Aug 8, 29; Sep 12; Oct 10, 24; Nov 7, 28; Dec 5, 19, 26. 2020: Jan 2, 9, 30; Feb 6, 13, 20, 27; Mar 5, 12, 26.

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach

Milford Sound Te Anau

1

3

Queenstown 1

NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS

TOUR DETAILS

Dunedin

GROUP SIZE: 48 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

you visit Te Papa, the Museum of New Zealand, where you’ll learn more about the nation’s nature, art, history and cultural heritage. (BD) Travelodge Wellington (2

nights)

Day 13: Wellington You have a free day to see the sights of your choice. Perhaps take a tour of Parliament, a Lord of the Rings movie tour or a visit to Weta Workshop for a behindthe-scenes glimpse into the world of movie special effects (all at own expense). (B)

Day 14: Wellington – Napier Travel through the fertile farmland of Manawatu to the Art Deco town of Napier. Enjoy a city walking tour with a local guide and learn how Napier was rebuilt after the 1931 earthquake. (BD) Scenic Hotel Te Pania

Day 15: Napier – Rotorua Travel to Lake Taupo, the largest in New Zealand. Visit mighty Huka Falls en route to Rotorua. Take a sightseeing tour with views of Lake Rotorua. Enjoy an evening of fun and laughter and gain an insight into traditional Maori culture followed by a delicious buffet highlight dinner at the Tamaki Maori Village. (BD) Ibis Rotorua

Hotel (2 nights)

Day 16: Rotorua

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS • Visit the Church of the Good Shepherd on the shores of Lake Tekapo • Spend the night cruising on magical Milford Sound • Let loose in the adventure capital, Queenstown • Explore the Glowworm caves at Te Anau by boat • Taste Central Otago stone fruit at a local orchard • See awe-inspiring Franz Josef Glacier • Watch artisans carving native greenstone (jade) in Hokitika • Punakaiki, home to Pancake Rocks and Blowholes • Visit Te Papa, the Museum of New ZealandMaori Cultural Icon • Immerse yourself in Maori culture at a Hangi and Concert Maori Cultural Icon • Explore the geothermal valley at Te Puia in Rotorua • Relax in the Bay of Islands

Visit Te Puia, the Maori Arts and Crafts Institute, where you’ll see demonstrations of wood carving and weaving. Then, tour the geothermal valley and hear about its importance to the Maori people. A range of optional experiences are available in the afternoon to ensure you get the most out of your day. (B)

Day 17: Rotorua – Auckland This morning, spend some time at the multi-awardwinning and highly entertaining Agrodome Farm Show, to gain an insight into agricultural life in New Zealand. You’ll see the art of sheep shearing, sheepdog demonstrations, cow milking, bottle feeding of lambs and an exciting sheep auction. Later, travel through the dairy farming district of Waikato before arriving into to Auckland for a city sightseeing tour. (B)

VR Queen Street Hotel

Day 18: Auckland – Bay of Islands Depart Auckland this morning and travel through the lush fields of Northland before arriving into the beautiful Bay of Islands. Enjoy a scenic cruise to Cape Brett and the famous ‘Hole in the Rock’, and keep your eyes peeled for sightings of the marine life that call these waters home. (BD) Copthorne Resort Bay of Islands, Garden View

Rooms (2 nights)

Day 19: Bay of Islands You have a free day to experience the beauty of the Bay of Islands. Perhaps go dolphin-watching, take a coach trip to Cape Reinga via idyllic Ninety Mile Beach, a day of sailing on a tall ship or take a tour to historic Russell. Ask your Travel Director about all optional experiences available (at own expense). (B)

Day 20: Bay of Islands – Auckland After a leisurely morning, you will travel via Whangarei and stop at Parry Kauri Park to walk among the native Kauri trees before arriving into Auckland in the late afternoon. Celebrate your holiday at a farewell dinner with your Travel Director and new-found friends. (BD) VR Queen Street Hotel

Day 21: Auckland Your holiday will conclude in the morning after breakfast. You’ll be transferred to Auckland Airport for your onward flight. (B)

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

45


NEW ZEALAND NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS SMALL GROUP XXXX TOUR PRICES FROM

£2099pp

15 day Highlights of New Zealand Auckland • Coromandel Peninsula • Rotorua • Wellington • Kaikoura • Franz Josef • Queenstown • Fiordland National Park • Mt. Cook • Christchurch Day 1: Arrive Auckland

Day 8: Hanmer Springs - Franz Josef

Arrive into Auckland at any time and transfer independently to your hotel.

Take in the stunning scenery while travelling across the Southern Alps to the rugged and remote West Coast, where tonight you will be staying in the rainforest near the world’s fastest moving glacier, Franz Josef. (B)

Day 2: Auckland - Hahei (Coromandel) Depart early this morning for the stunning Coromandel Peninsula. Take a walk to Cathedral Cove or perhaps you’d prefer to take to the water on a sea-kayaking trip. If the tide is right, grab a shovel and dig your own natural jacuzzi on Hot Water Beach. (BD)

Day 3: Hahei - Rotorua Visit Rotorua, where you will have the option to visit the geothermal mud pools and geysers or satisfy your sense of adventure by going whitewater rafting (both at own expense). Later, enjoy a cultural night in a Maori Village featuring a traditional hangi feast and show. Overnight in the village. (D)

Day 4: Rotorua - Wellington Today, sit back and relax as you take in the ever-changing scenery of the North Island travelling south to the nation’s capital, Wellington. Enjoy an evening at leisure.

(B)

Day 5: Wellington Enjoy the atmosphere in this relaxed but lively city, starting with an orientation walk to get your bearings. Later, enjoy a full day exploring the city at your own pace with a number of optional activities available – perhaps opt to visit the Te Papa Museum or take a cable car up to the botanical gardens (both at own expense). (B)

Day 6: Wellington - Kaikoura Take a short flight to the South Island before travelling on to the seaside town of Kaikoura, famous for its diverse marine life.

Day 7: Kaikoura - Hanmer Springs This morning you have the option to swim with dolphins or go whale watching during a free morning in Kaikoura before travelling to Hanmer Springs, stopping en route for a wine tasting at a local winery. There is the opportunity this afternoon to relax and unwind in the hot springs (at own expense).

46

Day 9: Franz Josef Enjoy a free day to explore the area around Franz Josef. Optional excursions include a spectacular trip to the top of the glacier on a heli hike. For those looking to stay on ground, you can walk to the glacier face for a close-up view of this natural wonder.

(B)

Day 10: Franz Josef - Queenstown Continue to Queenstown, known as the adventure capital of the world. With beautiful scenery and tons of exhilarating and iconic activities on offer, there’s something for everyone. Tonight, you’ll have the chance to enjoy the great night life that makes this town come alive.

Day 11: Queenstown With a full day at leisure to have your own adventure in Queenstown, the only issue you will have is deciding which activities to do. Perhaps opt to go bungee jumping in its birthplace, take an adrenaline-fuelled ride on a jet boat, go skydiving, paragliding, hiking or mountain biking. Or if you want to take things a little slower, travel by Skyline gondola to the top of the local peak for spectacular panoramic views of the town, lakes and mountains. (B)

Day 12: Queenstown - Te Anau Continue your journey south and enjoy the stunning scenery of Fiordland National Park and Doubtful Sound on a day cruise. Take in the waterfalls and wildlife that skirt this natural wonder. In the evening, you can choose to cross Lake Te Anau and visit a mystical cave that is home to thousands of glowworms. (BL)

Day 13: Te Anau - Twizel Head back through the centre of the South Island to Twizel, near New Zealand’s highest peak, Mt Cook. (B)


LAND

NEW ZEALAND NIGHTS STAYED 1

PRICES FROM:

£2099 per person 1

Auckland

PRICES INCLUDE

1

• 13 nights’ accommodation in mid-range hotels and motels with 1 night in a Maori Village (multi-share accommodation) • Meals as specified: 9 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 2 dinners • Travel by private vehicle, internal flight, boats and short hikes • Services of a Chief Experience Officer (CEO) throughout with expert local guides • Sightseeing and touring as specified (excludes ‘optional’ items)

Wellington

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

Hammer Springs Franz Josef Glacier

2

Queenstown Doubtful Sound Te Anau 1

Mt. Cook

1

1

1

Christchurch

GROUP SIZE: 16 max

1

Rotorua

Kaikoura ▲

TOUR STYLE: Classic

2

2019: Jan 6, 13, 20, 27; Feb 3, 10, 17, 24; Mar 3, 10, 17, 24, 31; Apr 7, 21; May 12; Jun 2; Jul 14; Aug 4, 25; Sep 15; Oct 6, 13, 20; Nov 3, 10, 17, 24; Dec 1, 8, 15, 22, 29.

1

2018: Dec 9, 16, 23.

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Coromandel Peninsula Hahei

DEPARTURES

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

Twizel

2

PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Day 14: Twizel - Christchurch Stop at Aoraki (Mt. Cook) National Park and spend the morning hiking the region surrounding the mountain, taking in the alpine scenery. Learn more about mountaineer Sir Edmund Hillary at the Aoraki Visitor’s Centre before continuing on to Christchurch for one final night with your fellow travellers. The Garden City of Christchurch is a little piece of England in New Zealand, and you have an evening to drink in the night life with the locals.

Day 15: Depart Christchurch Depart any time today and travel independently to the airport for your onward flight. (B)

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Auckland and Christchurch. You may also choose to enhance your touring experience by purchasing a thrilling jet boat ride in Queenstown or an exhilarating sailing experience on Auckland’s Waitemata Harbour. Please call for details.

NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS

TOUR DETAILS

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS • Dig your own jacuzzi on Hot Water Beach • Visit a traditional Maori Village and stay overnight in the marae • Enjoy a delicious wine tasting experience in the South Island • Take a day cruise on the awe-inspiring Doubtful Sound • A choice of optional excursions in Coromandel Peninsula, Rotorua, Wellington, Kaikoura, Franz Josef and Queenstown

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

47


AUSTRALIA NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS ESCORTED XXXXCOACH TOUR PRICES FROM

£2229pp

19 day The Big Tiki Bay of Islands • Auckland • Rotorua • Lake Taupo • Mt. Ruapehu • Wellington • Christchurch • Franz Josef Glacier • Queenstown • Milford Sound • Te Anau • Lake Ohau Day 1: Auckland to Paihia

Day 7: Lake Taupo - Mount Ruapehu

This morning, meet up with your new travel crew and let the explorations begin. Cross Auckland’s Harbour Bridge and visit Parry Kauri Park to gaze in awe at the ancient Kauri trees towering 50 meters high. Then make your way to the stunning Bay of Islands to get a dose of Kiwi history with a guided tour of the Waitangi Treaty Grounds. (D)

Known as the aprés-ski capital of the North Island, Ohakune is a combination of a tranquil town and stupendous landscapes. Go on a mountain bike ride to fully grasp the beauty of the scenery and in the night relax at the base of Mt. Ruapehu at a 100 year old heritage listed building – now a modern ski lodge. (BD)

Day 2: Paihia

After a final bit of sightseeing through Ruapehu, hit the road for Wellington, where the narrow streets of this metropolitan hotspot will remind you why you love a good city. In the evening after an optional dinner in the heart of the city, we’ll show you the sights and nightlife around this arty city with it’s cool vibe. Film fans then have the opportunity to take a tour to more of the filming locations from The Lord of the Rings franchise during some free time in the city. (B)

Day 2 will see you waking up surrounded by some beautiful nature, in the adventure playground of Pahia. Take to the enticing glittery waters – there is no shortage of optional activities on offer including a trip to beautiful Cape Reinga, sailing trips or a parasailing experience. (B)

Day 3: Paihia to Auckland Sojourning your way back down the country, arrive amongst the bright lights of Auckland once again. Here you can carry on with the theme of adrenaline activities, or save your energies for some after dark mischief making. Free time add-ons include the opportunity to tantalise your taste buds with some of the finest ice cream at Giapo’s Chefs Table Experience or leaping from the tallest building in the Southern Hemisphere with the Sky Tower Sky Jump. (B)

Day 10: Wellington - Christchurch

Days 4 & 5: Auckland - Rotorua

Marvelling at native alpine forests and crystal clear rivers, make your way to the gold rush town of Hokitika to watch jade greenstone being traditionally carved. We’ll then settle into an icy adoration for the glaciers of Franz Josef. Don’t miss the opportunity to upgrade your stay with a breathtaking Franz Josef Glacier Heli-Hike where you can channel your inner Antarctic Explorer on the upper reaches of the ice shelf. (BD,B)

After a drive through the luscious Waikato farmlands famed for producing more than its fair share of ‘All Blacks’, pay a visit to The Lord of the Rings movie set, Hobbiton. It’s then on to the boiling mud pools and hot springs of Rotorua, where you’ll enjoy a Maori hangi dinner and cultural performance. During your free day, you can choose from optional free time add-on experiences including a thrilling white water rafting trip or a visit to Te Puia with its collection of geysers and geothermal pools. (BD,B)

Day 6: Rotorua - Lake Taupo After a morning spent oohing & aahing at Kiwi birds as part of Contiki’s sponsored conservation initiative, we’ll make tracks to the thundering Huka Falls where you can opt for an exhilarating jet boat ride before continuing on to the glassy waters of Lake Taupo where there is the opportunity for a cruise on the lake tonight. (B)

48

Days 8 & 9: Mount Ruapehu - Wellington

Leaving Wellington all whimsical and smitten, catch a ferry to the wild beauty that is the South Island. We’ll travel down the stunning Kaikoura coastline through Marlborough’s wine country, before arriving into the charming city of Christchurch.

(B)

Day 11 & 12: Christchurch - Franz Josef

Days 13 - 16: Franz Josef - Queenstown Incredible natural scenery keeps on coming as you journey through the Southern Alps and across the Haast Pass. After a brief stop in the lakeside resort of Wanaka, you’re now ready for a HUGE injection of adrenaline. You’re at the adventure capital of the world: Queenstown. Check out OG Bungy site Kawarau Bridge and fly through canyons on the Shotover Jet. Then get ready for the nightlife. A massive range of free time add-ons are available over the three free days that you stay in this funlover’s paradise. (B) (D on Day 16 only)


AUSTRALIA LAND PRICES FROM:

£2229 per person

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Paihia

2

PRICES INCLUDE

Auckland

• 18 nights’ hotel & lodge accommodation • Meals as specified: 18 breakfasts and 6 dinners • Touring by air-conditioned coach with charging points and wi-fi • Services of an experienced Trip Manager & Driver • Sightseeing as per itinerary (excluding free time add-ons)

1

Hobbiton

2

Rotorua Huka Falls

2

Taupo

Mt Ruapehu

DEPARTURES

2

Picton

1

Wellington

2018: Dec 6, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30. 2019: Jan 3, 7, 15, 19, 23, 31; Feb 8, 12, 16; Mar 4; Apr 5; May 7; Jun 8, 16, 24; Jul 2, 10, 18, 26; Aug 3, 11, 27; Sep 4, 12, 20. Shorter versions of this tour are available. Please call for details.

Hokitika Franz Josef & Fox Glacier 2 Haast Pass

TOUR STYLE: Escorted (18 - 35 year olds) GROUP SIZE: 52 max

Arthurs Pass

Wanaka Queenstown Milford Sound 4 Te Anau

Mt. Cook 1

1

Kaikoura Christchurch

Lake Tekapo

Lake Ohau

1

PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS

1

AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Tour the Waitangi Treaty grounds in Paihia for a glimpse into the history of the birth of modern-day New Zealand LAND CRUISE ‘Lord • Enjoy a visit to Hobbiton Village, the set of the NIGHTS STAYED of the Rings’ and ‘The Hobbit’ franchises • Immerse yourself in a traditional Maori Cultural Performance with Hangi dinner • Relax and take in the stunning views aboard a cruise on Milford Sound • Stay the night at a ski lodge housed within a 100 year old heritage listed building 1

1

Day 17: Queenstown - Milford Sound - Te Anau Leaving Queenstown won’t be a serious heartbreak, given the cruise along the glassy waters of Milford Sound coming up. By night, we’ll descend upon the stunning lakeside town of Te Anau, where we’ll find quaint country vibes endlessly soothing. This evening, you might take the opportunity to visit the enchanting Te Anau Glow Worm Caves. (B)

Day 18: Te Anau - Lake Ohau Making the most of your journey overland you’ll stop at an authentic NZ farm, where dogs heard sheep and farmers ride on horseback. Shortly after a lunch break in charming Arrowtown, you’ll head to your super cute night stop of a lodge on Lake Ohau. (BD)

Day 19: Lake Ohau - Christchurch With fields of purple flowers nesting beside creamy blue waters, a stop at Lake Tekapo will see you ending on a high note. Travelling through MacKenzie, arrive back in Christchurch, the home of the tour’s grand finale. Tour ends approximately 6pm.

(B)

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Auckland or Christchurch. You might also like to upgrade your tour with a wide range of free time addons. Please call for details.

Ski Option - Days 6 & 7 During the winter months, why not upgrade to a ski option at Mt. Ruapehu? Please call for full details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

49


NEW ZEALAND NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS SMALL GROUP XXXX TOUR PRICES FROM

£7229pp

22 day The Long White Cloud Christchurch • Punakaiki • Franz Josef • Queenstown • Milford Sound • Wedderburn • Mt Cook • Wellington • Taupo • Rotorua • Coromandel • Auckland • Bay of Islands Day 1: Arrive Christchurch

Day 8: Milford Sound

On arrival at your Christchurch hotel, you’ll have time at leisure to relax or explore. That evening, meet your Travel Director for a welcome drink and dinner. (D) Crowne

Wake up to the startling beauty of Milford Sound. This morning, you’ll enjoy a half day exploration cruise as you sail out to the Tasman Sea to visit the Underwater Observatory and perhaps take the opportunity to try out sea-kayaking in Harrison Cove. You’ll learn plenty about the area with informative talks by local experts throughout the day. (BLD)

Plaza Hotel Christchurch

Day 2: Christchurch – Punakaiki In the morning, take one of the world’s great scenic railway journeys on the famous TranzAlpine train. Travel through the spectacular Southern Alps, and spend the night in an eco-friendly waterfront resort at Punakaiki. (BD) Punakaiki Resort

Day 3: Punakaiki – Franz Josef Visit Hokitika for a demonstration by a greenstone (jade) carver, then continue on to Franz Josef. You will have the opportunity to take a breathtaking helicopter flight over the mighty glacier (optional at own expense) with a landing on the upper snow face (weather permitting). Before dinner, you might choose to visit the local geothermal hot pools. (BD) Te Waonui Forest Retreat, Franz Josef

Day 4: Franz Josef – Queenstown Travel along the shores of Lakes Wanaka and Hawea before taking some time to explore the historic gold-mining village of Arrowtown en route to Queenstown. Nestled on the shores of crystal-clear Lake Wakatipu, Queenstown’s scenery is inspiring. (BD) Crowne Plaza Queenstown (3 nights)

Days 5 & 6: Queenstown Free Time The next 2 days are free for you to explore New Zealand’s adventure capital. Ride the Shotover Jet Boat, venture out on a Wine Tour or enjoy a relaxing cruise on Lake Wakatipu aboard New Zealand’s oldest steamship, the TSS Earnslaw (optional at own expense). On day 5 you’ll also enjoy a highlight dinner at one of Queenstown’s fine dining restaurants. (BD,B)

Day 7: Queenstown – Milford Sound Travel to Te Anau, then through the rainforest of Fiordland National Park to the Milford Sound. You’ll pass glaciers, towering mountain ranges and beautiful lakes on your way to your accommodation for the next two nights. (BD) Milford Sound

Lodge, Fiordland National Park (2 nights)

50

Day 9: Milford Sound - Wedderburn This morning, you’ll travel from the pristine rainforests of Fiordland National Park through the rolling Southland to Central Otago. You’ll learn all about life on the alpine plains at a high-country farm in Wedderburn before finishing the day with dinner at the local pub. (BD) Wedderburn Cottages

Day 10: Wedderburn – Mt. Cook Travel through gold-mining country today with the opportunity to try your hand at the ancient sport of curling. Then it’s on to the dramatic scenery of the Southern Alps where you’ll stay in the shadow of Mt. Cook, the highest mountain in the Southern Hemisphere. (BD) The Hermitage Hotel

Day 11: Mt. Cook – Christchurch Marvel at the splendour of Lakes Pukaki and Tekapo and visit the famous Church of the Good Shepherd. Later, you’ll continue your journey across the Canterbury plains to the city of Christchurch where a brief city tour will give you an insight into the city’s rebirth after the 2011 earthquake. (B) Crowne Plaza Hotel Christchurch

Day 12: Christchurch – Wellington Travel along the rugged Pacific Coast to Kaikoura, famous for its sightings of sperm whales. Continue on to the town of Picton, where you’ll board the a ferry to cross the Cook Strait to the North Island and the city of Wellington. Enjoy a city sightseeing tour and a visit to Te Papa, the Museum of New Zealand. (BD) Sofitel

Wellington (2 nights)

Day 13: Wellington Free Time Explore Wellington at your own pace. Enjoy the café lifestyle or shop till you drop.

(B)


NEW ZEALAND PRICES FROM:

£7229 per person 2

Bay of Islands

PRICES INCLUDE Auckland

• 21 nights’ accommodation in hotels as specified • Meals as specified: 20 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 13 dinners • Services of an experienced Travel Director and Driver-Guide • Touring by luxury air-conditioned motorcoach • Airport transfers, sightseeing and touring as specified (excludes ‘optional’ items)

1

2

Coromandel Ranges

Waitomo

2

Rotorua

1

Taupo

Picton

2

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Wellington

2019: Jan 7, 21; Feb 4, 11, 18, 25; Mar 4, 11, 18, 25; Oct 14; Nov 11; Dec 9. 2020: Jan 6, 13, 27; Feb 3, 10, 24; Mar 2, 9, 16.

Punakaiki Hokitika Franz Josef Glacier 1

TOUR STYLE: Small Group

PHYSICAL DEMAND:

1

Mt. Ruapehu

DEPARTURES

GROUP SIZE: 20 max

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Arthurs Pass 2

Kaikoura Christchurch

1

Mt. Lake Tekapo Cook

1

Wedderburn

Arrowtown Queenstown Milford Sound 2 3

1

Te Anau

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Day 14: Wellington – Taupo Travel through verdant dairy country to Tongariro National Park, a near-desert with three active volcanoes, Mounts Tongariro, Ruapehu and Ngauruhoe. Continue on to lakeside Taupo for your overnight stay. (BD) Hilton Lake Taupo

Day 15: Taupo – Rotorua Travel to nearby Rotorua via the spectacular Huka Falls. Enjoy an orientation tour on arrival, followed by an enjoyable evening of Maori history, culture and food at the Tamaki Family Marae. (BD) Princes Gate Rotorua (2 nights)

Day 16: Rotorua Enjoy an elevated bird’s eye view of the giant trees at the Redwoods Treewalk before continuing on to Rainbow Springs Nature Park. Complete your day with a visit to Whakarewarewa Living Village for a insight into Maori life and how they use the geothermal activity to their advantage. (B)

Day 17: Rotorua – Coromandel An exclusive 5-star Eco Glowworm experience awaits you in the famous Waitomo Caves. Later, travel through the dairy-farming district of Waikato to the Coromandel Peninsula, famous for pristine beaches and native forests. (BD) Grand Mercure

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS

TOUR DETAILS

• Cross the spectacular Southern Alps on theRAIL NIGHTS STAYED TranzAlpine Train • See the terminal face of Franz Josef Glacier • Free time for adventure in alpine playgroundLAND of AIR Queenstown RAIL • Witness the impossibly steep slopes and NIGHTS STAYED waterfalls of Milford Sound on an overnight LAND cruise CRUISE • Unwind in the thermal waters of Rotorua NIGHTS STAYED • Cruise the Bay of Islands and keep an eye out for dolphins 1

1

1

Puka Park Resort, Coromandel

Day 18: Coromandel – Auckland Travel on today to Auckland, New Zealand’s largest city. Enjoy a city tour, before some time at leisure to explore own your own or try out the local restaurant scene.

(B) Sofitel Auckland Viaduct Harbour Hotel

Day 19: Auckland – Bay of Islands Travel north to the Waipoua Forest, where a Maori guide will explain the legend behind the 2,000-year-old Tane Mahuta - the largest Kauri tree in existence. Spend the night at your waterfront resort in the heart of the glorious Bay of Islands. (BD)

Copthorne Resort Bay of Islands (2 nights)

Day 20: Bay of Islands Take a ferry to historic Russell for a tour of the first European settlement in New Zealand. Later, you might like to visit the historic Waitangi Treaty Reserve (optional at own expense). (B)

Day 21: Bay of Islands – Auckland Experience spectacular scenery as you cruise to Cape Brett and, weather permitting, through the famous ‘Hole in the Rock’ formation. The return cruise to Paihia meanders through picturesque islands – see deserted sandy beaches and secluded bays and keep your eyes peeled for the marine life. After travelling back to Auckland, celebrate that evening at a Farewell Dinner with your Travel Director and new-found friends. (BD) Sofitel Auckland Viaduct Harbour Hotel

Day 22: Depart Auckland Say farewell to your fellow travellers when your journey comes to an end in the morning after breakfast. (B)

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Christchurch and Auckland. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

51


NEW ZEALAND NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS SMALL GROUP XXXX TOUR PRICES FROM

£5439pp

19 day Ultimate Rail, Cruise & Coach Experience Auckland • Bay of Islands • Rotorua • Wellington • Picton • Kaikoura • Christchurch • Fox Glacier • Queenstown • Doubtful Sound • Te Anau • Dunedin Day 1: Arrive Auckland

Days 7 & 8: Rotorua - Wellington

On arrival into Auckland, you will be met by a Grand Pacific Tours representative and transferred to your hotel. (D) Crowne Plaza Auckland

Travel along the Thermal Explorer Highway to the spectacular Huka Falls. Continue to Lake Taupo for some free time before travelling via the Tongariro National Park to Wellington and visit the Wellington Tramway Museum. The next day, you have time to explore Te Papa, New Zealand’s National Museum with exhibits that embrace both Maori and European views. Re-board your coach for an extensive city tour before enjoying time at leisure. (BD,B) InterContinental Wellington (2 nights)

Days 2 & 3: Auckland - Bay of Islands Enjoy a city tour of Auckland, dubbed the ‘City of Sails’, before travelling to Matakohe to visit the Kauri Museum. Continue to the beautiful Bay of Islands and enjoy a guided tour of the Waitangi Treaty Grounds, the location of the signing of the treaty between the Maori tribes and the British. The next day is a free day with plenty of optional activities available including a relaxing dinner cruise (at own expense). (BD,B) Scenic Hotel Bay of Islands (Deluxe Room) (2 nights)

Day 4: Bay of Islands - Auckland This morning, travel aboard a luxury catamaran to Cape Brett and the famous Hole in the Rock. Keep an eye out for bottlenose and common dolphins before returning to Paihia. Later, call into the Parry Kauri Park to see a magnificent example of a Kauri Tree before arriving in Auckland. (BD) Crowne Plaza Auckland

Days 5 & 6: Auckland - Rotorua This morning, travel to Glenbrook Vintage Railway for a nostalgic trip on a beautifully restored vintage steam train with morning tea included. Travel through magnificent countryside and green pastures famous for dairying. Enjoy a visit to Rainbow Springs Wildlife Park which offers a unique behind-the-scenes tour of a working Kiwi nursery and hatchery. The next day begins with a gondola ride and breakfast at Skyline Rotorua before a visit to the Agrodome. In the afternoon, marvel at the boiling mud pools and geysers of Te Puia before enjoying an entertaining Maori Hangi Feast and Concert that evening. (BD,BSD) Regent of

Rotorua (2 nights)

52

Days 9 & 10: Wellington - Kaikoura - Christchurch This morning, board the Interislander Ferry and travel through the Marlborough Sounds to Picton. Join the Coastal Pacific, a truly spectacular rail journey that follows a thin wedge of land between the Pacific Ocean and the Kaikoura Ranges. Meet your Ultimate Coach again in Kaikoura for the journey to the garden city of Christchurch. The following day, visit the International Antarctic Centre before enjoying an introductory city tour of Christchurch. The afternoon includes a journey on board the Christchurch Tram at your leisure with the evening free to enjoy one of the many eateries near your hotel. (BD,B) The George (2 nights)

Day 11: Christchurch - Arthur’s Pass - Fox Glacier This morning, board the TranzAlpine, renowned as one of the great train journeys of the world. Travel over massive viaducts, river valleys and spectacular gorges as you ascend to Arthur’s Pass located in the centre of the Southern Alps. Board your Ultimate Coach and travel to Hokitika, famous for its Greenstone before continuing via Franz Josef to Fox Glacier where time is available to experience a scenic flight over the spectacular glaciers (at own expense). (BD) Distinction Fox Glacier


1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1 1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

NEW ZEALAND PRICES FROM:

£5439 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 17 nights’ accommodation in hotels specified or similar and 1 night Doubtful Sound Overnight Cruise • Meals as specified: 18 breakfasts, 2 morning teas, 2 lunches, 14 dinners including 3 speciality dinners • Touring by Ultimate Small Group Tour Coach with 20 luxury leather reclining seats on a full size vehicle and panoramic windows • Personalised meet and greet on arrival • Services of a Professional Coach Captain • Return Airport transfers in New Zealand and sightseeing as per itinerary (excludes ‘optional’ items) • Hotel porterage • 4 cruises • Comprehensive documentation pack • BONUS Group photo

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS • 5 fantastic rail journeys including the Coastal Pacific and world-renowned TranzAlpine • Relax in the stunning Bay of Islands • See the boiling mud pools and awesome geysers at Te Puia plus experience a traditional Maori Hangi and Concert • Marvel at the waterfalls, wildlife and rugged mountains on an overnight cruise on Doubtful Sound

2020 Departures: Jan 6, 11, 26; Feb 10, 17; Mar 8, 15, 28; Apr 15; May 3.

TOUR STYLE: Small Group

1

Fox Glacier Haast Doubtful Sound

1

Bay of Islands

2

RAIL Auckland NIGHTS STAYED 2

2

Picton

Arthurs Pass

1

Kaikoura 3

Rotoura

LAND Taupo AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

Hokitika

DEPARTURES 2019 Departures: Jan 6, 11, 26; Feb 10, 17; Mar 8, 15, 28; Apr 02, 15; May 3; Sep 7, 21; Oct 10, 12; Nov 14, 20; Dec 18.

2

NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS

TOUR DETAILS

Wellington LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Christchurch

Lake Ohau

1

2 Queenstown 1

Te Anau

2

Dunedin

GROUP SIZE: 20 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4.5 stars This tour also operates as a Signature Coach tour with a modern, 48 seater coach. Please call for details. Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Days 12 & 13: Fox Glacier - Queenstown Marvel at the snow-capped peaks of the Southern Alps as you travel south along the West Coast. Continue via the Haast Pass and visit the Lakes District Museum in Arrowtown before arriving in picturesque Queenstown. This evening is free with a wide selection of local restaurants available. The next day is free for you to explore Queenstown at leisure. In the evening, board the vintage steamship TSS Earnslaw and cruise across Lake Wakatipu to Walter Peak Station to enjoy a gourmet barbecue dinner at the Colonel’s Homestead. (B,BSD) Heritage Queenstown

(2 nights)

Day 14: Queenstown – Doubtful Sound Overnight Cruise Today travel via Te Anau to Manapouri. Enjoy a picnic lunch as you cruise across this glacial lake. A short ride over the Wilmot Pass brings you to the boarding point to join the Fiordland Navigator for an amazing overnight experience. As you cruise through the pristine beauty of Doubtful Sound, naturalist guides will provide commentary and point out the resident wildlife. As evening falls, enjoy a delicious carvery buffet prepared freshly by the onboard chef. (BLD) Fiordland Navigator

Day 15: Doubtful Sound – Te Anau Start the day with a hearty breakfast before heading back to Deep Cove for the trip back to Manapouri. Return to the wharf and meet your Ultimate Coach for the journey to Te Anau where you will enjoy an afternoon at leisure. You may like to visit the Te Anau Glow Worm Caves, where you can admire the incredible limestone caverns, waterfalls and mystery of the Glow Worm Grotto (optional). (BD)

Distinction Te Anau Hotel & Villas

Days 16 & 17: Te Anau - Dunedin Travel via Gore and Balclutha to Pukerangi to board The Taieri Gorge Limited for a journey through spectacular scenery only accessible by rail. On arrival at Dunedin’s historic Railway Station your coach will transfer you to the hotel. The next day travel along the Otago Peninsula to Larnach Castle. Hear the stories of this impressive building on a guided tour with time to wander around this Garden of International Significance followed by an Ultimate High Tea served in the Grand Ballroom. Return to the city for an informative city tour followed by some free time. You might be interested in a tour of Speights Brewery or to see wildlife in their natural habitat (both optional). (BD,BD) Distinction Dunedin (2 nights)

Days 18 & 19: Dunedin - Christchurch This morning, travel to the city of Oamaru, famous for its limestone. Continue north to Pleasant Point Museum & Railway for a short rail experience followed by lunch and time to explore the preserved heritage of the South Canterbury railway. In the evening, enjoy a farewell dinner with your new found friends. On Day 19, you will be transferred to the airport for your onward flight. (BLSD,B) The George

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

53


NEW ZEALAND NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS ESCORTED XXXX TOUR PRICES FROM

£2449pp

14 day New Zealand Panorama Christchurch • Omarama • Dunedin • Te Anau • Milford Sound • Queenstown • Fox Glacier • Picton • Wellington • Rotorua • Auckland Day 1: Arrive Christchurch

Day 8: Fox Glacier – Arthur’s Pass – Christchurch

On arrival into Christchurch, transfer to your hotel. (D) Quality Hotel Elms

After a visit to the Greenstone Factory in Hokitika, continue to Arthur’s Pass and board the TranzAlpine, renowned as one of the great train journeys of the world. Travel through the patchwork farmlands of the Canterbury Plains back to Christchurch. (BD) Quality Hotel Elms

Day 2: Christchurch - Omarama After a tour of the city sights, cross the southern Canterbury Plains to Lake Tekapo for a visit to The Church of the Good Shepherd. Marvel at the spectacular mountain ranges including Mt Cook, New Zealand’s highest peak. Perhaps enjoy a scenic flight (optional, weather permitting) over the Southern Alps before travelling to Omarama.

(BD) Heritage Gateway Hotel

Day 3: Omarama - Dunedin See Lake Benmore before following the Waitaki River to Oamaru, famous for its limestone. Continue south to Dunedin and enjoy a city tour before a Scottish evening, complete with bagpipes and special Haggis Ceremony. (BSD) Mercure

Leisure Lodge

Day 4: Dunedin - Te Anau Travel along the Otago Peninsula to Larnach Castle where you hear of the tragic and scandalous history on a guided tour. Enjoy time to wander around this Garden of International Significance followed by a delicious Devonshire Tea. Travel to Te Anau, gateway to Fiordland. You may like to visit the Te Anau Glow Worm Caves (optional) (BD) Distinction Luxmore Hotel, Superior Room

Days 5 & 6: Te Anau - Milford Sound - Queenstown Travel to Milford Sound, where you board your launch for a cruise past spectacular Bowen Falls and towering Mitre Peak. Your next stop, Queenstown, on the shores of Lake Wakatipu is renowned for its wide range of activities and attractions. You may like to try the thrill of a jet boat ride (optional). Board the vintage steamship, the TSS Earnslaw on your final night and cruise across the lake to Walter Peak Station and enjoy a delicious gourmet barbeque dinner. (BL,BSD) Mercure Queenstown

Travel to the seaside village of Kaikoura and enjoy the spectacular scenery of Marlborough Country, famous for its food and wine. Continue to Picton where you board the Interislander Ferry for your journey across Cook Strait to Wellington. (BD)

ibis Wellington (2 nights)

Day 10: Wellington A highlight of the morning will be time to explore Te Papa, New Zealand’s National Museum. This is followed by an extensive city tour which explains the history and culture on show in New Zealand’s capital, Wellington. The afternoon and evening is free. You may choose to dine at one of the city’s many fine restaurants. (B)

Days 11 & 12: Wellington - Taupo - Rotorua See the spectacular Lake Taupo and Huka Falls as you travel along the Thermal Explorer Highway to the geothermal wonderland of Rotorua. Next day begins with a Gondola ride and breakfast at Skyline Rotorua, including time for a luge ride. At Agrodome enjoy farming entertainment. Visit Te Puia to see the boiling mud pools and awesome geysers that Rotorua is famous for. Enjoy some free time in the afternoon. In the evening experience an entertaining Maori Hangi and Concert.

(BD,BSD) Sudima Hotel Lake Rotorua (2 nights)

Day 13: Rotorua - Auckland Travel north to Auckland. Enjoy time at leisure to discover the city’s highlights. (BD)

Rydges Auckland

Resort (2 nights)

Day 14: Depart Auckland

Day 7: Queenstown - Arrowtown - Fox Glacier

Transfer to the airport for your onward flight. (B)

Travel to Arrowtown, an old gold mining village en route to the Haast Pass, gateway to the West Coast. See the snow-capped peaks of the Southern Alps as you travel to Fox Glacier. (BD) Heartland Hotel Glacier Country or Heartland Hotel Fox Glacier

54

Day 9: Christchurch - Picton - Wellington


NEW ZEALAND PRICES FROM:

£2449 per person Auckland

PRICES INCLUDE • 13 nights’ 3.5 star accommodation • Meals as specified: 13 breakfasts, 1 picnic lunch, 11 dinners, 3 speciality dinners • All touring and sightseeing as specified (excludes ‘optional’ items) • Personalised Meet & Greet on arrival • Return airport transfers in New Zealand • Touring by modern coach with panoramic windows and reclining seats • 3 cruises • Services of a Professional Coach Captain and Tour Guide • Hotel porterage • Comprehensive documentation pack

DEPARTURES

1

Hamilton

1

2

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Rotorua

Taupo

Picton Blenheim

Fox Glacier Haast Milford Sound 2

Te Anau

1

Gore

Arthur's Pass 1

Mt.Cook 1

2

2

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Wellington

Kaikoura Christchurch

Omarama

Queenstown 1

Dunedin

NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS

TOUR DETAILS

2019: Jan 18, 22; Feb 2, 5, 8, 12, 14, 19, 23; Mar 2, 4, 7, 13, 16, 22, 24, 26; Apr 6, 9, 13, 25; May 2; Sep 10, 19, 26; Oct 7, 12, 18, 27; Nov 3, 8, 13, 18. 2020: Jan 8, 18; Feb 2, 5, 8, 12, 14, 19, 23; Mar 2, 4, 7, 11, 16, 22, 24, 26; Apr 6, 8, 14, 25; May 2.

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach GROUP SIZE: 48 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3.5 stars UPGRADE YOUR TOUR: Stay an extra 2 nights and take in the Bay of Islands on the 16 day Highlights of NZ Tour. Please call for details, availability and prices. Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Dunedin haggis ceremony and tour of Larnach Castle, including Devonshire Tea RAIL • Picnic lunch on Milford Sound cruise NIGHTS STAYED • Evening cruise on Lake Wakatipu aboard the steamship TSS Earnslaw LAND AIR Alps • TranzAlpine rail journey across the Southern RAIL • InterIslander ferry across the Cook Strait NIGHTS STAYED • See Rotorua’s mud pools and geysers plus experience LAND a traditional Maori Hangi and Concert CRUISE STAYED • In Wellington, visit Te Papa – New Zealand’sNIGHTS National Museum • City Sights Tour of Christchurch, Dunedin and Wellington 1

1

1

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

55


NEW ZEALAND NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS SMALL GROUP XXXX TOUR PRICES FROM

£4299pp

16 day Ultimate Explorer Christchurch • Mt Cook • Dunedin • Te Anau • Milford Sound • Queenstown • Fox Glacier • Wellington • Rotorua • Bay of Islands • Auckland Day 1: Arrive Christchurch

Day 7: Queenstown - Fox Glacier

On arrival into Christchurch, you will be met by a Grand Pacific Tours representative who will transfer you to your hotel. Meet your travelling companions over a complimentary pre-dinner drink. (D) The George

Travel to Arrowtown, an old gold mining village en route to the Haast Pass, gateway to the West Coast. See the snow-capped peaks of the Southern Alps as you travel north to Fox Glacier. Time is available (weather permitting) to experience a scenic flight (optional) over the spectacular glaciers. (BD) Distinction Fox Glacier

Day 2: Christchurch - Mt Cook Take a sightseeing tour of elegant Christchurch, after which you’ll travel the southern Canterbury Plains to Lake Tekapo for a visit to The Church of the Good Shepherd. Marvel at the spectacular mountain ranges including Mt Cook, New Zealand’s highest peak. Perhaps enjoy a scenic flight (optional, weather permitting) over the Southern Alps. (BD) The Hermitage Hotel (Aoraki Wing)

Day 8: Fox Glacier - Arthur’s Pass - Christchurch

Day 3: Mt Cook - Dunedin

Day 9: Christchurch – Picton - Wellington

Depart Mt Cook and see Lake Benmore, before following the Waitaki River to Oamaru, famous for its limestone. Continue south to Dunedin and enjoy an informative city tour followed by some free time to explore at leisure. Optional experiences are available including a tour of Speight’s Brewery or to see Albatross in their natural habitat (both optional at own expense). (BD) Distinction Dunedin

Travel to the seaside village of Kaikoura and enjoy the spectacular scenery of Marlborough Country, famous for its food and wine. Continue to Picton, where you board the Interislander Ferry for your journey across Cook Strait to Wellington. (BD)

Day 4: Dunedin - Te Anau

A highlight of the morning will be time spent at Te Papa, New Zealand’s National Museum. An extensive city tour explains the history and culture on show in New Zealand’s capital, Wellington. Enjoy free time in the afternoon including a free evening to dine at one of the many fine restaurants. (B)

Travel along the Otago Peninsula to Larnach Castle where you will hear of the tragic and scandalous history on a guided tour. Enjoy time to wander around this Garden of International Significance followed by an Ultimate High Tea in the Grand Ballroom. Travel to Te Anau, gateway to the Fiordland where you may like to visit the Te Anau Glow Worm Caves (optional). (BD) Distinction Te Anau Hotel and Villas

Day 5 & 6: Te Anau – Milford Sound – Queenstown Drive to Milford Sound where you board your launch for a cruise past spectacular Bowen Falls and towering Mitre Peak. Your next stop, Queenstown, on the shores of Lake Wakatipu, is renowned for its wide range of activities and attractions. Your final night here features a cruise aboard the vintage steamship, TSS Earnslaw as you cruise across the lake to Walter Peak Station for a gourmet barbeque dinner.

(BL,BSD) Millennium Hotel Queenstown (2 nights)

56

After a visit to the Greenstone Factory in Hokitika, continue to Arthur’s Pass and board the TranzAlpine, renowned as one of the great train journeys of the world. Travel through the patchwork farmlands of the Canterbury Plains back to Christchurch. (BD) The George

InterContinental Wellington (2 nights)

Day 10: Wellington

Days 11 & 12: Wellington - Taupo - Rotorua See the spectacular Lake Taupo and Huka Falls as you travel along the Thermal Explorer Highway to the geothermal wonderland of Rotorua. Next day begins with a Gondola ride and breakfast at Skyline Rotorua, including time for a luge ride. At Agrodome, enjoy farming entertainment followed by a visit to Rainbow Springs and the Kiwi Encounter experience for a behind-the-scenes tour of a working nursery and hatchery. Visit Te Puia to see awesome geysers and this evening experience an entertaining Maori Hangi and Concert. (BD,BSD) Regent of Rotorua (2 nights)


LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

NEW ZEALAND

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£4299 per person

2

Dargaville

Bay of Islands Whangarei

Auckland

PRICES INCLUDE • 15 nights’ 4.5 star hotel accommodation • Meals as specified: 15 breakfasts, 1 picnic lunch, 12 dinners, 3 speciality dinners • Sightseeing as specified (excludes ‘optional’ items) • Personalised meet & greet on arrival • Return airport transfers in New Zealand • Ultimate Small Group Tour Coach with 20 luxury leather reclining seats on a full size vehicle and panoramic windows • Professional Coach Captain • Hotel porterage • 4 cruises • Comprehensive documentation pack • BONUS Group photo

1

2020: Jan 11, 26; Feb 13; Mar 1, 10, 29; May 6.

TOUR STYLE: Small Group GROUP SIZE: 20 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4.5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

Palmerston North 2

Wellington

Kaikoura

Arthurs Pass Franz Josef Glacier Fox Glacier 1

1

Rotorua

Blenheim

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

2

Taupo

Marlborough Sounds Picton

1

Haast

Mt. Cook

2

Christchurch

Lake Tekapo

Twizel Wanaka Oamaru Milford Sound 2 Queenstown Otago Peninsula 1 Dunedin Te Anau 1

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 11, 26; Feb 13; Mar 1, 29; Apr 15; May 6; Sep 27; Oct 13, 28, 31; Nov 12; Dec 5.

1

Hamilton

NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS

1

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Gore

Balclutha

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

• Experience small group travel on the most deluxe coach ever built with a maximum of only 20 travellers. • Guided tour and high tea at Larnach Castle • Picnic lunch on Milford Sound Cruise • Evening cruise on Lake Wakatipu aboard the steamship TSS Earnslaw • Traverse the breathtaking Southern Alps aboard the TranzAlpine • InterIslander ferry through the Marlborough Sounds • See Rotorua’s mud pools and geysers plus experience a traditional Maori Hangi and Concert • Behind-the-scenes tour of a working kiwi nursery and hatchery • Luxury catamaran cruise to Cape Brett and the famous Hole in the Rock 1

Day 13: Rotorua - Auckland - Bay of Islands In the morning, travel north via Auckland to the Parry Kauri Park to see a magnificent example of a Kauri Tree. Continue via Whangarei to Paihia, situated in the heart of the beautiful Bay of Islands. Enjoy a guided tour of the Waitangi Treaty Grounds. (BD) Scenic Hotel Bay of Islands, Deluxe Room (2 nights)

Day 14: Bay of Islands Cruise through the beautiful Bay of Islands on board a luxury catamaran to Cape Brett and the famous Hole in the Rock. Keep an eye out for bottlenose and common dolphins before returning via Russell to Paihia for a free afternoon. The evening is also free and you may like to enjoy a relaxing dinner cruise (optional). (B)

Day 15: Bay of Islands - Auckland Depart the Bay of Islands in the morning and travel via Whangarei and Dargaville to Matakohe. Enjoy a visit and informative talk at the Kauri Museum before continuing to Auckland for a city sights tour. That evening enjoy a farewell dinner including selected beverages with your new found friends. (BSD) Crowne Plaza Auckland

Day 16: Depart Auckland Time to say goodbye. You’ll be transferred to the airport for your flight home after a memorable New Zealand holiday. (B)

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

57


NEW ZEALAND NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS SMALL GROUP XXXX TOUR PRICES FROM

£5679pp

23 day Tane Mahuta Auckland • Bay Of Islands • Coromandel • Rotorua • Napier • Wellington • Abel Tasman National Park • Punakaiki • Glacier Country • Wanaka • Queenstown • Milford Sound • Aoraki Mount Cook • Lake Tekapo • Christchurch Day 1: Auckland

Day 8: Rotorua (choose your experience)

Haere mai – Welcome! Arrive into Auckland and spend the rest of the day getting to know the ‘City of Sails’ and your fellow travellers.

Today, you have another choice of experiences. Either explore Waimangu Volcanic Valley on foot and by boat to experience this ever-changing landscape close-up, or fans of ‘The Hobbit’/’Lord of the Rings’ films may take a coach trip to Hobbiton. This evening, experience a Maori hangi (feast). (BD)

Day 2: Auckland – Bay of Islands Heading north, pause to marvel at ancient kauri forest from an amazing elevated walkway. At Pahia enjoy a guided visit to the birthplace of the nation: the Waitangi Treaty Grounds, before arriving by ferry at your Russell hotel. (B)

Day 3: Bay of Islands (choose your experience) Today, the choice is yours. You can choose to travel along 90 Mile Beach by special coach to sacred Cape Reinga (with lunch included) or perhaps take a cruise to Cape Brett Lighthouse and the Hole in the Rock, with the chance of dolphin-spotting. Later enjoy a walking tour of historic Russell. (B)

Day 4: Bay of Islands – Auckland Taking the Hibiscus Coast road, return to Auckland to discover its vibrant harbourside, trendy ‘villages’ like Parnell, and panoramic views, before a private tour of the excellent Auckland Museum to learn more about Pacific culture. (B)

Day 5: Auckland - Coromandel by boat

58

Day 9: Rotorua - Napier Pausing at mighty Lake Taupo, then head to Hawke’s Bay on the east coast for a walking tour of Art Deco Napier. This evening, enjoy the best of Kiwi food and drinks at the Mission Estate Winery. (BD)

Day 10: Napier - Wellington Driving through the Wairarapa ranges, you arrive in NZ’s breezy capital city, known for its creative industries and great coffee. You then take the cable car from Kelburn before visiting Te Papa, one of the world’s top museums. (B)

Day 11: Wellington - Nelson All aboard the Interislander ferry, navigating the Cook Strait to South Island. Picking up the coach, pause for a wine tasting in Marlborough before arriving in Nelson, the arts, crafts and artisan food capital of New Zealand. (B)

Wave farewell to the ‘City of Sails’ from a ferry as you cross the Hauraki Gulf, pausing a Waiheke Island before landing on the Coromandel Peninsula. A narrow gauge railway trip completes the day, before your coach delivers you to beautiful Mercury Bay. (B)

Day 12: Abel Tasman National Park (choose your experience)

Day 6: Explore the Coromandel

Day 13: Nelson - Punakaiki

If the tide is right, scoop a natural ‘spa’ pool in the sand at Hot Water Beach, before walking to Cathedral Cove famed for its beautiful rock formations. A water taxi takes you to Cooks Beach, where the ‘Endeavour’ dropped anchor in 1769. (B)

Head into Nelson Lakes National Park and take the challenging Buller Gorge road, carved through virgin forest by 19th Century miners, to the extraordinary rock formations at Punakaiki. (B)

Day 7: Coromandel Peninsula - Rotorua

Day 14: Punakaiki - Fox Glacier

urn inland and stretch your legs on an easy bush walk before arriving at the geothermal centre of NZ, which is also the heart of Maori culture. Your private tour of Te Puia includes bubbling mud, indigenous art and kiwi conservation. (B)

Pause in the gold-rush town of Hokitika, now renowned for pounamu (greenstone), before heading to Glacier Country. The Fox & Franz Josef glaciers flow almost to sea level, making them uniquely accessible. Viewing options include helicopter flights (at own expense). (B)

The best way to discover this pristine wilderness is by boat and on foot. The options today are a half-day cruise around this jewel-like coast, or a cruise followed by selfguided beach and bush walks with 2 routes to choose from. (B)


1

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

NEW ZEALAND

£5679 per person

PRICES FROM:

Bay of Islands 2

Auckland

2

Coromandel 2 Peninsula

PRICES INCLUDE

2

• 22 nights’ accommodation in 3.5 star hotels (except Homestay on Day 21 if chosen) • Meals as specified: 22 breakfasts, 1 picnic lunch, 3 speciality dinners • Transfers and travel in New Zealand by comfortable coach and ferry • Sightseeing as per itinerary (excluding ‘optional’ items) • Support of Driver-Leader

Nelson & Abel Tasman

Hokitika Fox Glacier

1 1

Wanaka Milford Sound

▲ 2

1

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Picton 2

1

Punakaiki

2019: Feb 14; Mar 14; Apr 11; May 9; Jun 6; Oct 15; Nov 12. 2020: Jan 15; Feb 19; Mar 18; Oct 14; Nov 18.

GROUP SIZE: 16 max

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Napier 1

DEPARTURES

TOUR STYLE: Small Group

Rotorua

Taupo 1

Wellington

1

Lake Tekapo

▲1

Mt Cook

1

Christchurch

Canterbury Plains

1

Queenstown Te Anau

PHYSICAL DEMAND:

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars

• Discover ancient Kauri forest from a canopy walk • Learn how the 1840 Treaty of Waitangi gave birth to a new nation • Take a ferry across Auckland’s Hauraki Gulf to the Coromandel • Dig your own ‘spa pool’ on Hot Water Beach • See where Captain Cook anchored the Endeavour in Mercury Bay • Greet a Maori in Rotorua and enjoy a hangi meal cooked by volcanic heat • Discover the southern hemisphere’s most complete Art Deco city • Taste wine in Hawke’s Bay and Marlborough vineyards • Ride the Wellington cable car from Kelburn viewpoint • See where a river of ice meets rainforest at Fox Glacier • Marvel at the silent beauty of Mitre Peak and Milford Sound • See New Zealand’s highest peak, Aoraki Mt Cook • Try your hand at making an authentic pavlova • Explore Christchurch by punt and vintage tram • Enjoy the best of New Zealand food and wine in the included dinners

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Day 15: Fox Glacier - Wanaka After a photo-opp at Lake Matheson, take the Haast Pass river road deep into Mt Aspiring National Park to the lakeside resort of Wanaka, ringed by mountains. (B)

Day 16: Wanaka (choose your experience) Nature lovers may take a lake cruise to a conservation island with an eco-guide to discover native birds like the flightless Buff Weka, or alternatively you can choose to enjoy a scenic 4WD adventure to a high country farm above the lake. Later, enjoy a free afternoon. (B)

Day 17: Wanaka - Te Anau Travelling via historic Arrowtown, beneath the peaks of the Remarkables and along the shore of Lake Wakatipu, we arrive in the township of Te Anau. (B)

Day 18: Te Anau - Milford Sound - Queenstown Relax during one of the world’s most scenic drives, with stop to admire Fiordland waterfalls and rainforest: our goal is a memorable cruise on Milford Sound past Mitre Peak to the Tasman Sea (picnic lunch on board). (BL)

Day 19: Queenstown This sophisticated resort offers something for everyone, so the day is free for you to be a thrill-seeker or a wine-taster, to ride a gondola or cruise on a vintage steam ship, to name just four options. (B)

Day 20: Queenstown - Mt Cook - Twizel With the Southern Alps on your left, cross Otago and travel beside Lake Pukaki before driving up to Mt Cook Village, where Sir Edmund Hilary climbed his country’s highest peak before conquering Everest. Overnight in Twizel. (B)

Day 21: Twizel - Lake Tekapo - Canterbury Plains (choose your experience) Drop in on a Tekapo homestead to make New Zealand’s famous pavlova. Suitably refreshed, there’s a lakeside photo-stop before crossing the Canterbury Plains. Choose either a small-town hotel and restaurant, or (in smaller groups) a rural Homestay for a home-cooked meal and overnight with a local family. (BD)

NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS

TOUR DETAILS

Day 22: Canterbury Plains - Christchurch Post-earthquake Christchurch mixes colonial charm with cutting-edge architecture, re-inventing itself in typical Kiwi style. Boatmen take you for a punt on the River Avon before you hop on a vintage tram. Your farewell dinner features the best of local food and wine. (BD)

Day 23: Depart Christchurch We transfer you to the airport for your home or onward flight, or ask us to extend your stay with tailor-made arrangements by car or TranzAlpine rail. (B)

Silver Fern Holidays: Small Group Journeys • A trip with Silver Fern Holidays offers flexibility and personalisation thanks to their smaller group size of up to 16 passengers. All trips give you the opportunity to create unique memories that are tailored to your interests - from delicious seafood feasts to humbling encounters with the locals. • Our hand-picked leaders are knowledgeable, enthusiastic and give personal insights and practical advice on both the must-see sights and the more off-thebeaten-track encounters. • Stay in comfortable surroundings with a specially selected range of accommodations - from city centre hotels and ocean-front resorts, to historic inns and small family-run guest houses, you’re always guaranteed a warm and passionate Kiwi welcome.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

59


NEW ZEALAND NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS SMALL GROUP XXXX TOUR PRICES FROM

£5349pp

18 day New Zealand Grandeur Christchurch • Franz Josef • Queenstown • Doubtful Sound • Dunedin • Mt Cook • Wellington • Martinborough • Tongariro NP • Rotorua • Auckland

60

Day 1: Arrive Christchurch

Day 8: Moeraki, Mt Cook

‘Kia Ora’, a Kirra representative will greet you at the airport and transfer you to your hotel. This evening, join your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner and drinks. (D)

Stop to view the mystical Moeraki Boulders before travelling up the Waitaki Valley to Omarama. Your journey continues into the World Heritage Mt Cook National Park.

Rydges Latimer Hotel

(BD) Hermitage Hotel Mt Cook

Day 2: TranzAlpine, Franz Josef

Day 9: Lake Tekapo, Christchurch

A short drive will bring you to the tiny train station of Springfield, gateway to the majestic Southern Alps. Board the award-winning TranzAlpine. On to Franz Josef where you can relax and soak in the thermal pools. (BD) Te Waionui Forest Retreat

Enjoy some free time to enjoy this iconic alpine resort. This afternoon, travel to Lake Tekapo and stop to view the Church of the Good Shepherd before crossing the fertile Canterbury Plains to Christchurch. (BD) Rydges Latimer Hotel

Day 3: Wanaka, Queenstown

Day 10: Picton, Wellington

Before departing, there is the opportunity to experience an optional scenic flight. Later, view incredible scenery as you travel past the untouched wilderness and pristine lakes of the Mt Aspiring and Westland NP. (B) Heritage Queenstown (2

nights)

Continue north along the scenic Kaikoura coastline to the charming village of Picton where you board the Interislander Ferry and cruise through the spectacular Queen Charlotte Sound into Cook Strait. Enjoy stunning views of New Zealand’s capital city as you arrive into Wellington Harbour. (B) The Bolton Hotel (2 nights)

Day 4: Queenstown (Free day)

Day 11: Wellington (Free day)

The day is a free for you to experience this magnificent resort at leisure with a range of optional experiences available. (B)

Enjoy a brief city tour taking in all the major sights and then there is free time for exploring on your own. (B)

Day 5: Overnight Doubtful Sound Cruise

Day 12: Martinborough Wine Village

Skirt the shores of Lake Wakatipu and travel through lush farmland to Te Anau. On to Manapouri, where you will enjoy a leisurely cruise across this picturesque lake. At Deep Cove, your crew and the ‘Fiordland Navigator’ await, then cruise through some of the fiord’s most stunning scenery. (BLD) Fiordland Navigator

The town of Martinborough is located at the centre of the Wairarapa wine region and because of its close proximity to Wellington, makes it a popular weekend destination. (BD) Peppers Parehua Country Estate

Day 6: Manapouri - Dunedin Retrace your steps back to Manapouri where you rejoin your coach for the journey to Dunedin, the Edinburgh of the South. (BD) Distinction Dunedin Hotel (2 nights)

In the morning, enjoy a guided tour of the Pukaha Mount Bruce Wildlife Centre, a captive-breeding sanctuary for some of the country’s most threatened birds and home to the only white kiwi in captivity. (BD) The Chateau Tongariro

Day 7: Discover Otago Peninsula

Day 14: Taupo - Rotorua

Enjoy spectacular views across the Otago Peninsula to Wellers Rock where you board your wildlife cruise to Tairoa Head. Then travel to Lanarch Castle for a guided tour learning about its mysterious history, before enjoying a High Tea in the Grand Ballroom. The afternoon is at leisure for optional activities. (B)

Your first stop for the day will be Taupo, where you will enjoy time to stroll around this popular lakeside resort. View the mighty Huka Falls & Wairakei Geothermal Project before arriving at the geothermal resort of Rotorua. (BD) Millennium Hotel

Day 13: Pukaha Mount Bruce, Tongariro NP

Rotorua (2 nights)


1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1 1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

NEW ZEALAND PRICES FROM:

£5349 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 16 nights’ boutique and luxury hotel accommodation • Overnight Cruise on Doubtful Sound • Meals as specified: 17 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 10 dinners • Travel by 5 star luxury touring coach • Guided throughout by a professional Coach Captain • All sightseeing, excursions and entrance fees as per itinerary • Complimentary airport transfers on arrival and departure

DEPARTURES

1

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Rotorua

2

Arthurs Pass RAIL NIGHTS STAYED Franz Josef Glacier 1

Te Anau

2

Martinborough

Wellington

Kaikoura

2

Christchurch

Mt.Cook Omarama

LAND Wanaka AIR 2 RAIL Doubtful Queenstown 1 NIGHTS STAYED Sound

1

Tongariro

1

Picton

1

PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4.5 - 5 stars

Matamata

1

2020: Jan 12, 26; Feb 9, 23; Mar 8, 22; Oct 15; Nov 5, 26.

GROUP SIZE: 24 max

2

Lake Taupo

2019: Jan 13, 27; Feb 3, 17; Mar 3, 17; Oct 20; Nov 17, Dec 1.

TOUR STYLE: Small Group

Auckland

2

NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS

TOUR DETAILS

Dunedin

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

• World-famous TranzAlpine Train • West Coast Glaciers • Majestic Queenstown • Breathtaking Doubtful Sound • Spectacular Portobello Peninsula • World Heritage listed Mt Cook National Park • Wellington, the nation’s capital • Boutique wine village of Martinborough • Mt Bruce Wildlife Centre • Tongariro National Park • Exclusive Lake Rotoiti cruise • Learn about Maori culture • Hobbiton Movie Set tour

Day 15: Exclusive Lake Rotoiti Cruise & Redwood Treetop Walk The day’s highlight will be an exclusive cruise across the serene, clear waters of Lake Rotoiti. Explore native bays and coves of the lake under sail on our luxury catamaran. (B)

Day 16: Hobbiton, Auckland Cross the Mamaku Ranges into the lush farmlands of the Waikato. At Matamata experience a guided tour of Hobbiton, the movie set used in the blockbuster ‘Lord of the Rings’ and ‘Hobbit’ films. Learn how this beautiful piece of farmland was transformed into The Shire from Middle-Earth and enjoy a festive lunch at The Green Dragon Inn before travelling on to Auckland. (BL) Pullman Hotel (2 nights)

Day 17: At leisure in Auckland Today is free to explore New Zealand’s largest and most vibrant city. Perhaps take the ferry to Waiheke Island and enjoy lunch at one of the many superb vineyards, or stroll around the trendy suburbs of Parnell and Ponsonby. This evening, join your friends for a farewell dinner with drinks and relive the many great experiences. (BD)

Day 18: Depart Auckland Depart Auckland for your homeward or onward journey. (B) here are many other Kirra Tours luxury small group journeys available from 8 to 20 days in duration. Single island tours are also available. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

61


NEW ZEALAND NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS SELF DRIVE XXXX TOUR PRICES FROM

£2179pp

24 day Land of the Long White Cloud Bay of Islands • Auckland • Coromandel • Rotorua • Napier • Wellington • Marlborough • Kaikoura • Akaroa • Dunedin • Queenstown • West Coast Glaciers • Christchurch Day 1: Auckland - Bay of Islands (240km/ 149 miles/ 3 hours)

Days 8 & 9: Rotorua - Napier (225km/ 140 miles/ 3 hours)

This all-encompassing 24-day self-drive package starts as you collect your rental car either from the airport or downtown Auckland depot. Head north over the Auckland Harbour Bridge to the tranquil Bay of Islands where you will stay in the coastal town of Paihia, the site of the signing of the Treaty of Waitangi between the British Crown and the native Maori people. Budget & Standard: Kingsgate Autolodge Paihia;

Drive the Thermal Explorer Highway to Taupo, where you can view the thundering Huka Falls and the geothermal landscape of the Craters of the Moon. Later, continue along the Highway to the east-coast town of Napier, famed for its striking Art Deco architecture and art festivals. For those purchasing our sightseeing package, immerse yourself in the sights and sounds of a bygone age with a guided walking tour. Budget: Quest Napier; Standard: Scenic Hotel Te Pania; Superior: The

Superior: Copthorne Hotel & Resort Bay of Islands (2 nights)

Day 2: Bay of Islands

County Hotel (2 nights)

Enjoy a free day to explore the Bay of Islands and the charming resort towns of Paihia and Russell. Perhaps take to the water on a dolphin encounter cruise, or learn of the historic importance of the area to the Maori people at the Waitangi Treaty Grounds.

Days 10 & 11: Napier - Wellington (334km/ 207 miles/ 4.5 hours)

Day 3: Auckland (240km/ 149 miles/ 3 hours) Today, it’s time to head south back to Auckland where you can enjoy a day exploring the largest city in New Zealand. Perhaps visit Kelly Tarlton’s Sea Life Aquarium, scale the Sky Tower or take a short ferry crossing to Devonport for some iconic panoramic views of the city skyline and Auckland Harbour (all at own expense). Budget: Scenic

Hotel Auckland; Standard: Skycity Hotel Auckland; Superior: Heritage Auckland

Days 4 & 5: Coromandel Peninsula (173km/ 107 miles/ 2.5 hours) As you leave Auckland behind, you’ll head south on the Pacific Coast Highway Touring Route to the beautiful Coromandel Peninsula, famous for its golden-sand beaches, bush walks and rainforests. You’ll have 2 full days to explore the stunning natural scenery that makes this part of New Zealand such a draw for locals and tourists alike. Highlights include the spectacular Cathedral Cove, Hot Water Beach and Cooks Beach. Budget: Aotearoa Lodge; Standard: Breakers Motel; Superior:

Grand Mercure Puka Park (2 nights)

Days 6 & 7: Coromandel Peninsula - Rotorua (226km/ 140 miles/ 3 hours) Today, you will head inland to the geothermal resort of Rotorua where bubbling mud pools, luminous sulphuric lakes and turbulent geysers create a unique environment that has to be seen to be believed. Entrance to key attractions and a traditional Maori Hangi-style dinner are included if booking our optional sightseeing package.

Budget: Ibis Rotorua; Standard: Novotel Rotorua Lakeside; Superior: Regent of Rotorua

62

Drive the well-signposted ‘Classic New Zealand Wine Trail’ route to Martinborough, whose gourmet restaurants might persuade you to stop for an indulgent lunch, before heading into the nation’s capital Wellington. You have a full day at leisure to enjoy the many experiences on offer including the Te Papa National Museum, Wellington Cable Car and the Wellington Botanic Gardens. Film fans can also visit several locations where the Lord of the Rings franchise was filmed. Budget: Ibis

Wellington; Standard: Novotel Wellington; Superior: Rydges Wellington (2 nights)

Day 12: Wellington - Blenheim (29km/ 18 miles/ 3hrs 20 minutes) Drop off your rental car at the ferry terminal in Wellington, and board the Interislander (included) for the scenic 3-hour crossing across the Cook Strait to the South Island. Collect your new rental car at the Picton ferry terminal before taking the very short drive to the famous Marlborough wine region where you have an evening to savour some of the best wine in New Zealand. Budget: Quality Hotel

Marlborough; Standard: Scenic Hotel Marlborough; Superior: Marlborough Vintners Hotel

Day 13: Blenheim - Kaikoura (129km/ 80 miles/ 6.5 hours) Today, travel onwards to coastal town of Kaikoura which is revered as one of the best places in the country to view wild dolphins and sperm whales. You’ll have an afternoon at leisure here to give you time to take to the water and immerse yourself in the abundant marine life (at own expense). Budget: Kaikoura Gateway Motor

Lodge; Standard: The White Morph (Garden Studio); Superior: The White Morph (Deluxe Studio)


1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

NEW ZEALAND PRICES FROM:

2

Paihia

£2179 per person Auckland

Coromandel Peninsula

1

2

PRICES INCLUDE

2

• 23 nights’ accommodation on a room-only basis unless specified • Avis car rental for the tour duration. We’ve included a compact car on our ‘Budget’ and ‘Standard’ tours, intermediate on our ‘Superior’ tour • Self-drive kit including maps and instructions

Napier

Picton Blenheim

Daily

GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Rotorua

Taupo

DEPARTURES TOUR STYLE: Self Drive

Whangamata

Hokitika Fox Glacier

Wanaka Queenstown

Arthur’s Pass 1

1

1

2 1

2

Wellington

Kaikoura

Christchurch 2 Akaroa

1 3 2

NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS

TOUR DETAILS

Dunedin

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Days 14 & 15: Kaikoura - Akaroa (265km/ 165 miles/ 3.5 hours) Travel past Christchurch to the Banks Peninsula, known for its beautiful scenery, deeply-indented harbours and secluded beaches and stay in captivating Akaroa with another chance for an optional wildlife cruise (included when you purchase our sightseeing package). Budget & Standard: Tresori Motor Lodge (Studio); Superior: Tresori Motor Lodge (One Bedroom Unit) (2 nights)

Days 16 & 17: Akaroa - Dunedin (412 km/ 257 miles/ 5.5 hours ) Travelling further south across the Canterbury Plains, see the penguin colonies near Oamaru and the remarkable Moeraki Boulders on Koekohe Beach. Your base for the next 2 days is the attractive Scots-founded city of Dunedin. Highlight experiences include a visit to the majestic Larnach Castle, wildlife encounters along the Otago Peninsula (home to albatross colonies, sea-lions and the rare yellow-eyed penguin) and a range of hiking and cycling trails. Budget: Mercure Dunedin Leisure Lodge;

Standard: Kingsgate Hotel Dunedin; Superior: Scenic Hotel Southern Cross (2 nights)

Days 18-20: Dunedin - Queenstown (288km/ 179 miles/ 3.5 hours) This morning, you traverse the South Island and head to the alpine adventure resort of Queenstown. You have 3 nights here to enjoy the wide range of activities on offer with something to suit everyone. Thrillseekers will be spoiled for choice here in the birthplace of the bungee jump but those looking for a more sedate experience will not be disappointed with some of the best walking trails and scenery in the whole of the South Island. The optional sightseeing package includes the thrilling Shotover Jet and a day trip to Milford Sound where you’ll enjoy a scenic nature cruise. Budget: Aspen Hotel Queenstown; Standard: Mercure Queenstown Resort; Superior: Millennium Queenstown (3 nights)

Day 21: Queenstown - Wanaka (71km/ 44 miles/ 1 hour) Depart Queenstown this morning for the short drive north to Wanaka, a picturesque town set on the banks of one of the most photographed lakes in New Zealand. Enjoy a full day at leisure taking in the scenery or perhaps take the opportunity to explore the nearby Mt. Aspiring National Park. Budget: Oakridge Resort Wanaka (Standard

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

• 2 nights in the stunning Bay of Islands, withLAND time to AIR enjoy additional pre-bookable sightseeing such RAIL as a NIGHTS STAYED visit to Cape Reinga or a ‘Hole In The Rock’ cruise • Take time out on the Coromandel’s beaches, and dig a LAND hole on Hot Water Beach for a relaxing thermal CRUISEsoak! • Explore the lovely boutique vineyard estatesNIGHTS in STAYED Hawke’s Bay, one of New Zealand’s leading wine regions • 2 nights in the charming French-influenced settlement of Akaroa on the Banks Peninsula • Discover the Scottish heritage of Dunedin, known as the ‘Edinburgh of the South’ • 3 nights in the alpine playground of Queenstown, where you can be as relaxed or as adventurous as you wish • Stand in awe at the twin glaciers of Fox and Franz Josef on the remote West Coast • End your journey with a ride on the spectacular TranzAlpine train, from Greymouth to the ‘Garden City’ of Christchurch 1

1

SIGHTSEEING PACKAGES

Room); Standard: Oakridge Resort Wanaka (Studio Apartment); Superior: Edgewater Wanaka

Day 22: Wanaka - Fox Glacier (262km/ 163 miles/ 3 hours) Drive over the Haast Pass this morning en route to the West Coast glacier country. Your accommodation for this evening is situated in the town of Fox Glacier and you can pre-book an afternoon walk to the face of the towering glacier as part of our sightseeing package. Alternatively, upgrade to a breathtaking helicopter trip that takes you high into the mountains to explore the upper reaches of the glacier.

Budget: Sunset Motel (Executive Studio Unit); Standard: Sunset Motel (One Bedroom Unit); Superior: Distinction Hotel Te Weheka

Day 23: Fox Glacier - Christchurch (198km/ 123 miles/ 2.5 hours) Be sure to have your camera ready as today, you will experience one of the most iconic rail journeys in the world. Drive to the town of Greymouth and drop-off your rental car at the railway station before you hop aboard TranzAlpine train for a scenic ride through the Southern Alps to Christchurch. Upon arrival in Christchurch, you will be transferred by shuttle bus to your centrally located hotel. Budget: Ibis Christchurch; Standard: Rydges Latimer Square; Superior: Novotel Christchurch Cathedral Square

To make the most of your self-drive holiday, why not pre-book our optional sightseeing package, which includes: • Rotorua Diamond Sightseeing Pass • Mitai Hangi Dinner and Maori Cultural Concert • Art Deco Walking tour in Napier • Akaroa Harbour Nature Cruise • Shotover Jetboat Ride in Queenstown • Milford Sound Nature Cruise (including lunch) • Half-day Glacier Walk in Fox Glacier Prices from £520 per person for full package. Please call for full details.

Day 24: Depart Christchurch Check-out in the morning and make your own way back to the airport for your onward flight.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights in Auckland or Christchurch are available. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

63


NEW ZEALAND NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS 4WD SELF XXXX TOUR DRIVE TOUR PRICES FROM

£1529pp

15 day High Roads of New Zealand Auckland • Rotorua • Napier • Tongariro National Park • Wellington • Nelson • Hanmer Springs • Mt Hutt • Waitaki Valley • Queenstown • Franz Josef • Hokitika • Greymouth • Christchurch Day 1: Arrive Auckland On arrival in Auckland Meet & Greet by REST New Zealand Tours. Transfer to your accommodation in Auckland, handover of travel documents. If you are not too tired, we recommend a leisurely stroll along Auckland’s waterfront. Hotel Grand

Chancellor Auckland

Day 2: Auckland – Rotorua (approx. 235km) Pick up your rental car and drive to Rotorua. Discover 18 sparkling lakes, magnificent native and exotic forests, geysers, boiling mud pools, hot springs and the best of New Zealand’s fascinating Maori culture. Ibis Rotorua

Day 3: Rotorua – Napier (approx. 320km) Cross Te Urewera National Park and you will be happy to travel by 4x4. The partly gravel road takes you through dense rainforest to the secluded Lake Waikaremoana and later on to the Art Déco Capital of New Zealand, Napier at Hawkes Bay. A stroll through the city is a good contrast to the impressions of the day and will give you some insight in the interesting history of Napier. You can end the day at one of the many vineyards of this region. Marineland Motel Beachfront

Day 4: Napier – Tongariro National Park (approx. 190km) Driving on a less travelled road through the centre of the North Island will give insight in rural New Zealand. Parts of this road network were used in the past to connect the inland farms with the port of Napier. Horse drawn carriages used to struggle through the difficult terrain. The road is now completely sealed and goes through one of the largest sheep stations in this country. You stay overnight at the foot of Mount Ruapehu in Tongariro National Park. You can do a walk in the afternoon in this fascinating area. Ohakune Court Motel Day 5: Tongariro National Park – Wellington (approx. 315km)

64

Day 6: Wellington – Nelson (approx. 110km & 3.5 ferry crossing) The tour with ferry through picturesque Marlborough Sound is one of the highlights of your trip. From Picton you drive along the picturesque Queen Charlotte Drive with its many bays and beaches to sunny Nelson. Enjoy the local art scene and the many vineyards and beaches of this area. Balmoral Motel Day 7: Nelson – Hanmer Springs (approx. 310km) You drive to the remote Lake Rotoiti in Nelson Lakes National Park. A special track with some river crossings takes you from St. Arnaud to Murchison. After lunch you return to the hinterland and travel on remote gravel roads through dense beech forest and cross the main divide via the Lewis Pass before civilization catches up with you again in Hanmer Springs. Relax in the thermal pools under the sky or take a walk, go golfing, hire a mountain bike or do a bungee jump. Aspen Lodge Motel Day 8: Hanmer Springs – Mt. Hutt (approx. 290km) Make a side trip to Kaikoura to swim with dolphins and seals and watch whales in their natural environment. Or drive direct to Garden City Christchurch; often referred to as the most English town outside England. Take a walk through Hagley Park and along the Avon River before you drive over the wide Canterbury Plains to the foot of the Southern Alps where you stay overnight. (B) The Old Vicarage Day 9: Mt. Hutt – Waitaki Valley (approx. 235km) The turquoise colour of Lake Tekapo will capture you. Take a scenic flight from Tekapo over Aoraki/Mount Cook, New Zealand’s highest mountain. You drive then along a remote valley, covered by scarce vegetation and tussock grass. Climb across a long forgotten and rarely used mountain pass to reach your overnight destination amidst the Waitaki Valley. (B) Sublime Lodge

Via Raetihi your tour continues to Pipiriki and along Whanganui River, the most beautiful river on the North Island. You follow the course of the river along the old Whanganui River Road to Wanganui and on to Wellington, the capital of New Zealand. Wellington is a vibrant city and we recommend a sightseeing tour and a walk along the waterfront to Te Papa the National Museum of New Zealand. Park

Day 10: Waitaki Valley - Queenstown (approx. 350km) You drive over another remote pass. During the New Zealand gold rush this area was one of the most populated in the country. One of the reminders of this glorious past is the tiny village of St. Bathans. A handful of historic houses, a pub and a very nice manmade lake are the only witness of this era. From the wine region of Central Otago you drive over a remote track to the Wakatipu Basin and to Queenstown.

Hotel Lambton Quay

Blue Peaks Lodge


1

RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Napier 1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

NEW ZEALAND PRICES FROM:

£1529 per person 1

Auckland

▲ 1

PRICES INCLUDE

Mt Ruapehu

Nelson Hokitika/ Greymouth

Picton 1

1

1

Franz Josef Glacier

1

Mt Hutt

1

DEPARTURES

1

1

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

Wellington

Hanmer Springs Kaikoura Christchurch

▲ ▲

Daily

1

• Value accommodation. Please call for Standard or Deluxe choices • Meals as specified: 2 breakfasts • Activities and experiences as specified • Rental car throughout as specified (please ask for terms & conditions) • Basic vehicle insurance • Travel documentation including tour manual with detailed day-to-day driving instructions and recommended activities, New Zealand road atlas and map.

Rotorua

Tongariro National Park

Queenstown

2

1

Waitaki Valley

NORTH & SOUTH ISLANDS

TOUR DETAILS

TOUR STYLE: 4WD Self Drive GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Day 11: Queenstown Over 2 million visitors are drawn to Queenstown each year to experience unique scenery, search for adventure, seek out relaxation and rejuvenation, or to just breathe pure mountain air. The region is home to plenty of hiking and biking trails, guided tours, family activities, boat cruises, and scenic flights to Milford and Doubtful Sound or spa and wellness centres. For adrenalin junkies, the selfproclaimed adventure capital of the world offers plenty to get your blood pumping: Test your limits with white water rafting, ziplining, 4x4 off-roading, paragliding and skydiving.

Day 12: Queenstown – Franz Josef (approx. 360km) You cross the Crown Range over New Zealand’s highest official road to Wanaka. You reach the West Coast over the Haast Pass, a scenic drive with many opportunities to stop and explore. Be impressed by the breathtaking beauty and the many different shades of green of the dense rainforest. Glaciers, rainforests and coast are close together in Westland National Park. We recommend a side trip to Monro Beach Walk and a stop at Ship Creek Walk. During the months of October to December you might even be lucky and see penguins and hector dolphins playing in the sea.

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS • Explore the North Island’s largest native forest at Te Urewera National Park • See Waitaki’s valleys, majestic mountains and pristine lakes • Experience true charm and Kiwi hospitality • Enjoy the Interislander Ferry Crossing from Wellington to Picton

REST New Zealand Tours This self-drive takes you to some of the most beautiful and scenic locations in New Zealand, uncovering the ‘hidden gems’ that most traveller’s don’t ever hear about. Drive down picturesque country roads and take excursions along gravel tracks that lead to beautiful lake and forest areas. Traverse what is reputedly the highest road in New Zealand revealing unforgettable views over the immense mountainous landscapes. Spend your evenings experiencing the most unforgettable Kiwi hospitality on offer by staying in carefully hand selected B&Bs, lodges and farm-stays.

Glacier View Motel

Day 13: Franz Josef – Hokitika / Greymouth (approx. 160km) Make one of the walks in the glacier area or book a helicopter flight with glacier landing from Fox Glacier and Franz Josef. There is a lot to see and to do. Visit the isolated Okarito at the coast and make a kayak trip through the quiet lagoon. Or a jet boat tour in Whataroa to a White Heron Colony where you can watch these rare birds. Hokitika and Greymouth are the jade centres of the country. Visit a workshop and watch the jade carvers do their art work. Coleraine Motel & Apts

Day 14: Hokitika / Greymouth - Christchurch (approx. 260km) You can do a side trip to the Pancake Rocks in Punakaiki in the morning. The route over the main divide to Christchurch takes you along Lake Brunner and climbs over Arthur’s Pass, the only real mountain pass in New Zealand. The famous TranzAlpine Express train crosses it too. You arrive in Christchurch. Enjoy the many cafes and restaurants and take advantage of a last opportunity to purchase souvenirs from Aotearoa. Breakfree on Cashel

Day 15: Return to Airport Drop off your vehicle at the car rental office at the airport.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Auckland and Christchurch. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

65


HIGHLIGHTS • TRAVEL ACROSS THE USA FROM NEW YORK TO LOS ANGELES ALONG STRETCHES OF FAMOUS ROUTE 66 • NATIONAL PARKS THAT ARE HOUSEHOLD NAMES: GRAND CANYON, YELLOWSTONE AND YOSEMITE • HAWAII’S FAMOUS SURF, TROPICAL BEACHES AND LUSH VOLCANIC SCENERY 66

• THE POWERFUL SCENERY OF THE ROCKIES FROM ABOARD THE WORLD-FAMOUS ROCKY MOUNTAINEER TRAIN • DISCOVER THE GREAT MUSIC CITIES OF THE SOUTH – MEMPHIS, NASHVILLE AND NEW ORLEANS


USA & CANADA NUNAVUT

SE EE ALASKA YUKON

NORTHWEST TERRITORIES

Hudson Bay BRITISH COLUMBIA SASKATCHEWAN

ALBERTA

MANITOBA NEWFOUNDLAND & LABRADOR

QUÉBEC

ska Calgary ONTARIO Victoria

Vancouver

Montréal MONTANA

WASHINGTON

OREGON

NORTH DAKOTA

MINNESOTA

SOUTH DAKOTA IDAHO

WYOMING

Salt Lake City

CALIFORNIA NEVADA San Francisco

UTAH

NEBRASKA

Denver COLORADO

San Diego

IOWA

Chicago

St. Louis

ILLINOIS INDIANA

Toronto

NOVA SCOTIA MAINE Boston Halifax

VERMONT NEW YORK OHIO PENNSYLVANIA

New York Philadelphia

WEST Washington, DC VIRGINIA KENTUCKY VIRGINIA Nashville NORTH OKLAHOMA CAROLINA Memphis SOUTH ARKANSAS ALABAMA CAROLINA Dallas MISSISSIPPI GEORGIA TEXAS LOUISIANA Austin FLORIDA New Orleans KANSAS

MISSOURI

Las Vegas ARIZONA Los Angeles

MICHIGAN WISCONSIN

NEWFOUNDLAND

NEW BRUNSWICK

NEW MEXICO

North Atlantic Ocean

Miami

Gulf of Mexico MEXICO CUBA

Honolulu HAWAII

HERITAGE USA

CANADIAN ROCKIES

In New England, experience the life of the pilgrims at Plimoth Plantation and view Newport’s palatial mansions – summer retreats of America’s first millionaires. See the Liberty Bell in Philadelphia, the battleground sites of Gettysburg and the Deep South, birthplace of country music, blues, jazz and rock ‘n’ roll.

Ride the Banff Gondola for incredible views of the Canadian Rockies, stroll the shores of picture-perfect Lake Louise and take an Ice Explorer ride on the Athabasca Glacier. Further adventures include journey by train on the famous Rocky Mountaineer, and a chance to see amazing wildlife in any one of the country’s great national parks.

DESERTS AND CANYONLANDS

ATLANTIC CANADA

Explore nature at its most intriguing: the limestone spires of Bryce Canyon, slot canyons of Zion National Park and mammoth obelisks of Monument Valley create some incredible vistas. Elsewhere unique experiences include the cliff-top dwellings at Mesa Verde, haunting Death Valley, Sequoia National Park, the Grand Tetons, and the Sonoran and Arizona deserts.

An unspoilt northern corner of the continent, these maritime provinces comprise miles of rugged coastline, uncrowded beaches and picturesque seaside towns. Savour succulent lobster and scallops from an abundance of fresh seafood, and on whale-watching trips keep your eyes peeled for finback, minke and humpback whales.

67


UNITED STATES

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE Oahu NIGHTS STAYED 2

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

V

HAWAII

Kauai

S

S

2

ESCORTED TOUR

3

Maui

3

Hawaii

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

PRICES FROM

£3799pp

LAND • Easy pace tour with local guides RAIL STAYED and ample free on eachNIGHTS island time • Marvel at the majestic Diamond RAIL Head volcano NIGHTS STAYEDin Oahu • Discover the dramatic Volcanoes National Park LAND AIR • Visit the Royal Kona Coffee RAIL NIGHTS STAYED Museum and sample their famous coffee LAND • Find out why Kauai is nick-named CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED the Garden Isle on an island tour • See the Lao Needle in the tranquil Lao Valley 1

11 day Hawaiian Discovery Honolulu • Waikiki Beach • Oahu • Big Island • Volcanoes National Park • Kauai • Maui • Kaanapali Beach Day 1: Arrive Honolulu Upon arrival to the island of Oahu, you will be met and given a traditional flower lei greeting before transferring to world-famous Waikiki Beach. OHANA

Na-Pali coastline. This rugged stretch of coast is accessible only by air or boat and has been the setting of many Hollywood movies over the years, including King Kong in 1976. Kauai Beach Resort (2 nights)

Waikiki East (2 nights)

Day 7: Kauai

Day 2: Honolulu

Take a full-day island tour to understand why Kauai is nicknamed the Garden Isle. Celebrated for its brilliant emerald green tropical scenery, your tour will visit Bali Hai and Hanalei Bay, made famous by the movie South Pacific, as well as the beautiful Waimea Canyon.

In the morning, meet your ATI Local Representative and depart for a full-day tour of Oahu. First, you will visit majestic Diamond Head. This extinct volcano is the backdrop to Waikiki Beach and offers superb views from the summit. Then, you’ll visit the exclusive Kahala residential area where some of Hawaii’s most spectacular homes are to be found. You will pass by Lolani Palace, the King Kamehameha Statue, and the Governor’s Mansion. After lunch, travel to the scenic North Shore to see the dramatic coastline and some of the most revered surfing beaches of the State. The evening is at leisure.

Day 3: Honolulu – Big Island (Kona Coast) Enjoy a free morning to explore Waikiki Beach on your own before taking the brief flight to Kona, on the Big Island of Hawaii. Upon arrival in Kona, transfer to your hotel. Settle in and perhaps take an evening stroll along the beautiful shore. Royal Kona Resort

(3 nights)

Days 4 & 5: Big Island On day 4 embark on a tour of Volcanoes National Park. (Note: because this is an active volcano area, last minute tour changes may be necessary for safety’s sake.) Drive down the slopes of Pele’s home, Kilauea, passing Ka Lae, the southernmost tip of the United States. Your Escorted Island Tour also takes you to the Kailua Kona area and its famed Royal Kona Coffee Museum where you will be able to taste Kona Coffee during your stop over. View the picturesque Kealakekua Bay as well as Captain Cook’s Monument. Return to your hotel in early evening. The next day is free for independent exploration or relaxation. You may choose to take an optional evening tour to the summit of Mauna Kea for some of the best star gazing to be found.

Day 6: Big Island - Kauai Transfer to the airport for your flight to Kauai, the oldest island in the Hawaiian chain. Upon arrival, you will be transferred to your hotel and the remainder of the day is at leisure to enjoy the beaches and the unique lush beauty of Kauai. You may also choose to join an optional sunset cruise along the stunning

68

Day 8: Kauai – Maui (Kaanapali Beach) In the morning, transfer to Lihue Airport for the short flight to Maui, the second largest island in the Hawaiian chain. The afternoon is at leisure before you embark on an included sunset cruise from magnificent Kaanapali beach. Kaanapali Beach Hotel (3 nights)

1

1

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£3799 per person

Day 9 & 10 Maui

PRICES INCLUDE

Meet your Local Representative and visit tranquil Lao Valley, often cloaked in mystical fog, even when the rest of the island is bathed in bright sunlight. Here you will see the Lao Needle, a sharply pointed lava pinnacle rising 1,200 feet above the valley floor. The rest of the day is at leisure. We suggest a visit to Lahaina town for lunch or dinner and shopping along the waterfront. The next day is a full day at leisure to enjoy the beach, hotel grounds or nearby shopping and to reflect on your journey through the Islands.

• 10 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar on a room-only basis • Transport by air-conditioned motorcoach • Services of local qualified guides on each island • Airport transfers and sightseeing as specified

Day 11: Depart Maui Bid the Hawaiian Islands a fond farewell and transfer to Kahului airport for your onward flight.

DEPARTURES 2019: Apr 5, 19; May 3, 17, 31; Jun 14, 28; Jul 12, 26; Aug 9, 23; Sep 6, 20; Oct 14, 18; Nov 1, 15, 29. 2012: Jan 10, 24; Feb 7, 21; Mar 6, 20

TOUR STYLE: Escorted GROUP SIZE: 56 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Honolulu and Maui. Please call for details.


1

NIGHTS STAYED

UNITED STATES HAWAII

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED Kalaupapa

National Park Halawa Valley Moloka 1 Kaunakakai

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Lahaina

Lana

Maui

Maui

7

Kohala Coast

Ha

Kawaihae

Kailua-Kona Kealakekua Bay

Hawai

Honomalino Bay

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS EXPEDITION CRUISE PRICES FROM

£3829pp

9 day Hawaiian Seascapes Moloka’i • Hawaii (Big island) • Lana’i • Olowalu • West Maui • Honomalino Bay • Kailua-Kona Days 1 & 2: Arrive Moloka’i, Big Island On arrival, you’ll be transferred to your Moloka’i hotel, the rest of the day is at leisure. On the afternoon of day 2, you will be picked up from your hotel and taken the UnCruise hospitality area on Moloka’i. Later, the Captain and crew greet you with smiles and Champagne as you board the awaiting Safari Explorer. That evening, settle in and enjoy dinner aboard the yacht, before a presentation about your week ahead.

(D*) *Day 2 only.

Days 3 - 8: Moloka‘i, Lana‘i, Maui & Hawaii Get a sense of Hawaii long ago. Talk story and be enticed by Hawaiian legend and the hula’s rhythm. During a week of active adventure, and cultural visits, the history of this ancient homeland unfolds. With no stoplights or high-rises, you’ll welcome leisure time in the paniolo town of Kaunakakai, the scent of plumeria, and Moloka‘i’s slow pace. Gear up for water play at Lana‘i and hike to the island’s spatter and cinder cone. And if you’re lucky, paddle an outrigger from a Maui beach and linger under Lahaina’s giant Banyan

tree (with tuneful Myna’s perched limb-to-limb). The Humpback National Marine Sanctuary provides front-row seats as you cruise these marine breeding grounds. Keep watch for dolphins, whales, and other marine life. By skiff, explore shores lined with lava tubes and coconut palm-fringed bays. Discover coral gardens full of underwater life, snorkel in a known sea turtle habitat by day, and at night with Giant Pacific Manta rays. Skiff into Kealakekua Bay — where Captain Cook was slain in 1779 — for some of the island of Hawaii’s best snorkelling. Uncover historic KailuaKona as you leisurely stroll around town. On your last evening, toast your voyage and the spirit of aloha with the Captain’s Farewell Dinner and a photographic recap of your adventure. (BLD)

Day 9: Depart Big Island As the Safari Explorer docks at Kawaihae Harbor, you’ll be transferred to the Kona Airport or to your extended UnCruise hotel stay. (B) Note: This itinerary is also

available in reverse starting from Big Island, call for dates and rates.

• Small-group up-close explorations led by expert expedition guides on a unique and unforgettable journey • Adventure activities including snorkelling, kayaking, paddle boarding and skiff exploration • Search for marine life in the Humpback National Marine Sanctuary • Evening pa‘ina (feast) and Hawaiian jam session with Moloka‘i locals • Snorkel amongst coral gardens, sea turtles and take a night snorkel with Giant Pacific Manta • Island history at the Lana‘i Culture and Heritage Center and visit Moloka‘i’s ancient Halawa Valley

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£3829 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights on board Safari Explorer • 1 night pre-tour hotel accommodation • All meals and drinks including premium spirits, wines and beers on board ship • All excursions, activities and equipment hire • National Park fees • Arrival and departure airport transfers

PRICES EXCLUDE • Gratuities, port fees & taxes • Expenditure of a personal nature

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 5, 12, 19, 26; Feb 2, 9, 16, 23; Mar 2, 9, 16, 23, 30; Apr 6; Nov 9, 16, 23, 30; Dec 7, 14, 21, 28 2020: Jan 4, 11, 18, 25; Feb 1, 8, 15, 22, 29; Mar 7, 14, 21, 28; Apr 4, 11, 18

TOUR STYLE: Expedition Cruise GROUP SIZE: 36 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

69


1

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1 1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

UNITED STATES WESTERN USA

Utah

Arches National Park

Capitol Reef National Park

2 AIR Zion National Park Bryce Canyon 1 NIGHTS STAYED National Park 1

Las Vegas

1

1

Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument

Nevada LAND

2

Moab

Lake Powell

Glen Canyon Dam

LAND Grand Canyon National Park RAIL CRUISE Arizona NIGHTS STAYED

2

Canyonlands National Park

Colorado 1

Monument Valley

Mesa Verde National Park

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

PREMIUM ESCORTED TOUR

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• A premium escorted journey RAIL exploring Nevada, Arizona, NIGHTS STAYED Colorado and Utah featuring magnificent natural wonders LAND and some of America’s greatest AIR national parks RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Staying in wonderful accommodations from a ranchLAND style CRUISElodge along the Colorado NIGHTS STAYED River to right-inside-the-park historic lodges in Mesa Verde, Bryce Canyon and the Grand Canyon • Exceptional sightseeing with the perfect balance of free time • Smaller group sizes hosted by the very best Travel Directors 1

PRICES FROM

£3949pp

1

10 day Wonders of the American West Las Vegas • Grand Canyon • Lake Powell • Monument Valley • Mesa Verde National Park • Moab • Arches National Park • Canyonlands National Park • Capitol Reef National Park • Bryce Canyon National Park • Zion National Park Day 1: Arrive Las Vegas Upon arrival in Las Vegas, you will be met and transferred to your hotel. In the evening, meet your Tour Director and fellow travellers for Welcome Reception with drinks and a light meal. (D)

Day 2: Las Vegas - Grand Canyon Head to the North Rim of Grand Canyon National Park and the historic Grand Canyon Lodge. In the evening, enjoy dinner in the lodge’s magnificent dining room with superb views of the canyon. (BD)

Days 3 & 4: Grand Canyon - Lake Powell Depart the Grand Canyon and head to Lake Powell, making a stop at Glen Canyon Dam before arriving at your lakefront resort. Check into your room, which has guaranteed lake views. Day 4 is at leisure to enjoy the resort’s facilities or for an optional floattrip on the Colorado River or a cruise through scenic Antelope Canyon. (B)

Day 4: Lake Powell Spend the day doing entirely as you please. Perhaps join an optional float trip down one of the most scenic stretches of the Colorado River, or take a leisurely optional cruise through scenic Antelope Canyon with its steep, sandstone walls. (B)

Day 5: Lake Powell - Monument Valley - Mesa Verde National Park Head to Monument Valley Navajo Tribal Park and board all-terrain vehicles for a guided tour of the valley floor, including restricted areas with rock windows and arches. Then enjoy a Navajo Cookout Highlight Lunch amidst the buttes and mesas before continuing to Mesa Verde National Park. (BLD)

Days 6 & 7: Mesa Verde - Arches National Park - Moab Enjoy an in-depth visit to Mesa Verde including the impressive Spruce Tree House, an amazing dwelling containing 130 rooms and 8 ceremonial chambers. Continue to Dolores and explore Anasazi Heritage Center, before settling in at your ranch-style lodge on the banks of the Colorado River in time for a Cowboy BBQ dinner. On Day 7 visit Arches National Park, housing the greatest concentration of natural arches in the world. Continue to Canyonlands National Park

70

with its dramatic sandstone formations and enjoy an afternoon at leisure. (BD,B)

Day 7: Canyonlands National Park & Arches National Park In the morning, visit Canyonlands National Park for a drive onto the ‘Island in the Sky’ – a mesa resting 1,000 feet (305 metres) above the surrounding countryside, offering spectacular views over the dramatic sandstone formations. Then it’s on to Arches National Park, housing the greatest concentration of natural arches in the world. Back at the lodge, your afternoon is at leisure. Why not choose to join an exciting sunset jet boat ride on the mighty Colorado River? (B)

Days 8 & 9: Moab - Capitol Reef & Bryce Canyon National Parks Visit Capitol Reef National Park and marvel at the magnificent scenery before travelling along the breathtaking Scenic Byway 12, through the stunning Grand Staircase-Escalante National Monument. On Day 9, head through Bryce Canyon and the length of its great natural amphitheatre. See the whimsical eroded rock formations known as ‘hoodoos’. In the evening enjoy a Celebration Dinner overlooking the canyon. (B,BD)

Day 9: Bryce Canyon National Park Start the day travelling through Bryce Canyon, the great natural amphitheatre. The whimsical, eroded rock formations that characterise this National Park are some of Utah’s most unusual shapes. Learn how wind, erosion and iron oxidation created the spellbinding hoodoos. In the evening, join your fellow travellers rim-side for a memorable Celebration Dinner overlooking the Canyon. (BD)

Day 10: Bryce Canyon - Zion National Park Las Vegas Travel to Zion National Park, one of the most scenic canyons in the USA and join a guided tour by private shuttle to view the park’s best sites. Tour ends with a departure transfer to Las Vegas International Airport arriving around 4pm. (B)

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£3949 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 9 nights’ premium accommodation inside the National Parks • Meals as specified: 9 breakfasts, 6 dinners and 1 lunch • Travel by air-conditioned motorcoach with business-class legroom and free wi-fi • Passionate and expertly-trained Travel Directors • Airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary • Private VIP door-to-door UK airport transfers on arrival and departure

DEPARTURES 2019: May 19, 21, 26; Jun 9, 16; Jul 7, 21; Aug 4, 11, 18; Sep 1, 3, 8, 10, 15, 17, 22, 24, 29; Oct 1, 6, 8, 13

TOUR STYLE: Premium Escorted GROUP SIZE: 40 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Las Vegas. Please call for details.


1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

UNITED STATES

Monterey

San Francisco Carmel

LAND AIR

Las Santa Barbara

11 day The West Coast Insider Los Angeles • California’s Central Coast • San Francisco • Las Vegas Day 1: Arrive Los Angeles

Days 6 & 7: San Francisco

On arrival into Los Angeles, you will be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel by private Limousine. Hilton Glendale (3 nights)

This morning, a comprehensive walking tour provides a fun and exciting way to truly appreciate many of San Francisco’s most famous sights, including the Golden Gate Bridge, Chinatown, Union Square, and Fisherman’s Wharf. Your tour will include a ride on one of San Francisco’s historic cable cars. In the afternoon, collect a bike from Fisherman’s wharf and pedal across the Golden Gate before boarding a ferry back across the Bay, for with unobstructed views of the Golden Gate Bridge and Alcatraz Island. The following day is at leisure to further explore San Francisco or perhaps embark on a wine tasting tour to the Napa Valley (own expense). In the evening, join the rest of your tour group for dinner in the Chinatown area of the city.

Day 3: Los Angeles Today, spend the day exploring Los Angeles at your leisure, or take an optional full-day tour to the world’s largest movie studio and theme park: Universal Studios. (B)

Day 4: Los Angeles – Central Coast Travel north along the beautiful Pacific coast this morning, passing through the iconic beach communities of Santa Monica and Malibu. Stop by the “End of the Trail” of Historic Route 66 and at an iconic California lifeguard tower made famous by “Baywatch.” Then it’s on to Santa Barbara, where palm-lined walkways border white sandy beaches. Stop for lunch, and enjoy the cities Spanish architecture before continuing to a quaint central coast town for an overnight stay. (B) Holiday Inn Express Solvang

Day 5: Central Coast - San Francisco After an early morning beach stroll, leave Shell/ Pismo Beach and travel along Pacific Coast Highway’s twisting, cliff-hugging route through Big Sur and the quaint village of Carmel before embarking on an exhilarating journey along one of the most scenic roads in the world, 17-Mile Drive. Afterwards, take in the sights, sounds and smells of Monterey at Old Fisherman’s Wharf and pass the fertile valleys of Castroville and Santa Clara en route to San Francisco, the famed “City by the Bay.” (B) The Carlton Hotel (3

nights)

Los Angeles LAND

1

RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

£2489pp

This morning, meet your ATI “Local Expert” at breakfast and plan your time in Los Angeles together before embarking on a comprehensive tour of Los Angeles. Explore the seaside communities of Marina del Rey, Venice and Santa Monica, home to one of California’s oldest pleasure piers. Then head to Hollywood for a glimpse some of the glitz and glamour at the Walk of Fame, the Chinese Theatre, Sunset Strip, and Beverly Hills. This evening, join your Local Expert at a concert at a local venue or catch a hockey or ball game to sample the L.A lifestyle*. (B)

2

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

Day 2: Los Angeles

STAYED

Grand Canyon

1

Malibu

PREMIUM SMALL GROUP TOUR

1 NIGHTS 3 Vegas

WESTERN USA

3

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Comprehensive tour of Los Angeles with an ATILAND Local Expert AIR • Option to attend a Ball Game or RAIL NIGHTS STAYED concert in Los Angeles* • See the historic pier in Santa LAND Monica and the Spanish CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED architecture of Santa Barbara • Travel along one of the most scenic drives in the world on the Pacific Coast Highway • Walking and cycling tours of the “City by the Bay” San Francisco • Guided Hop on Hop off tour of Las Vegas and optional heli tour to the Grand Canyon 1

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2489 per person

(BL,B)

Day 8: San Francisco – Las Vegas Transfer to the airport this morning to board your flight to Las Vegas. On arrival transfer to your hotel where you will meet your ATI Local Expert who will help you plan your stay in the Entertainment Capital of the World. (B) Park MGM Resort and Casino (3

nights)

Days 9 & 10: Las Vegas Start day 9 with a guided tour of ‘The Strip’ and downtown Vegas with your ATI Local Expert. The afternoon and following day is free to enjoy the many attractions that Las Vegas has to offer, on day 10 perhaps choose to join an optional tour to the Grand Canyon by plane or helicopter. (B)

Day 11: Depart Las Vegas Your West Coast Glamour tour concludes today. After check out of your hotel take an included transfer back to the airport. (B) *Subject to season and availability.

PRICES INCLUDE • 10 nights’ premium accommodation in named hotels on a room-only basis • Meals as specified: 10 breakfasts and 1 lunch • Transport by air-conditioned motorcoach • Services of a qualified guide throughout • Internal flight, airport transfers and sightseeing as specified

DEPARTURES 2019: May 24; Jun 21; Jul 12; Aug 2, 16; Sep 6, 20; Oct 11

TOUR STYLE: Premium Small Group GROUP SIZE: 26 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 – 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in San Francisco and Las Vegas. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

71


UNITED STATES WESTERN USA & CANADA ESCORTED XXXX MOTORCYCLE TOUR TOUR PRICES FROM

£4359pp

16 day Canada to Yellowstone Motorcycle Tour Seattle • North Cascades Highway • Winthrop • Kamloops • Yellowhead Highway • Jasper • Banff • Glacier NP • Waterton Lakes • Whitefish • Anaconda • Red Lodge • Cody • Yellowstone • Jackson • Grand Teton NP • Ogden • Salt Lake City Day 1: Arrive Seattle Welcome to one of the most beautiful cities in the United States, Seattle. Enjoy a long leisurely stroll down the famed Seattle waterfront or a ferry ride on Elliot Bay and visit the Space Needle. Meet your group and tour leader this evening for a dinner at a local landmark restaurant.

Day 2: Seattle – Winthrop (376km/ 235 miles) Depart the City of Seattle and join Highway 9 – a Northwest treasure that winds through the carnation and tulip fields – before hitting the North Cascades Highway which has quite literally some of the most stunning scenery south of the Canadian Rockies. The stop for the night is the small western town of Winthrop, where you can reflect on the shared days riding with your new found friends.

Day 3: Winthrop - Kamloops (507km/ 317 miles)

Day 6: Banff – Waterton Lakes (384km/ 240 miles) Ride over the stunning Kananaskis Pass, where you are likely to see Big Horn sheep wandering along the road. After lunching in the small pioneer town of Pincher Creek continue to Waterton on the Canadian side of Glacier National Park and one of the most visually stunning places in North America. The rest of the afternoon and evening is free to enjoy the quiet and serene glassy waters of a crystal clear lake.

Enjoy a morning coffee along the river before heading north and crossing the border into the heart of Canada’s wine country, Oliver, B.C. After crossing the border, explore roads that wind through vineyards and fruit stands and lunch along the shores of Canada’s beautiful Lake Okanogan. From here, head northwest, riding through the majestic mountains rising in the distance as you make your way to Kamloops, B.C.

Day 7: Waterton Lakes – Whitefish (234km/ 146 miles) Back in the USA today via a ride through the amazing vistas of Glacier National Park, known for its deep glacial valleys and rugged peaks. For motorcycle enthusiasts, it is simply an assault on the senses and offers some excellent riding terrain on the Going to the Sun Road. Tonight, explore the Montanan town of Whitefish and discover its markets, bars and live music.

Day 4: Kamloops - Jasper (467 km/ 292 miles)

Day 8: Whitefish - Anaconda (384km/ 240 miles) Today is a ride through the back roads of the ‘Big Sky State’ passing by lakeshores and through the cattle country that defines this area. A stop for lunch in the small, pioneering town of Ovando will give you a chance to soak explore the extensive Montana history of this area. The day ends at the resort of Fairmont Hot Springs where you can soak in the hot water and celebrate your day.

Today, head towards Alberta, and the heart of the Canadian Rockies. The ride will take you along the north Thompson River on the beautiful Yellowhead Highway. There is a good chance of seeing eagles, deer and moose along this stretch, as well as stopping to take in the stunning waterfalls near Clearwater. You will also enter Mt. Robson Provincial Park for a stunning view of the 5000’ Emperor Face on Mt. Robson before arriving in Jasper, AB.

72

Day 5: Jasper - Banff (347km/ 217 miles) Today get ready to ride a stretch of highway that the EagleRider team would definitely rank among the top ten motorcycle rides in North America. Canada’s Highway 93 is one of the highlights of the whole trip and takes you alongside glacial peaks and across some of Canada’s most stunning ice fields to the mountain resort town of Banff.

Day 9: Anaconda – Red Lodge (515km/ 322 miles) Today, take a step back in time to the old West exploring the pioneering history of Montana, stopping in the historical gold-mining towns of Virginia and Nevada before riding the windy roads that climb towards the mountain town of Red Lodge.


UNITED STATES PRICES FROM:

Jasper 1

£4359 per person

1

1

PRICES INCLUDE • 15 nights’ 3-4 star motorcycle friendly hotel and classic American motel accommodation • Guaranteed first choice of bike equipped for touring • Fuel on riding days • Experienced EagleRider Tour Guide and onroad concierge • Daily luggage transportation between hotels • Support van equipped with spare motorcycle • EagleRider Mobile Tour Guide App and Custom Armored Riding Jacket

Banff

Kamloops 1

Winthrop

1 1

Waterton Lakes

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Motorcycle GROUP SIZE: 6+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Days 10 & 11: Red Lodge – Cody (182km/ 114 miles) Get ready to ride what many consider to be one of the top 2 motorcycle rides in North America, Chief Joseph and the Beartooth Pass. Cruise at a nice easy speed, stopping often to capture awe-inspiring photos of the scenery and glimpses of wildlife. Stay tonight in the classic western town of Cody, Wyoming, once home to Buffalo Bill Cody. After dinner you can walk down the street to enjoy some local history or head to the local Cody Rodeo to watch cowboys on bucking broncos and bulls. It’s the Wild West! The following day is free to kick up your boots and relax in Cody or explore the local area. Day 12: Cody – Yellowstone (285km/ 178 miles) Today will be spent winding your way through parts of Yellowstone National Park’s jaw-dropping scenery, stopping to experience the majesty of Yellowstone Falls and the Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone, Mammoth Hot Springs, Hayden Valley and all of its extraordinary wildlife.

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

Seattle Anaconda West Yellowstone 1 1

1 Red Lodge 2 Cody

Jackson

Ogden 11 1

Salt Lake City

DEPARTURES 2019: Jun 27; Jul; 10, 24, 31; Aug 14

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Whitefish

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

WESTERN USA & CANADA

TOUR DETAILS

LAND

• The visual splendour of visual of the CascadeRAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED Mountains and the Northern Cascades Highway • Bask in the natural beauty of Lake Louise and Banff • Excellent riding on the Going to the Sun Road in LAND Glacier National Park RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Travel the geyser country in Yellowstone as see her most cherished treasure “Old Faithful” • Step back in time and discover the pioneering RAILhistory NIGHTS STAYED in the old West of Montana • Experience the Wild West with 2 nights in the classic LAND western town of Cody AIR • Ride from Red Lodge to Cody – one of the topRAILtwo NIGHTS STAYED rides in North America 1

1

1

1

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Day 13: Yellowstone – Jackson (205km/ 128 miles) This morning, ride through geyser country to have a coffee and watch the greatest geyser of all do its thing – Old Faithful! From here, make your way along Jackson Lake and in Grand Teton National Park for scenic stops and lunch. The night stop is Jackson, home to sprawling cattle ranches, celebrity estates and roaming herds of buffalo. Day 14: Jackson – Ogden (410km/ 256 miles) Start the day with a ride through the twisty Snake River Gorge as you leave the Grand Teton National Park and spend the morning exploring the gentle landscapes of Idaho. Lunch is along the shore of the impossibly-turquoise Bear Lake before you take a ride across the Wasatch Mountains through Logan River Canyon. Your evening will be spent exploring the bars and restaurants of Historic 25th Street in Ogden, Utah. Day 15: Ogden – Salt Lake City (160km/ 100 miles) The last day will give you options of continuing your exploration of the Wasatch and its famous ski areas such as Park City, or bee-lining across the high desert to see the salt wastelands of the Bonneville Salt Flats. Tonight, celebrate the adventure at one of SLC’s famous brew pubs where you will enjoy one another’s company one last time at our Farewell Dinner and raise a glass to incredible journeys, lifelong memories, and, most important, the kind of friendships that can only be forged on the road.

Day 16: Depart Salt Lake City Your tour concludes today; say your final farewells to your new found friends and turn your thoughts to your next riding adventure. Note: A valid driver’s license from your home country with the proper class or endorsement permitting you to ride the motorcycle, or equivalent of the motorcycle you are renting is required for this and any other guided or self-guided motorcycle tours.

Optional Pre/Post Stay if you have time pre or post tour ask about getting a rental extension for your bike (charges apply).

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

73


UNITED STATES WESTERN USA

Yosemite National Park 1

V

San Francisco

2

Bass Lake

Nevada Utah

California

Las Vegas 2

2

V Mojave Desert

Grand Canyon

V

LAND AIR Los Angeles 1 RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED San Diego 2

Route 66

Sedona

V

V

1

Arizona 1

Phoenix

ESCORTED TOUR

1

£1439pp

1

11 day LA to the Bay Los Angeles • San Diego • Phoenix • Grand Canyon • Las Vegas • Bass Lake • Yosemite • San Francisco Day 1: Los Angeles

Day 10: Yosemite National Park

Welcome to LA, where glamour meets grit. No better way to get to know your new Contiki family than a full day packed with Hollywood glamour, Beverly Hills celeb-spotting and some all-round boho beach vibes on the Californian Coast. (D)

The breathtaking majesty of Yosemite National Park can only be truly appreciated in person. A land inundated with mountains, waterfalls, wildflowers and rock formations, you can stick to your trusty two feet or jump on a mountain bike to explore. Back at Bass Lake swim or enjoy watersports on the Lake. Note: If

Today, a drive through the unmistakable Orange County will get you in the mood for San Diego’s laidback atmosphere. (B)

Day 3: San Diego Go about your ways like a true Cali native today with a full day of outdoor excitement. The flavour of the day being surf, sun and 42 miles of beachside bliss. For those wanting something a little less adventurous, there’s an option to see over 4000 animals at San Diego Zoo. By evening, go loco and enjoy a Mexican Feast. Margarita anyone? (BD)

you’re travelling between December - March, this trip packs in three fun-filled days of snow sports action at Lake Tahoe (instead of Yosemite) & 2 nights in San Francisco. (B)

Day 11: Bass Lake – San Francisco And just like that, it’s time for this journey to come to an end. It’s been more than real, it’s been travel with no regrets.

1

1

1

1

1

PRICES FROM:

Farewell California and hello Arizona, a desert oasis where the chance to do a hot air balloon ride complete with a champagne breakfast will have you ticking off a few bucket-list essentials. With 300 days a year of pure sunshine, this place isn’t so bad… (BD)

£1439 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 10 nights’ hotel and lodge accommodation • Meals as specified: 7 breakfasts and 5 dinners • Touring by air-conditioned coach with charging points and wi-fi • Services of an experienced Trip Manager & Driver • Sightseeing as per itinerary (excluding free time add-ons)

Days 5 & 6: Grand Canyon The thrill of the desert continues as you stop in Sedona, nestled in beautiful red-rock country on your pilgrimage to the pride of Arizona, aka The Grand Canyon. Opt for a helicopter ride to capture this dramatic scenery by air, or stay and attempt to fathom the beauty of this timeless natural wonder from the ground. (B)

Days 7 & 8: Las Vegas With its beauty embedded in your brain, depart the Grand Canyon and head to Las Vegas via the historic Route 66, on which there’ll be photo ops and souvenir hunts a-plenty. Take in the grandeur of the city’s casinos before letting loose on the party bus. (D,B)

DEPARTURES 2019/20: Multiple departures per month January – December

TOUR STYLE: Escorted (18 - 35 year olds)

Day 9: Las Vegas – Bass Lake

74

LAND • Discover the glitz of Hollywood RAIL and CRUISE the laid back beaches of the NIGHTS STAYED California Coast • Savour traditional Mexican cuisine and cocktails in San Diego LAND • Full RAIL day exploring the Grand NIGHTS STAYED Canyon, finishing with a spinetingling sunset that will live with you RAIL forever NIGHTS STAYED • Delve into the weird and wonderful world of ‘Sin city’, Las Vegas LANDand cruise the strip on a AIR party RAILbus NIGHTS STAYED • Unwind at the tranquil Bass Lake or try your hand at some of the LAND many watersports on offer CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED • See the majesty of Yosemite National Park

TOUR DETAILS

Day 4: San Diego – Phoenix

2 days of party vibes will have you pining for a little tranquillity, and Bass Lake’s got it in spades. Making a few essential food pit stops along the way, return to nature with a dip in the Jacuzzi and fresh mountain air. (BD)

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

Day 2: Los Angeles - San Diego

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

GROUP SIZE: 52 max

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Los Angeles and San Francsico. Please call for more details.

PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


1

RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

UNITED STATES

Nevada 2

Lake Tahoe

3

LAND RAIL CRUISE San Francisco 1 NIGHTS STAYED

2

4

SELF DRIVE TOUR

£1349pp

12 day Northern California Charm San Francisco • Sonoma • Lake Tahoe • Yosemite Day 1: Arrive San Francisco

Days 7 & 8: Sonoma – Lake Tahoe (275km/171

Arrive at San Francisco International Airport and transfer independently to your hotel.

miles) Continue to Lake Tahoe, the largest alpine Lake in North America nestled in the Sierra Nevada Mountains. Here, you will have the opportunity to bike away with calm paved roadways for the family and mountain biking for the more experienced traveller (optional). For those wanting to explore by foot there are endless hiking trails for all abilities. The Fallen Leaf Lake hike is perfect for families and for the more adventurous the Skyline trail, accessed by a lift (not included) is a more exciting challenge.

Day 4: San Francisco – Sonoma (85km/53 miles) Pick up your rental car and journey north to Sonoma County, well-known for its exceptional wineries and a host of outdoor activities such as hiking, biking, fishing, golfing, and more. On your way, spend the afternoon in the hub for American cycling, Santa Rosa, with roads tested by both world-class and first-time riders.

Days 5 & 6: Sonoma The next 2 days are free to explore the Sonoma Valley, why not pick up a bike (own expense) and take a leisurely ride on vineyard lined roads to one of ten wineries within 5-miles? After experiencing Sonoma on two wheels, discover some of the valley’s scenic gems walking and hiking then neighbouring area. Head to the hiking trails of Sugarloaf Park, or take a stroll through Sonoma State Historic Park where there is also the chance to visit the Mission San Francisco Solano. Be sure to visit the Sonoma Plaza as well where you will find a plethora of wine tasting rooms, shopping, galleries, and restaurants serving local produce.

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Take a RAIL self-guided cycle tour of NIGHTS STAYED and take in the San Francisco beautiful Bay Area scenery • Hike through redwood forest at LAND AIR Muir Woods RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Discover the wineries of Sonoma Valley on leisurely biking trails • Get outLAND by bike or by foot to CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED appreciate the beauty of sparkling Lake Tahoe • See Yosemite Falls the highest waterfall in North America 1

PRICES FROM

Discover the adventures the city has to offer as you cycle your way along the coast, experience the vibrant neighbourhoods, and witness the world Famous Golden Gate Bridge on your rental bike (included). If time permits, why not take the ferry to Alcatraz? (optional, own expense). Later, take the time to visit exciting San Francisco hotspots such as Union Square and Fisherman’s Wharf, and enjoy a dinner at restaurants in Chinatown or Little Italy. On day 3 get a unique perspective and take in the beautiful sights on an exciting hike to appreciate the beautiful scenery of the Bay Area. Some of San Francisco’s best nature can be found on various hiking trails that include Muir Woods, featuring the redwood forest, The Presidio, offering an uninterrupted view of the ocean, and the Batteries to Bluffs Trail, allowing you to get up close to the historic Golden Gate Bridge.

Yosemite National Park

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

Days 2 & 3: San Francisco

WESTERN USA

LAND California AIR 1 NIGHTS STAYED Sonoma

1

1

Days 9 & 10: Lake Tahoe – Yosemite (304km/189 miles) Continue on to Yosemite, a highlight and iconic destination for anyone planning to visit the United States. Covering over 1,000 square miles it provides visitors with exciting wildlife, stunning waterfalls, giant sequoias, and an unforgettable experience. Take a nature walk following one of the best trails in the National Park taking you along the Yosemite Valley on a wide and smooth path allowing you to calmly enjoy the natural landscape and beautiful scenery. Highly recommended is the Yosemite Falls trail that leads to the top of the tallest waterfall in North America and you do not even need to reach the top to enjoy the amazing views of Yosemite Valley, Half Dome, and Sentinel Rock.

Days 11 & 12: Yosemite – San Francisco (306km/190 miles) Enjoy a last morning exploring Yosemite before taking the leisurely drive back to San Francisco. Spend the afternoon exploring Oakland’s waterfront or take a detour and visit San Jose or Silicon Valley. Your tour concludes on day 12 after check out of your hotel.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1349

per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 11 nights’ accommodation on a room-only basis • 9 days’ fully-inclusive compact car hire • 1 day bike rental in San Francisco

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Self Drive

Optional Pre/Post Stay Additional nights are available on all stops on the route; it can also be tailored to include additional destinations as required.

GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

75


1

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

UNITED STATES WESTERN USA

Yellowstone

Twin Falls

2

Grand Teton/ Jackson

1

Elko

Reno

LAND 1 AIR Lake Tahoe NIGHTS STAYED

San Francisco 1

1

Nevada

Salt Lake City

Utah

Monterey/Carmel

LAND

Capital Reef

California RAIL

Bryce

Las Vegas CRUISE DeathSTAYED Valley 2 NIGHTS

1

2

Craters of the moon

Arches National Park 2 Moab

1

Lake Powell 1

Grand Canyon 1

1

Arizona

Los Angeles

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

ESCORTED COACH TOUR

1

PRICES FROM

£2069pp

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Comprehensive tour covering the majorLAND National Parks of the West AIR • Discover the highlights of San RAIL NIGHTS STAYED Francisco one of America’s most liveable cities • Visit LAND old gold rush and pioneer era CRUISE townsNIGHTS of STAYED the Old West • See the lunar landscapes of Craters of the Moon • Explore the geothermal geysers and wonders on a tour of Yellowstone National Park • Gaze in awe at the incredible natural rock formations of Arches and Canyonlands National Parks • The magnificent Grand Canyon and the bright lights of Vegas 1

15 day National Parks Explorer San Francisco • Twin Falls • Yellowstone • Grand Teton • Moab • Arches NP • Canyonlands NP • Bryce Canyon • Grand Canyon • Las Vegas • Los Angeles Days 1 & 2: San Francisco

Day 8: Salt Lake City – Moab

On arrival into San Francisco, transfer independently to your hotel, the rest of the day is at leisure. The next morning, take a city tour which includes Union Square, the Civic Center and Fisherman’s Wharf. Enjoy the rest of the day at leisure to discover the delights of the ‘City by the Bay’. Hotel Carlton (2 nights)

Spend the morning at leisure exploring Salt Lake City before departing for Moab, where the landscape is distinguished by thousand-foot-deep canyons as well as snow-capped peaks. Moab Valley Inn (2 nights)

Day 3: San Francisco – Reno Depart for Reno, stopping in Sacramento old town en route, once a bustling centre of the Gold Rush and continuing on past the gorgeous Lake Tahoe, nestled in the Sierra Nevada Mountains. In the afternoon you will visit Virginia City, a 19th century mining metropolis where the Old West comes to life. Harrah’s Reno

Day 4: Reno – Twin Falls Journey through the Black Rock Desert and across the plains of northern Nevada following a route that was once used by early pioneers on the Oregon and California Trails, stop in Elko, the formerly rough and tumble town that once sat at the end of the tracks laid from the west by the Central Pacific Railroad. Cross the state line at Jackpot and enter Twin Falls, located within Idaho’s Magic Valley region. Shilo Inn Twin Falls

Day 5: Twin Falls - Yellowstone Leaving Twin Falls, you will cross the Snake River before visiting the Craters of the Moon National Monument. This eerie desert landscape so closely resembles lunar conditions that the training for the first men on the moon actually took place here. Later this afternoon, you arrive at Yellowstone National Park, established in 1872 as the nation’s first National Park. Gray Wolf Inn or Brandin Iron Inn (2 nights)

Today’s first stop is Arches National Park, home to over 2,000 natural sandstone arches, including the awe-inspiring Delicate Arch. Then, it’s on to Canyonlands National Park, where you will explore the colour drenched landscape of sandstone eroded into hundreds of canyons, mesas and buttes by the forces of time and the Colorado River. This evening, perhaps take an optional Jet Boat Float trip on the mighty Colorado River.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2069 per person

Day 10: Moab – Bryce Canyon Visit Capitol Reef National Park before arriving at the spectacular Bryce Canyon, where a tour through a multi-coloured world of sandstone spires and pinnacles, “hoodoos”, will amaze. Bryce View Lodge

Day 11: Bryce Canyon & Grand Canyon Travel to stunning Lake Powell, where crystal blue water laps against towering red rock canyon walls then drive through the Navajo Indian Reservation and the Painted Desert before arriving at the Grand Canyon, one of the wonders of the natural world. Stop at the rim to fully experience this mile-deep colourful canyon’s plunging gorges and rising spires formed by the mighty Colorado River. Days Hotel Flagstaff

Days 12 & 13: Route 66 – Las Vegas

Enjoy a comprehensive sightseeing tour of this immense geothermal wonderland. Highlights include Yellowstone Lake, Old Faithful, Mammoth Hot Springs and Yellowstone Canyon’s majestic falls (seasonal).

En route to Las Vega today, descend the high Coconino Plateau into the Mojave Desert. Along the way, pass through Seligman, a town built along the famed Historic Route 66 that looks as if it were frozen in time 60 years ago. The following day is at leisure to enjoy all that Las Vegas offers or perhaps join an optional trip to Death Valley? Luxor Las Vegas

Day 7: Yellowstone – Salt Lake City

Days 14 & 15: Las Vegas – Los Angeles

This morning’s journey is through the rugged, snowcapped mountains which welcome you to Grand Teton National Park. This prairie land is home to wild buffalo, moose and elk. Continue to Jackson Hole, the sophisticated “Crown Jewel” of the Rocky Mountains before hitting Salt Lake City in the Mormon State of Utah. Little America Hotel

Before leaving Las Vegas for Los Angeles, there is a chance to stop at the iconic Las Vegas Welcome Sign. Once in Los Angeles, there is time for a tour including Hollywood, Sunset Strip and parts of Beverly Hills. The tour concludes after check out of your hotel on day 15.

Day 6: Yellowstone

76

Day 9: Arches & Canyonlands National Park

1

PRICES INCLUDE • 14 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels on a room-only basis • Transport by air-conditioned motorcoach • Services of a qualified guide throughout • Transfers and sightseeing as specified • Admission fees to all National Parks

DEPARTURES 2019: May 11; Jun 1; Jul 20; Aug 17; Sep 7, 21

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach GROUP SIZE: 56 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in San Francisco and Los Angeles. Please call for details.


1

RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

UNITED STATES

1

Canyonlands National Park & Moab

AIR NIGHTS STAYED Bryce Canyon National Park

2

1

LAND Las Vegas 2RAIL CRUISE 1 NIGHTS STAYED Kingman 1

2

1

Monument Valley

WESTERN USA

UTAH LAND NEVADA

Grand Canyon

ARIZONA

1

ESCORTED MOTORCYCLE TOUR

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

PRICES FROM

£1889pp

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Short tour that packs in the very best ofLAND the Southwest AIR RAIL • Group riding with experienced NIGHTS STAYED guide on choice of late model motorcycle LAND • 2 days CRUISE riding the historic route NIGHTS STAYED 66 • Tick off 7 National Parks including Grand Canyon, Bryce and Zion • Enjoy the bright lights of Las Vegas 1

9 day Southwest Canyon Country Motorcycle Tour Las Vegas • Kingman • Grand Canyon National Park • Monument Valley • Canyonlands National Park • Moab • Bryce Canyon Day 1: Arrive Las Vegas

Day 7: Moab – Bryce Canyon National Park

Viva Las Vegas! That night, you’ll have a chance to meet your fellow riders and Support Team at the host hotel for an orientation and group outing. (D)

(432km/ 270 miles) An early start on day 7 for a long day riding as well as 3 National Parks to hit. First up is Arches National Park, followed by Capitol Reef National Park, stopping at the Grand Staircase-Escalante, before arriving in Bryce Canyon National Park for the night. The day will go down as one of the most epic motorcycle riding days of your lifetime! (B)

Day 2: Las Vegas – Kingman (248km/ 155 miles) Grab your favourite Indian, Honda, BMW, or Triumph motorcycle from EagleRider Las Vegas and hit the road. Enjoy great views of Hoover Dam before ripping down the infamous Highway 95 and a long lunch stop in the historic, old west mining town of Oatman, Arizona where wild donkeys still roam the streets. Oatman marks the beginning of our journey for the next couple of days along the Historic Route 66. (B) Day 3: Kingman – Grand Canyon National Park (296km/ 185km) Get your kicks on Route 66! Ride through famous towns like Hackberry, Peach Springs and Seligam on the way to the Grand Canyon where you can tick off a bucket list experience by witnessing the sun set over the rim. (B)

Day 4: Grand Canyon – Monument Valley (256km/ 160 miles) Start your day with a journey along the entire South Rim of the Grand Canyon before setting your sights on an equally impressive, iconic destination; Monument Valley. Later you will have the option to be eating authentic Navajo Tacos under the shadow of a monument while you are entertained with a live performance of traditional music and dance around a fire by friends from the Navajo Nation. (B)

Day 8: Bryce Canyon – Las Vegas (384km/ 240 miles) After watching the sunrise over Bryce Canyon, it’s time to head off for the final day riding. The highlight of day 8 is cruising through Zion National Park with its vibrant red and white rock walls. After hi-fives back at Las Vegas base and dropping off your bike, there is a celebration dinner and drinks with your new found friends to share the memories of your trip of a lifetime. (B)

Day 9: Depart Las Vegas Depart anytime or ask about extending your bike hire and hotel stay for a few extra days in Sin City. Note: A valid driver’s license from your home country with the proper class or endorsement permitting you to ride the motorcycle, or equivalent of the motorcycle you are renting is required for this and any other guided or self-guided motorcycle tours.

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1889 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ 3-4 star motorcycle-friendly hotel accommodation and 6 breakfasts • Late-class motorcycle of choice equipped for touring • Fuel on riding days • Experienced EagleRider Tour Guide and onroad concierge • Daily luggage transportation between hotels • Support van equipped with spare motorcycle • EagleRider Mobile Tour Guide App and Custom Armored Riding Jacket

DEPARTURES 2019: May 24; Jun 7; Sep 13; Oct 11

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Motorcycle GROUP SIZE: 6+

Day 5: Monument Valley – Canyonlands National Park & Moab (272km/ 170 miles)

PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Tick off another 2 National Parks, soak up the spectacular sights as you cruise through the Canyonlands and on to Moab. That evening you can relax in the heart of Utah canyon country. (B)

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars

Day 6: Moab Day 6 is free to explore Moab, kayak on the Colorado River, take a jet boat trip, enjoy a quad or dirt bike tour, hike the insane rock formations of Moab or just hang around the pool for the day.

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Las Vegas as well as extensions of your bike hire. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

77


1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

UNITED STATES WESTERN USA

UTAH

LAND AIR 1 NIGHTS STAYED NEVADA

Zion National Park

2

1

Bryce Canyon National Park

LAND RAIL Las Vegas 1 CRUISE 1 NIGHTS STAYED

1

2

Monument Valley

Grand Canyon

ARIZONA

ACTIVE SMALL GROUP TOUR

1

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

1

£1299pp

8 day Canyons & Indian Lands Las Vegas • Zion National Park • Bryce Canyon National Park • Monument Valley • Grand Canyon National Park Day 1: Arrive Las Vegas Welcome to the ‘Neon City’ in the Nevada desert, the opportunities here are endless and you’ll have a full day to explore before meeting at 18:00hrs for a welcome meeting with your group and Tour Leader.

Monument Valley Inn

Day 2: Las Vegas – Zion National Park

Days 6 & 7: Grand Canyon National Park

Depart Las Vegas for Zion National Park, this area effortlessly mixes peaceful beauty with powerful landscapes and the tree-lined Virgin River supports fragile flora and fauna as it meanders below massive, cathedral-like sandstone walls. Zion Canyon offers some of the best hiking in the Southwest USA. La

Continue south through the Navajo Reservation to the Cameron Trading Post to shop for local jewellery, crafts and cultural souvenirs. Begin your visit at eastern entrance of the mighty Grand Canyon where you’ll catch your first glimpse of it at Desert View. This incredible spectacle is difficult to comprehend, even as you stand at the rim or hike down into the canyon. There is plenty of free-time to explore the numerous scenic trails and we highly recommend a scenic helicopter flight over the canyon, offering perspectives you simply can’t see by just visiting on foot. Red

Quinta Inn & Suites (2 nights) You have a full day to further explore the delights of Zion National Park. There are various hikes to choose from, ranging from easy to strenuous. The challenging hike to Angels Landing is epic and the reward once at the top, is one of the most breathtaking panoramas you’ve ever laid eyes on. For a less strenuous walk, take one of the short hikes from the valley floor to view the Lower Emerald Pools then continue on to the sparkling Upper Emerald Pools, passing a waterfall along the way to discover Zion’s ‘beach’. Cool off from the summer sun by exploring the riverside walk section of the Virgin River. (B)

Day 4: Zion National Park - Bryce Canyon National Park Leaving Zion National Park, you climb in elevation to almost 8,296 feet and traverse a high plateau to Bryce Canyon National Park, a fascinating natural amphitheatre of pink, orange and white sandstone spires, known locally as hoodoos. There are a variety of scenic overlooks and trails that range from easy to moderate in difficulty. The Navajo or Peek-a-Boo Loop trails will enable you to hike right in amongst these unique rock formations. (B) Best Western Plus

Ruby’s Inn

Day 5: Bryce Canyon National Park Monument Valley Today, you travel southeast along the border of Utah and Arizona and make a stop at the immense Glen Canyon Dam en route to Monument Valley in the heart of the Navajo Nation. Explore the incredible

78

array of rock formations on an included guided back roads tour to learn the magic and myth of the rich Native American culture. As the setting sun hangs lower in the sky, enjoy a traditional meal with the Navajo around the camp fire (own expense). Kayenta

Bally’s Las Vegas Hotel & Casino

Day 3: Zion National Park

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Feather Lodge (2 nights)

Day 8: Grand Canyon - Route 66 - Las Vegas From the epic Grand Canyon, you’ll travel onto Seligman, where you’ll stop for an optional lunch at the Snow Cap Diner along a section of the iconic Route 66 before returning to the bright lights of Vegas for approximately 17:00hrs.

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Scenic walks and inspiring hikes for all abilities LAND AIR • Navajo RAIL 4x4 guided back roads STAYED tour in NIGHTS Monument Valley • See Zion’s sandstone cliffs, LAND canyons and valleys and Bryce CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED Canyon’s rock hoodoos • Visit the immense Glen Canyon Dam • The magnificent Grand Canyon at sunrise or sunset • Step back in time in Seligman on the original and iconic Route 66 1

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1299 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 2 breakfasts • Touring by private air-conditioned small group vehicle with free wi-fi Internet • Services of a professional Tour Leader and a local Navajo guide on day 5 • Transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 16; Feb 10; Mar 10; Apr 14; May 5; Jun 6; Jul 7; Aug 6; Sep 8, 22; Oct 13; Dec 15

TOUR STYLE: Active Small Group GROUP SIZE: Max 13 PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Las Vegas. Please call for details.


1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

UNITED STATES

Nashville 1

Memphis 1 LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED V

1

Chattanooga 2

Atlanta

Augusta V

2 1

Natchez

Charleston

Savannah

1 Mobile LAND Tallahassee RAIL V 1 Baton CRUISE Pensacola Rouge 2 St Augustine 1 NIGHTS STAYED New Orleans

RAIL

£1439pp

12 day Gone with the Wind Atlanta • Charleston • Savannah • St Augustine • Tallahassee • Pensacola • Mobile • New Orleans • Baton Rouge • Natchez • Memphis • Nashville • Chattanooga Day 1: Atlanta

Day 7: Tallahassee – Pensacola – New Orleans

Upon arrival in Atlanta, transfer independently to your hotel and meet your Tour Director. Holiday Inn

Travel along the Florida panhandle through Pensacola and Mobile in Alabama before arriving in New Orleans in the evening. Enjoy free time to explore on your own, sample Creole and Cajun cuisine, marvel at the architecture and of course, tap your toes to the music.

In the morning, enjoy a city tour of Atlanta and learn about one of its most famous residents, Margaret Mitchell, author of the book Gone with the Wind. Visit the Road to Tara Museum and Stately Oaks Plantation which was the inspiration for Tara. You will have the opportunity to see memorabilia from the movie including costumes worn by the stars Clark Gable and Vivien Leigh.

Day 3: Atlanta – Augusta – Charleston Leave Atlanta and head west to Augusta, home to the prestigious Masters Golf Tournament. In the afternoon, arrive in historic Charleston. You will have time to stroll down the cobblestone walkways and admire the historic mansions. Holiday Inn Charleston (2 nights)

Enjoy a day at leisure in New Orleans. Perhaps take an optional tour to visit Oak Alley Plantation or explore the French Quarter with its trademark wrought iron balconies overlooking the narrow cobblestone streets.

Day 9: New Orleans – Baton Rouge – Natchez In the morning, travel to the capital of Louisiana, Baton Rouge for a short city tour before continuing via the historic Natchez Trace Parkway, an exceptionally scenic route, to Natchez, the oldest European settlement on the Mississippi River. Here you’ll see fine examples of superbly preserved Antebellum homes.

Hotel Vue

Day 10: Natchez – Mississippi River Valley – Memphis

Day 6: Savannah – St Augustine - Tallahassee Travel south along the coast into Florida. Stop in the charming city of St. Augustine, founded in 1565 by Spanish explorers. It is the oldest continuously occupied European established city and port within the continental U.S. In the evening, arrive in Florida’s state Capital, Tallahassee. Courtyard by Marriott

Tallahassee

1

Day 8: New Orleans

Enjoy a locally guided tour of Charleston and then spend the afternoon at leisure. Take some time to walk the streets of Charleston’s meticulously preserved historic district, or you may wish to participate in an optional excursion to historic Boone Hall Plantation with its famous Avenue of Oaks. Leave Charleston and make a stop on Port Royal Island to see charming Beaufort. Its impressive Antebellum architecture has been the backdrop to a number of Hollywood films, including Forrest Gump. Continue to Savannah, a city built around tree-shaded squares lined by beautifully preserved homes. Explore the restored waterfront, where historic cotton warehouses now house speciality shops and restaurants. Comfort Suites Historic District

1

Hilton New Orleans (2 nights)

Day 4: Charleston

Day 5: Charleston – Savannah

• Charming NIGHTS STAYED cities and towns of Charleston, Savannah, Beaufort and Tallahassee LAND AIR • Strolling around the French RAIL Quarter in New Orleans NIGHTS STAYED • Admiring Antebellum homes in Natchez LAND CRUISE • Enjoying NIGHTS STAYED the 2 great music cities of Memphis and Nashville 1

PRICES FROM

Day 2: Atlanta

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

ESCORTED COACH TOUR

Express Downtown (2 nights)

SOUTHERN USA

1

AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Head to Memphis, ‘home of the blues’ and the famous ‘Sun Records’ recording studios. A brief city tour will take you to the city’s liveliest street, Beale Street, where the blues and other types of music are played nightly in almost a dozen clubs and historic Front Street. You may also be tempted by an optional visit to Graceland, Elvis Presley’s beloved mansion. Guest

House at Graceland

Day 11: Memphis - Nashville Continue today to Nashville, known as the capital of country music. Explore downtown and its famous honky tonk clubs. Inn at Opryland

Day 12: Nashville – Chattanooga – Atlanta Leave Nashville and travel to Chattanooga, home to the famous Choo Choo before returning to Atlanta where your tour ends. Your Tour Director will be on hand to assist you in arranging individual transfers to Atlanta International Airport.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Atlanta. Please call for details.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1439 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 11 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar on a room-only basis • Transport by air-conditioned motorcoach • Services of a qualified guide throughout • Transfers and sightseeing as specified

DEPARTURES 2019: May 4, 25; Jun 8; Aug 31, Sep 14, 28

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach GROUP SIZE: 56 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

79


1

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

UNITED STATES

V

Tennessee

Memphis

2 2 LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

Nashville

Muscle Shoals

Mississippi

1

V

SOUTHERN USA

22

Birmingham

Louisiana

1

1

Georgia

Alabama

V

1

LAND RAIL Jackson CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Atlanta

New Orleans 2 2 LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

SMALL GROUP TOUR

1

PRICES FROM

£2459pp

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Discover the flavours of Cajun and Creole LAND cuisine of New Orleans AIR • Visit Graceland once home to the RAIL STAYED King ofNIGHTS Rock ‘n Roll Elvis Presley • Discover the vibrant music scenes LAND on Beale St, Memphis and the CRUISE STAYED “honkyNIGHTS tonks” in Nashville • Tread the boards in the footsteps of music legends at the Ryman Auditorium and become a recorded artist at their recording studio • Visit the Country Music Hall of Fame and Museum and Historic RCA Studio B • Learn about the Civil Rights Movement in Birmingham Alabama 1

8 day Southern Story: Sounds & Specialities New Orleans • Memphis • Nashville • Muscle Shoals • Birmingham • Atlanta Day 1: Arrive New Orleans

Day 5: Memphis - Nashville

On arrival into New Orleans, transfer independently to your hotel. This evening, mingle with other group members and your Tour Manager, a destination specialist. Hotel Indigo (2 nights)

Depart Memphis for Nashville the home of country music. Upon arrival, visit Ryman Auditorium, known most famously as the home of the Grand Ole Opry from 1943 — 1974, and take a special backstage tour with the group. Stand on the stage graced by music legends such as Louis Armstrong, James Brown and Katharine Hepburn and get the chance to take home your own Ryman Records CD that you record in the Ryman Recording Studio. After dinner, enjoy the area between Broadway and 2nd Avenue, filled with entertainment venues and night clubs, known locally as “honky tonks”. Kimpton Aertson Hotel (2 nights)

Day 2: New Orleans A heady mix of European, Caribbean and African influences makes New Orleans one of America’s most culturally and historically rich destinations. Start the day by visiting some of the city’s varied neighbourhoods and meet the locals who’ll engage you with fascinating stories of “their” New Orleans. In the afternoon, embark on a walking and tasting tour of the French Quarter and get acquainted with the city’s acclaimed foods; led by a local culinary expert you will learn how to appreciate the differences between Creole and Cajun cooking, and about the varied ethnic influences that contribute to New Orleans’ cuisine. The evening is free to enjoy New Orleans’ vibrant nightlife.

Day 3: New Orleans - Jackson - Memphis Depart for Memphis, stopping in Jackson, the capital of Mississippi, en route. Memphis is the home of American blues music, legendary musicians, famous barbecue and historic landmarks. Begin with a visit to Sun Studio, the birthplace of Rock ‘n Roll, followed by a visit to the Rock ‘n Soul Museum. In the evening, stroll along iconic Beale St for a dose of authentic blues, soul and rock n’ roll at one of the many music clubs. Hotel Napoleon (2 nights)

Day 4: Memphis No trip to Memphis would be complete without a tour of Graceland, home to the King of Rock ‘n Roll until his death in 1977. Your Experience Tour will include the Mansion, exhibits showcasing Elvis’ career, his automobiles, his wardrobe, his gold records and much more from the Graceland Archives. The afternoon offers the choice of a walking tour of Memphis that includes authentic, mouth-watering BBQ like dryrubbed or saucy ribs and pulled pork with a sprinkling of history and culture, or a visit to the Gibson Guitar Factory for an intimate viewing of Gibson’s skilled Luthiers crafting some of the finest guitars in the world.

Day 6: Nashville This morning, choose between a driving tour through the neighbourhoods of country music greats and famous Nashvillians who call Music City USA their home or visit Belle Meade Plantation, once known as the “Queen of Southern Plantations”. In the afternoon you’ll visit the Country Music Hall of Fame and Museum and tour Historic RCA Studio B – where Elvis and others recorded over 35,000 songs. The night is yours to enjoy more of the local music and entertainment venues.

Day 7: Nashville – Muscle Shoals Birmingham Leaving Nashville in the morning, the first stop will be Muscle Shoals; while here visit FAME Studios, home of the Muscle Shoals Sound and the Alabama Music Hall of Fame to discover the stories behind the songs from Alabama’s music legends. End the day in Birmingham which gained national and international attention as a centre of activity during the Civil Rights Movement. This evening’s final dinner is a highlight authentic Alabama BBQ from Dreamland, cooked up low and slow. (D) Holiday Inn & Suites Tutwiler

Day 8: Birmingham – Atlanta Enjoy a morning tour through the heart of Birmingham’s Civil Rights District this morning to see important sites in the city’s fight for Civil Rights before departing the city for Atlanta, arriving late afternoon for airport and city drop-offs.

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2459 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 1 dinner • Touring by private air-conditioned small group vehicle • Services of a Driver/Guide and Local Guides • Transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Apr 12; May 10; Sep 13; Oct 18

TOUR STYLE: Small Group GROUP SIZE: 14 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: min 3 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in New Orleans and Atlanta. Please call for details.

80


UNITED STATES V

Memphis

2 3

Tennessee

Mississippi

Louisiana Natchez

Nashville

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

SOUTHERN USA

32

V 3

2

New Orleans

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

ESCORTED COACH TOUR PRICES FROM

11 day Rhythms of the South Nashville • Memphis • Natchez • New Orleans Welcome to Nashville, “Music City, U.S.A.” Get settled in at your hotel before meeting your Travel Director this afternoon. Quality Inn Nashville Downtown-

Stadium (3 nights)

Days 2 & 3: Nashville After a morning orientation tour that includes the vibrant heart of Nashville’s entertainment industry Music Row, Studio B and the Country Music Hall of Fame and Museum enjoy the rest of the afternoon to pursue your own interests. This evening, attend a live recording session at the Grand Ole Opry, home to America’s longest-running live radio program. Day 3 is a full day to explore as you please or sign up to some of the optional sightseeing tours. Perhaps visit the Ryman Auditorium, the live performance venue once home to the Grand Ole Opry or head to the Johnny Cash Museum to see the world’s largest collection of Johnny Cash memorabilia. (B)

Day 4: Nashville – Memphis

10,000 years of North American history. Used by American Indians, “Kaintucks,” settlers and future presidents, you’ll learn why the Old Trace played an important role in American history. In Natchez, you will see a great number of beautiful antebellum homes and historic structures that remained untouched during the plight of the South.

Day 8: Natchez – New Orleans Head south to New Orleans, travelling Lake Pontchartain Causeway, the world’s longest overwater bridge at almost 24 miles, the bridge is so long that for about 8 of these miles you cannot see land in any direction. On arrival in New Orleans, soak up the “Big Easy” as you are joined by a Local Specialist for a city tour. Highlights include the French Market, Jackson Square and St. Louis Cathedral, the Garden District and an above-ground cemetery. (B) Wyndham New

Orleans-French Quarter (3 nights)

Days 9 & 10: New Orleans

Memphis (3 nights)

Enjoy 2 full-days at leisure to soak up New Orleans unique vibe, with influences from Europe, the Caribbean and Africa it is a melting pot of cultures. Perhaps join an optional guided walking tour of the French Quarter with a jazz brunch, head out to the swamps for a guided tour to see alligators in the Cajun backwaters of Louisiana, take an optional excursion to Oak Alley or slow it down on a jazz cruise along the Mississippi. The choice is entirely yours and your Travel Director will be happy to plan your day.

Days 5 & 6: Memphis

Day 11: Depart New Orleans

Start the day with an Iconic Breakfast of Southern fare served family-style at one of the oldest cafés in Memphis. Next, visit Sun Studios where Elvis was discovered, followed by a pilgrimage to the museum dedicated to the late Elvis Presley, Graceland. Back in town, perhaps visit the famous Gibson Guitar Factory, the Rock ‘n’ Soul Museum, the National Civil War Museum at the Lorraine Motel or the Stax Museum of American Soul Museum. The following day is free to explore – perhaps head out to Tupelo, Mississippi to see the birthplace of Elvis Presley. Your Travel Director will be on hand to help you best plan your time in Memphis. (B*) *day 5 only

Bid farewell to New Orleans and your new found friends as your tour concludes today.

This morning, drive to Memphis, a city steeped in music history from BB King to Elvis. On your orientation tour of the city see iconic sites like the massive Memphis Pyramid and the luxurious Peabody Hotel. This evening is at leisure to sample the music scene on Memphis’ famous Beale Street and experience some authentic Memphis-style BBQ or enjoy dinner at the Blues City Cafe. (B) Hilton

Day 7: Memphis – Natchez Set out for Natchez on the Mississippi River and drive along a portion of the famous Natchez Trace Parkway, a 444-mile drive through exceptional scenery and

• Visit the legendary Studio B and LAND the Country Music HallRAIL of Fame CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED and Museum in Nashville • Enjoy and iconic breakfast at one of the oldest cafés in Memphis LAND • Visit Graceland once home to and RAIL NIGHTS now a museum dedicated toSTAYED Elvis Presley • Discover North American history RAIL NIGHTS and exceptional scenery onSTAYED the Natchez Trace Parkway • Join a local Specialist in New LAND AIR Orleans and see the unique above RAIL ground cemeteries NIGHTS STAYED • Free time in Nashville, LAND to Memphis and New Orleans CRUISE explore independently or join NIGHTS STAYED recommended optional tours 1

£1259pp

Day 1: Arrive Nashville

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

1

1

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1259 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 10 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 5 breakfasts • Touring by air-conditioned vehicle • Services of an expert Travel Director and separate driver • Sightseeing as per itinerary (excluding optional)

DEPARTURES 2019: Apr 19; May 20; Jun 17; Jul 22; Sep 16, 23; Oct 7

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach GROUP SIZE: 52 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Nashville and New Orleans. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

81


UNITED STATES CROSS COUNTRY USA

LAND

Yellowstone Grand Teton

1

1

1

Cody

Rapid City AIR RAIL Mt. Rushmore 1 CRUISE

Niagara Falls New 1 York

Detroit

1

NIGHTS STAYED

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

LAND

RAILmost famous • Stays in America’s CRUISE cities – New York,NIGHTS Washington, STAYED DC, Chicago and Las Vegas • The mighty Niagara Falls LAND • Discover Detroit and its motor RAIL NIGHTS STAYED history • Explore Yellowstone National Park • Grand Canyon – 1 RAIL of the 7 natural NIGHTS STAYED wonders of the world • Travel through Seligman, a town frozen in time on the LAND famous AIR Route 66 RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Hollywood, Beverley Hills and the Sunset Strip 1

ESCORTED COACH TOUR PRICES FROM

1

£2199pp

1

17 day New York to Hollywood New York • Philadelphia • Washington, DC • Niagara Falls • Detroit • Chicago • Sioux City • Mt Rushmore • Cody • Yellowstone NP • Grand Teton NP • Salt Lake City • Bryce & Grand Canyon NP • Route 66 • Las Vegas • Los Angeles Day 1: Arrive New York Upon arrival in New York, transfer independently to your hotel, the rest of the day is at leisure. Westin

New York Grand Central

Days 2 & 3: New York - Philadelphia – Washington, DC Today, depart New York for Philadelphia and spend the morning exploring the historic district of the ‘City of Brotherly Love’, before continuing to Washington, DC. On day 3, enjoy a city tour of DC, covering off all the major sights including the US Capitol, Washington Monument, the Lincoln Memorial and the White House.

Day 4: Washington, DC – Gettysburg – Niagara Falls, Canada Visit Gettysburg National Military Park, site of one of the most decisive battles during the American Civil War. Then travel through upstate New York to Buffalo and across the border into Canada, to the mighty Niagara Falls. Ramada Hotel Niagara Falls

Day 5: Niagara Falls – The Great Lakes Detroit Spend the morning sightseeing at Niagara Falls. In the late afternoon, return to the United States and head to a suburb of Detroit, known as “Motor City USA”. Evening at leisure. Best Western Greenfield Inn

Days 6 & 7: Detroit - Chicago Make an early start to visit the fascinating Henry Ford Museum and nearby Ford production plant. Leave the motor city behind you as you travel along Lake Michigan to Chicago. Next day, take a city tour of Chicago. South Loop Hotel (2 nights)

Day 8: Chicago – Mississippi River Crossing – Sioux City Travel through Midwest farm country abundant in corn fields, wheat fields and dairy farms. Then cross the mighty Mississippi River and travel into the state of Iowa to Sioux City. Marina Inn & Suites

Day 9: Sioux City – Mt. Rushmore Travel west through the grasslands of South Dakota and onwards to Badlands National Park filled with strange shaped and colourful rock formations. Then continue to the Black Hills and Mount Rushmore before arriving in Rapid City for the evening. Howard

Johnson Rapid City

82

1

Badlands1 Sioux 2 NIGHTS STAYED Gettysburg City Chicago 2 Bryce Canyon Washington, DC 1 Las Vegas Lake Powell 1 Flagstaff 1 LAND Los Angeles Salt Lake 1 City

1

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Day 10: Rapid City – Bighorn Mountains Cody Enter the state of Wyoming, passing the Bighorn Mountains and continue to Cody for the night. Note: If overnight in Cody is not possible due to adverse weather or road conditions in Yellowstone, overnight will be in Billings/ Livingston, Montana. Buffalo Bill Village

Day 11: Yellowstone Enjoy a full day’s exploration of Yellowstone, an immense geothermal wonderland filled with geysers, waterfalls, wildlife and canyons. Gray Wolf Inn or

Brandin Iron Inn

Day 12: Yellowstone – Grand Teton National Park – Salt Lake City Travel through Grand Teton National Park (weather permitting) and see towering mountain peaks towering over 13,000 ft. and continue to Salt Lake City. Little

America Hotel Salt Lake City

Day 13: Salt Lake City - Bryce Canyon National Park Continue to spectacular Bryce Canyon and take a tour through the sandstone spires and pinnacles known as “hoodoos”. Bryce View Lodge

Day 14: Bryce – Grand Canyon Depart Bryce Canyon, through Lake Powell then onto the colossal Grand Canyon National Park, 1 of the 7 great natural Wonders of the World. Overnight in Flagstaff. Day’s Hotel Flagstaff

Day 15: Flagstaff – Seligman/Route 66 – Las Vegas Travel through Seligman, a town built along the famed Route 66 that looks as if it were frozen in time 60 years ago before arriving in Las Vegas for time at leisure to explore the famous ‘Strip’. Luxor Hotel

Days 16 & 17: Las Vegas – Mojave Desert – Beverly Hills – Los Angeles Travel to Los Angeles via the Mojave Desert. Upon arrival in Los Angeles, enjoy a city tour through Hollywood, Sunset Strip and parts of Beverly Hills. Your tour concludes the folowing day after check out of your hotel.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2199 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 16 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar on a room-only basis • Transport by air-conditioned motorcoach • Services of a qualified guide throughout • Transfers and sightseeing as specified

DEPARTURES 2019: May 10; Jun 7, 28; Jul 19; Aug 2, 23; Sep 6, 27

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach GROUP SIZE: 56 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in New York and Los Angeles. Please call for details.


LAND

RAIL UNITED STATES CRUISE

Boston

1

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

New York

2

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

2

2 Washington,

DC

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS INDEPENDENT RAIL TOUR

EASTERN USA

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND • Journey in comfort on board CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED Amtrak trains as you travel along the Eastern seaboard • Discover the historic sights of Boston and Washington, DC • Immerse yourself in the hustle and bustle of New York City and see the must-see attractions with a New York Freestyle Pass 1

PRICES FROM

£729pp

7 day Boston, New York & Washington by Rail Boston • New York • Washington, DC Day 1: Arrive Boston

Day 4: New York

Upon arrival in Boston, take your included transfer to your hotel. The rest of the day is at leisure to explore this historic city.

Continue your exploration of New York, from Wall Street to the galleries of SoHo, Times Square to Central Park, New York has something for everyone. Take the included hop-on hop-off ferry, which affords fantastic views of the Statue of Liberty and the Manhattan skyline en route, or shop ‘til you drop in the huge department stores. As the Big Apple never sleeps, you’ll have plenty to do in the evenings too, from dining at superb restaurants to amazing Broadway shows.

Day 2: Boston Spend a day exploring Boston. Included is an Old Town Hop On/Hop Off Trolley tour so you can explore at your own pace. Walk the famous Freedom Trail to see all the historic sites, the famous Boston Common and more. For shopping try the boutiques on Newbury Street, or around Faneuil Hall and Quincy Marketplace or the department stores in the Prudential Center. For the best clam chowder try one of the food stalls in Quincy Market and eat it from a bread bowl like a local. The nightlife is electric; don’t miss it.

Day 5: New York – Washington, DC Transfer independently to the station and it’s back on board Amtrak as you take your last journey by train to the nation’s capital, Washington, DC.

Day 3: Boston – New York

Day 6: Washington, DC

Transfer independently to the train station and enjoy the comfort of rail travel on board Amtrak Rail as you leave Boston and head for bustling New York. Included for your stay is a 3-day New York FreeStyle Pass which gives you Unlimited Hop-on, Hop-off access on both valid buses and ferries. You can also choose 5 attractions from more than 40 top NYC sights, including 9/11 Memorial & Museum, One World Observatory, Statue of Liberty, Top of the Rock, Madame Tussaud’s and many more. With so much to see, you will understand why they call this the city that never sleeps!

You have all day today to explore the city at leisure with a Hop-on Hop-off Trolley tour that stops at all the major sites. Wander the memorial-lined Mall with the Capitol Building at one end and the impressive Lincoln Memorial at the other. Spend time in the free museums of the Smithsonian, shop in the historic district of Georgetown and savour the funky bars and restaurants of the Dupont Circle and Adams Morgan districts.

Day 7: Depart Washington, DC Time for some last-minute shopping or sightseeing before you take your included transfer to the airport.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£729 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 6 nights’ hotel accommodation • Economy Amtrak rail travel between Boston, New York and Washington, DC • Boston and Washington Hop-on Hop-off sightseeing tours and 72 hour New York City FreeStyle Pass • Airport transfers

DEPARTURES 2019: Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent Rail GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

83


UNITED STATES CROSS COUNTRY USA INDEPENDENT XXXX TOUR RAIL TOUR PRICES FROM

£1829pp

18 day East to West Explorer by Rail New York • Washington, DC • Chicago • Denver • Grand Junction • Salt Lake City • San Francisco • Los Angeles Days 1 – 3: New York

Day 9: Denver

Arrive into the city that never sleeps, and take your shuttle transfer to your hotel and start exploring the Big Apple. This is a city that has something for everyone; magnificent shopping, wonderful theatre and Broadway shows, superb dining, museums, sightseeing and the fabulous Central Park. We have included the New York City Pass, this is the easiest and cheapest way to visit a full range of New York’s leading attractions, including the Empire State Building, 2-hour Circle Line Cruise or Statue of Liberty and Ellis Island, American Museum of Natural History and Rose Centre, Guggenheim Museum and Museum of Modern Art. Ask about adding Niagara Falls by Air as something a little extra special.

Denver is a vibrant, active city at the base of the majestic Rocky Mountains. Nicknamed ‘The Mile High City’ it combines rich Western heritage and passion for the outdoors with urban excitement. The lively, walk-able downtown is filled with outdoor cafés, brewpubs, wine bars, shops, sports stadiums, theatres and museums. See masterpieces at the Denver Art Museum, or fully immerse yourself in the city’s craft beer culture on the Denver Beer Trail.

Days 4 & 5: New York – Washington, DC In the morning, you’ll have time at leisure to see those last minute sights of New York, before boarding the train to Washington, DC. Once in Washington, DC, transfer independently to your hotel and enjoy exploring the city at your leisure. Included is an All Loops ticket which will allow you to discover Washington with the freedom of a Hop-on Hop-off city tour.

Day 6: Washington, DC – Chicago Day 6 is at leisure before boarding your late afternoon train for the overnight trip to Chicago. Enjoy the comfort of your own bed in a Superliner Roomette; by day there are 2 seats with a big picture window, and for sleeping these convert to comfortable beds by night. Dinner and breakfast served in the dining car are included. (D)

Day 7: Chicago Wake up in the city of Chicago and transfer independently to your hotel. The rest of the day is at leisure allowing you the opportunity to explore a city of enormous variety, from parks and beaches to live jazz and blues clubs. Chicago was also the birthplace of the skyscraper and is home to America’s tallest building – the Willis Tower. Included is access to 360 Chicago observation deck, located 1,000 feet above The Magnificent Mile it gives incredible views of the Chicago skyline.

Day 8: Chicago – Denver Day 8 is at leisure before boarding your afternoon train, the California Zephyr, for your overnight trip across the vast Nebraska Plains to Denver. (D)

84

Day 10: Denver – Grand Junction In the morning, you will leave the mile high city behind and board the California Zephyr again for a train journey through stunning scenery and highly regarded as one of the most scenic rail journeys in the USA to Grand Junction (standard coach class).

Day 11: Grand Junction – Salt Lake City Back on the train to Salt Lake City as the West Coast draws ever nearer. With the high peaks of the Wasatch Mountains, Salt Lake City has an intriguing Mormon heritage and a host of museums. Restaurants serve up delicious local fare and there is burgeoning craft beer scene.

Day 12: Salt Lake City – San Francisco On day 12, you will have coastal California in your site as you re-board the California Zephyr for the day/night journey to San Francisco. (D)

Days 13 & 14: San Francisco On arrival into San Francisco, transfer independently to your hotel. Considered by many to be USA’s most liveable city, enjoy 2 days to discover the ‘city by the bay’. Explore Fishermans Wharf and Union Square and take a break for a bite to eat at the Ferry Building Marketplace, which hosts restaurants and vendors selling artisanal cheeses, wines, fresh produce, breads and seafood. Included is the 2 Day Hop-On Hop-Off Pass. The bus ticket will give you the opportunity to explore Downtown San Francisco, the Golden Gate Bridge, Golden Gate Park, and Sausalito with unlimited hop-on hop-off use for 48 hours, and in the evening you can enjoy the Night Tour. In addition you get to ride the ferry to and from Alcatraz and take the award-winning self-guided audio tour on the island. (B)


NIGHTS STAYED

UNITED STATES LAND

£1829 per person 2

PRICES INCLUDE • 13 nights’ hotel accommodation and 3 overnight trains in a Superliner Roomette • All rail travel between destinations • Meals as specified: 1 breakfast & 3 dinners (on overnight trains) • 72 hour New York City FreeStyle Pass, Washington and San Francisco Hop on/Hop off sightseeing tours and 360 CHICAGO observatory entrance • Airport transfers

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent Rail GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

San Francisco

Salt Lake City 1

(overnight train) 3

Los Angeles

PRICES FROM:

1

Chicago

1 1

Grand Junction

1

1

(overnight train)

Denver

RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED New York

3

1

(overnight train)

1

2

Washington, DC

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

CROSS COUNTRY USA

TOUR DETAILS

• Travel from coast to coast on board Amtrak rail taking in some of the most scenic rail journeys in LAND North America CRUISE • 3 overnight rail journeys on board Amtrak’sNIGHTS STAYED Superliners in comfortable Roomettes • Included Hop-on Hop-off bus tickets in New York, Washington and San Francisco • Take in the magnificent skyscraper filled skyline of Chicago on the 360 Chicago Observation deck • Immerse yourself in the craft beer culture on the Denver Beer Trail • Travel along the stunning Pacific Ocean coastline on board the Coast Starlight • Explore the glitz and glamour of Beverly Hills and Hollywood 1

1

Day 15: San Francisco – Los Angeles Board the Coast Starlight train to Los Angeles. Your final train journey takes a full day through stunning scenery along the Pacific Ocean shoreline (standard coach class).

Days 16 & 17: Los Angeles Los Angeles has so much going on that you’ll want to give yourself plenty of time to explore. Start with the storied attractions of Hollywood, such as the Walk of Fame and TCL Chinese Theatre, before strolling the section of Sunset Boulevard known as The Strip with its vibrant billboards, restaurants and famous nightclubs. If you have time take a trip out to Santa Monica and take a walk along its famous beach promenade and pier.

Day 18: Depart Los Angeles Your tour concludes with a transfer to the airport.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Additional nights are available on all stops on the route; it can also be tailored to include additional destinations as required. Call for more details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

85


1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

UNITED STATES EASTERN USA

Stowe V

1

1

2

Mount Franconia Washington Notch Crawford White Notch Mountains

LAND Montpelier AIR Stunning Fall Vermont NIGHTS Foliage STAYED Billings Farm & Museum LAND RAIL Green CRUISE Mountains NIGHTS STAYED

2

1 Portland Kennebunkport Nubble Lighthouse

New Hampshire

V

Massachusetts

1

PREMIUM ESCORTED TOUR

North Conway V

Williamstown

1

Maine

1

Boston

V

Stockbridge LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

PRICES FROM

£2179pp

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

LAND at the Trapp Family Lodge, • Stay AIR RAIL owned by the family who inspired NIGHTS STAYED ‘The Sound of Music’ • Follow part of the red-brick LAND Freedom Trail in Boston CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED • Guided tours of Cold Hollow Apple Cider Mill and Ben & Jerry’s Ice Cream Factory • Enjoy superb panoramic views aboard the aerial tramway in Franconia Notch • Learn about the wildlife of the North Woods from an expert 1

8 day New England’s Fall Foliage Boston • Williamstown • Stowe • Vermont • North Conway • Portland Day 1: Arrive Boston

Day 5: Stowe – North Conway

Enjoy your complimentary private V.I.P. door-to-door transfer to your UK departure airport. On arrival at Boston Logan International Airport, there is a transfer to your downtown hotel. Why not take a stroll to Downtown Crossing or historic Faneuil Hall and Quincy Market? At 6.00pm, join your Travel Director for a Welcome Reception and an opportunity to mingle and get to know each other over drinks and a light meal.

Near Montpelier, visit Morse Farm Maple Sugarworks and taste a Vermont tradition: ‘sugar on snow’ – maple syrup served with a doughnut and pickle. Then head for New Hampshire’s White Mountains and enter Franconia Notch. Get your cameras ready for a ride on the aerial tramway offering superb panoramic views. Later, journey through the dazzling crimson and orange hues of the famed Kancamagus Scenic Byway to North Conway. (BD) White Mountain Hotel and

(D) Hyatt Regency Boston

Day 2: Beantown to Williamstown

Resort (2 nights)

Discover some of Boston’s most famous sights as your Travel Director takes you along a section of the Freedom Trail. Then enjoy the colourful scenery as you travel west to Stockbridge for a visit to the Norman Rockwell Museum, the largest and most significant collection of original Rockwell art. Next, travel through the stunning rolling hills of the Berkshires to your hotel in the beautiful college town of Williamstown.

Day 6: White Mountains

(BD) The Orchards Hotel

Enjoy an interpretive presentation by a naturalist on the North Woods’ wildlife and ecology. Then, more spectacular fall foliage awaits as you journey through Crawford Notch. Stop for pictures at the Silver Cascade Waterfall and Bretton Woods, offering stunning views of Mount Washington, the tallest peak in the northeast at 6,288 feet (1,917 metres). Return to your hotel where your evening is at leisure. (B)

Day 3: Williamstown – Stowe

Day 7: Conway – Portland

Leave Massachusetts to journey through the legendary fall foliage of Vermont. After a photo stop at Quechee Gorge, visit the Rockefellers’ renowned Billings Farm and Museum, a working dairy and farm life museum. Next is the quintessential Vermont village of Woodstock with its picturesque covered bridge. There is time to stroll the quaint streets before heading to Stowe, Vermont. It was the breathtaking alpine setting that attracted the Von Trapp family of ‘The Sound of Music’ fame when they arrived from Austria in the late 1940s and built their wonderful hideaway. That night’s Highlight Dinner, each of the 3 inspired courses are perfectly paired with a lager tasting from your resort’s on-site microbrewery. (BHD)

Leaving New Hampshire’s glorious fall foliage, enter the deep green pine forests of western Maine. At charming Kennebunkport, travel along Ocean Drive with stunning views of the Maine coastline and the homes of Kennebunkport’s rich and famous, including the summer retreat of former President George H.W. Bush. Browse the many galleries and shops, or walk along the waterfront before continuing to charming and historic Portland. In the evening, enjoy a Celebration Dinner served at a local restaurant. (BHD)

Trapp Family Lodge, Stowe (2 nights)

Day 4: Vermont Enjoy beautiful scenery ablaze with fall colours and views of Vermont’s tallest peak, Mount Mansfield. Visit Cold Hollow Apple Cider Mill and taste fresh cider in the making, then sample flavours of a different kind on a guided tour of Ben and Jerry’s Ice Cream Factory. Return to the charming town of Stowe where the rest of the day is free to wander the quaint streets, hike in the woods, or enjoy the lodge’s amenities. (B)

86

Westin Portland

Day 8: Portland to Boston depart Continue south to the charming seaside village of Rockport on Cape Ann. Stroll down flower-filled lanes lined with wooden fishing shacks, whimsical stores and art galleries before heading back to Boston. Stops will be made at Boston Logan International Airport and the Boston tour hotel for guests wishing to extend their stay. Please do not schedule flights before 5.00pm. On arrival at your UK airport, your driver will greet and escort you to your waiting car for your return private V.I.P. transfer home. (B)

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2179 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ premium accommodation • Meals as specified: 7 breakfasts, 5 dinners with wine • Travel by air-conditioned motorcoach with business-class legroom and free wi-fi • Passionate and expertly-trained Travel Directors • Airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary • Private VIP door-to-door UK airport transfers on arrival and departure

DEPARTURES 2019: Select dates Sep & Oct

TOUR STYLE: Premium Escorted GROUP SIZE: 40 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Boston. Please call for details.


UNITED STATES Baxter State Park

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

MAINE

VERMONT

1

1

3

White LAND Mountains AIR National Forest 2 NIGHTS STAYED Stowe 2

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

2

HEW HAMPSHIRE

Boston

ACTIVE SMALL GROUP TOUR

1

£2399pp

Boston • Stowe • White Mountain National Forest • Baxter State Park • Mount Desert Island • Acadia National Park

Days 2 & 3: Boston - Stowe Head to Stowe and hike to the Mount Hunge Trail. Lying in a broad, fertile valley, Stowe will be your base for the next 2 days, where it’s easy to fill your time with a walk by the river or explore the local crafts and cuisine. The Worcester via Skyline Trail is nearby, rated as strenuous, your efforts will quickly be rewarded with chances to spot wildlife such as moose and bear and some of Vermont’s most scenic ridges. (B)

Northern Lights Lodge (2 nights)

Days 4 & 5: White Mountain National Forest Over 2 days you’ll have the chance to explore the backbone of the Northern Appalachians, the White Mountains of New Hampshire. On arrival, you delve straight into the beauty of this area with a hike to Lonesome Lake with various options to extend further if feeling energetic. On day 5, you have the option of hiking the Franconia Ridge trail, which is rated as one of the best in New England and includes the opportunity to scale 3 peaks offering wonderful views. Another option is heading up the Cannon Mountain Aerial Tramway, for panoramic views of three states, so it is most definitely worth a trip. (B) Lodge at

Breton Woods (2 nights)

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Explore the valleys and peaks of RAIL NIGHTS STAYED America’s oldest mountains, the Appalachians LAND back-roads and small • Charming AIR towns RAIL of New England NIGHTS STAYED • Scenic day walks and hikes in and around Stowe, White Mountains, LAND Baxter CRUISE State Park and Acadia NIGHTS STAYED National Park • Plentiful wildlife viewing and bird watching opportunities • Outstanding New England fall foliage • Sundowners evening with beer and wine 1

11 day Appalachian & New England Walk Welcome to Boston, the largest city in New England, on arrival transfer independently to your hotel. The rest of the afternoon is free before a Welcome Meeting this evening to meet your fellow walkers and Tour Leaders. The Midtown Hotel

nature trail to Daicey and Kidney Ponds, canoes can be rented (optional) after a couple of miles for a very different and unique experience. (B)

Day 9: Baxter SP - Acadia National Park Continue your journey by visiting the incredible Acadia National Park on Mount Desert Island. In the afternoon walk an easy trail but one of the best of its class in this area. The scenic Ocean Path trail meanders along the eastern shore of Mount Desert Island, until it arrives at Otter Cliff and Otter Point where one can stop for the perfect picture. For those not wanting to walk, you can explore the town of Bar Harbor or try one of the optional activities or grab an authentic Maine Clam Chowder. (B) Bar Harbor Motel (2 nights)

Day 10: Acadia National Park Today, you will walk one of Acadia’s most beautiful and famous hiking trails, the Cadillac Mountain North Ridge Trail. The trail features numerous scenic lookouts over Frenchman Bay in Bar Harbor, as well as interesting groves of stunted pine fit for a hobbit. (B)

Day 11: Acadia National Park - Boston Depart Bar Harbor for Boston, en route drive up Mount Battie for magnificent views over Camden and the islands around Penobscot Bay. Your journey ends in Boston, one of America’s oldest cities. (B)

1

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2399 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 10 nights’ accommodation in named hotels, lodges and motels or similar (camping option also available) • Meals as specified: 9 breakfasts • Touring by private air-conditioned small group vehicle with free wi-fi • Services of 2 professional Tour Leaders • Transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Sep 15, 22, 27; Oct 4, 9

TOUR STYLE: Active Small Group

Day 6: White Mountain National Forest Baxter State Park

GROUP SIZE: 12 max

Today, you travel from one of the most well-known segments of the Appalachian Trail, to the most pristine. Baxter State Park is home to Mount Katahdin, the finishing point of the 3,500km long Appalachian Trail. (B) Baxter Park Inn (3 nights)

PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Days 7 & 8: Baxter State Park The next 2 days are filled with walks to enjoy one of the largest and most remote wilderness areas in eastern USA. A strenuous but rewarding hike to Mt Katahdin on day 7 offers some of the finest views in New England; alternatively take one of the more leisurely options through undisturbed forest and along the crystal clear lakes and streams. Day 8 features a

1

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

Day 1: Arrive Boston

Acadia National Park

EASTERN USA

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Boston. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

87


UNITED STATES EASTERN USA

Bar Harbor 1

MAINE VERMONT

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Portland

1

Stowe 1

1

White Mountains

Green 1 Mountains

Kennebunkport

HEW HAMPSHIRE

Salem

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

Boston

2

1

LAND Cape Cod AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

2 1

Newport

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

ESCORTED COACH TOUR PRICES FROM

£1239pp

• Quaint fishing villages and picturesque lighthouses • Take in the breathtaking mountain LAND RAIL vistas of the White Mountains and NIGHTS STAYED Green Mountains • Opulent mansions of Newport RAIL • Enjoy a full-day excursion to NIGHTS STAYED Martha’s Vineyard • Learn about the USA’s historic LAND Freedom Trail in Boston AIR 1

10 day Colours of New England

1

Boston • Salem • Portland • Kennebunkport • Bar Harbor • White Mountains • Stowe • Green Mountains • Newport • Cape Cod • Martha’s Vineyard Day 1: Arrive Boston

Day 6: Green Mountains – Newport

On arrival, transfer independently to your hotel where you will meet your ATI Tour Director, the rest of the day is at leisure. Holiday Inn Brookline

Leaving Vermont head to Newport, Rhode Island, home to spectacular coastal scenery and awe-inspiring architecture, it is considered by many a shining gem in the coastal crown of New England. Visit one of the opulent mansions that once were the summer playgrounds for socialite families such as the Astor’s and Vanderbilt’s in a bygone era. That evening, a classic New England Clam Bake brings the shore straight to your table (optional, own expense). (BD)

Day 2: Boston – Portland Along the route north of Boston lies almost 4 centuries of history as well as some of the East Coast’s finest beaches and seascapes. Stop at Salem, the site of the infamous 17th Century witch trials then continue along the coast to gaze at Cape Neddick “Nubble” Lighthouse, the most photographed lighthouse in America. Before reaching Portland, stop in Kennebunkport, home to the palatial summer estates of prominent politicians, including the 41st U.S. President, George Herbert Walker Bush. Best Western

Merry Manor Inn

Day 3: Portland – Bar Harbor Continue northeast on Route 1 from Portland to Bar Harbor, as you pass through the state’s jagged coastline and rocky beaches lapped by the rhythmic waves of the Atlantic. You’ll pass through quaint villages where local fishermen mark their grounds with colourful buoys prior to arriving in the small fishing town of Bar Harbor. That evening there is the option to join in a traditional lobster dinner. Wonderview Inn

Day 7: Newport – Cape Cod From the opulence of Newport, you’ll continue to the unspoiled natural beauty of Cape Cod where picturesque beaches with high sand dunes, neverending sea, lighthouses rising along the coast, and gorgeous sunsets await. Heritage House Hyannis (2

nights)

Day 8: Cape Cod Sightseeing Today, you have the option of joining 3 tours (own expense): Martha’s Vineyard, the jewel of New England with its harbour towns and lighthouses, Provincetown, the quaint seaside town where the Mayflower first landed in 1620 or the chance to see Humpbacks and Minkes on a whale watching excursion.

/ Acadia Inn

Day 9: Cape Cod – Boston Depart Cape Cod for Boston and retrace the steps of the Freedom Trail, which may include a stroll beside Boston Common, King’s Chapel, the Boston Massacre site, and numerous pubs and taverns where America’s Founding Fathers toasted freedom. Enjoy lunch at one of Boston’s many restaurants where you may wish to try a steaming hot cup of traditional New England clam chowder (optional). Afterwards, explore Quincy Market, Boston’s first marketplace from the 1800s, now home to boutiques, cafés and shops. Four Points

Day 5: White Mountains – Green Mountains Traverse the White Mountains that divide the states of New Hampshire and Vermont to Stowe, a classic 200-year-old village nestled beside Vermont’s highest peak, majestic Mt. Mansfield. Continue through Burlington on Lake Champlain and take in the stunning views of open meadows, farmlands and forests of Vermont’s Green Mountains. Best Western Rutland

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Holiday Inn Express Middletown

Day 4: Bar Harbor – White Mountains Your journey will take you inland towards the spectacular scenery of the White Mountains, the “rooftop of New England,” whose landscape is dotted with enchanting covered bridges, picturesque towns and villages, and historic sites. En route experience breathtaking mountain vistas, pristine forestry and world-renowned foliage. The Lodge at Bretton Woods

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1239 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 9 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar on a room-only basis • Transport by air-conditioned motorcoach • Services of a qualified guide throughout • Transfers and sightseeing as specified

DEPARTURES 2019: Aug 22, 29; Sep 5, 12, 19, 21, 26, 28; Oct 3, 10

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach GROUP SIZE: 56 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 stars

by Sheraton Logan

Day 10: Depart Boston Your tour concludes today after checking out of your hotel, ask about extending your stay to explore further or taking a train to New York for a few days.

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Boston. Please call for details.

88


1

AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

UNITED STATES & CANADA

Tofino

MacMillan

Pacific Rim National Park

1

Vancouver

Nanaimo

Victoria

Hoh Rainforest 2

1

Olympic National Park

Rialto Beach 1

ACTIVE SMALL GROUP TOUR

£2649pp

7 day Olympic National Park & Vancouver Island Seattle • Olympic National Park • Victoria • MacMillan Provincial Park • Pacific Rim National Park • Tofino • Vancouver Welcome to the city of Seattle in Washington State. You’re in a city that oozes cool, from sophisticated coffee shops to endless markets, not forgetting the iconic Space Needle. Spend your afternoon sampling local specialties and watching traders ‘tossing the fish’ at Pike Place Market before having a meeting and welcome dinner to become better acquainted with your tour leader and fellow travellers. (D) The

Roosevelt Seattle

Day 2: Seattle - Olympic National Park With its incredible range of precipitation and elevation, diversity is what makes Olympic National Park one of the most unique in North America, UNESCO World Heritage Site and, for the most part, an untouched wilderness area. Visit the Hoh Rain Forest, an oldgrowth temperate forest where moss drips from the trees and dense trees camouflage deer seeking refuge. You’ll overnight in cabins by beautiful Lake Crescent, the ideal place to watch the setting sun. (B)

Lake Crescent Lodge Cabins (2 nights)

Day 3: Olympic National Park In the morning, you head off to Rialto Beach on Olympic’s wild Pacific coast. Think rocky beaches, giant drift logs, pounding waves and views of small islands called ‘sea stacks’, and that is Rialto. Hike a 2-mile trail along the beach to Hole-in-the-Wall and as you continue along the beach, you’ll see all number of different creatures from whales, sea lions and otters offshore to birds circling overhead and starfish lining the rock pools. In the afternoon, you take to the water only seconds from your cabins to head out on kayaks. The calmness of the water, peacefulness and mountain reflections make for a wonderful way to spend an afternoon. (BD)

Day 5: MacMillan Provincial Park - Pacific Rim National Park - Tofino

• Explore the Hoh Rain Forest and Rialto Beach, the jewels of Olympic National Park • Self-guided kayaking adventure on idyllic Lake Crescent • Enjoy an Orca Whale spotting boat trip in Victoria • Bear viewing around the beaches and inlets of the Tofino coastline • 2 night glamping experience in yurts on Vancouver Island

This morning, depart Victoria for MacMillan Provincial Park, here you will find the rare and endangered remnants of an ancient Douglas fir ecosystem. The oldest trees date back roughly 800 years and can grow as tall as 75 metres. Continue on to Pacific Rim National Park where you walk the Schooner Cove Trail. The hike meanders through lush rainforests and over streams before arriving to the beachfront and serving up magnificent vistas. From here you continue onto the Wya Point Resort Yurts – a unique platform glamping experience set just steps from the ocean.

(BL) Wya Point Resort (Yurts, 2 nights)

Day 6: Tofino Enjoy a scenic boat ride on waters of the Clayoquot Sound inlets keeping your eyes peeled for whales and Bald Eagles, before exploring the protected wilderness beaches and inlets which the bears call home. From late spring to October, it is common for bears to come down after hibernation, to feed on shellfish and crustaceans. Get up close to these magnificent animals on the Zodiac without disturbing or upsetting their natural feeding patterns. (B)

Day 7: Vancouver Island - Vancouver It’s time to say goodbye to Vancouver Island as you take a scenic ferry to the mainland across, admiring small islands and the breath-taking panorama of the city of Vancouver as it comes into view. Enjoy a scenic drive through Stanley Park and stop by Prospect Point, a scenic lookout where you can gaze out at spectacular views of Vancouver and Lions Gate Bridge. Your tour concludes in Vancouver around 17:00 hrs, ask about extending your stay in this buzzing city. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2649 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 6 nights’ accommodation in named hotels, lodges and yurts or similar • Meals as specified: 6 breakfasts, 1 lunch and 2 dinners • Touring by private air-conditioned small group vehicle • Services of a professional Tour Leader • Transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: May 25; Jun 15; Jul 6; Aug 24; Sep 7

TOUR STYLE: Active Small Group

Day 4: Olympic NP – Victoria, Vancouver Island This morning, you make your way to Port Angeles to board the ferry for Victoria in Canada’s British Columbia. Victoria is well-known as an ideal place to spot Orca Whales, so included is an exhilarating Orca viewing Zodiac tour to search for these magnificent mammals. (B) Hotel Grand Pacific

USA

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

Day 1: Arrive Seattle

Seattle

WESTERN USA & CANADA

British Columbia 2

Optional Pre/Post Stay Enquire about adding extra nights in Seattle and Vancouver. For something extra special ask about adding an Alaskan cruise or train journey across the Canadian Rockies. Please call for details.

GROUP SIZE: 13 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

89


CANADA WESTERN CANADA

British Columbia Clearwater

1

Jasper

Alberta

1

1

Whistler

1

1 LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

Banff

Kamloops

1

Vancouver

Washington

Lake Louise

Seattle

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

SMALL GROUP TOUR

1

PRICES FROM

£1059pp

Seattle • Kamloops • Yoho National Park • Banff National Park • Lake Louise • Icefields Parkway • Jasper National Park • Whistler • Vancouver Join your small group tour early this morning and head across the USA/Canada border to Kamloops in British Columbia where the North and South Thompson rivers meet. Kamloops is abundant with stunning scenery and great wildlife viewing. Cougars, bears, elk and more inhabit the Thomson River Valley. En route stop for a short walk and picnic at Bridal Veil Falls Provincial Park. The landscape encompassing the park is characterized by low elevation valleys and lush, rounded mountains.

Day 2: Kamloops - Yoho National Park - Banff The word Yoho comes from the Cree word for awe and wonder and it soon becomes apparent why. Explore trails around the magnificent Emerald Lake where you can take a walk around the lake or simply relax in the lake shore cafe and enjoy the views. This afternoon, we drive the Kicking Horse Pass across the Continental Divide into Alberta. Enjoy panoramic vistas of peaks exceeding 10,000 feet on Rogers Pass at the summit in Canada’s Glacier National Park en route to Banff, our night stop. Banff is a fun mountain town offering some alpine nightlife and numerous cafes and restaurants.

Day 3: Banff – Lake Louise Head to Lake Louise, an alpine lake known for its stunning turquoise glacier fed waters ringed by high peaks and overlooked by a stately chateau. Multiple hiking trails lead up to the Lake Agnes Tea House for bird’s eye views of the lake. Take a hike to the Plainof-Six-Glaciers, take is easy exploring the lake shore or choose to canoe on these pristine waters. This afternoon visit Moraine Lake in the Valley of the Ten Peaks, at an elevation of approximately 6,183 feet for some epic photos.

flight over the Columbia Icefield or strap on some crampons and step out on the Athabasca glacier – this day just keeps on giving.

1

1

Day 5: Jasper National Park This morning is yours to enjoy Jasper – the largest national park in Canada. Marvel at the snow capped summits and beautiful lakes in this true wild mountain wilderness. Jasper offers an abundance of wildlife sightings, jagged mountain peaks, alpine lakes and numerous hiking/biking opportunities. Choose to visit Miette hot springs, or hike/bike the famous trails around stunning lake shores. After a full day of activities, we follow the Yellowhead Highway, hugging the mighty North Thompson River to our night stop of Clearwater BC. See the base of 12,972-foot Mount Robson (the highest point in the Canadian Rockies) and maybe catch a glimpse of the infamous peak en route.

Day 6: Jasper - Whistler - Vancouver Depart Jasper for the alpine resort of Whistler, nestled at the base of Whistler and Blackcomb Mountains. Today is free to explore all that Whistler has to offer. Enjoy spectacular scenery and incredible photo opportunities as you explore this cute ski town and home of the 2010 Vancouver Winter Olympics. Later this afternoon, drive the spectacular Sea to Sky highway for your evening in Vancouver.

Day 7: Vancouver – Seattle This morning, tour Vancouver, including the waterfront, Gastown, Chinatown, and Stanley Park. In the afternoon depart for Seattle where your epic Western Canada tour ends at approximately 8pm.

Note: This small group tour is available as a camping or lodging option.

Day 4: Icefields Parkway - Jasper You are in for a real treat today. Spend the day driving and exploring the Icefields Parkway. This drive offers endless vistas, jagged mountains, glaciers and wildlife viewing opportunities – truly one of the world’s most spectacular drives. Enjoy short walks, views of Bow Glacier and Peyto Lake, take an optional helicopter

• Marvel at the stunning views of the Rockies with waterfalls, alpine LAND lakes, and giant glaciersRAIL CRUISE STAYED • Canoe on the turquoise NIGHTS waters of Lake Louise or hike to the magnificent Plain-of-six Glacier LAND • Explore Banff, Jasper and Yoho RAIL NIGHTS STAYED National Parks • See the highest peak in the Rockies, Mt Robson RAIL • Visit the alpine ski townNIGHTS of STAYED Whistler and buzzing Vancouver 1

7 day Canadian National Parks Day 1: Seattle – Kamloops

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1059 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 5 nights’ camping (all equipment provided) and 1 night hostel accommodation or 6 nights’ lodge accommodation • Small group touring by air-conditioned vehicle • Services of an expert Tour Guide • Transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Jun 16; Jul 14, 28; Aug 11

Optional Pre/Post Stay

TOUR STYLE: Small Group

Pre and post tour nights are recommended in Seattle. Please call for details.

GROUP SIZE: 14 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: Camping & Hostel or Lodge Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

90


AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

CANADA

Alberta

Columbia Icefields

Kamloops 1 2

1

V

Victoria

Vancouver

Banff

British Columbia

PRICES FROM

£1059pp

10 day Wonders of the Rockies Calgary • Banff • Icefields Parkway • Jasper • Kamloops • Vancouver Day 1: Arrive Calgary

Day 7: Kamloops - Victoria

Welcome to Calgary, gateway to the Canadian Rockies. Get settled in at your hotel before meeting your Travel Director this afternoon. Ramada Plaza Calgary

Pass through the charming town of Hope before boarding a ferry bound for Victoria. Enjoy picturesque views of the many islands dotting the Strait of Georgia before docking at Swartz Bay. A short drive takes you into the charming city of Victoria, the capital city of British Columbia. An introductory sightseeing tour takes you along the waterfront district, past the Parliament Buildings and Government Street, and through Beacon Hill Park. Comfort Inn and Suites (2

Downtown Take a short orientation tour of Calgary before travelling to Banff. On the way, stop for picturesque views of stunning Lake Louise. In Banff, wind your way along Tunnel Mountain Drive where you’ll view Cascade Mountain, Mt. Rundle, Bow Falls and other natural attractions. Inns of Banff (2 nights)

Day 3: Banff Today is set aside as a free day for you to explore the area at your leisure. Consider taking an optional, exhilarating helicopter flightseeing tour, a ride up to the top of Sulphur Mountain at 7,500 feet (2,301 metres) on the Banff gondola or a more in depth exploration of Banff National Park and the surrounding wilderness including world-famous Lake Louise and stunning Moraine Lake.

Day 4: Banff – Icefields Parkway - Jasper Drive along the Icefields Parkway, offering spectacular mountain views. Stop at Peyto Lake (weather dependent) and marvel at its beautiful azure-blue waters. See the Columbia Icefield, the largest in the Rockies. Ride across the Athabasca Glacier aboard a giant Ice Explorer for a closer look at this massive glacier. Later, arrive in Jasper for an orientation tour.

Marmot Lodge (2 nights)

Day 5: Jasper National Park Enjoy a full day at leisure in the largest National Park of the Canadian Rockies. The beauty of the area will leave you breathless. Optional activities abound-from a gentle float trip on the scenic Athabasca River, to a wilderness hike to view the glacier on Mount Edith Cavell, or a scenic cruise on Maligne Lake.

Day 6: Jasper - Kamloops See more of Jasper National Park and enjoy views of Mount Robson, the highest peak in the Rockies. Continue through lush alpine meadows and sweeping forests before reaching Kamloops. Hampton Inn

Kamloops

Icefields Parkway 2

Banff National Park

Calgary

1

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

ESCORTED COACH TOUR

Day 2: Calgary - Banff

Jasper

V

2

WESTERN CANADA

1

nights)

Day 8: Victoria This morning, enjoy an Iconic Breakfast at worldfamous Butchart Gardens in the Blue Poppy Restaurant with its conservatory atmosphere where light pours in through skylights and large windows face the gardens. The rest of the day is free to enjoy the many delights Victoria has to offer. (B)

Day 9: Victoria - Vancouver Travel to Vancouver and see Gastown, the city’s oldest neighbourhood, designated a National Historical Site. See Chinatown and stop at Stanley Park and see its famous collection of totem poles. (B) Ramada

Vancouver Downtown

Day 10: Depart Vancouver Bid farewell to Canada and your newfound friends. Ask about extending your stay or perhaps adding an Alaskan cruise.

• Drive along the magnificent Icefields Parkway and see the giant Athabasca Glacier on board an Ice Explorer • Take an optional tour to see the turquoise waters of Lake Louise or ride up the Banff Gondola • Pass the Rockies highest peak Mount Robson in Jasper National Park • Take an optional scenic cruise on Maligne Lake • Enjoy an Iconic Breakfast at world-famous Butchart Gardens in Victoria • Sightseeing tour of Vancouver including Stanley Park and Gastown

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1059 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 9 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 2 breakfasts • Touring by air-conditioned vehicle • An expert Travel Director and separate driver • Sightseeing as per itinerary (excluding optional)

DEPARTURES 2019: Apr 22; May 13, 27; Jun 17; Jul 8, 22; Aug 19; Sep 9, 16, 30

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach GROUP SIZE: 56 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Calgary and Vancouver. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

91


1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

CANADA WESTERN CANADA

British Columbia

Blue River V

Whistler

Victoria

1 2

1

2

Vancouver

Jasper National Park 2

Columbia Icefields

Alberta

Lake Louise

1

Banff

1

V

Calgary

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

SMALL GROUP TOUR PRICES FROM

£2749pp

12 day Discover the Canadian Rockies Calgary • Banff • Lake Louise • Jasper • Blue River • Whistler • Victoria • Vancouver Day 1: Arrive Calgary

Day 6: Jasper National Park – Blue River

On arrival, transfer independently to your hotel. The rest of the day is free until the evening when you meet your fellow guests and CEO for a welcome meeting.

View the highest peak in the Canadian Rockies, Mount Robson, with a stop at the visitor centre before crossing the Rockies to reach Blue River. Enjoy a river safari tour through Grizzly Bear Valley and the world’s only inland temperate rainforest. Search out wildlife, which can include grizzly bears, moose, and eagles.

Sandman Inn Downtown Calgary

Day 2: Calgary – Banff Drive to Banff and take a walk back in time with an expert from the Whyte Museum to explore the fascinating history of this town and the Canadian Pacific railroad, and how it was the stepping stone of opening up western Canada. (B) Rundlestone Lodge

Day 3: Banff – Lake Louise Continue by road to the postcard perfect Lake Louise and take time to savour the emerald blue waters and breathtaking scenery of the Victoria Glacier. In the afternoon opt to hike to the Lake Agnes Tea House or perhaps go white water rafting on one of the Kicking Horse river (optional, own expense). (B) Lake Louise

Inn

Day 4: Lake Louise – Jasper Considered one of the most scenic drives in the world, travel the Icefields Parkway to Peyto Lake with a stop at the Columbia Icefield. Along the way be awed by the lush coniferous forests, immense mountains, turquoise lakes, high-falling cascades, and humbling glaciers. Walk with an expert guide on the lower Athabasca Glacier to explore and understand the life of this active glacier. Continue on to Jasper National Park. (B)

1

• Excursion to the Columbia Icefields and ice walk on the Athabasca Glacier • Unwind at Miette Hot Springs • Wonderful mountain scenery and crystal blue waters in Lake Louise • Embark on a River safari through Grizzly Bear Valley • See the Canadian Rockie’s highest peak Mount Robson • Enjoy outdoor activities in the alpine playground of Whistler • Vancouver, Calgary, Victoria, Whistler and Banff orientation walks Journeys Exclusives • Historical Walking Tour in Banff • Indigenous Cultural Experience in Whistler

(BD) Mike Wiegele Heliskiing Resort

Days 7 & 8: Blue River – Whistler Pass through the scenic ranges of the Caribou Mountains and into Coastal Mountains, with stops at the emerald coloured Joffre Lake and Marble Canyon before arriving to the village of Whistler, host to some of the events of the 2010 Winter Olympics. The next day is at your leisure to explore the alpine playground of Whistler and its surrounds. Take a walk through the village with options to ride the gondola up the mountain, hike, or go ziplining. (B) Whistler Village

Inn and Suites (2 nights)

Day 9: Whistler – Victoria Visit the Squamish Lil’wat Cultural Centre and enjoy a traditional tea ceremony with bannock and explore the grounds and museum with an indigenous guide who has come through the centre’s training program. Later, drive the scenic Sea-to-Sky Highway and catch the ferry to Vancouver Island to reach Victoria, where you’ll take an orientation walk with the CEO. (B)

Quality Inn Downtown Inner Harbor (2 nights)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2749 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 11 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 11 breakfasts, 1 dinner • Shared touring by air-conditioned private vehicle, hiking, walking, ferry, boat • Services of a Chief Experience Officer & local guides • National Geographic Journeys Exclusive experiences • All park fees in Jasper & Banff • Transfers & sightseeing as per itinerary

Tonquin Inn (2 nights)

Day 10: Victoria

DEPARTURES

Day 5: Jasper National Park

The day is free for optional activities such as a zodiac whale watching cruise, museums and Butchart Gardens, or high tea at a historic hotel. (B)

2019: Jun 3, 10, 17, 27; Jul 4, 11, 21, 28; Aug 4, 14, 21, 28; Sep 7, 14

Spend the day at leisure with the option to hike at Maligne Canyon, enjoy a boat cruise, or check out some white water rafting. In the evening enjoy the stunning landscape of lakes and mountains as you drive to the hot springs. Soak in 1 of the 4 pools as you take in the peaceful panoramic views. (B)

Days 11 & 12: Victoria – Vancouver Board the scenic ferry to Vancouver where you can discover highlights like Stanley Park and Gastown. On day 12 your tour concludes after check out of your hotel. Ask about extending your stay to explore the city further or perhaps add an Alaskan cruise. (B)

TOUR STYLE: National Geographic Journeys GROUP SIZE: 12 max PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Ramada Inn Downtown Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

92


AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

CANADA

British Columbia

Columbia Icefields

Sun Peaks Vancouver 2 1

Jasper

2

2

1

Alberta 2 Banff 2

Kananaskis Valley

1

Calgary

Harrison Hot Springs

Victoria

Washington

WESTERN CANADA

1

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS SELF DRIVE TOUR PRICES FROM

£1569pp

14 day Western Wonders Calgary • Kananaskis Valley • Banff • Jasper • Sun Peaks • Harrison Hot Springs • Victoria • Vancouver Day 1: Arrive Calgary

Day 10: Harrison Hot Springs

On arrival, pick up your car and transfer to your downtown hotel. Your road book will be waiting at the front desk when you check in. The rest of the day is at leisure.

Enjoy a relaxing day in the soothing mineral waters of Harrison Hot Springs. Nearby Harrison Lake offers a wide sandy beach and numerous recreational activities.

Day 2: Calgary – Kananaskis (104km/ 65 miles)

Day 11: Harrison Hot Springs – Victoria

Leave Calgary for the Kananaskis Valley in the foothills of the Rockies. Kananaskis Country is noted for its rugged mountain surroundings by the edge of the scenic Kananaskis River.

(220km/ 137 miles) Head westward to the coast and board a ferry to Vancouver Island at Tsawassen. In Victoria if time permits make a stop at Butchart Gradens to admire the thousands of ornamental flowers and plants that cover a former quarry.

Day 3: Kananaskis Valley Beautiful scenery awaits in Kananaskis with numerous outdoor activities at your disposal such as golf, horseback riding, hiking or biking.

Day 4: Kananaskis – Banff (44km/ 27 miles) Enjoy the scenic drive to the famous resort town of Banff. Visit Banff Springs Hotel, Bow Lake or ride the Banff Gondola. Day 5: Banff National Park A full day at leisure to explore Banff and the surrounding area. Visit the Banff Natural History Museum, try river rafting or take a boat tour on Lake Minnewanka.

Day 6: Banff – Jasper (288km/ 179 miles) Drive to Jasper via the spectacular Icefields Parkway – one of the most scenic drives anywhere in the world. We suggest a stop at Lake Louise and Peyto Lake and a ride on an Ice Explorer on the Columbia Icefield. Day 7: Jasper National Park Get out and explore beautiful Jasper National Park. We suggest a Maligne Lake boat cruise, a ride on the Jasper SkyTram or for something more relaxing pay a vist to the Miette Hot Springs

Day 8: Jasper – Sun Peaks (449km/ 278 miles) Drive the scenic Yellowhead Highway to Sun Peaks passing Canada’s highest peak Mount Robson en route.

Day 9: Sun Peaks – Harrison Hot Springs (300km/ 186 miles) En route to Harrison Hot Springs drive past Kamloops in the heart of Interior B.C and continue on to the breath-taking landscapes of Fraser Canyon and through Hell’s gate onto Fraser Valley.

Day 12: Victoria – Vancouver (115km/ 71 miles) Drive north to get a taste of small town life on Vancouver Island. The communities of Duncan and Chemainus are a mixture of ancient First Nations culture, colonial history and a modern embracing of outdoor and eco-tourism. In the afternoon board a ferry back to the mainland and continue along the coast to Vancouver.

• A gentle paced self drive that covers the Canadian Rockies and Vancouver Island in depth • Spend time in Banff and Jasper National Parks and marvel at the mountain scenery • Unwind in the warm waters of Harrison Hot Springs • Experience island life on Vancouver Island • Explore the buzzing coastal city of Vancouver

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1569 per person

Day 13: Vancouver

PRICES INCLUDE

A full day to explore Vancouver. Suggested highlights include the MacMillan Planetarium, Chinatown, Gastown, Capilano Suspension Bridge, Granville Island, Grouse Mountain and Stanley Park.

Day 14: Depart Vancouver

• 13 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels on a room-only basis • 14 days’ fully-inclusive compact car hire • Road book with instructions and maps • Return ferry crossing to Vancouver Island

Your tour will conclude when you drop your car back at the airport.

DEPARTURES 2019: Daily 1 May - 24 October. Also operates in reverse.

TOUR STYLE: Self Drive GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Calgary and Vancouver. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

93


CANADA RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Whitehorse 3

Southern Lakes Resort

Yukon

Alberta

British Columbia

1

Jasper Columbia Icefield

Vancouver Island Victoria

INDEPENDENT TOUR

£3449pp

12 day Mountain Rails & Northern Lights Banff • Icefields Parkway • Jasper • Rocky Mountaineer • Kamloops • Vancouver • Yukon Arrive at Calgary’s International airport and board your transfer to the idyllic parkland town of Banff. The rest of the day is free to explore the many unique shops, eateries and attractions around town.

Day 2: Banff Enjoy a full day at leisure to discover what one of Canada’s most famous mountain resort towns has to offer. Perhaps arrange a wildlife tour to view one of the many unique large animals in their natural environments.

Day 3: Banff – Jasper Travel to Jasper on a full-day sightseeing transfer and stop at the incredible Columbia Icefield along the famous Icefields Parkway. An Ice Explorer ride will take you onto the ancient Athabasca Glacier then take a walk on the Glacier SkyWalk.

Day 4: Jasper Enjoy a day at leisure to make your own adventure in the Canadian Rockies. Perhaps you may wish to arrange for a thrilling rafting trip down the Athabasca River, or climb aboard a motorcycle sidecar for a different touring experience along the park’s scenic roads.

Day 5: Jasper – Kamloops Board the Rocky Mountaineer train for a spectacular rail excursion from Jasper to Kamloops. This unique daylight service allows you to view some of the most spectacular sights in Western Canada. Upon arrival in Kamloops, the evening is at your leisure. (BL)

Day 6: Kamloops – Vancouver Re-board the Rocky Mountaineer in the morning and set out on the last leg of your spectacular rail experience. The Rocky Mountaineer takes you through the “cowboy country” ranch lands and along the rushing torrents of the Fraser and Thompson Rivers. The last stretch takes you through lush farmlands and past historic towns to Vancouver. (BL)

1

Kamloops Vancouver

3

2

Banff/Canmore Calgary

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

Day 1: Arrive Calgary - Banff

V

V

WESTERN CANADA & THE YUKON

1

Day 8: Vancouver – Whitehorse – Southern Lakes Resort, Yukon Transfer independently to Vancouver International Airport in time to check in for your Air North flight to Whitehorse. On arrival, you will be transferred by floatplane to Southern Lakes Resort. Check into your log built cabin and take some time to meet your hosts for the next few days and discuss what adventures await! In the evening, venture out on your first viewing of the spectacular Northern Lights as they dance in green, blue and scarlet swirls across the sky.

Days 9 & 10: Southern Lakes Resort Over the following 2 days discover the Yukon with the optional activities available on site such as canoeing, hiking and fishing (season and weather permitting, some at additional cost). Whether accompanying your guide through the local trails to track moose, wild sheep and other large inhabitants of the forest and lake lands, or venturing out on your own the magic of the Yukon is yours to discover. After enjoying the sumptuous food on offer dependent on the time of year and conditions view the enchanting Northern Lights. (B)

• Spectacular scenery in Banff and Jasper National Parks • A trip to the Athabasca Glacier on the incredible Columbia Icefield • 2 days luxury train travel through the Rockies onboard Rocky Mountaineer train • Hop on / Hop off tour of Vancouver • Northern Lights viewing in the sub-arctic region of the Yukon • Adventure and activities at the Southern Lakes Resort

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£3449 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 11 nights’ accommodation including 3 nights at Southern Lakes Resort in the Yukon • 2 days onboard Rocky Mountaineer in SilverLeaf service • Meals as specified: 5 breakfasts, 2 lunches • Internal flights, transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

Days 11 & 12: Southern Lakes Resort – Whitehorse - Vancouver

DEPARTURES

Return to Vancouver and on arrival transfer independently to your hotel. Enjoy your last evening in Vancouver perhaps with some Asian fusion cuisine, or with a walk along the sea wall promenade. Your tour concludes on day 12 after check out of your hotel. (B*)

TOUR STYLE: Independent

*day 11 only.

Select dates Aug - Sep. Also operates in reverse.

GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Day 7: Vancouver Embark on a San Francisco-style trolley for a fullycommented city tour. Sightsee at your own pace as you hop-on and hop-off at many of Vancouver’s premier attractions, parks, gardens, galleries and restaurants.

94

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Calgary and Vancouver. Please call for details.


RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

CANADA

1

British Columbia 1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED1 1

Jasper

Alberta

Columbia Icefields 1

Banff

Kamloops

1

1 LAND 1 RAIL Vancouver CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Washington

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

INDEPENDENT RAIL TOUR

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• 4 days onboard Rocky Mountaineer in SilverLeaf Service RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Banff sightseeing tour including a ride on the Banff Gondola LAND • Breathtaking Panoramic AIR Helicopter Tour and Icefields RAIL NIGHTS STAYED Parkway Tour • Spectacular Canadian Rocky LAND Mountains CRUISE scenery 1

PRICES FROM

£2499pp

7 day Canadian Rockies Escape Circle Vancouver • Kamloops • Banff • Jasper • Vancouver Featured Routes: First Passage to the West • Journey through the Clouds Day 1: Arrive Vancouver

Day 5: Jasper – Kamloops

Arrive in Vancouver and spend time exploring this scenic city on your own.

Travel onboard Rocky Mountaineer from Jasper in the Canadian Rockies to Kamloops, in the heart of the British Columbia Interior. As you journey west and south you will be surrounded by the dramatic scenery of the Continental Divide and by the river valleys of the Monashee and Cariboo Mountains. The day’s highlights will include Mount Robson, Pyramid Falls, the climb over Yellowhead Pass, and the journey along the North Thompson River. (BL)

Day 2: Vancouver - Kamloops Travel onboard Rocky Mountaineer from the coastal city of Vancouver to Kamloops, in the heart of British Columbia’s interior. During the day’s journey, you will see dramatic changes in scenery, from the lush green fields of the Fraser Valley, through forests and winding river canyons surrounded by the peaks of the Coast and Cascade Mountains, to the desert-like environment of the BC Interior. Highlights include the rushing waters of Hell’s Gate in the Fraser Canyon and the steep slopes and rock sheds along the Thompson River. Your day concludes as Rocky Mountaineer travels along the shores of Kamloops Lake into Kamloops. (BL)

Day 3: Kamloops – Banff Your journey continues eastwards to the mighty Canadian Rockies and the province of Alberta. Once again, you will see a spectacular array of scenery as you travel across ranchlands, along rocky lakeshores, over high mountain passes and through the remarkable tunnels that form part of the rich rail history of the Canadian Rockies. The day’s highlights will include Craigellachie, where the last spike of the Canadian Pacific Railway was driven, the climb over Rogers Pass, Kicking Horse Canyon, the Spiral Tunnels and, of course, the glaciers and snow-capped peaks of the Canadian Rockies. Your rail journey ends that evening in the resort town of Banff. (BL)

Day 4: Banff – Jasper Enjoy a sightseeing tour of Banff and Jasper National Parks via Lake Louise and the Icefields Parkway. Among the highlights are Bow Lake, the Columbia Icefield and Athabasca Falls. The Columbia Icefield is one of the largest accumulations of ice south of the Arctic Circle and one of the most accessible icefields in North America. Here you will ride on an Ice Explorer to the middle of the Athabasca Glacier to learn more about its geological features. Time will be available for lunch (not included). Arrive in Jasper late that afternoon.

Days 6 & 7: Kamloops – Vancouver Your journey will continue west to the coastal city of Vancouver. During the day’s journey you will again see dramatic changes in scenery, from the desert-like environment of the Interior, through winding river canyons and pristine forests, to the Coast and Cascade Mountains and the lush green fields of the Fraser Valley. Your tour concludes on day 7 after check out of your Vancouver hotel. (BL*) *Day 6 only

UPGRADE YOUR TOUR

1

1

WESTERN CANADA - ROCKY MOUNTAINEER

1

NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2499 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 6 nights’ hotel accommodation • 4 days onboard Rocky Mountaineer train in SilverLeaf Service • Meals as specified: 4 delicious hot gourmet breakfast and lunch options served at your seat. Complimentary alcoholic, nonalcoholic beverages and gourmet snacks throughout the journey • Interactive and captivating storytelling by onboard Hosts • Sightseeing tours and station transfers as detailed in the itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Apr 14, 21, 28; May 5, 12, 19, 26; Jun 2, 9, 16, 23, 30; Jul 7, 14, 21, 28; Aug 4, 11, 18, 25; Sep 1, 8, 15, 22, 29; Oct 6

TOUR STYLE: Independent Rail GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars

Upgrade to GoldLeaf Service available on this and all tours featured. Benefits of upgrading to GoldLeaf Service include travel in a fully glass dome coach where you’ll enjoy unparalleled panoramic views from your seat and delicious gourmet meals from an à la carte menu in the lower-level dining room. Complimentary alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages and gourmet snacks are available throughout the journey. Upgrade to GoldLeaf Service on this tour from £1,119 per person

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Vancouver. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

95


CANADA WESTERN CANADA - ROCKY MOUNTAINEER

British Columbia Kamloops

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED 1 Lake Louise

1

Banff

1

1

Calgary Panoramic Helicopter Tour LAND RAIL CRUISE 1 NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

£2099pp

1

1

2

PRICES FROM

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Alberta

Vancouver

INDEPENDENT RAIL TOUR

1

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

LAND • 2 days travelling in AIR SilverLeaf Service onboard RAIL NIGHTS STAYED Rocky Mountaineer • Panoramic Helicopter LAND CRUISE ‘Flightseeing’ Tour NIGHTS STAYED • Overnight stay in the stunning Lake Louise • Admission to Banff Gondola • Tour of Yoho National Park and Emerald Lake • Tour of Vancouver’s North Shore and Grouse Mountain 1

7 day First Passage to the West Highlights Calgary • Banff • Lake Louise • Kamloops • Vancouver Day 1: Arrive Calgary Arrive in Calgary, “The Heart of the New West”, and transfer independently to your downtown hotel.

Day 2: Calgary – Panoramic Helicopter – Banff Depart Calgary in the morning for a full-day tour. First, travel to Kananaskis where you will enjoy the highlight of the day; a 12-minute Panoramic Helicopter Tour over the remarkable landscape of the Rockies. Continue on to Banff for a sightseeing tour including Bow Falls, Lake Minnewanka, Surprise Corner and the Hoodoos. A trip on the Banff Gondola is also included. Your tour ends on arrival in Banff late afternoon.

Day 3: Banff - Lake Louise Today, a half-day tour takes you into Yoho National Park to view some of its natural wonders. Among the attractions are the Spiral Tunnels, Emerald Lake and a natural rock bridge that spans the Kicking Horse River. The tour ends in Lake Louise where the remainder of the day is at leisure.

Day 4: Lake Louise - Kamloops Travel onboard Rocky Mountaineer from the mountain hamlet of Lake Louise to Kamloops, in the heart of the British Columbia Interior. Your journey takes you through a spectacular array of scenery as you travel between the glacier and snow-capped peaks of the Canadian Rockies, over mountain passes and through remarkable tunnels, along rocky lakeshores and across the ranch lands of the Interior. Highlights include the Continental Divide, the Spiral Tunnels, Kicking Horse

Canyon, Rogers Pass and Craigellachie. Overnight in Kamloops. (BL)

Day 5: Kamloops - Vancouver Your Rocky Mountaineer journey continues west towards the Pacific Ocean and the coastal city of Vancouver. You will again see dramatic changes in scenery, from the desert-like environment of the Interior, through winding river canyons and pristine forests, to the Coast and Cascade Mountains and the lush green fields of the Fraser Valley. Highlights include the steep slopes and rock sheds along the Thompson River and the rushing waters of Hell’s Gate in the Fraser Canyon. Your rail journey ends on arrival in Vancouver. (BL)

Day 6: Vancouver Sightseeing Enjoy a 6-hour sightseeing tour of Vancouver’s spectacular North Shore. Travel across the Lions Gate Bridge and into the Coast Mountains. Experience the Capilano Suspension Bridge and Treetops Adventure, discovering the coastal temperate rainforest and British Columbia’s First Nations heritage. Next, visit Grouse Mountain (gondola admission included), the Peak of Vancouver, and take in breathtaking views of the city, ocean, and surrounding mountains. Note: There are further sightseeing options available on day 6 please ask for details

Day 7: Depart Vancouver Your Rocky Mountaineer tour ends on day 7; perhaps extend your stay with a cruise to Alaska.

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2099 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 6 nights’ hotel accommodation • 2 days onboard Rocky Mountaineer train in SilverLeaf Service • Meals as specified: 2 delicious hot gourmet breakfast and lunch options, served at your seat. Complimentary alcoholic and nonalcoholic beverages and gourmet snacks throughout the journey • Interactive and captivating storytelling by onboard Hosts • Sightseeing tours as detailed in the itinerary

DEPARTURES Multiple dates through Apr to Oct, please call for details. Also available in reverse.

TOUR STYLE: Independent Rail GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Calgary and Vancouver. Please call for details.

96


1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

CANADA

Kamloops

3

Jasper Columbia Icefield

1

Lake LouiseLAND CRUISE 1 1 NIGHTS STAYED Calgary Panoramic Helicopter Tour

1

Banff

Vancouver 1

2

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS INDEPENDENT RAIL TOUR PRICES FROM

£4599pp

10 day Journey Through the Clouds Mountain Adventures

• 2 days onboard Rocky Mountaineer in Silverleaf Service • See the breathtaking Banff and Jasper National Parks • Picture perfect Lake Louise and the mighty Columbia Icefield • 3 nights full board at Cariboo Mountain Holiday Lodge • Mountain explorations tailored to suit all abilities with expert guides

WESTERN CANADA - ROCKY MOUNTAINEER

Alberta British Columbia

Calgary • Banff • Lake Louise • Jasper National Park • The Cariboo Mountain Range • Kamloops • Vancouver • Featured Route: Journey Through the Clouds Day 1: Arrive Calgary On arrival into Calgary transfer independently to your hotel, the rest of the day sightseeing in “The Heart of the New West”.

Day 2: Calgary – Panoramic Helicopter Tour – Banff Depart Calgary this morning for a full-day tour concluding in Banff. Included is a 12-minute Panoramic Helicopter Tour over the remarkable landscape of the Rockies and the Banff Gondola as well as stops at Bow Falls, Lake Minnewanka, Surprise Corner and the Hoodoos.

Day 3: Icefields Parkway Tour Enjoy a sightseeing tour of Banff and Jasper National Parks via Lake Louise and the Icefields Parkway concluding in Jassper. Among the highlights are Bow Lake, the Columbia Icefield, Glacier Skywalk and Athabasca Falls. At the Columbia Icefield you have the chance to ride on an Ice Explorer to the middle of the Athabasca Glacier to learn more about its geological features. Lunch is included at the Columbia Icefield Glacier Discovery Centre. (L)

challenging 9 mile hikes with everything in between – guests can hike as much or as little as they desire.

(BLD)

Day 7: CMH Cariboos - Jasper After breakfast you will head to the helipad for your final hike! In the early afternoon, you will fly back to the lodge for lunch and have some time to pack your bags before heading to the helipad to be transferred to your ground transportation to Jasper. (BL)

Day 8: Jasper - Kamloops Travel onboard Rocky Mountaineer from Jasper in the Canadian Rockies to Kamloops, in the heart of the British Columbia Interior. As you journey west and south you will be surrounded by the dramatic scenery of the Continental Divide and by the river valleys of the Monashee and Cariboo Mountains. Today’s highlights include Mount Robson, Pyramid Falls, the climb over Yellowhead Pass, and the journey along the North Thompson River as you approach Kamloops.

(BL)

Day 9: Kamloops – Vancouver

This morning, your shuttle will pick you up from your hotel and will transport you to the CMH helipad where you will be flown to the Cariboos Lodge. After introductory and safety briefings, you will be outfitted with boots, jackets, daypacks, rain-pants, walking poles and a water bottle for your explorations that follow.. For the rest of the afternoon you will have time to relax in the spa area, get a massage or enjoy a drink and tea goodie by the bar before dinner. (D)

Your journey continues west towards the Pacific Ocean and the coastal city of Vancouver. On today’s journey you will see dramatic changes in scenery, from the desert-like environment of the Interior, through winding river canyons and pristine forests, to the Coast and Cascade Mountains and the lush green fields of the Fraser Valley. Highlights include the steep slopes and rock sheds along the Thompson River and the rushing waters of Hell’s Gate in the Fraser Canyon. Your rail journey ends on arrival in Vancouver this evening. (BL)

Days 5 & 6: CMH Cariboos

Day 10: Depart Vancouver

The next 2 days are spent roaming and hiking in the mountains. Over the course of the day, the helicopter may move each group to 3 or 4 different areas giving you a chance to experience a variety of settings. Lunch is picnic-style with food that you pack from a great selection set out at the lodge each morning. In the late afternoon, you fly back to the lodge for tea, goodies and relaxation prior to a spectacular dinner and an evening of story-swapping. Just as our groups vary, our mileage varies from half mile walks to more

Your tour concludes on day 10 after checkout of your hotel.

Day 4: Jasper – CMH Cariboos Lodge

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£4599 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 9 nights’ hotel accommodation including 3 nights full board at CMH Cariboos Mountain Lodge • 2 days onboard Rocky Mountaineer train in SilverLeaf Service • Meals as specified: 2 delicious hot gourmet breakfast and lunch options served at your seat. Complimentary alcoholic, nonalcoholic beverages and gourmet snacks throughout the journey • Interactive and captivating storytelling by onboard Hosts • 2 full-days of own pace guided back country mountain heli-hiking excursions including scenic helicopter transfers • Sightseeing tours and station transfers as detailed in the itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Jul 18, 21; Aug 8, 11. Also available in reverse

TOUR STYLE: Independent Rail GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Calgary and Vancouver. Please call for details.

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

97


CANADA WESTERN CANADA - ROCKY MOUNTAINEER

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

RAIL Alberta

Kamloops

NIGHTS STAYED Jasper 2 Columbia Icefield

1

British Columbia 1

Vancouver 1

1

2 Lake Louise LAND 1 Banff 2 AIR Calgary RAIL Panoramic Helicopter Tour NIGHTS STAYED

1

INDEPENDENT RAIL TOUR

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

£2489pp

10 day Journey Through the Clouds at Leisure Vancouver • Kamloops • Jasper • Lake Louise • Banff • Calgary Featured Route: Journey Through The Clouds Day 1: Arrive Vancouver On arrival to Vancouver, transfer independently to your hotel and spend time exploring this scenic city on your own. Overnight in Vancouver.

Day 2: Vancouver – Kamloops Travel onboard Rocky Mountaineer from the coastal city of Vancouver to Kamloops, in the heart of British Columbia’s interior. On today’s journey you will see dramatic changes in scenery, from the lush green fields of the Fraser Valley, through forests and winding river canyons surrounded by the peaks of the Coast and Cascade Mountains, to the desert-like environment of the BC Interior. Highlights include the rushing waters of Hell’s Gate in the Fraser Canyon and the steep slopes and rock sheds along the Thompson River. Overnight in Kamloops. (BL)

Day 3: Kamloops – Jasper Your journey continues north and east to the mighty Canadian Rockies and the province of Alberta. Once again, you will be surrounded by dramatic scenery as you follow the banks of the North Thompson River through the Monashee and Cariboo Mountains, climbing ever nearer to the high peaks of the Continental Divide. Today’s highlights include Mount Robson, at 3,954 metres the highest peak in the Canadian Rockies, Pyramid Falls, and the climb over the Yellowhead Pass into Jasper National Park. (BL)

Day 4: Jasper National Park Jasper National Park is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and the Canadian Rockies’ largest national park. Join a scenic half-day tour of some of the park’s natural attractions and rugged peaks, and perhaps catch a glimpse of the wildlife that calls this region home. The remainder of the day is at leisure in Jasper. Overnight in Jasper.

Day 5: Jasper – Lake Louise Travel to Lake Louise via one of the most scenic highways in the world, the Icefields Parkway. Among the highlights are Bow Lake, the Columbia Icefield, Glacier Skywalk and Athabasca Falls. Here you will

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

ride on an Ice Explorer to the middle of the Athabasca Glacier to learn more about its geological features. Lunch is included at the Columbia Icefield Glacier Discovery Centre. Afterwards, a brief stop will be made at Bow Lake before arriving in Lake Louise this afternoon. Overnight in Lake Louise.

Day 6: Lake Louise Enjoy a free day in Lake Louise. Local activities include canoeing, hiking in the mountains or simply relaxing and taking in the magnificent views. Overnight in Lake Louise.

Day 7: Lake Louise - Banff This morning, you are free to explore beautiful Lake Louise on your own. After lunch, a half-day tour takes you into Yoho National Park to view some of its natural wonders. Among the attractions are the Spiral Tunnels, Emerald Lake and a natural rock bridge that spans the Kicking Horse River. At the end of the tour you will be transferred to Banff. Overnight in Banff.

Day 8: Banff Today, you will have an entire day to spend exploring Banff National Park on your own. Optional activities include soaking in the mineral pools at Upper Hot Springs, enjoying a nature walk on nearby mountain trails, visiting Banff’s historic museums, cruising on Lake Minnewanka or playing a round of golf at The Fairmont Banff Springs. Overnight in Banff.

Day 9: Banff - Calgary Today, you will enjoy a full-day tour concluding in Calgary. Begin the morning with a sightseeing tour of Banff. Among the points of interest are Bow Falls, Lake Minnewanka, Surprise Corner and the Hoodoos. Banff Gondola included. Continue on to Kananaskis for the highlight of today’s adventure, a 12-minute Panoramic Helicopter Tour over the remarkable landscape of the Rockies. Overnight in Calgary.

Day 10: Calgary Your tour concludes upon checkout from your Calgary hotel.

• Leisurely paced tour of the Canadian Rockies including 2 days onboard Rocky Mountaineer • See the natural wonders of Jasper National Park on a half day tour • Ride the Banff Gondola for spectacular views • Enjoy leisure time in Jasper and Lake Louise for activities or simply taking in the scenery • Take a panoramic helicopter tour for breath-taking views of the Rockies

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2489 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 9 nights’ hotel accommodation • 2 days onboard Rocky Mountaineer train in SilverLeaf Service • Meals as specified: 2 delicious hot gourmet breakfast and lunch options, served at your seat. Complimentary alcoholic and nonalcoholic beverages and gourmet snacks throughout the journey • Interactive and captivating storytelling by onboard Hosts • Sightseeing tours as detailed in the itinerary

DEPARTURES Multiple dates through Apr to Oct, please call for details. Also available in reverse.

TOUR STYLE: Independent Rail GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Vancouver and Calgary. Please call for details.

98


CANADA

• 2 days travelling in all-inclusive SilverLeaf Service onboard Rocky Mountaineer • A full day to explore Vancouver • Picturesque Pacific Coastal scenery

INDEPENDENT RAIL TOUR

TOUR DETAILS

PRICES FROM

£2099pp

PRICES FROM:

6 day Coastal Passage Classic Banff • Kamloops • Vancouver • Seattle Day 1: Arrive Banff Make your way independently to the picturesque mountain town of Banff, Alberta. The rest of the day is at leisure.

Day 2: Banff – Kamloops Travel onboard Rocky Mountaineer from the mountain town of Banff to Kamloops. Enjoy the spectacular array of scenery as you travel between the glacier and snowcapped peaks of the Canadian Rockies, over mountain passes and through remarkable tunnels, along rocky lakeshores and across the ranchlands of the Interior.

(BL)

Day 3: Kamloops – Vancouver Your journey will continue towards the Pacific Ocean and the coastal city of Vancouver. You will again see dramatic changes in scenery, from the desert-like environment of the Interior, through winding river canyons and pristine forests, to the Coast and Cascade

Mountains and the lush green fields of the Fraser Valley. Your rail journey will end in Vancouver. (BL)

Day 4: Vancouver Take full advantage of a free day at leisure in Vancouver, and check out Vancouver’s must-see attractions or take a day trip to discover the nearby resort town of Whistler or charming Victoria on Vancouver Island.

Days 5 & 6: Vancouver – Seattle Travel onboard Rocky Mountaineer to the “Emerald City” of Seattle. Highlights include the community of White Rock as the train hugs the Pacific Coast, views of Bellingham Bay and the San Juan Islands beyond and a unique view of the Chittenden Locks linking Puget Sound to Lakes Union and Washington. Your tour will conclude on day 6 after check out of your hotel. (B*)

*day 5 only

£2099 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 5 nights’ hotel accommodation • 3 days onboard Rocky Mountaineer train in SilverLeaf Service including 3 delicious hot gourmet breakfasts, & 2 lunch options served at your seat, complimentary alcoholic & non-alcoholic beverages • Sightseeing tours as detailed in the itinerary

DEPARTURES Multiple dates through Apr to Oct, please call for details. Also available in reverse.

TOUR STYLE: Independent Rail

WESTERN CANADA - ROCKY MOUNTAINEER

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS • 2 days travelling in all-inclusive SilverLeaf Service onboard Rocky Mountaineer • The alpine resort of Whistler and the charming Cariboo Region • Passing Canada’s highest peak Mount Robson

INDEPENDENT RAIL TOUR

TOUR DETAILS

PRICES FROM

£1559pp

PRICES FROM:

5 day Rainforest to Gold Rush Classic Vancouver • Whistler • Quesnel • Jasper Day 1: Arrive Vancouver Transfer independently to your hotel. The rest of the day will be yours to enjoy at leisure.

Day 2: Vancouver – Whistler Following your motorcoach transfer from downtown Vancouver, the Rocky Mountaineer takes you through the stunning scenery of the Sea to Sky Corridor to the resort town of Whistler. Highlights of the trip include spectacular views of Howe Sound and the Coast Mountains, Brandywine Falls, Mount Garibaldi, and the impressive Cheakamus Canyon. (B)

Day 3: Whistler – Quesnel Travel onboard the Rocky Mountaineer to the charming rural town of Quesnel, gateway to the North Cariboo. Enjoy breathtaking and varied scenery, from the river canyons and lush farmland of the Pemberton Valley, through the desert-like conditions of the Fraser

Canyon, to rolling hills and vast ranchlands of the Cariboo Plateau. (BL)

Day 4: Quesnel – Jasper Your journey will continue eastwards to the majestic Canadian Rockies and Jasper National Park. From Quesnel, Rocky Mountaineer follows the Fraser River before entering the Rocky Mountain Trench with the steeply rising Rocky Mountains to the north and the Cariboo Mountains to the south. Continue climbing past Mount Robson, at 3,954 metres the highest peak in the Canadian Rockies, through Yellowhead Pass into the province of Alberta. Your rail journey will end on arrival in Jasper. (BL)

Day 5: Depart Jasper Your tour will conclude after check out of your hotel.

£1559 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 4 nights’ hotel accommodation • 3 days onboard Rocky Mountaineer train in SilverLeaf Service including 3 delicious hot gourmet breakfast and 2 lunch options served at your seat, complimentary alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages • Sightseeing tours as detailed in the itinerary

DEPARTURES Multiple dates through Apr to Oct, please call for details. Also available in reverse.

TOUR STYLE: Independent Rail GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

99


CANADA EASTERN CANADA INDEPENDENT XXXX TOUR PRICES FROM

£2699pp

15 day Eastern Rail Discovery with Canada & New England Cruise Toronto • Niagara Falls • The Corridor • Ottawa • Montréal • St. Lawrence River • Quebec • Charlottetown • Sydney • Halifax • Bar Harbor • Boston Day 1: Arrive Toronto

Day 6: Ottawa – The Corridor – Montréal

On arrival, transfer independently to your downtown hotel, the remainder of the day is at leisure to explore Canada’s commercial and cultural centre.

Board the train again to continue your journey along VIA Rail’s The Corridor. You’ll be leaving the capital region of Ottawa behind and heading for the shoreline of the mighty St. Lawrence River. In Montreal walk down lively St. Catherine Street with its numerous shops and cafés or sample the fine-dining cuisine and exuberant nightlife.

Day 2: Toronto Discover the many identities of this cosmopolitan city on a sightseeing tour of Toronto. Highlights include the provincial Parliament Buildings, City Hall, the financial district, Chinatown, the waterfront and the CN Tower (admission included) for unforgettable views of Toronto and Lake Ontario.

Day 3: Niagara Falls Enjoy a full-day sightseeing excursion to marvel at the spectacle of the famous Niagara Falls and take a fantastic boat trip to the foot of the Horseshoe Falls. On the way back, pass through the historic community of Niagara-on-the-Lake before returning to Toronto for the evening. (L)

Day 4: Toronto – The Corridor – Ottawa In the morning, transfer independently to Union Station to board VIA Rail’s The Corridor train to Ottawa passing through quaint little towns along Lake Ontario, the historic city of Kingston and the Thousand Islands region. Upon arrival in Ottawa, the remainder of the day is free to explore the majestic public buildings and works of Canada’s capital city. Take a walk along the famous Rideau Canal (designated by UNESCO as a World Heritage Site) or discover what the bustling Byward Market has to offer.

Day 5: Ottawa Enjoy a Hop-On Hop-Off excursion of Ottawa that allows you to step on and off at any of the stops along the route to set your own pace and focus on what interests you most. The remainder of the day is free to explore the city’s many museums, galleries and boutiques.

100

Day 7: Montréal On day 7, you will go on a 3-hour sightseeing tour of Montréal. You will see numerous highlights, such as the Notre Dame Basilica, historic Old Montreal, the charming Latin Quarter plus the panoramic views from an observation point on top of Mont Royal.

Day 8: Montréal - Embark Cruise – St. Lawrence River Board your Holland America’s ms Zaandam mid-sized cruise ship and depart the port of Montréal for 8 days of all-inclusive cruising up the St. Lawrence River and down the east coast of the Maritimes into the USA. The picturesque shoreline is dotted with communities that connect the historic cities that tell the story of 2 nations. (D)

Day 9: Québec As seen from the river, the battlements and buildings of this UNESCO World Heritage Site convince visitors that they have arrived at an ancient European city. Passengers can take the funicular or the “neck-breaking steps” down to the Lower Town. Other highlights include Notre Dame des Victoires, the Petit Champlain district, the port, and the Musée de la Civilisation. (BLD)

Day 10: Gulf of St. Lawrence A day spent on the water cruising up the St. Lawrence as it widens and the waters of the river begin mixing with those of the ocean. At this confluence, whales often gather to feed in the warmer waters where their food is plentiful. (BLD)


CANADA LAND PRICES FROM:

1

£2699 per person Quebec

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ hotel accommodation • 7 night cruise onboard Holland America Line ms Zaandam cruise ship • Meals as specified: 7 breakfasts, 7 lunches, 7 dinners • One way VIA rail travel in economy class between Toronto/Ottawa/ Montreal • Sightseeing as per itinerary

TOUR STYLE: Independent Rail & Cruise GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

LANDSydney 1 NIGHTS STAYED Charlottetown

CANADA Ottawa

2

Nova Scotia 2

Montréal

Ontario

3

Maine

Halifax 1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1 1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Bar Harbor

7

Toronto

Massachusetts

DEPARTURES 2019: May 11, 25; Jun 22; Jul 6, 20; Aug 3, 17, 31; Sep 14

New Brunswick

Québec City

AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Boston

USA

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

EASTERN CANADA

TOUR DETAILS

LAND RAIL

• Spectacular views of Lake Ontario and Toronto from NIGHTS STAYED the top of the CN tower • Travel by VIA Rail and soak up the diverse cultures of RAIL Toronto, Ottawa and Montréal NIGHTS STAYED • The UNESCO sites of French influenced city of Quebec LAND AIR River • Cruising through the magnificent St. Lawrence RAIL • Idyllic Charlottetown on Prince Edward Island NIGHTS STAYED • The charming fishing villages of Cape Breton Island LAND • The rugged coastline of Maine, the grand mansions CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED and immaculate gardens of Bar Harbor 1

1

1

1

Day 11: Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island The largest city on Prince Edward Island as well as its capital, Charlottetown’s Victorian architecture, abundance of parks, and harbour side location make it an idyllic stop for cruise visitors. Walk the cobblestones of Victoria Row, see the house that inspired “Anne of Green Gables,” or explore the wild shore of Prince Edward Island National Park. (BLD)

Day 12: Sydney, Cape Breton Island At the northeast end of the province sits Cape Breton Island, whose wild and lovely topography includes Cape Breton Highlands National Park, Bras d’Or Lake, and kilometres of rugged coastline. There are highland villages for cruise visitors to see, the scenic Cabot Trail to explore and the Fortress of Louisbourg to inspect – where every barn, barracks and pipe and drum corps appears just as it did when King Louis’ troops occupied the site in 1744. (BLD)

Day 13: Halifax, Nova Scotia Halifax is located on one of the planet’s great natural harbours and adorned with landmarks like the Citadel fortress, Pier 21, and the Maritime Museum of the Atlantic. Outside the city, cruise visitors can visit the jagged topography of Peggy’s Cove and the German village of Lunenburg – so meticulously restored it has been designated a UNESCO World Heritage Site. (BLD)

Day 14: Bar Harbor, Maine Coast One of the most rugged cities of the eastern United States, Bar Harbor developed into an exclusive haven for the East Coast high society and was soon bejewelled with grand mansions and immaculate gardens. Cruise visitors can walk the streets of town, relax on the Village Green, or climb Cadillac Mountain. (BLD)

Day 15: Boston Disembark Your tour will conclude after you disembark your cruise. (B)

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Toronto and Boston. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

101


EASTERN CANADA

1

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL Toronto 2 NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

2

CANADA

Montréal

2

Boston

USA

2

CANADA

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Niagara Falls

3

New York

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS INDEPENDENT RAIL TOUR PRICES FROM

£889pp

10 day Eastern Canada & USA by Rail: Montreal to New York

• Montréal city tour that showcases the fascinating history of one of Canada’s founding cities • See the iconic CN Tower in Toronto • Admire the stunning majesty of Niagara Falls • Immerse yourself in the hustle and bustle of New York City

Montreal • VIA Rail • Toronto • Niagara Falls • Amtrak Rail • New York Day 1: Arrive Montréal

Days 8 & 9: New York

On arrival into Montréal, take your included transfer to your downtown hotel. The rest of the day is at leisure.

Over the following 2 days you are free to explore the city that never sleeps using your included New York City Pass which gives you queue jump access to 6 must-see attractions in New York; The Empire State Building Observatory, Metropolitan Museum of Art, American Museum of Natural History and Rose Centre for Earth and Space, Museum of Modern Art with the choice of the Top of the Rock Observation Deck or Admission to the Guggenheim Museum, and a Circle Line boat cruise or a tour of the Statue of Liberty and Ellis Island. As the Big Apple never sleeps, you’ll have plenty to do in the evenings too, from dining at superb restaurants to amazing Broadway shows.

Day 2: Montréal Enjoy a 3-hour sightseeing tour of Montréal. You will see numerous highlights, such as the Notre Dame Basilica, the financial and residential districts, historic Old Montréal, the charming Latin Quarter and savour the panoramic views from an observation point on top of Mont Royal. The rest of the day is free to explore this city independently.

Day 3: Montréal – Toronto In the morning, transfer independently to the train station and board your VIA rail train to Toronto. Travel through the small townships and communities of Ontario en route to Canada’s largest city, Toronto. On arrival transfer independently to your downtown hotel.

Day 4: Toronto Discover the highlights of this cosmopolitan city on a morning sightseeing tour including stops at the provincial Parliament Buildings, City Hall, the financial district, Chinatown, the waterfront and the CN Tower.

Day 5: Toronto – Niagara Falls Re-board VIA rail train and travel to the majestic natural wonder that is Niagara Falls. The rest of the day is at leisure. Note: Dependent on train schedule part of

Day 10: Depart New York Your tour will conclude with a transfer to the airport for your onward flight.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£889 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 9 nights’ hotel accommodation • Economy rail travel between destinations • Sightseeing as per itinerary • Airport transfers

this journey may be on public bus.

DEPARTURES

Day 6: Niagara Falls

Daily. Also operates in reverse.

Prepare yourself for an exhilarating day of sightseeing as you explore Niagara today with your included Niagara Falls Adventure Pass, attractions included in the pass are: Hornblower Niagara Cruise’s Voyage To The Falls, White Water Walk, Journey Behind the Falls, and Niagara’s Fury: The Creation of the Falls and offer priority entrance (except on the boat tour).

Day 7: Niagara Falls – New York Cross the border independently as you head to the Niagara Falls Amtrak rail station to continue your journey to New York. En route enjoy the New York state scenery of forests, lakes and fields. On arrival that evening, transfer independently to your hotel.

TOUR STYLE: Independent Rail GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available at all stops on this tour. Please call for details.

102


1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

CANADA

Québec

Québec City

Ontario Montréal 2 2

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED Ottawa

2

Midland 1 LAND 1000 Islands RAIL CRUISE 3 Toronto 1 NIGHTS STAYED 1 Niagara Falls USA ▲

ESCORTED COACH TOUR

RAIL

12 day Eastern Explorer Toronto • Montréal • Québec City • Ottawa • Muskoka • Niagara Falls

only.

Day 3: Toronto - Montréal Travel through rolling farmland to the beautiful Thousand Islands Region for a relaxing cruise, then continue to Montréal. (B) Fairfield Lord Berri (2

nights)

Day 4: Montréal Take a sightseeing tour that includes visits the Olympic Complex, charming Old Montréal and the residential streets of Mount Royal. (B)

Days 5 & 6: Montréal - Québec City Follow the Chemin du Roy to Québec City. You’ll tour within the walls of the old city and view Lower Town, the Citadel, Battlefields Park and the ornate city gates. The next day is at leisure for independent exploration.

(B) Hotel Place Royal Delta Hotels by Marriott Quebec or Hotel Clarendon (2 nights)

Day 7: Québec City - Ottawa Travel to Ottawa in the morning with a stop for lunch at an authentic sugar shack and pioneer-style restaurant. Your sightseeing tour of the nation’s capital visits the Parliament Buildings, residences of

• Travel Canada’s original NIGHTS STAYED wilderness highways and discover New World settlements LAND AIR awed by the natural • You’ll be RAIL wonderNIGHTS andSTAYED breathtaking power of Niagara Falls LAND • Feel history come alive in Québec CRUISE City NIGHTS STAYED • Enjoy the night scene and cuisine of Montréal • Cruise through the Thousand Islands Region • Enjoy lunch in a typical Québec sugar shack • Relax in the scenic beauty of the Muskoka Lakes region 1

£1969pp

On arrival in Toronto, make your way to your downtown hotel and check in for a 2-night stay. Next day, enjoy a sightseeing tour that includes the Eaton Centre, Casa Loma, Yorkville and a drive past the Rogers Centre, CN Tower and harbour front. The remainder of the day is free for independent exploration. (B*) Chelsea Hotel (2 nights) *day 2

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

PRICES FROM

Days 1 & 2: Arrive Toronto

EASTERN CANADA

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

the Prime Minister and the Governor General and the Rideau Canal, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. (BL)

Delta Hotels by Marriott Ottawa (2 nights)

Day 8: Ottawa In the morning, you’ll enjoy the Turtle Island aboriginal experience breakfast on Victoria Island. The rest of the day is at leisure. (B)

Day 9: Ottawa - Midland Day 9’s highlight will be a visit to Algonquin Provincial Park where you’ll take a walk along the scenic trails before entering Ontario’s Muskoka resort region, your destination for the night. (B) Quality Inn Conference

1

1

Centre or Comfort Inn Midland

Day 10: Midland - Niagara Falls Breakfast is in Sainte-Marie among the Hurons, then it’s across the Niagara Peninsula to Niagara Falls for a thrilling boat ride with Hornblower Cruises to the foot of the thundering waterfalls, followed by a trip to the top of the Skylon Tower for a spectacular view of the falls. (B) Niagara Falls Hilton Fallsview

PRICES FROM:

Day 11: Niagara - Toronto

PRICES INCLUDE

TOUR DETAILS

£1969 per person

Day 12: Depart Toronto

• 11 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 11 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 1 dinner • Services of a professional Tour Manager • Sightseeing as specified

Time for last-minute shopping before you make your own way back to the airport. (B)

DEPARTURES

Follow the scenic Niagara Parkway to charming Niagara-on-the-Lake with its carefully-preserved 19thCentury atmosphere. Then it’s a short drive back to Toronto for a special ‘Farewell to Canada’ dinner at the CN Tower. (BD) Chelsea Hotel

2019: Jun 2; Jul 7; Aug 11, 25; Sep 8, 15

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach GROUP SIZE: 50 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Toronto. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

103


CANADA

Tremblant 2

1

2 Toronto

V V

1 V

V

Kitchener

1

Ottawa

1

V

Midland

1

V

Pembroke

V

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

Montréal

1

Gananogue

Niagara Falls

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS SELF DRIVE TOUR

1

V LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

V

Ontario

2

V

EASTERN CANADA

Québec City

Québec

• See the CN Tower and spectacular Sky Dome in CosmopolitanLAND RAIL Toronto CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED • Discover the quaint town of Niagara-on-the-Lake and charming rural towns of Ontario LAND and Quebec RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Hike in the vast wilderness of Algonquin Provincial Park • Spend 2 nights in the luxury RAIL alpine playground resort ofNIGHTS STAYED Tremblant LAND • Explore North America’s only AIR walled city Quebec City RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Take an optional cruise in the Thousand Islands region 1

PRICES FROM

£1269pp

1

14 day Eastern Spirit Toronto • Niagara Falls • Kitchener • Midland • Pembroke • Ottawa • Tremblant • Quebec City • Montreal • Gananoque Days 1 & 2: Arrive Toronto

Days 10 & 11: Tremblant – Quebec City (390km/

On arrival, transfer independently to your downtown hotel and pick up your Canada Roadbook at the front desk and check in. The rest of the day and the following day are fee to explore this cosmopolitan city.

242 miles) Depart Tremblant for Canada’s oldest city and North America’s cradle of French heritage. Don’t miss a visit to The Fortifications, a historic national park, Place Royale, the Basilica, the dramatic shrine at Ste. Annede-Beaupre, Montmorency Falls and Ile d’Orleans. The following day is free for further exploration.

Day 3: Toronto – Niagara Falls (130km/ 81 miles) Pick up your car and head south and travere the orchards and vineyards of the Niagara Peninsula. Take time to browse through the quaint shops and boutiques of Niagara-on-the-Lake before continuing along the scenic Niagara Parkway to Niagara Falls. Day 4: Niagara Falls – Kitchener (145km/ 90 miles) After exploring Niagara Falls, depart for the charming rural region of Kitchener. Gateway to the Grand River Valley it is world renowned for its natural beauty, and local watershed conservation areas. Day 5: Kitchener – Midland (225km/ 140 miles) Venture into the heart of Central Ontario and the rural town of Midland – your gateway to the picturesque 30,000 islands. Recommended is a cruise to explore the Georgian Bay Islands National Park.

Day 6: Midland – Pembroke (375km/ 233 miles) Venturing further east today you’ll enter the Pembroke / Ottawa Valley region. A multicultural mosaic of settlers makes this a fascinating city to explore. Take some time to explore the vast wilderness of Algonquin Provincial Park, renowned for its hiking trails and canoe routes that invite you to discover the diverse beauty of the area’s flora and fauna.

Day 7: Pembroke – Ottawa (150km/ 93 miles) Enjoy a scenic drive along the Quebec-Ontario border to Ottawa. Explore the capital region and the Parliament Buildings, or take a cruise on the Ottawa River.

Days 8 & 9: Ottawa – Tremblant (170km/ 106 miles) Today your adventure will take a distinctly different turn. Head north into the Laurentian Mountains of Quebec to the luxury resort of Tremblant. On day 9 leave the car behind and enjoy all the resort has to offer. Rent a mountain bike, head out on foot in search of resident wildlife, play a round of golf, discover to the watersport centre or just relax in the beautiful surroundings.

104

1

1

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Day 12: Quebec City – Montreal (250km/ 155 miles) Follow the St. Lawrence River southwest to the modern jewel of Quebecois renaissance – the thriving city of Montreal. Not to be missed is the Notre-Dame Basilica, Place d’Armes, rue St.Catherine, Old Montreal and the botanical gardens. Spend the evening exploring this cosmopolitan centre’s bustling nightlife and gourmet restaurants.

Day 13: Montreal – Thousand Islands Gananoque (365km/ 227 miles) Departing from Montreal, you will drive west across the border into rural Ontario and the beautiful Thousand Islands region, where forested islands lie amid tranquil lakes. Take a cruise to explore the magnificent scenery of the lush island landscape, dotted with luxurious cottages and vast estates.

Day 14: Gananoque – Toronto (290km/ 180 miles) Take a leisurely drive along Lake Ontario back to Toronto where your tour concludes.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1269 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 13 nights’ accommodation on a room-only basis • 11 days’ fully-inclusive compact car hire

DEPARTURES Daily 1 May - 16 Oct

TOUR STYLE: Self Drive GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Additional nights are available on all stops on the route; it can also be tailored to include additional destinations as required.


CANADA 2

MANITOBA

Churchill

Manitoba

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND Riding NIGHTS STAYED Mountain

SMALL GROUP TOUR

National Park 2 3

PRICES FROM

1

Winnipeg

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

£4929pp

8 day Canadian Big Five Safari Winnipeg • Riding Mountain National Park • Churchill

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

• Experience the spectacular wildlife of Manitoba • Search for moose, black bears and LAND RAILon wildlife safaris in Riding bison NIGHTS STAYED Mountain National Park • Get up close and personal with beluga RAIL whales as they feed in the NIGHTS STAYED Churchill River • Enjoy a dog cart ride with a local LAND dog musher and learn all about AIR dog sledding RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Take a full-day Tundra Buggy excursion in search of polar bears LAND and CRUISE a multitude of birds and other NIGHTS STAYED wildlife • Keep your eye out for the aurora borealis on a clear night 1

Day 1: Arrive Winnipeg

Day 6: Beluga Zodiac Excursion

On arrival into Winnipeg, transfer independently to your hotel. The rest of the day is free. A visit to Assinibone Park Zoo is highly recommended as it is a brilliant introduction to the wildlife of the province. This evening there is a meet and greet with the rest of the group and guide to go over the details of the week’s schedule. Four Points by Sheraton, Winnipeg

After breakfast head out on your second beluga excursion, this time on a Zodiac. Marvel as dozens of whales surface just metres away so close you could almost touch them. In the afternoon enjoy a dog carting session with a local dog musher, take part in a mile-long dog cart (on wheels) through the boreal forest and learn about the history and importance of dog sledding to northern communities. (BLD)

Airport

Day 2: Winnipeg - Riding Mountain National Park After an early breakfast depart Winnipeg for Riding Mountain National Park across beautiful prairies to the rolling hills of the Manitoba Escarpment. After a brief introduction to the park, check into your quaint B&B and head out on an evening safari in search of wildlife including moose and black bears. (BLD) Honeycomb

B&B (2 nights)

Day 3: Riding Mountain National Park Bison Enclosure Head back into Riding Mountain National Park in search of black bears, moose and bison. Join a Parks Canada guide inside the bison enclosure to learn more about the park and its magnificent animals. After a private tour of the Parks Canada Visitor Centre, enjoy some free time before dinner. Later, you will head out on another wildlife safari at dusk when many animals are at their most active. (BLD)

Day 4: Riding Mountain National Park – Winnipeg After a final wildlife safari, you will return to Winnipeg in preparation for the next portion of the tour – polar bears and belugas in Churchill. (BLD) Four Points by

Sheraton, Winnipeg Airport

Day 5: Winnipeg – Churchill Catch an early flight to Churchill in the far north of the province of Manitoba. Embark on a beluga whale and Prince of Wales Fort tour on the Churchill River estuary where hundreds of beluga whales feed on small fish. After a couple of hours whale watching stop at the Prince of Wales Fort, the oldest most northerly stone fort in Canada. Lunch at a local restaurant, then spend time at the Itsanitaq Museum and the Parks Canada Visitor Centre to learn more about the wildlife, history and culture of the area. After dark, if the night sky is clear, there is a chance you may glimpse the aurora borealis. (BLD) Churchill Hotel (2 nights)

Day 7: Tundra Buggy® Excursion After an early start head out on a 6-hour excursion on a Tundra Buggy in search of wildlife. Your interpretive guide will explain the unique geological and natural history of the tundra. Enjoy the vast expanse of colourful landscape and an abundance of birds and other wildlife – if you are lucky there is a chance to catch a polar bear cooling off in the waters of Hudson Bay. Return to Churchill late afternoon and fly back to Winnipeg. (BLD) Four Points by Sheraton, Winnipeg

Airport

Day 8: Depart Winnipeg Your tour concludes today after checking out of your hotel.

1

1

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£4929 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ accommodation • Meals as specified: 6 breakfasts, 6 lunches and 6 dinners • Services of an expert Frontiers North guide and local guides • Sightseeing, internal flights and transfers as per itinerary

DEPARTURES Jul 23, 30; Aug 12, 18

TOUR STYLE: Small Group GROUP SIZE: 18 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 2 - 3 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

105


CANADA ATLANTIC CANADA

Cape Breton Highlands National Park Cabot Trail Cavendish New Shediac Brunswick Hopewell Rocks Saint John

Wood Islands

12 day Landscapes of the Canadian Maritimes Halifax • Lunenburg • Peggy’s Cove • Cape Breton • Charlottetown • Saint John • Digby Day 1: Arrive Halifax

Day 7: Charlottetown Sightseeing

Welcome to the Canadian Maritimes and the historic coastal city of Halifax. On arrival, your airport transfer takes you to your tour hotel. That evening, join your Travel Director for a Welcome Reception. (D) The

Set out on a guided tour of Prince Edward Island with a Local Expert. Visit Province House and in Cavendish, meet a Local Expert for an in-depth visit to Green Gables House, its museums and sites. On the return to Charlottetown, visit the College of Piping, where Celtic culture comes alive. Perhaps attend a presentation of the acclaimed musical ‘Anne of Green Gables’. (B)

Begin the day at the Maritime Museum of the Atlantic followed by an exploration of this cosmopolitan, eclectic port city. After visiting the local cemetery, where many of the Titanic victims were laid to rest, the beautiful Victorian-era inspired Halifax Public Gardens and the bustling harbourfront. The rest of the day is at leisure. (BD)

Day 4: Halifax – Cape Breton Embark on a journey to stunning Cape Breton Island. After a stop at the Glooscap Heritage Centre to learn about the Mi’kmaq heritage and Glooscap legends, continue your journey on the Canso Causeway to Cape Breton Island, home to friendly people, gaelic traditions and stunning landscapes. (BD) Inverary

Resort (2 nights)

Day 5: The Cabot Trail Get a taste of natural beauty at its peak as you travel along breathtaking Cape Breton and the Cabot Trail, one of the world’s most renowned scenic drives. Immerse yourself in a unique experience at the Gaelic College, your Local Expert will teach you about the fabric milling tradition and demonstrate kilt making. In the evening, enjoy a traditional Cape Breton show – a Celtic Evening of Smiles. (BL)

Day 6: Cape Breton – Charlottetown Embark on a unique ‘white glove’ visit at the Alexander Graham Bell National Historic Site to learn about one of the most influential figures in human history. Travel alongside the scenic Nova Scotia countryside, before arriving at the quaint town of Charlotte. (BD) Hotel:

Delta Prince Edward (3 nights)

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

• Enjoy the sights and culinary LAND RAIL delights of Halifax CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED • Learn about the Halifax Explosion and the Titanic at the Maritime Museum of the Atlantic LAND • Discover Mi’kmaq heritage RAIL and Glooscap legend in Truro NIGHTS STAYED • Cape Breton’s rich Celtic heritage feast • Enjoy a fisherman’s lobsterRAIL as you cruise Shediac Bay NIGHTS STAYED • Visit Green Gables farm house LAND that inspired the classic book AIR ‘Anne of Green Gables’ RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Whale watching in the Bay of Fundy 1

£2629pp

Day 3: Halifax Sightseeing

1

2

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

Journey to the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Lunenburg to experience one of the best surviving examples of a planned British Colonial settlement in North America. Join a Local Expert for a walking tour and visit the Fisheries Museum of the Atlantic. (B)

1

Halifax

Annapolis Peggy’s Royal Cove NOVA Lunenburg SCOTIA

Day 2: Lunenberg and Peggy’s Cove

Baddeck

1

Digby

Westin Nova Scotian (3 nights)

2

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Pictou

Truro 3

PREMIUM ESCORTED TOUR

106

3

Charlottetown

1

1

1

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

£2629 per person

Day 8: Charlottetown The entire day is yours to relax and appreciate the delightful city that is Charlottetown. (B)

Day 9: Charlottetown - Saint John Drive across the modern Confederation Bridge to Shediac where an unforgettable culinary experience awaits, as you cruise the waters of Shediac Bay aboard a lobster boat. After lunch, head for the Hopewell Rocks. (BLD) Hilton Saint John

Day 10: Saint John – Digby Explore Saint John’s vibrant past with a tour through the charming streets of the beautiful waterfront uptown. Then board your ferry bound for the opposite side of the Bay of Fundy and Saint John’s sister community of Digby, Nova Scotia. (BD) Digby Pines

PRICES INCLUDE • 11 nights’ premium accommodation • Meals as specified: 11 breakfasts, 2 lunches (1 with wine) and 5 dinners (4 with wine) • Travel by air-conditioned motorcoach with business class legroom and free wi-fi • Passionate and expertly-trained Travel Director • Airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary • Private VIP door-to-door UK airport transfers on arrival and departure

Resort (2 nights)

DEPARTURES

Day 11: Digby

2019: Jun 15; Jul 6, 13, 20; Aug 10, 17, 24, 31; Sep 21

Begin your day with whale watching on the Bay of Fundy. In the afternoon, enjoy a short journey to the small town of Annapolis Royal, rich in Acadian culture. Return to your hotel for your Farewell Celebration dinner. (BD)

Day 12: Depart Halifax After breakfast, transfer to Halifax International Airport where your tour draws to a close. (B)

TOUR STYLE: Premium Escorted GROUP SIZE: 40 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Halifax. Please call for details.


CANADA 1

Gros Morne National Park

ATLANTIC CANADA

2

Quirpon Island

Main Brook

2

Twillingate

2

Deer Lake 2

1

Humber Valley LAND NEWFOUNDLAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

2

Trinity St Johns 2

SELF DRIVE TOUR

1

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

£1799pp

1

14 day Lodges & Escapes of Newfoundland St. John’s • Trinity • Twillingate • Gros Morne National Park • Quirpon Island • Main Brook • Humber Valley Area • Deer Lake Days 1 & 2: St. John’s On arrival at St. John’s, pick up your car and drive to your hotel, the rest of the day is at leisure. On day 2, enjoy a morning city tour and in the afternoon continue on to Bay Bulls and join a cruise around the Witless Bay Ecological Reserve, home to a host of seabirds and humpback whales.(B*) Leaside Manor

Inn (2 nights) *day 2 only.

Days 3 & 4: St. John’s – Trinity Take the scenic coastal loop along Conception Bay via the charming village of Brigus and then on to Trinity, the cultural architectural capital of Newfoundland. Next day explore this beautiful region further. Visit the nearby Cape Random film set, the site offers visitors the opportunity to step back in time and imagine the life of our forbearers in a typical fishing community in the early 1800’s. Continue on and drive the remainder of the Bonavista Peninsula before returning to Trinity.

else in the world, view the magnificent ‘Tablelands’ and choose from over 19 hiking trails catering to all abilities. (B) Neddie’s Harbour Inn

Day 8: Gros Morne National Park Today, explore the north side of the park; highlights include the scenic community of Norris Point and Rocky Harbour. In the afternoon, enjoy a spectacular Western Brook Pond Fjord Boat Tour to see the spectacular Western Brook Gorge with its dramatic ravine-like sides. (B)

Day 9 & 10: Gros Morne NP - Quirpon Island

(B) Fisher’s Loft Inn (2 nights)

Drive north to Quirpon Island where you will stay in a refurbished original Light Keeper’s residence, which is located on the northernmost tip of the Northern Peninsula. Relax and enjoy your Quirpon Island experience – whale watch from the helipad or enclosed viewing area or roam the rugged landscape. In season, Quirpon Island is one of Newfoundland’s best locations for iceberg viewing as they drift south. (BD) Quirpon

Day 5: Trinity – Twillingate

Island Lighthouse Inn (2 nights)

Depart Trinity and take a leisurely drive to Terra Nova National Park. The landscape of the park varies from the rugged cliffs and sheltered inlets of the coastal region to the rolling forested hills, bogs and ponds of the inland. Keep an eye out for ospreys, eagle, lynx and moose. Continue westwards to explore the “Road to the Isles” or “Road to the Shore” routes to visit the many coves, inlets and fishing villages dotted along the coastline. (B) Iceberg Alley B&B (2 nights)

Day 11: Quirpon Island - Main Brook

Day 6: Twillingate This morning, you will take to the scenic waters on a Nature Cruise around Twillingate Island and in particular “Iceberg Alley” and Notre Dame Bay. In season, expect to see not only majestic icebergs, but also whales, Atlantic dolphins and seals as well as many native seas birds. The afternoon is free to further explore the area, suggestions include visiting the still-active 1876 Long Point Lighthouse perhaps heading to the quaint communities of Change Islands & Fogo Island (both accessed by local ferry). (B)

Day 7: Twillingate - Gros Morne National Park Head west through a vast expanse of lush forest and contrasting scenery towards UNESCO World Heritage Site Gros Morne National Park. The park offers beauty and adventure that are unsurpassed anywhere

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

Depart Quirpon Island for Main Brook, suggested stops on the way include L’Anse aux Meadows – the only authenticated Viking settlement site in North America, and the Grenfell Historic Properties that tell the story of the evolution of Northern Newfoundland and Labrador and the people of the region over the last 100 years. (B) Tuckamore Lodge

Day 12: Main Brook - Humber Valley Area Today, take a leisurely drive back down the Viking Trail and on to the scenic Humber Valley Region and on to Steady Brook. Sightseeing suggestion include visiting the remains of the “SS Ethie”, Shallow Bay Beach, and “The Arches”. Continue on to the Humber Valley Region - a haven for outdoor enthusiasts. (B) Marble

Inn Resort (2 nights)

Days 13 & 14: Humber Valley - Deer Lake This morning, why not drive to Newfoundland’s second city, Corner Brook, located on the south shore of the Humber Arm? Continue back to Humber Valley – en route, see Shellbird Island – and Steady Brook Falls, one of the Humber Valley’s most scenic areas. On day 14 depart Steady Brook and drive the short distance to Deer Lake airport ready for your onward journey.

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

• Explore St. John’s and its surrounds on a city tour and LAND RAIL nature cruise on Bay Bulls CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED • Drive on sparsely populated coastal and inland routes • See icebergs up close at “Iceberg LAND Alley” RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Cruise the iconic Western Brook Gorge • Get RAILyour walking boots on in Gros NIGHTS STAYED Morne National Park • Stay in a refurbished original Light LAND Keeper’s residence on AIR Quirpon Island RAIL 1

1

1

1

NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

PRICES FROM: 1

£1799 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 13 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels, Lodges & B&B’s • 14 days’ fully-inclusive compact car hire • Self drive kit with maps and driving directions • Return boat transfer to Quirpon Island • Sightseeing including St. John’s City Tour, Bay Bulls Nature Cruise, Twillingate Nature Cruise and Western Brook Pond Cruise

DEPARTURES 2019: Daily May - Oct

TOUR STYLE: Self Drive GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Additional nights are available on all stops on the route; it can also be tailored to include additional destinations as required.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

107


UNITED STATES

RAIL LAND CRUISE AIR NIGHTS RAIL STAYED

1

ALASKA

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

ALASKA 2

1

2 Fairbanks LAND Denali NationalSTAYED Park NIGHTS

s 1

Seward

1

LAND Anchorage 2 NIGHTS STAYED College Fjord

1

1

Hubbard Glacier

Haines

s

LAND Kenai Fjords National Park AIR

Glacier Bay NIGHTS LAND STAYED National Park AIR NIGHTS STAYED

Juneau Ketchikan

Optional 7 night cruise extension

1

1 1

RAIL

Fairbanks • Denali National Park • Alaskan Railroad • Anchorage • Kenai Fjords National Park • Seward Day 1: Arrive Fairbanks

Day 5: Denali – Alaskan Railroad - Anchorage

Welcome to Fairbanks, the rest of the day is free. At 6pm, meet your Travel Director and fellow travellers for a Welcome Reception at your hotel. Rivers Edge

Enjoy free time before boarding the famous Alaska Railroad for the scenic journey to Anchorage. Relax in the Deluxe Dome Railcar as onboard experts discuss the spectacular landscapes of Hurricane Gulch and Indian River Canyon. Your evening in Anchorage is free. (B) Hilton Anchorage (2 nights)

Day 3: Fairbanks – Denali National Park Wind your way through the scenic Tanana River Valley on your way to vistas of snow-capped Mount Denali at 20,320 feet (6,194 metres), it is the highest peak in North America and the centrepiece of Denali National Park. Settle into your hotel and enjoy a presentation by a Local Specialist about the uniqueness of the subarctic flora and fauna before delving into Denali’s lively history at a Regional Meal and show at the Denali Dinner Theatre. (BD) Denali Park Village (2

nights)

Day 4: Denali National Park In 1976, President Jimmy Carter designated Denali National Park as an international biosphere reserve, focusing on ecosystem conservation and prudent use of national resources. The day will be yours to explore the park at leisure. (B)

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• See theNIGHTS breathtaking snowSTAYED cappedLAND peaks of North Americas highestAIR Mountain - Mount Denali RAIL LAND AIR aSTAYED • Cruise NIGHTS in paddlewheel boat RAIL in Fairbanks, into Kenai Fjords NIGHTS STAYED LANDPark National CRUISE STAYED train journey LAND • Take anNIGHTS iconic CRUISE throughNIGHTS Alaska’s wilderness STAYED aboard the Alaska Railroad • Cruise in a paddlewheel boat in Fairbanks to a recreated Athabascan village • See the glaciers & inlets on a sightseeing cruise of Kenai Fjords National Park 1

8 day Majestic Alaska

Start your day with a visit to Creamer’s Field Refuge where a Local Specialist will take you on a peaceful nature walk to view migratory birds before a visit to the historic farmhouse. Board a paddlewheel riverboat on a journey to a recreated Athabascan village. Enjoy some free time to explore Fairbanks on your own before a salmon bake Regional Meal. (BD)

USA

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

£2099pp

Day 2: Fairbanks

Vancouver

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

PRICES FROM

Resort (2 nights)

Inside Passage

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

LAND RAIL NIGHTS LAND STAYED

1

ESCORTED COACH TOUR

CANADA s

LAND RAIL CRUISE LAND NIGHTS RAIL STAYED

Day 6: Anchorage Explore Anchorage’s historic downtown district and view the scenic shores of Cook Inlet. Stop at a local sports fishing hatchery where over 6 million sport fish are hatched every year. Your Local Specialist will explain this complex process and its positive economic impact on the local communities. Visit the Alaska Native Heritage Center where you can walk along wooded paths past indigenous villages and meet with natives from different parts of the state. After some free time, join your newfound friends at a Farewell Dinner and toast to your Alaskan adventure. (BD)

Day 7: Anchorage - Kenai Fjords National Park - Seward Visit a wildlife rehabilitation centre with a guide before embarking on a sightseeing cruise into the heart of Kenai Fjords National Park. Enjoy a lunch made of fresh, local ingredients while taking in the views of abundant wildlife and magnificent glaciers. (BL)

Seward Windsong Lodge

Day 8: Depart Anchorage Enjoy the morning on your own before returning to Anchorage. Stops will be made at Anchorage International Airport and the Hilton Anchorage for guests extending their stay. (B)

1

1

1

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2099 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 7 breakfasts, 1 lunch and 4 dinners • Touring by air-conditioned vehicle • Services of an expert Travel Director • Transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary • VIP door-to-door airport transfers

DEPARTURES 2019: May 13, 20; Jun 3, 10, 24; Jul 1, 8, 15; Aug 5, 19, 26; Sep 2

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach GROUP SIZE: 52 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Why not add an Alaskan cruise to this tour departing on day 7? Please call for details.

108


UNITED STATES 2

1

s

s Tok

s

2

Denali Park Denali National Park Entrance Mt. McKinley

ALASKA Glennallen

Talkeetna

s Anchorage

1

2

Seward

1

Palmer/Wasilla

1

1

PRICES FROM

15 Alaska & Yukon Highlights Anchorage • Denali National Park • Fairbanks • Tok • Dawson City • Whitehorse • Skagway • Haines Junction • Wasilla/Palmer • Seward Day 1: Anchorage Arrival

Day 9: Whitehorse – Skagway (175km/109 miles)

On arrival into Anchorage, transfer independently to your hotel. The rest of the day is free to explore Alaska’s most populous city.

Enjoy another spectacular drive today passing Emerald Lake and Carcross desert, considered the smallest in the world. Cross back into Alaska and the port town of Skagway with its gold-rush-era buildings.

Day 4: Denali – Fairbanks (200km/125 miles)

1

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Day 12: Tok – Wasilla/Palmer Area (464km/290 miles) Following the Glenn Highway from Tok today, you skirt around Wrangell–St. Elias a huge national park and home to 9 of the USA’s highest peaks.

Day 14: Seward – Anchorage (204km/127 miles)

Today’s drive on the Top of the World Highway is up there with some of the most scenic drives in the world. Travel through the backcountry and old gold mining communities crossing the border from Alaska, into Yukon, Territory and gaze in awe at the spectacular mountain scenery that surrounds you.

Take a leisurely drive back across the Kenai Peninsula to Anchorage where your grand tour of Alaska and the Yukon comes to an end.

Day 15: Depart Anchorage After checking out of your hotel return your car at the airport before your onward flight.

Day 7: Dawson City

Day 8: Dawson City– Whitehorse (533km/ 333 miles) A longer drive today, but the scenery as you head south-east following the Yukon River Valley to the capital of Yukon Territory will not disappoint.

1

Day 11: Haines Junction – Tok (476km/297 miles) A longer day driving today takes you back across the Canada/USA border to Tok.

Day 6: Tok – Dawson City (296km/ 185 miles)

Enjoy a free day to explore the old gold rush town of Dawson City with its colourful old-fashioned houses, wooden sidewalks and dusty streets. This evening, we recommend paying a visit to Canada’s oldest casino Diamond Tooth Gertie’s Gambling Hall.

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

(335km/209 miles) Depart Skagway and drive via the Klondike and Alaska Highway to Haines Junction, gateway to Kluane National Park with its vast ice fields and soaring peaks.

Depart Fairbanks on the Alaska Highway, suggested stops include trying your hand at panning for gold and North Pole where you can feel all festive at Santa Claus house.

Day 5: Fairbanks – Tok (330km/ 206 miles)

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

• Full-day Tour of Denali National LAND Park RAIL CRUISE • Spectacular drivesNIGHTS on traffic free STAYED roads including the Top of the World Highway • Exploring the Gold LAND Rush towns RAIL of Dawson City, Whitehorse and NIGHTS STAYED Skagway • Kluane National Park, home to RAIL Canada’s tallest mountains and NIGHTS STAYED the world’s largest non-polar ice field Kenai Peninsula’s dramatic LAND fjords and rich marine life AIR RAIL • Long sunny days – NIGHTS thisSTAYED is the Land of the Midnight Sun

Day 10: Skagway – Haines Junction

Day 13: Wasilla/Palmer - Seward (267km/167 miles) Head to Anchorage before picking up the dramatic Seward Highway on the Kenai Peninsula, be prepared fore some jaw-dropping scenery as you wind your way to Seward. Highly recommended today or on day 14 is a nature cruise to explore the glacier fed waters around Seward with its steep glacial fjords and rich marine life the photo opportunities are fantastic.

Drive to Fairbanks, Alaska’s second largest city via the Parks Highway. In Fairbanks, if time permits, we recommend joining a sternwheeler riverboat tour.

1

1

£2299pp

Today, enjoy a full-day tour of the pristine beauty of Denali National Park, keep your eyes peeled for amazing wildlife such as bears, moose, caribou, beaver, and a variety of alpine birds. If the weather permits, catch a glimpse of the mighty peak of Denali, the highest peak in North America.

1

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

SELF DRIVE TOUR

Day 3: Denali National Park

Beaver Creek LAND Whitehorse AIR 1 RAIL Haines CRUISE Jct NIGHTS STAYED

Skagway

1

Day 2: Anchorage – Denali (379km/ 237 miles) This morning, pick up your rental car from downtown location and hit the open road towards Denali National Park on the Glenn Highway. En route you will get your first taste of the wild mountain scenery that is to come. If time permits we recommend a side trip to the charming gold mining community of Talkeetna.

YUKON, CANADA

ALASKA & THE YUKON

Dawson City

Fairbanks

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2299 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 14 nights’ accommodation in standard grade hotels on a room-only basis • 15 days’ compact car hire (excludes additional liability insurances) • Bus tour of Denali National Park

DEPARTURES Daily May - Sep

TOUR STYLE: Self Drive GROUP SIZE: 1+

Optional Pre/Post Stay Additional nights are available on all stops on the route; it can also be tailored to include additional destinations as required.

PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 2 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

109


HIGHLIGHTS • PACKED WITH COLONIAL CHARM AND ICONIC 50’S CARS, HAVANA PULSES TO THE RHYTHM OF SALSA

•T  HE LEGENDARY STATUE OF CHRIST THE REDEEMER STANDING GUARD OVER THE GLITZY RIO BEACHES

• STRADDLING PERU AND BOLIVIA, ENORMOUS LAKE TITICACA IS THE WORLD’S HIGHEST NAVIGABLE WATERWAY

•T  HE AWE-INSPIRING SPLENDOUR OF ANTARCTICA, THE MOST REMOTE REGION OF THE PLANET, VIEWED FROM ABOARD A POLAR EXPEDITION SHIP

• SNORKEL AMIDST MIGHTY MANTA RAYS, LIVELY SEA LIONS AND TURTLES – JUST A TASTE OF THE RICH GALÁPAGOS WILDLIFE 110

• TRANSIT THE PANAMA CANAL, A TRUE MARVEL OF ENGINEERING


NORTH AMERICA

CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA Gulf of Mexico

Copper Canyon MEXICO

BAHAMAS

Tropic of Cancer

CUBA

Cancun

HAITI

Mexico City JAMAICA GUATEMALA

ANTIGUA

Caribbean Sea

HONDURAS

ST. LUCIA BARBADOS

ARUBA

EL SALVADOR

NICARAGUA San José COSTA PANAMA RICA

CURACAO

Cartagena

North Atlantic Ocean

PUERTO RICO

DOMINICAN REPUBLIC

BELIZE

Acapulco

TRINIDAD & TOBAGO

Caracas VENEZUELA

GUYANA

Bogota

FRENCH SURINAME GUIANA

COLOMBIA

THE GALÁPAGOS ISLANDS

ECUADOR

Equator

Quito

Guayaquil

Belém

r

ive

nR

Manaus

Cuenca

zo ma

A

Amazon River

Natal

PERU

Lima

Recife BRAZIL

Machu Picchu Cuzco

Praia do Forte Salvador

Ica

Ilheus Puno

Lake Titicaca

Brasillia

La Paz BOLIVIA

Pantanal

PARAGUAY

Calama

Sao Paulo

Tropic of Capricorn Asuncion

CHILE Salta

EASTER ISLAND

Rio de Janeiro Búzios

Iguassú Falls

Córdoba Mendoza Santiago

URUGUAY

Buenos Aires

ARGENTINA

THE MOST VARIED WILDLIFE ON THE PLANET

Belo Horizonte

Campo Grande

Sucre

(

Puerto Vallarta

Monterrey

(

Los Cabos

San Carlos de Bariloche Puerto Montt Trelew

Rub shoulders with the inhabitants of the Galápagos: sea lions, El Calafate iguanas, lava lizards, Torres del Paine giant tortoises and National Park exotic birds of all shapes and sizes. Punta Arenas See elephant seals Ushuaia lazing on ice floes and immense rookeries of penguins surrounded by towering glaciers in Antarctica, while in the lush Amazonian rainforest there’s a chance to go Piranha fishing or on a night safari to spot caimans.

LUSH RAINFORESTS AND BEACH ADVENTURES Vast beyond belief, the Amazon Rainforest is home to a tenth of the world’s plant life and animal species. Trek through lush rainforest canopy, paddle canoes on the quiet backwaters, and stay in eco-friendly jungle lodges. In Costa Rica, enjoy rafting, trekking and

Montevideo South Atlantic Ocean

horse riding amidst fiery volcanic peaks, tropical beaches, hot springs and mossy cloud forests.

INCAS, AZTECS AND MAYANS Watch the sun rise over Macchu Pichu, the fabled ‘Lost City of the Incas’, enjoy a scenic stay FALKLAND in beautiful Sacred Valley and ISLANDS marvel at the ancient Inca stronghold of Ollantaytambo. See the temple pyramids of Mexico City, the former capital of the Aztecs, and the Mayan ruins at Chichén Itzá, one of the New Seven Wonders of the World.

INCREDIBLE LANDSCAPES From the snow-capped peaks of the Andes to the thundering falls of Iguazú, the sheer range of drama is staggering. Amidst the wild, windswept plains of Patagonia, Torres del Paine is the jewel in the crown with its jagged peaks, pristine glaciers, waterfalls and crystal lakes.

111


CENTRAL AMERICA MEXICO

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

MEXICO Mexico City

2

2

Puebla

Gulf of Mexico

LAND 1

NIGHTS2 STAYED Oaxaca

Mérida Campeche

1

2

Chichèn Itzá Valladolid 1

Yucatán Peninsula

1

Playa del Carmen

Palenque

GUATEMALA

1

SMALL GROUP TOUR

1

£1199pp

Mexico City • Puebla • Oaxaca • Palenque • Merida • Valladolid • Chichen Itza • Playa del Carmen Day 1: Arrive Mexico City

Day 9: Palenque - Mérida

On arrival, transfer independently to your hotel (ask about adding a transfer). The day is free to explore before a welcome meeting with your CEO and fellow travellers.

Travel to the Yucatán Peninsula, stopping off in the seaside historic city of Campeche. Upon arrival in Mérida, enjoy an orientation walk to get to know the city’s layout and attractions. (B)

Day 2: Mexico City

Day 10: Mérida

Enjoy free time to explore Mexico City. Opt to check out the sprawling zócalo (main square), visit the Frida Kahlo museum in vibrant Coyoacán, or view impressive Mayan and Aztec artefacts at the National Anthropology Museum. (B)

Enjoy a free day to explore Mérida and surroundings. Opt to visit the Mayan ruins of Uxma, explore the main square and historic buildings of Mérida, or take a horse cart to ride to an underground sinkhole hidden inside a limestone cave. (B)

Day 3: Mexico City - Puebla

Day 11: Mérida - Valladolid

Rise early and explore the ancient city of Teotihuacan on a guided tour. Work up a sweat climbing the Pyramid of the Sun and the Pyramid of the Moon, and be rewarded by sweeping views of the ruins site. Travel to Puebla and enjoy an orientation walk downtown. (B)

Explore the ancient Mayan City of Chichén Itzá with a locally guided tour, and then continue on to the quaint city of Valladolid. Opt to cool off with a swim in a nearby cenote, a natural water-filled sinkhole. (B)

Day 4: Puebla

Travel to Playa del Carmen to lounge on Mayan Riviera beaches. Enjoy dinner at a G Adventures-supported community restaurant with a youth-focused art program. (B)

Journey south to beautiful Oaxaca, and get a feel for the city on an orientation walk, stopping to visit one of its sprawling markets. (B)

Day 6: Oaxaca Take advantage of free time, and opt to explore the ruins at Monte Alban, learn to make mole in a cooking class, buy local handicrafts at nearby artisan villages, or samples some mezcal at a local distillery – look out for the worm! (B)

Day 7: Oaxaca - Palenque Travel in style and fly to Villahermosa, then transfer to Palenque by land. (B)

Day 8: Palenque Enjoy a guided tour of the Mayan ruins of Palenque, set in the jungle of Chiapas. See the highlights – the Temple of the Cross Group, Temple of Inscriptions and the Grand Palace. Howler monkeys sound in the distance as the fog rolls in and out of this mystical site, one of the most important centres for trade and culture during the end of the Classic Maya period. In the afternoon opt for a jungle walk. (B)

112

LAND • Guided tour of pyramids of RAIL NIGHTS STAYED Teotihuacan • Orientation walk of Puebla, Merida and market visit in Oaxaca RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Guided tour of the mighty Palenque ruins site • Visit to LAND colonial seaside town of AIR Campeche RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Guided tour with a local guide of Chichén Itzá LAND • Free time in Playa del Carmen to CRUISE relax byNIGHTS theSTAYED beach • Visit to El Hongo Mexican Community Restaurant and Youth Art Program in Playa del Carmen – a G Adventures for Good project 1

14 day Classic Mexico Adventure

Day 5: Puebla - Oaxaca

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

Enjoy a free day to explore the city. Opt to visit a ceramics workshop, check out the pyramid of nearby Cholula, a massive archaeological site dating from at least 100AD, sample delicious local specialties, or watch a lucha libre wrestling match at night. (B)

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

Day 12: Valladolid - Playa del Carmen

Day 13: Playa del Carmen Opt to explore the Mayan ruins of Tulúm or just play in the waves and enjoy some beach time! (B)

Day 14: Depart Playa del Carmen Your tour concludes today after check out of your hotel. Ask about extending your stay. (B)

1

1

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1199 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 13 nights’ hotel accommodation • Meals as specified: 13 breakfasts and 1 dinner • Shared touring by private vehicle and public air-conditioned bus • Services of a Chief Experience Officer (CEO) and local guides • Internal flights and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 5; Feb 2; Mar 2, 30; Apr 27; May 18; Jun 8, 29; Jul 13, 27; Aug 10, 31; Sep 21; Oct 12, 26; Nov 23; Dec 21, 28

TOUR STYLE: Small Group (Classic) GROUP SIZE: 16 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Mexico City and Playa del Carmen. Please call for details.


CENTRAL AMERICA

Mérida

1

Chichèn Itzá

1

Mexico City

Tikal

1 1

PRICES FROM

2

Cancún Playa del Carmen

Caye 2 Caulker BELIZE

1

ESCORTED TOUR

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS CRUISE STAYED NIGHTS STAYED

3 2

Yucatán Peninsula

MEXICO

GUATEMALA

Antigua

MEXICO, BELIZE & GUATEMALA

Gulf of Mexico

LAND NIGHTS STAYED LAND NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

£2259pp

1

LAND

13 day Sol Seeker Mexico City • Merida • Cancun • Playa del Carmen • Caye Caulker • Tikal National Park • Antigua Day 1: Arrive Mexico City

Days 8 & 9: Playa del Carmen – Caye Caulker

Welcome to Mexico City! Aztec temples, the Pyramids of Teotihuacan, tacos, and a local guide awaits. Later, it’s back to Mexico City for some down time before heading out for a night on the town. (D)

Belize, we’re already in love. From one paradise to another, Caye Caulker’s soft sands and soft reggae sounds can only be topped by its outstanding World Heritage Barrier Reef and mangrove kayaking opportunities. (B,BD)

Day 2: Mexico City - Merida Slowing it down after the thrill of Mexico City, you’ll have a walking tour of Merida’s sights, fuelled by the delicacies of the local Yucatan cuisine. A meander through the markets will give you an opportunity to stock up on souvenirs. (B)

Days 3 – 5: Merida – Cancun After a guided visit to the iconic ruins of Chichén Itzá and feeling refreshed from a dip in the cenotes, you’ll arrive in Cancun. Partying, snorkelling and beach fun are all on the cards during your time in this thrill seekers paradise. A day trip to see Mayan ruins and island hopping will take you further afield. (B,BD,B)

Days 6 & 7: Cancun - Playa del Carmen Fully loving life on the Mayan Riviera, Playa Del Carmen will steal our hearts with her golden sands and chic atmosphere. Wanna see even more whilst you’re here? Jump on board our optional day trip to the island of Cozumel. (B,BD)

Day 10: Tikal National Park Oh hello Guatemalan jungle lodge, we could just spend our time here enjoying the sounds of the jungle, but we won’t. Why? Cos’ we’ve got a whole load of adventures to get through, rainforest ziplining, ruin exploring and a sunrise tour of the Mayan ruin Templo IV all included. (B,D)

Days 11 & 12: Antigua Known for its Spanish colonial architecture, Antigua is a pastel coloured diamond in the rough living in the shadows of three sizeable volcanoes. You’ll get your first taste of the city on a guided tour then it’s over to you with a free day to hike a volcano, ride mountain bikes or shop for local textiles. (B,BD)

Day 13: Depart Antigua Wrapping up your trip today, you’ll be leaving with nothing but happy memories and killer tans. (B)

• Cruise AIR on a traditional Trajinera LAND NIGHTS STAYED boat AIR in Mexico City NIGHTS STAYED • Wander the traditional markets LAND in Merida RAIL LAND CRUISE RAIL • Escape the heat of the day and NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE STAYED take NIGHTS a refreshing dip in a cenote – an underground waterhole • See the LAND spectacular Mayan ruins RAIL LAND of Chichén Itzá and Tikal NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Top up your tan on the beaches of Cancun, Playa del Carmen and CayeRAIL Caulker NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTSin STAYED • Snorkel the crystal clear waters of the Caribbean Sea LAND • EnjoyLAND AIRa Guatemalan feast in RAIL AIR Antigua NIGHTS STAYED RAIL 1 1

1 1

1 1

1 1

1 1

NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS

LAND CRUISE LAND NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1 PRICES FROM: 1

£2259 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 12 nights’ twin-share hotel accommodation • Meals as specified: 12 breakfasts and 6 dinners • Touring by air-conditioned coach • Internal flights during the tour • Services of an experienced Trip Manager and Local Guides • Sightseeing as per itinerary (excluding free time add-ons)

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 20; Feb 17; Mar 17; Apr 21; May 26; Jun 30; Aug 4, 25; Sep 22; Oct 20; Nov 17; Dec 8, 22 2020: Jan 19; Feb 16

TOUR STYLE: Escorted (18 - 35 year olds) GROUP SIZE: 32 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

113


CENTRAL AMERICA GUATEMALA & BELIZE

MEXICO

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Belize City

3 Cayo El Remate 2 (Dlx) 2 District Flores BELIZE (Sup)

1

Tikal

GUATEMALA ▲

Chichicastenango

1

£3189pp

11 day Spirit of Central America Guatemala City • Antigua • Lake Atitlán • Tikal • Cayo District Arrive in Guatemala City and transfer to Antigua. Founded in 1543, the country’s cultural capital is crammed full of colonial buildings. Its pretty cobbled streets are lined with colourful houses, and the town is overlooked by 3 dramatic volcanoes. Standard: Mesón

de María; Superior: El Convento (3 nights)

Days 2 & 3: Antigua Sightseeing & Fair Trade Coffee Tour Enjoy a half-day private walking tour of Antigua and discover some of its many churches and monasteries, including San Francisco Church, La Merced Church and the Cathedral. During your afternoon at leisure, explore the shops selling artworks, restaurants and trendy bars. On day 3, visit a small coffee farm for an authentic, behind the scenes tour. Learn how the coffee is processed, dried, roasted and ground before enjoying a cup of coffee with the farmer and his family.

(B)

Day 4: Antigua - Lake Atitlán Visit Comalapa market and take a short tour of the small Mayan archaeological site at Iximche before a private transfer to beautiful Lake Atitlán. The afternoon will be at leisure to relax in the surroundings of this magical lake. (BL) Standard: Posada de Don

Rodrigo; Superior: Hotel Atitlan (2 nights)

Day 5: Lake Atitlán - Santiago Village Take a private boat tour across Lake Atitlán enjoying spectacular views of the lake and the surrounding volcanoes to San Juan La Laguna Village to visit a local textile cooperative. Continue to the interesting town of Santiago, where the local Mayan community still follow their traditional religion and produce beautiful woven goods. (BL)

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

Lake 2 Atitlán

3

Antigua

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

Day 1: Arrive Guatemala City - Antigua

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

INDEPENDENT TOUR

1

Day 6: Lake Atitlán - Chichicastenango Market – El Remate Visit the famous craft market at ‘Chichi’ and see Mayan rituals performed in the Catholic Church. Enjoy lunch in the town before continuing to Guatemala City for a flight to Flores and transfer to your hotel in the El Remate area. (BL) Standard: Villa Maya; Superior: La

• Spend 3 nights in Antigua with its colonial buildings LAND • Visit the traditional market at RAIL NIGHTS STAYED Comalapa • Cruise on Lake Atitlán • TourRAILMayan ruins at Tikal to the NIGHTSof STAYED sound howler monkeys • Visit lush rainforest and the ancient ruins of Belize’s Cayo LAND AIR district RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Discover the Mountain Pine Ridge National Park 1

1

1

Lancha (2 nights)

Day 7: Tikal National Park In the morning, visit the largest excavated site in the Americas, Tikal. Enjoy a tour of this magical Mayan temple complex, where steep-sided pyramids poke out through the jungle canopy. Climb some of the huge pyramids, visit the royal palace and the Plaza of the Lost World. (BL)

Days 8 - 10: Cayo District Rainforest Visit Yaxha National Park and the impressive Mayan ruins of Xunantunich dating back to the Mayan Classic Era of 300-900 AD before continuing to the Belize border and crossing to the Cayo District for a 3-night stay. On day 9 you’ll enjoy a soft adventure jungle trip to Barton Creek, which includes canoeing and lunch. The following day you will journey through the scenic, subtropical Mountain Pine Ridge National Park to the famous Mayan Site at Caracol in the foothills of the Maya Mountains, then visit the Rio Frio Caves for a dip in its refreshing pools. (BL,B,BL) Standard: Black

Rock Lodge; Superior: Chaa Creek (3 nights)

Day 11: Depart Belize Tour ends on day 11 with a transfer to Belize International Airport or perhaps you’ll extend your trip with a few days relaxing on the white sands of Ambergris Caye. Please ask for details. (B)

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS

PRICES FROM:

£3189 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 10 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 10 breakfasts and 6 lunches • Mix of private and shared touring with English-speaking guides • Private transfers, internal flight and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Tuesday & Saturday

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Why not extend your stay in Belize with a few days of relaxation on Ambergris Caye? Enjoy the wonderful white-sand beaches and crystal blue waters as well as fantastic opportunities for diving and snorkelling in the second largest barrier reef in the world.

114


CENTRAL AMERICA BELIZE

Ambergris Caye

4

San Pedro

BELIZE

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Belize City

San Ignacio

4

Cayo District / Mountain Pine Region

INDEPENDENT TOUR PRICES FROM

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

£1939pp

9 day Belize Rainforest, Ruins & Reef Belize City • Cayo District • Ambergris Caye

• Visit the lush rainforest and ancient ruins in the Cayo District LAND • Explore Barton Creek Cave RAIL by NIGHTS STAYED canoe • Discover the scenic Mountain Pine RAIL Ridge National Park NIGHTS STAYED • Marvel at the impressive Caracol Mayan Site LAND • Relax on the white sand beaches AIR RAIL of Ambergris Caye NIGHTS STAYED • Snorkel on the world’s second largest barrier reef LAND 1

1

Day 1: Arrive Belize City - Cayo District On arrival at Belize International Airport you will be met and then transferred into the Cayo District rainforest. Check into your hotel/lodge for the next 4 nights and enjoy the rest of the day at leisure.

Standard: Black Rock River Lodge (River View Cabana); Superior: Chaa Creek (Cottage Room)

Day 2: Xunantunich & San Ignacio Transfer to the impressive Mayan ruins of Xunantunich dating back to the Maya Classic Era of 300-900 AD and enjoy a private guided tour of the small but fascinating site. Explore the ceremonial centre with its plazas ringed with pyramids including the second tallest in Belize, ‘El Castillo’. Continue to the traditional town of San Ignacio before returning to the hotel for a free afternoon. (B)

Day 3: Barton Creek Cave & Canoe Excursion Today enjoy a private soft adventure jungle trip to Barton Creek. Travel through the Mennonite Community of Upper Barton Creek to the river at Barton Creek. Equipped with canoes and high-powered lights you will gently paddle along the river into the cave system. Stalactites and Stalagmites hang high overhead as you float past impressive calcite crystal formations. Guides will explain the significance of this 7.5km limestone cave system to the ancient Mayan people. (B)

Day 4: Caracol & Mountain Pine Ridge Travel through the scenic, sub-tropical Mountain Pine Ridge National Park on your way to the famous Mayan Site at Caracol in the foothills of the Maya Mountains. Take a private guided tour of this impressive Maya site which is the largest in Belize covering 80 sq. km of canopy jungle and including five plazas, an astronomic observatory and over 35,000 buildings, one over 40 metres high. On your return to the hotel stop to visit the Rio Frio Caves for a dip in its refreshing pools. (BL)

We suggest adding an extra day to visit Mayan Tikal in Guatemala.

Day 5: Cayo District - San Ignacio - Belize City - Ambergris Caye Transfer to San Ignacio Airstrip, followed by an hour flight to the Island of Ambergris Caye, famous for its stunning beaches and sparkling Caribbean Sea. Check into your chosen hotel; Ramon’s Village is located on the outskirts of San Pedro, rooms are dotted through the lush gardens up to the seafront and a gorgeous sandy beach. The deluxe Victoria House Hotel is a small and intimate, award-winning beachfront resort with just 42 beautiful rooms and exclusive pool villas, surrounded by lush tropical gardens. (B) Standard:

Ramon’s Village (Standard Seaside Cabana); Superior: Victoria House (Plantation Room)

Day 6: Snorkel with reef sharks & rays Embark on a half-day shared tour to the Hol Chan Marine Reserve and Shark Ray Alley to snorkel and swim with sharks and rays. Other marine life to be discovered could be coral gardens, turtles and schools of colourful fish. Hol Chan is part of the second largest coral reef system in the world which lies 2.5km east of the shoreline and runs the entire length of the coconut palm lined island. (B)

Days 7-8: Ambergris Caye at Leisure Spend the next few days lazing on the magnificent beaches of this tropical island paradise. Or why not explore the small settlement of San Pedro Town with its picture postcard setting – small colourfully painted houses set alongside sand streets nestled beside the clear turquoise sea? (B)

Day 9: Ambergris Caye - Depart Belize City Transfer to San Pedro airport for your flight to Belize International Airport where your tour ends. (B)

1

1

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1939 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 8 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 8 breakfasts and 1 lunch • Mix of private and shared touring with English-speaking guides • Private transfers, and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available at all stops on this routing. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

115


CENTRAL AMERICA COSTA RICA

Arenal National Park

2

2

Sarapiqui Horquetas

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

San José Braulio Carrillo National Park COSTA RICA

2

1

PRICES FROM

£1439pp

San José • Tortuguero National Park • Arenal National Park • Manuel Antonio National Park Day 1: Arrive San José

Day 5: Arenal National Park

Bienvenidos a Costa Rica, on arrival a local host will greet you at the airport and arrange your transfer to the hotel. Relax by the pool before meeting your Travel Director and fellow explorers at 18:00 for a Kickoff Party. Sheraton San José

Start the day with a guided trek around the quiet side of the volcano at Arenal National Park. Walk through the old lava rocks and learn about the powerful forces behind the volcano’s past eruptions. Then head to the Arenal Hanging Bridges to walk eye-level with the lush canopy, observe the monkeys, sloths and chattering birds up close, and look out to see towering Arenal Volcano. Later, relax in the thermal springs or take a swim in the pool back at the hotel. (BD)

116

Get ready to have a blast as you soar high above the jungle floor flying along ziplines through the treetops, eye-to-eye with the lush foliage and exotic rainforest creatures. Ziplining through the canopy is sure to be among the most amazing adventures in your lifetime. Later, head south to Manuel Antonio National Park, renowned for its warm blue waters, sparkling white sand beaches and abundant exotic wildlife. (BD)

Parador Resort and Spa (2 nights)

Day 3: Tortuguero

Day 7: Manuel Antonio National Park

There’s nothing like the wake-up call of a troop of howler monkeys to start your day. Set off on a cruise through the park’s canals with your captain and guide to explore the lush waterways of Tortuguero National Park. Look out for sloths, green iguanas, caiman, crocodiles and colourful toucans. Of course, you’ll spot tons of monkeys – agile howler and spider monkeys and white-faced capuchins swinging through the dense rainforest canopy. This afternoon, venture back out on the canals to add to your wildlife tally or relax back at the lodge, the choice is yours. If you’re visiting during nesting season (Jul-Sep), join an optional night walk with a naturalist guide to witness some of the world’s largest turtles laying their eggs. (BLD)

Walking deep into the National Park with your guide, you’ll definitely check off a few more creatures on your wildlife list-at last count, there were 109 different animals and 184 species of birds living here. Then, it’s time to hit the beach. Laze in the warm Pacific or at the resort’s pool, or choose an optional catamaran cruise with snorkelling where you might see dolphins, parrotfish or sea turtles (available Jan-Apr). This evening, join your fellow explorers to celebrate new friendships and awesome experiences over a Farewell Dinner at the hotel. (BD)

Bid adiós to the monkeys for now as you boat back to the mainland and travel to Horquetas. Here you’ll visit a local Tico family’s palm plantation. Gain a Cultural Insight into growing this exotic vegetable and the family that grows it. Continue travelling to quaint Sarapiquí where you’ll visit a wildlife centre for amphibians and reptiles run by a family of biologists who rehabilitate animals that can no longer live in the wild. (BL) Arenal Paraiso Resort and Spa (2 nights)

• Spotting monkeys, sloths, LAND iguanas, crocodiles toucan and RAIL manyCRUISE more in Tortuguero NIGHTS STAYED • Walk through old lava fields and learn about the force of nature that LAND is the Arenal Volcano RAIL • Zipline through the canopy and NIGHTS STAYED see the rainforest from a unique perspective back and relax by the Pacific • KickRAIL NIGHTS STAYED Ocean in Manuel Antonio 1

1

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Day 6: Arenal NP – Manuel Antonio NP

(2 nights)

Day 4: Tortuguero - Arenal National Park

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

8 day Monkeys, Jungles & Volcanoes

Rise with the roosters and head east through Braulio Carrillo National Park toward the Caribbean Sea. Board a river boat, gliding through canals, lagoons and lowland rainforest teeming with wildlife. You’ll be amazed at how many kinds of animal’s live here – 6 species of sea turtles, monkeys, caimans, tons of exotic bird species plus rare and endangered ocelots, river otters and manatees. The afternoon is yours – hang out by the pool or on the beach or join a Local Specialist from the Sea Turtle Conservancy Foundation to learn about the incredible turtles that nest in Tortuguero. (BLD) Laguna Lodge Tortuguero

Manuel Antonio National Park

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

FAMILY ESCORTED TOUR

Day 2: San José - Tortuguero National Park

Tortuguero National Park

Day 8: Manuel Antonio - San José Travel back to San Jose’s Juan Santamaria International Airport for your flight or extend your stay at the Sheraton San Jose. Ask about extending your stay. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1439 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ accommodation in hand-picked hotels • 15 meals as specified: 7 full breakfasts, 3 lunches and 5 dinners • Touring by air-conditioned vehicle • Services of an expert Travel Director • Transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary • VIP door-to-door airport transfers

DEPARTURES 2019: Feb 16; Mar 2, 16; Jun 8, 22; Jul 13, 20; Aug 3, 10; Nov 9

TOUR STYLE: Family Escorted GROUP SIZE: 48 max PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in San José. Please call for details.

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


CENTRAL AMERICA COSTA RICA

Rincon de la Vieja 3

s

Papagayo

1

Rio Perdido Arenal 2 LAND Volcano AIR RAIL CRUISE s NIGHTS STAYED

COSTA RICA

2

Los Angeles Cloud Forest 1

1

1

INDEPENDENT TOUR

San José

LAND NIGHTS STAYED Pacific Ocean

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Corcovado The Osa Peninsula

3

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

PRICES FROM

£3699pp

• Explore theLAND diverse wildlife and RAIL STAYED wilderness NIGHTS of Corcovado • Snorkel in pristine coral reefs off Caño Island RAIL • Explore theNIGHTS LosSTAYED Angeles Cloud Forest and visit a working coffee plantation LAND AIR • See the forest from the canopy at RAIL STAYED the Arenal NIGHTS Hanging Bridges • Relax in the thermal river at Rio Perdido LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED • Cap your Costa Rica adventure off with 3 nights at the beach on the Papagayo Peninsular 1

12 day Costa Rica Wildlife & Discovery San Jose • Corcovado National Park • San Ramon • Arenal • Rio Perdido • Rincon de la Vieja • Papagayo Day 1: Arrive San José

Day 6: San Ramón and Sarchí Cultural Tour

On arrival into San Jose you will be met and transferred to your downtown hotel. The rest of the day is free to explore San José. Hotel Presidente

Today, embark on a half day tour (departs morning and afternoon) of San Ramón known as the “City of Poets” and then visit a working coffee plantation to discover how Costa Rica’s finest is harvested. From there you will continue to Sarchi a town home to the typical artisans of Costa Rica, browse the expertly crafted handicrafts and mingle with the locals before returning to your hotel. The rest of the day is free, this evening, perhaps join an optional Cloud Forest Night Tour and discover how the forest transforms after dark. (B)

Day 2: San José - Corcovado National Park This morning you will be transferred to the local airport for the short flight to Palmar Sur, gateway to the Osa Peninsular and Corcovado National Park the “crown jewel” of Costa Rica’s national parks. Transfer by road and then by boat through wetlands and mangroves before reaching Casa Corcovado. Enjoy lunch and a welcome cocktail on arrival and the rest of the day is free to explore the hotels nature trails and beach. (BLD) Casa Corcovado (3 nights)

Day 3: Corcovado National Park Rise early and enjoy a full-day excursion to Corcovado National Park with your naturalist guides – don’t forget to pack some sturdy trainer or walking shoes. Prepare to be amazed by the diversity of the wildlife, expect to see monkeys, tropical birds and sloths and even on a rare occasion jaguars plus much more. A picnic lunch is included. (BLD)

Day 4: Snorkelling on Caño Island After breakfast, head to Caño Island for a half day snorkelling trip in the clear warm waters and protected coral reefs off the coast of the Osa Peninsular. The waters are teeming with a wide variety of fish and marine mammals, including – if you are lucky – manta rays, turtles and small white-tipped sharks. At certain times of the year, you may also see pilot or humpback whales, and dolphins! Afterwards enjoy a picnic lunch on the beach. The rest of the afternoon is at leisure.

(BLD)

Day 5: Corcovado National Park - San José San Ramón Return to Palmar Sur the same way you arrived and fly back to San José, on arrival into San Jose you will be transferred to the Los Angeles Cloud Forest in the San Ramon area. The rest of the day is free to enjoy the surroundings of this charming boutique property. (B)

Hotel Villa Blanca Cloud Forest & Nature Reserve (2 nights)

1

1

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£3699 per person

Day 7: San Ramón – Arenal - Rio Perdido This morning you will be picked up by a driver guide and taken to the Mistico Arenal Hanging Bridges. Here you will join a walking tour to learn more about the forest and the local environment and enjoy the close contact with nature from a unique perspective high above the forest floor. You will also weather dependent catch some great views of the mighty active volcano Arenal. After your walking tour continue on to Rio Perdido nestled in the mountains and surrounded by rare dwarf forest. (B) Rio Perdido (2 nights)

Day 8: Rio Perdido There are many options for activities and relaxing at Rio Perdido, the highlight being the thermal river that runs for a mile alongside the property. Other activities include hiking and biking through forest trails, canyon adventures and zip-lining. (B)

Day 9: Rio Perdido - Rincón de la Vieja – Papagayo Depart Rio Perdido and embark on a full tour to the Rincón de la Vieja Volcano National Park with its geothermal wonders, huge ancient forest home and wildlife varying from spider monkeys to toucans and leaf-cutter ants. After head to the Papagayo Peninsular for some relaxation time by the beach.

(BL) El Mangroove (3 nights)

PRICES INCLUDE • 11 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 11 breakfasts, 4 lunches, 3 dinners • Shared touring with English-speaking guides • Private transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Days 10 – 12: Papagayo Peninsular El Mangroove is nestled amongst mangrove and beach front forest, chill out at the pool with a cocktail, dip your toes in the Pacific Ocean, unwind at the spa or explore the local area. On day 12 transfer by road back to San José for your onward flight. (B)

Optional Pre/Post Stay Additional nights are available on all stops on the route; it can also be tailored to include additional destinations as required.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

117


CENTRAL AMERICA COSTA RICA & PANAMA

Curú National Wildlife Refuge

AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

San José 1

Caldera

Caribbean Sea

COSTA RICA

Osa Conservation Area

Golfo Dulce PANAMA

Colón Panama Canal Panama City

Graniteo de Oro Coiba National Park

Pearl Islands Darién Jungle

Gulf of Panama 9

Pacific Ocean

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS EXPEDITION CRUISE PRICES FROM

£5379pp

12 day Costa Rica & Panama: Canal, Culture, Adventure Curu National Wildlife Refuge • Osa Conservation Area • Golfo Dulce • Granito de Oro • Coiba National Park • Darien Jungle • Pearl Islands • Panama Canal Days 1 & 2: Arrive San Jose – Embarkation You’ll be greeted at the airport upon your arrival and transferred to your San Jose hotel; the rest of the day is at leisure. The afternoon of day 2 you will be transferred to the vessel for a warm welcome from your captain and crew. Toast to adventure over dinner as you sail along the Pacific coast. (D*) *Day 2 only.

Day 3: Curu National Wildlife Refuge At the south-eastern tip of Nicoya Peninsula, Local “residents” include everything from exotic birds and deer to leafcutter ants, snake-eating frogs, and hungry crocodiles. Trails offer prime howler and spider monkey viewing, and a chance to glimpse the immense blue morpho butterfly. An afternoon beach party offers chances to swim and stroll along shore. (BLD)

Day 4: Osa Conservation Area Cruise to isolated, wild Osa Conservation Area, home to the country’s largest national park, Corcovado. The area is home to a whopping 2.5% of the entire planet’s biodiversity — including all 4 of Costa Rica’s monkeys, tree frogs, caimans, anteaters, scarlet macaws, coatis, and 16 different species of hummingbird. Explore this vast area putting feet to trail on an invigorating hike through the jungle. (BLD)

Day 5: Golfo Dulce From bromeliads, ginger plants, and heliconias, to toucans, hummingbirds, mischievous monkeys, and fluttering butterflies — there’s a kaleidoscope of sights, sounds, and tastes on your walking tour today. In Golfo Dulce, which separates Osa Peninsula explore the mangroves by kayak and skiff. (BLD)

Day 6: Granito de Oro Sail through the islands of Coiba National Park, making a stop at Granito de Oro islet. Named one of the world’s top 10 diving sites, your day of play features snorkeling among abundant marine life, kayaking around rocky outcroppings, and lounging on the warm sand for a casual beach party with the local hermit crabs. Hop to the park’s main island for a stretch of the legs on a trail through this tropical jungle. (BLD)

Day 7: Captain’s Choice, Panama The diverse islands and islets of the coast are all unique, and today its captain’s choice as you cruise among them. Slip into the drink for a kayak or snorkel, go exploring by skiff, or just kick back in a hammock

118

1

under swaying palms. Then it’s cruising time. Settle into a comfy lounge chair and take in the views. (BLD)

Day 8: Gulf of Panama & Marine Life Search Cruise through the diverse isles and atolls in the Gulf of Panama hosting hundreds of avian and marine mammal species. Guides give presentations and your captain determines the best locations and activities based on what nature delivers. (BLD)

Day 9: Darien Jungle Travelling on the Mogue River in the Darien Jungle by motorized canoe, your expedition guide will help you spot wildlife — colourful roseate spoonbills, ibises, osprey, and raccoons fishing from the water’s edge. Further along the river you will have a chance to meet local Embera villagers who offer a traditional welcome and share customs, stories, songs, and dance.

Day 10: Pearl Islands & Panama Canal The Pearl Islands are almost entirely uninhabited by humans and instead boast a plethora of tropical flora and fauna. Magnificent Frigatebirds, Brown Pelicans, and Yellow Warblers are likely to pop into your field of vision and for further exploration jump on a kayak, paddle board, skiff, or snorkel and set out in a nature lovers’ dreamscape. Afterwards, prepare for one of the most memorable travel experiences — transiting between 2 seas along the 48-mile marvel, the Panama Canal. (BLD)

Day 11: Fort San Lorenzo Take in a little history and a “walk on the wild side” among the battlements and canons of San Lorenzo Fort. This UNESCO World Heritage Site was built in the 1500s by the Spanish crown as a military stronghold and sacked multiple times by swashbuckling pirates. Cap off your week with a celebratory Farewell Dinner, and then join your expedition team for a slideshow highlighting your adventures. (BLD)

Day 12: Depart Panama City Enjoy an early breakfast aboard and say adios to your crew. Upon arrival at the port, you’ll be transferred to Panama City to connect with your flight home. Note:

This itinerary is also available in reverse starting from Panama, call for dates and rates.

• Snorkel, kayak, and paddle board among Las Perlas and Granito de Oro islet • Stroll a private butterfly and flower-rich tropical preserve • Tropical rainforest hikes • Marine life search in the Gulf of Panama • Darien Jungle’s Mogue River by motorized canoe • Panama Canal night transit • UNESCO World Heritage Sites: Darien Jungle, Coiba National Park and Fort San Lorenzo

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£5379 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 10 nights’ on board Safari Voyager • 1 night pre-tour hotel accommodation • All meals and drinks including premium spirits, wines and beers on board ship • All excursions, activities and equipment hire • National Park fees • Arrival and departure airport transfers

PRICES EXCLUDE • Gratuities, port fees and taxes • Expenditure of a personal nature

DEPARTURES 2019: Nov 20*, 30 (P); Dec 10*, 20, 30* 2020: Jan 9 (W), 19* (O), 29; Feb 8*, 18, 28*; Mar 9, 19*, 29 Themes: O = Birding/Ornithology P = Photography W = Wellness

TOUR STYLE: Expedition Cruise GROUP SIZE: 62 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in San Jose and Panama. Please call for details.


CARIBBEAN CUBA

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Havana 4

Santa Clara 1

1

3 LAND Trinidad NIGHTS STAYED

CUBA 1

3

Camagüey

Baracoa

3

Santiago de Cuba

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

• Overnights in homestays for an immersive Cuban experience few LAND RAIL travellers get to enjoy NIGHTS STAYED • Explore Old Havana on a walking tour • SeeRAIL colonial cities of Trinidad and NIGHTS STAYED Santiago de Cuba • Enjoy beach time in Baracoa

SMALL GROUP TOUR

1

PRICES FROM

£1229pp

1

15 day Cuba Colonial Havana • Santiago de Cuba • Baracoa • Camagüey • Trinidad • Santa Clara Day 1: Havana Arrive in Havana and transfer independently to your hotel. After checking in perhaps start exploring the old city streets on your own.

out of earshot from a group of musicians playing local salsa or son. You can also take advantage of a complimentary salsa lesson during your stay. (B*,BD)

*Breakfast included on days 10 & 11 only.

Days 2 & 3: Santiago de Cuba

Day 12: Trinidad - Santa Clara

Fly to Santiago de Cuba, the cradle of the Revolution, and home of traditional son rhythms. There are also museums, colonial churches and buildings of more recent historical importance, such as the Moncada Barracks, which are well worth exploring. Santiago has a very vibrant traditional music scene and is known for its lively and energetic Carnival celebrations and its Festival of Caribbean Culture. Explore Santiago de Cuba during an orientation walk around town, listen to live music at the Casa de la Trova or visit the Revolution Museum. (B*) *Day 3 only.

Head west to Santa Clara, a key city in the Revolution. Santa Clara is probably best known as the home of the statue of Ernesto Che Guevara at the Plaza de la Revolución. The remains of Che and his comrades who fell in Bolivia are interred in the mausoleum at this site. (B)

Days 13 & 14: Santa Clara - Havana

Situated on a beautiful bay with the mountains of the Sierra del Purial in the background, Baracoa was the first settlement founded by the Spanish in Cuba, and was only accessible by sea until the 1960s. It is now a quaint colonial city offering numerous options for outdoor activities in the nearby mountains and bays, including hiking excursions near El Yunque. The beaches of Playa Maguana and Playa Nava are easily accessible by bike or taxi and the Alejandro de Humboldt National Park is also well worth a visit. (B)

In the morning you’ll fly back to Cuba’s capital. Enjoy a walking tour of Havana, one of the oldest cities in the western hemisphere and a designated World Heritage Site. See a wealth of colonial architecture as you stroll through Old Havana. Points of interest include La Catedral de San Cristóbal de la Habana, the Palacio de los Marqueses de Aguas Claras, Museo de Arte Colonial and the Plaza de Armas. You may choose to visit one of Havana’s many museums, attend one of the famous cabaret-style performances such as the Tropicana or explore the city in a vintage car. Since one of Havana’s most prominent attractions are its music and clubs, wherever you go, you will hear and feel the music and witness people dancing freely in the streets. (B)

Day 7: Santiago de Cuba

Day 15: Havana

Travel back to Santiago de Cuba for 1 more night. (B)

The tour ends with an independent transfer (own expense) to the airport. (B)

Days 4 – 6: Santiago de Cuba - Baracoa

Day 8: Santiago de Cuba - Camagüey Travel to Camagüey, the third largest city in Cuba. It retains much of its colonial heritage in its buildings, plazas and its tinajones – large clay pots traditionally used for collecting rain water. An optional city tour will reveal narrow winding streets and impressive sites. (B)

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS

PRICES LAND FROM: 1

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

£1229 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 14 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels and homestays • Meals as specified: 12 breakfasts, 1 dinner • Shared touring by private vehicle • Services of a Chief Experience Officer (CEO) and local guides • Internal flights and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES Multiple departures per month throughout Jan Dec 19. Please call for details

TOUR STYLE: Small Group (Classic) GROUP SIZE: 16 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Havana. Please call for details.

Days 9 - 11: Camagüey - Trinidad Enjoy the beautiful scenery as you continue your journey to the colonial city of Trinidad, a UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1988 and home to lovely Spanish-style churches and great museums. Upon arrival, you’ll join your guide on an orientation walk around town to help you get your bearings. During the next few days you’ll have an option to hike in Topes de Collantes National Park or visit Ancón Beach for diving, snorkelling or beach lounging and enjoy a local dinner hosted by one of the homestay families. Trinidad is a hub of cultural activity and you are never

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

119


SOUTH AMERICA COLOMBIA

Cartagena 3

Medellin

Armenia

2

2

1

RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

COLOMBIA

1

Bogotá

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

• Stay on a working coffee farm and learn about coffee production in RAIL Colombia’s Coffee Triangle NIGHTS STAYED • Full day excursion to Salento and Cocora Valley LAND AIR • Discover the colourful RAIL STAYED neighbourhoods of ComunaNIGHTS 13 in Medellín LAND • Learn how to dance the salsa CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED “Cali style”

SMALL GROUP TOUR

1

PRICES FROM

£1899pp

1

9 day Colombia Journey

1

Bogotá • Armenia • Medellín • Cartagena Day 1: Bogotá On arrival, you will be met and transferred to your hotel. Feel free to explore before your welcome meeting, but make sure you’re back in time to meet the group. After introductions, your CEO will review the details of your tour. Hotel Augusta

Day 2: Bogotá - Armenia Catch a flight to Armenia where you’ll immerse yourself into coffee culture staying 2 nights at a traditional Hacienda on a working coffee farm. Spend the afternoon with a coffee expert tasting and exploring elements that inspire coffee production including earth, water, fauna, flora, sun and shade.

(BLD) Hacienda Combia (2 nights)

Day 3: Armenia Enjoy a full-day excursion to Salento and hiking the Cocora valley. Enjoy some free time to visit shops and the village. (BLD)

Day 4: Armenia - Medellín Drive to historic Medellín. Enjoy time to explore this historic city upon arrival. (B) Hotel Dix Medellin (3

nights)

Day 5: Medellín Visit Comuna 13, a community transformed. Once controlled by the cartels, this neighbourhood is a shining example of Colombia’s progress in overcoming its notorious past. Meet a local guide and begin the journey upwards with a ride on the city’s unique public cable cars and escalator system and enjoy a walk discussing Colombia’s history and revitalisation. Option to take a historical tour, visit museums or go shopping in the afternoon. (B)

Day 6: Medellín Enjoy a free day to continue exploring Medellín. Opt to visit the nearby town of Guatapé, with its colourful houses and impressive monolith. Or, spend time learning about culture and history at one of the many museums. (B)

Day 7: Medellín - Cartagena Fly to tropical Cartagena. Enjoy a walking tour through the old part of Cartagena visiting key sites throughout the historical centre of the city. (B) Hotel Don Pedro

de Heredia (2 nights)

Day 8: Cartagena Experience the Caribbean charm and beauty of the city. Get free time for optional activities such as a visit to Playa Blanca, a boat tour to Islas del Rosario National Park, or to explore nearby beaches. This afternoon, we learn the basics of Colombian Salsa, known as Cali style in a private lesson by 2 local dancers, then enjoy an evening cooking class of Caribbean and Colombian specialtiies at Interno Training Restaurant, a social reintegration project that offers an innovative space for reconciliation between female prisoners and civil populations. (BD)

Journeys Exclusives • Coffee Farm Visit, Armenia • Medellin Community Walk, Medellín • Salsa Dance Class, Cartagena • Interno Training Restaurant – Cooking Class, Cartagena

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1899 per person

Day 9: Depart Cartagena Your tour concludes today after checking out of your hotel. (B)

PRICES INCLUDE • 8 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 8 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 3 dinners • Services of an experienced Chief Experience Officer (CEO) and local guides • Touring by bus, van, jeep, plane and walking • Internal flights, transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 5; Feb 2; Mar 2; Apr 6; May 11; Jun 8; Jul 6; Aug 24; Sep 21; Oct 12; Nov 16; Dec 28

TOUR STYLE: National Geographic Journeys GROUP SIZE: 15 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

120


1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

SOUTH AMERICA

LAND Galápagos Islands RAIL (optional) s NIGHTS STAYED

Quito 3 s

1

Ibarra

Otavalo

Volcano Chimborazo

Volcano Cotopaxi

s

ECUADOR 1

Ambato

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1 Riobamba

Guayaquil

1

RAIL TOUR

£5629pp

11 day Train to the Clouds & Galápagos Cruise Guayaquil • Bucay • The Devils Nose • Riobamba • Otavalo • Galápagos Day 1: Arrive Guayaquil

Day 5: Quito - Otavalo - Ibarra - Quito

On arrival, transfer to your hotel. The rest of the day is at leisure to explore Guayaquil independently or just relax at the hotel pool. Hilton Colon

The journey continues this morning with a 2-hour bus ride north across rose plantations and charming patchwork mountains to the valley of Otavalo. Otavalo is home of ancient cultures, skilled craftspeople and the world-renowned Otavalo market. At San Roque Train station embark on a panoramic train journey full of hidden wonders, musicians, painters, weavers and the skilful woodcarvers who keep the complicated Quito School of Art style alive. Delve yourself into this amazing world of colours and textures whilst exploring the northern routes of the Ecuadorian railway. After disembarking the train, enjoy Andean cuisine at a local hacienda before returning to Quito. (BL)

Transfer to Duran train station where your journey to the Andes begins. Board a convoy pulled by a carefully restored steam locomotive. The roaring engine and steam whistles will take you back in time to the early 19th Century and the experience that is, the Tren Crucero. Travel across vast plantations of sugar cane, banana, rice and pineapples to Naranjito station where you will disembark to a local hacienda. Here you will learn all about the cocoa bean and the chocolate making process. In the afternoon on board enjoy a “montubio” show and the delicious food of coastal Ecuador. Continue to Bucay for the evening. (BLD)

Day 3: Bucay - The Devil’s Nose - Riobamba The adventure continues by bus as you climb the Andes on a pleasant journey to the town of Alausi where you will embark on a thrilling adventure on board the famous Devil´s Nose train. The Devil’s Nose Pass is a masterpiece of engineering – a 450-metre descent in less than 12km on a zig-zagging line that allows the locomotive to pull forwards and backwards. Continue by road to Colta where an impressive steam engine locomotive known as “The Black Monster” will be waiting. This huge steam engine was carefully overhauled and is strong enough to pull convoys over the railways of the Andes, where, the terrain and lack of oxygen makes this a titanic task. (BLD)

Day 4: Riobamba - Urbina - Quito Depart for Urbina train station, the highest point on your Andean journey at 3,600 metres above sea level. Here you will meet the last ice merchant, Baltazar Ushca. As refrigeration became the norm the number of ice merchant’s dwindled, however Baltazar Ushca is still plying his ancestral trade. Learn about his daily rituals and traditions before continuing across the Avenue of Volcanoes. Under the watchful eyes of the iconic Cotopaxi Volcano the train stops at a local hacienda where you will meet the “chagras”, the cowboys of the Andes, who will share part of their culture with you. This evening, arrive into Quito a UNESCO Cultural Heritage City. (BLD)

Naranjito

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1 Bucay

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

PRICES FROM

Day 2: Guayaquil - Train Embarkation - Bucay

1

• Travel from the Pacific Ocean to the high Andes on board the Tren Crucero, the leading luxury train in South America • Discover delectable Andean cuisine on board and at character haciendas and hotels • Enjoy local experiences with local guides such as chocolate tasting to ancestral markets • Travel the magnificent ‘Avenue of the Volcanoes’ • See giant tortoises, turtles, penguins, sealions and much more on a world class Galápagos cruise

ECUADOR & GALÁPAGOS ISLANDS

Equator

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£5629 per person

Day 6: Quito Sightseeing Today embark on a half-day city tour to see the historic sites in this charming colonial influenced city. The rest of the day is at leisure. (B)

Days 7 - 11: Quito – Galápagos – Quito Transfer to the airport for your flight to Baltra Island, the starting point of your Galápagos cruise aboard the Santa Cruz II. Spend the next few days experiencing one of the world’s greatest wildlife locations and exploring the fabulous Galápagos Islands. On day 11, fly back to Quito or Guayaquil where your tour concludes.

M/V Santa Cruz II Ship (4 nights)

PRICES INCLUDE • 6 night’s hotel and hacienda accommodation • 5 day Western Islands Galápagos cruise on Santa Cruz II • Meals as specified: 10 breakfasts, 10 lunches and 9 dinners • Internal flights, transfers, sightseeing, touring with English-speaking guide as per itinerary and all excursions

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 11, 25; Feb 8, 22; Mar 8, 22; Apr 5, 19; Jun 14; Jul 26; Aug 9; Sep 6, 20; Oct 4, 18; Nov 1, 15, 29; Dec 13. Train also operates in reverse, Galápagos cruise may differ and additional nights may be needed in order to tie dates in.

TOUR STYLE: Rail & Expedition Cruise GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

121


SOUTH AMERICA GALÁPAGOS ISLANDS

Santiago Bartolomé Quito

Santa Cruz

4

Isabela

Monsserat Ship Cruise 1

Floréana

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

1

1 1

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS CRUISE STAYED NIGHTS STAYED

LAND NIGHTS STAYED LAND NIGHTS STAYED

LAND • Swim and snorkel with sea lions, AIR LAND NIGHTS STAYED AIR turtles and sharks NIGHTS STAYED • Close-up encounters with giant LAND tortoises RAIL LAND CRUISE RAIL • Idyllic beaches of Santiago Island NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED • Hike the Sierra Negra Volcano on Isabela Island

SMALL GROUP TOUR

1 1

PRICES FROM

£2199pp

1 1

7 day Galápagos West & Central Islands

PRICES FROM:

Quito • Mosquera Island • Isabela Island • Bartolomé Island • North Seymour

PRICES INCLUDE

Day 1: Arrive Quito

Day 7: Depart Quito

Upon arrival in Quito you will be met and transferred to your hotel. Enjoy some time at your leisure before attending a welcome meeting in the evening with your fellow travellers. Hilton Colon

The tour ends with an independent transfer (own expense) to the airport for your return flight. (B)

Day 2: Quito – Galápagos Islands Set off early for your transfer to the airport and flight to the Galápagos Islands. Upon arrival in Baltra, you’ll be met and transferred to the Monserrat. After lunch on board you’ll begin your exploration of the Galápagos with a snorkelling trip to Mosquera Islet. (B)

TOUR DETAILS 1

LAND RAIL LAND NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

£2199 per person 1

1 1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• 6 nights’ accommodation as specified • Meals as specified: 6 breakfasts, 4 lunches, LAND 4 dinners AIR LAND RAIL AIR • Shared touring by plane, motorised yacht, 1 NIGHTS STAYED RAIL panga and private vehicle 1 NIGHTS STAYED • Services of a Chief Experience Officer (CEO), Naturalist Guides in GalápagosLAND and CRUISE LAND local G Adventures Rep in Quito 1 CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED NIGHTS STAYED • Use of snorkelling equipment and1 wetsuits • Internal flights, transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

Monserrat small ship (4 nights)

PRICES EXCLUDE

Day 3: Isabela Island

• US$120 Galápagos National Park & Tourist Card (subject to change, payable locally)

In the morning, hike the Sierra Negra Volcano which has the largest basaltic caldera in the Galápagos. As you hike, see smoking fumaroles and the ‘sulphur volcano’. In the afternoon, visit Las Tintoreras, a small island in front of Puerto Villamil. The bay in front is known to be home to a colony of white tip sharks. You’ll also see the Wall of Tears and visit the tortoise breeding centre to see some of the famous giant Galápagos tortoises. (BLD)

Day 4: Chinese Hat & Rábida Island Start the day with a visit to Chinese Hat, a small island off the sourthern tip of Santiago. During a guided hike you’ll also see a large sea lion colony, marine iguanas and it may even be possible to see Galápagos penguins. Later in the afternoon, make your way to Rábida Island and land on a red-sand beach. Follow a trail to a salt-water lagoon and to an area where palo santo trees grow. Back on the beach see prehistoriclooking pelicans nesting. (BLD)

Day 5: Santiago Island Morning excursion to Puerto Egas to see the salt crater, a dark sand beach and a colony of Fur Seals. Continue to Playa Espumilla, one of the most idyllic beaches in the Galápagos, with thick mangroves and sea turtle nesting sites. Then head to Buccaneer Cove to see the towering cliff wall rock formations. (BLD)

Day 6: North Seymour - Baltra - Quito Set sail for North Seymour, home to sea lions, marine iguanas, swallow-tailed gulls, magnificent frigate birds and blue-footed boobies. After, transfer to the airport on Baltra Island for your flight back to the mainland.

(B) Hilton Colon

122

2

North Seymour

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 5, 19; Feb 2, 16; Mar 2, 16, 30; Apr 27; May 11, 25; Jun 8, 22; Jul 6, 20; Aug 3, 17; Sep 14, 28; Oct 12, 26; Nov 9, 23; Dec 7, 21

TOUR STYLE: Small Group (Marine)

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Quito, ask about a mainland Ecuador extension or even twin this itinerary with another iconic destination Machu Picchu in Peru. Please call for details.

GROUP SIZE: 20 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

SOUTH AMERICA LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

s

Galápagos LAND Islands RAIL 4 CRUISE 1 NIGHTS STAYED

Equator Quito

45mins

2

Volcano Cotopaxi

Volcano Chimborazo

ECUADOR

s

Patate 1

Baños

1 Riobamba

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

Alausi

Guayaquil 1 Cuenca

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

INDEPENDENT TOUR

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

LAND • Exploring Ecuador’s historic AIR capital Quito RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Travelling along the magnificent Avenue of the Volcanoes LAND CRUISE • Journey on the famous ‘Devil’s NIGHTS STAYED Nose’ train • Cruise the unique Galápagos Islands aboard the expedition vessel Santa Cruz II 1

PRICES FROM

£5529pp

ECUADOR & GALÁPAGOS ISLANDS

1

1

11 day Ecuador & The Galápagos Quito • Avenue of the Volcanoes • Baños • Riobamba • Cuenca • Guayaquil • Galápagos Islands Day 1: Arrive Quito

Day 6: Cuenca – Guayaquil

Arrive in Ecuador’s capital and transfer to your hotel.

Cuenca, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, is deeply religious and artistic and has the atmosphere of a small town. Enjoy a quick city tour before departing for Guayaquil, stopping at Cajas National Park en route for a boxed lunch. (BL) Hampton Inn

Dann Carlton (2 nights)

Day 2: Quito & The Middle of the Earth Quito’s colonial quarter is the largest and best preserved in South America. In the morning, explore this fascinating city on a guided tour that starts in the main square, La Plaza de la Independencia, and marvel at the impressive colonial buildings. Visit the temple of La Compañia de Jesus and its amazing gilded interior. Continue though the cobbled streets of the old town to the Monastery of San Francisco. After your city tour, you’ll head to the Equatorial Monument which marks the middle of the Earth. Have your photograph taken with one foot in each hemisphere. (BL)

Days 7 - 10: Guayaquil – Galápagos Cruise Transfer to the airport for your flight to Baltra Island, the starting point of your Galápagos cruise aboard the Santa Cruz II. Spend the next few days experiencing one of the world’s greatest wildlife locations and exploring the fabulous Galápagos Islands. There is nowhere else in the world where you can see the bluefooted boobies, marine iguanas, the giant Galápagos tortoise and much more at such close quarters. (BLD)

Day 3: Quito – Cotopaxi - Patate

M/V Santa Cruz II Ship (4 nights)

In the morning you’ll leave Quito and make your way to Cotopaxi National Park along the spectacular ‘Avenue of the Volcanoes’ and enjoy ever-changing scenery and breathtaking views of the Andes. At the foot of the volcano not far from the National Park is a charming hacienda, where lunch is served in a room with Inca walls, perfectly preserved through the centuries – a truly archaeological jewel. From here, descend towards the town of Patate, to spend the night at a 300-year old hacienda, hidden among the mountains. (BLD) Hacienda Leito Mountain Lodge

Day 11: Depart Galápagos Transfer to the airport for your flight back to the mainland and your onward journey. (B)

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Quito or Guayaquil. Please call for details.

Day 4: Patate – Baños - Riobamba On day 4 you’ll take a spectacular journey to Baños, famous for its thermal waters, at the foot of Tungurahua Volcano. Drive along the ‘Route of the Cascades’ and visit the impressive El Pailón del Diablo (the Devil’s Cauldron) waterfall surrounded by subtropical vegetation and orchids. Continue to Riobamba, a historic city located at the foot of Chimborazo volcano, Ecuador’s highest peak. (BLD)

EXTEND YOUR TOUR

£5529 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 10 nights’ accommodation • Meals as specified: 10 breakfasts, 8 lunches, 7 dinners • Internal flights, transfers, sightseeing, touring with English-speaking guide as per itinerary and all excursions on board Santa Cruz II • US$120 Galápagos National Park and Transit Card fees (per person and subject to change without notice)

2019: Alternate Tuesdays and Fridays

Day 5: Riobamba – Devil’s Nose - Cuenca

Hotel Santa Lucia

PRICES FROM:

DEPARTURES

Hacienda Abraspungo On day 5, depart by road, skirting the flanks of the Andes, through Indian villages and fields until you arrive at the town and train station of Alausí. Board a 100-year-old train – which has been restored to its former glory – and set off down the famous ‘Devil’s Nose’, a thrilling 800-metre zigzag descent down the rock wall. Visit the local museum before returning to Alausí; continue south, visiting the Inca Fortress of Ingapirca en route, before arriving in Cuenca. (BLD)

TOUR DETAILS

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Longer Galápagos Island cruise durations available. Call us for more information.

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

123


SOUTH AMERICA PERU

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED PERU

1

Inca Trail

Lima LAND1 NIGHTS STAYED

Machu Picchu

3

1

Ollantaytambo

2

1

Cuzco

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

ACTIVE SMALL GROUP TOUR

• Trek the iconic Inca Trail to Machu LAND Picchu RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Free time to explore Andean and colonial influenced Cuzco • Sacred Valley and Ollantaytambo RAIL ruins NIGHTS guided STAYEDtour 1

PRICES FROM

£949pp

1

8 day Inca Discovery Lima • Cuzco • Sacred Valley • Ollantaytambo • Inca Trail • Machu Picchu Day 1: Lima On arrival into Lima, transfer independently to your hotel. The afternoon is free to enjoy the city before a welcome meeting in the evening with your fellow travellers and CEO.

Day 2: Lima - Cuzco Hop on a flight to Cuzco, the rest of the day is free for shopping and exploring the city. Join an optional city tour or visit Museo Inka, Museo de Historia Regional or for the more adventurous whitewater rafting. Your CEO has more ideas if you need them. Just ask! (B)

Day 3: Cuzco - Ollantaytambo Enjoy a full-day guided tour of the Sacred Valley. Stop at the G Adventures-supported women’s weaving coop before visiting a local pottery making community. Break for lunch at the G Adventures-supported Parwa community restaurant in Huchuy Qosco. After lunch, opt to head out on a hike to the Ollantaytambo storehouses and look out over the ruins or wander around the cobblestone streets and visit a local Chicheria (corn beer bar). (BL)

day enjoy the spectacular views of the Urubamba Valley. Before reaching the next camp see the ruins of Phuyupatamarca, the “town above the clouds”. (BLD)

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Day 7: Machu Picchu - Cuzco The final day of the hike starts pre-dawn to reach the Sun Gate before sunrise where you can catch the first views of the breathtaking ruins of Machu Picchu on a clear day. Hike down to Machu Picchu for a guided tour of the site and free time to explore until noon as permitted by the tourist ticket. Opt to visit the Inca Bridge, if time allows before catching the bus down the mountain to Aguas Calientes to meet any nonhiking members of your group. Eat, relax and browse the markets before your train back to Cuzco in the afternoon. (B)

Day 8: Cuzco Your tour end in Cuzco, transfer independently to the airport for homeward or onward flight. (B) Note: The Inca Trail closes in February for annual maintenance, alternative treks are available such as the Lares and Salkantay treks.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£949 per person

Day 4: Inca Trail Depart Ollantaytambo by van to km 82 where the Inca Trail begins. Ease into things with a straight forward day of hiking, the meandering streams, stunning Andean scenery, and ancient Incan ruins will give you plenty to look at. Trek through beautiful scenery, with a variety of flora that changes with the seasons, passing several smaller ruin sites like Llactapata. A crew of local porters, cooks, and guides will take care of all the details for the duration of the hike and carry the majority of the gear so you’ll only need to carry a small daypack with water, rain gear, snacks, camera and other essentials. (BLD)

PRICES INCLUDE • 4 nights’ hotel accommodation and 3 nights’ camping • Meals as specified: 7 breakfasts, 4 lunches, 3 dinners • Services of an experienced Chief Experience Officer (CEO), local guides and crew of local porters, cooks, and specialist CEO on Inca Trail • Touring by private van, train, hiking and plane • Sightseeing and touring as specified

Day 5: Inca Trail Start early to climb the long steep path to Warmiwañusca, better known as Dead Woman’s Pass. This is the highest point of the trek at 4,198m – amazing views are waiting as a reward. Most hikers reach camp by early afternoon, with ample time to rest and relax. (BLD)

DEPARTURES Multiple departures per month throughout Jan Dec 19. Please call for details.

TOUR STYLE: Small Group (Active)

Day 6: Inca Trail Cross 2 more passes and ruins along the way. The first pass is Runquraqay at 3,950m where, on a clear day, hikers can catch a glimpse of the snow-capped Cordillera Vilcabamba. Hike through cloud forest on the gentle climb to the second pass of the day, walking through original Incan constructions. The highest point of the pass is 3,700m and on a clear

124

GROUP SIZE: 16 max

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Lima and Cuzco. Please call for details.

PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

SOUTH AMERICA PERU

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

BRAZIL

PERU Lima 1

3

Machu Picchu

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

2

2

Cuzco 1

1

1

CALL FOR UP TO DATE PRICES

13 day Peru in Style Lima • Sacred Valley • Machu Picchu • Cuzco • Andean Explorer Train • Lake Titicaca • Arequipa • Colca Canyon On arrival into Lima, take your private transfer to your hotel in the heart of the vibrant San Isidro district. The rest of the day is at leisure. Westin Lima Hotel &

Range before enjoying an elegant dinner on board. The train stables in Lake Titicaca where you will spend your first night. (BLD) Belmond Andean Explorer

Day 8: Lake Titicaca

Day 2: Lima – Cuzco – Sacred Valley

Wake early to catch the sunrise over Lake Titicaca and enjoy a sumptuous breakfast on board. You will embark on a sightseeing trip to the fascinating floating islands of Uros where you will learn about the traditions of the locals and how they have lived on islands made of woven reeds before continuing to Taquile where you will have lunch and a demonstration from traditional dancers and artisanal workers. Later return to the train as you continue the Andean journey to Arequipa. (BLD)

Collection Resort & Spa (2 nights)

Day 3: Sacred Valley Enjoy a full day’s sightseeing taking in the highlights of the Sacred Valley. Stop at the ancient Incan fortress of Ollantaytambo and the incredible archaeological site of Moray with its circular terraces and the Maras salt pans. (BL)

Day 4: Sacred Valley – Machu Picchu – Aguas Calientes Transfer to Ollantaytambo Station and take the scenic train journey to Aguas Calientes. On arrival, continue by bus to the entrance of Machu Picchu. The views and ruins are astonishing and your guide will bring this ‘Lost City’ to life. That evening return back to Aguas Calientes for the evening. (BL) Inkaterra Pueblo

Machu Picchu

Days 5 & 6: Aguas Calientes - Cuzco Your morning is free to perhaps return to the ruins or browse the market of Aguas Calientes before returning to Cuzco by train and road. The following day is free to explore Cuzco at leisure. (B) Palacio del

2

Lake Titicaca Puno

Arequipa

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

• Travel in style staying at some of Peru’s finest hotels • See the magnificent Machu Picchu • Explore the Sacred Valley • Travel on board South America’s first luxury sleeper-train from Cuzco to Arequipa • See one of the world’s deepest canyons – the Colca Canyon

Train (2 nights)

Convention Center Fly to the ancient Incan capital of Cuzco and transfer to your hotel set in the heart of the beautiful mountain region of the Sacred Valley. At an altitude of 2,900m it is a perfect place to acclimatise to the Andean elevation, being much lower than Cuzco. The rest of the day is at leisure to enjoy the setting and superb facilities of the hotel. (B) Tambo del Inka, a Luxury

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

INDEPENDENT LUXURY TOUR

Day 1: Arrive Lima

Colca Colca 1 Canyon 1

Day 9: Arequipa After breakfast, disembark the train for an excursion to Lake Lagunillas and Sumbay Caves. After lunch back on board, you complete the final leg of the train journey and arrive in Arequipa in the afternoon. On arrival transfer to your hotel or join a city tour to experience the ‘White City. Your hotel that evening is set minutes from the historic centre of town but has a pool, spa and Jacuzzi and spacious gardens perfect for relaxing and unwinding after a day exploring the city. (BL) Libertador Arequipa

Day 10: Arequipa - Colca Canyon Take a scenic bus ride past the snow-capped El Misti volcano to the Colca Canyon, twice as deep as the Grand Canyon and bordered on either side by unspoilt villages. Enjoy a lunch en route before arriving in the traditional town of Chivay. Spend the afternoon at leisure to appreciate the glorious Andean scenery.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM: CALL FOR UP TO DATE PRICES

PRICES INCLUDE • 10 nights’ premium accommodation in named hotels and 2 nights on board the Belmond Andean Explorer train • Meals as specified: 12 breakfasts, 7 lunches, 3 dinners • Internal flights, shared transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

(BLD) Belmond Las Casitas

DEPARTURES

Inka, a Luxury Collection Hotel

Day 11: Colca Canyon - Arequipa

Day 7: Cuzco – Andean Explorer Train – Lake Titicaca

After an early breakfast, depart for the Cruz del Condor to see the majestic condors in flight. Enjoy lunch in Chivay, and return to Arequipa. (BL)

2019: Fridays (Andean Explorer Train departs Thursday)

In the morning you board the Belmond Andean explorer train – the first luxury overnight train in South America. Settle in to your luxurious cabin as you journey through spectacular Andean scenery towards Puno. After savouring your first lunch on board disembark for a sightseeing stop at Raqch’I, a fascinating Inca archaeological site brimming with history. Soak up the sunset over La Ray Mountain

TOUR STYLE: Independent Luxury

Libertador Arequipa

Days 12 & 13: Arequipa – Lima Fly back to Lima for your final night before heading home. Your tour concludes after check out on day 12, if you have a free day before flying perhaps join a city tour or even try your hand at a Peruvian cooking class.

GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 5 stars

(B) Westin Lima Hotel & Convention Center Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

125


SOUTH AMERICA PERU

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

BRAZIL PERU

Lima

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1 ▲

1

2 75mins LAND NIGHTS STAYED

Machu Picchu Sacred Valley 2 Amazon Extension Puerto Maldonado

Cuzco 2

Puno

Lake Titicaca

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

INDEPENDENT TOUR

• Discover Lima on a fabulous LAND RAIL sightseeing tour covering the best NIGHTS STAYED of Colonial and Modern Lima • See the mysterious Incan terraces ofRAIL Moray in the Sacred Valley NIGHTS STAYED • Enjoy the unique magic of Machu Picchu LAND • Cuzco the high altitude Incan AIR RAIL capital with colonial charm 1

PRICES FROM

1

£1379pp

8 day Wonders of Peru

1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Lima • Sacred Valley • Machu Picchu • Cuzco Day 1: Arrive Lima Arrive at Lima Airport and transfer to your hotel.

Standard: Girasoles; Superior: Casa Andina Private Collection Miraflores; Deluxe: Hotel B (2 nights)

Day 2: Lima Sightseeing Enjoy a visit the modern and colonial parts of Lima, “The City of Kings”, starting with the Miraflores and San Isidro districts; then you will have a panoramic visit in the Huaca Huallamarca. After, you will head to the Historic Center, where you will visit the Santo Domingo Convent, declared a Cultural Heritage of Humanity and where the remains of our most important saints, San Martin de Porres and Santa Rosa de Lima, were laid to rest. Finally, you will visit the Larco Museum, which houses the incomparable private collection Treasures of Peru and inspires its visitors to discover, understand and enjoy the more than 5000 years of Ancient Peru’s history through more than 45,000 pieces. (B)

Day 3: Lima - Cuzco - The Sacred Valley Fly to the ancient Incan capital of Cuzco and transfer to the beautiful mountain region of the Sacred Valley with is lush green plains and incredibly high peaks all around. At an altitude of 2,900m it is a perfect place to acclimatise to the Andean elevation, being much lower than Cuzco. The rest of the day is at leisure. (B)

Standard: Hacienda del Valle; Superior: Inkaterra Hacienda Urubamba; Deluxe: Sol Y Luna (2 nights)

Day 4: The Sacred Valley Enjoy a full day’s sightseeing taking in the highlights of the Sacred Valley. Stop at the ancient Incan fortress of

Ollantaytambo and the incredible archaeological site of Moray with its circular terraces and the Maras salt pans. (BL)

Day 5: The Sacred Valley – Machu Picchu Transfer to the train station at Ollantaytambo and board the train for a journey along riverbanks and through meadows and stunning mountain scenery as you travel to Aguas Calientes. Transfer to a bus for the final part of your journey to Machu Picchu. The views and ruins are astonishing and your guide will bring this ‘Lost City’ to life. Spend the evening in Aguas Calientes at leisure. (BL) Standard: El Mapi; Superior: Casa del

Sol; Deluxe: Inkaterra Pueblo Machu Picchu

Day 6: Machu Picchu - Cuzco Your morning is free, perhaps return to the ruins or browse the market of Aguas Calientes before returning to Cuzco by train and road. (B) Standard:

Abbitare; Superior: Novotel Cusco; Deluxe: Palacio del Inka, A Luxury Collection (2 nights)

Day 7: Cuzco Cuzco is arguably Latin America’s colonial jewel, spend the day to exploring the historic city of Cuzco. Highlights include the vibrant Plaza De Armas with its colonial architecture, Cuzco Cathedral, and taking a stroll along Hatunrumiyoc Street with its Incan walls. Further afield perhaps visit the mysterious site of Sacsayhuman. (B)

Day 8: Depart Cuzco Transfer to Cuzco airport for your onward travel arrangements. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1379 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 7 breakfasts, 2 lunches • Internal flights, transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 1+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

126


SOUTH AMERICA LAND

s

2

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

Yucay / Machu Picchu 2 Cuzco

2

s

1

LAND

Puno

BRAZIL RAIL

s

BOLIVIA

1

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

s

Rio de Janeiro s

PARAGUAY

CHILE

2

ARGENTINA

SMALL GROUP TOUR

£3349pp

13 day Best of Peru & Brazil Lima • Sacred Valley • Machu Picchu • Cuzco • Lake Titicaca • Iguassu Falls • Rio de Janeiro Day 1: Arrive Lima

Day 6: Cuzco

On arrival into Lima you will be met and transferred to your hotel. The rest of the day is at leisure. Standard:

Start the day with a city tour of Cuzco. Walk through the Plaza de Armas, said to be the very heart of the Incan Empire and see the charming colonial buildings of the old town. Afterwards, head out of town to the ruins of Sacsayhuaman before returning to Cuzco. (B)

La Hacienda Miraflores; Superior: Casa Andina Premium Miraflores (2 nights)

Day 2: Lima Today you will explore Lima on a city tour. See the beautiful Plaza de Armas and its government buildings and the San Francisco monastery, before visiting the Rafael Larco Herrera Archaeological Museum, which houses the world’s largest private collection of Peruvian pre-Columbian Art. The afternoon is free for further exploration; perhaps join an optional tour (payable locally) to Parque de la Exposición followed by a buffet dinner. (B)

Day 3: Lima - Cuzco - Sacred Valley Transfer to the airport and fly to Cuzco. En route to your base for the next 2 nights, stop at the Chinchero community where on Sundays it’s colourful and lively market showcases the region’s variety of handicrafts and textiles. After a photo stop at El Mirador de Racchi and lunch at a local restaurant, head for lush plains of the Sacred Valley. The rest of the day is at leisure to relax in the beautiful surroundings. (BL) Standard:

Casa Andina Premium Valle Sagrado; Superior: Aranwa Sacred Valley Hotel & Wellness (2 nights)

Day 4: Sacred Valley The morning is free either to relax or join an optional tour of the mysterious terraces of Moray and salt pans of Maras or a relaxing hike to the terraces of Yucay (both payable locally). In the afternoon take an included excursion the Inca fortress of Ollantaytambo. Walk through the steep terraces rising from the edge of town and wonder at the views from the top. (B)

Day 5: Sacred Valley - Machu Picchu - Cuzco After an early breakfast, transfer by bus to Ollantaytambo and board the train to the town of Aguas Calientes – gateway to the Lost City of the Incas, Machu Picchu. Transfer up to the citadel by bus, and enjoy a guided tour around this remarkable wonder of the world. Later return by train and bus to Cuzco – the historical capital of the Inca Empire. (B)

Standard: Xima; Superior: Aranwa Cuzco Boutique (2 nights)

Day 7: Cuzco - Puno/Lake Titicaca Travel by bus across the Peruvian highlands, over spectacular mountain passes over 4,300m above sea level, to the town of Puno on the shores of Lake Titicaca. (BL) Standard: Jose Antonio Puno;

Superior: Libertador Lago Titicaca

Day 8: Puno/Lake Titicaca - Lima Rise early for full-day excursion on Lake Titicaca to visit the fascinating floating reed islands of Uros and then on to Taquile for lunch, an island seemingly frozen in time, with no roads and villagers still living a very traditional way of life. Later, transfer to Juliaca airport and fly back to Lima. Note: The bus journey from Cusco to Puno on day 7 and the visit of Uros and Taquile on day 8 take place together with other international travellers. For these 2 excursions the small group guarantee of 16 passengers doesn’t apply. (BL) La Hacienda Miraflores;

Casa Andina Premium Miraflores

Day 9: Lima – Iguassu Transfer to the airport and fly to Iguassu, on the border of Brazil and Argentina. (B) Recanto Park;

LAND

1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Board a scenic train to the iconic Incan citadel of Machu Picchu LAND CRUISE of • Discover the Incan fortress NIGHTS STAYED Ollantaytambo in the Sacred Valley • Explore the Inca and Spanish influenced city of Cuzco • Learn about traditional Andean life at Lake Titicaca • Feel the mighty force of Iguassu Falls from both the Brazilian and Argentinean side • See Rio from the top of Sugar loaf Mountain 1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£3349 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 12 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 12 breakfasts and 3 lunches • Services of local English-speaking guides • Internal flights, shared touring, transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

Wish Resort Golf Convention (2 nights)

DEPARTURES

Day 10: Iguassu Falls

2019: Jan 4, 18; Feb 1, 8; Mar 15, 29; Apr 26; May 10, 24; Jun 7, 28; Jul 5; Sep 6, 20; Oct 11, 15

Embark on a tour that will give you a perspective of both the Brazilian and Argentine side of the falls. Walk to the bottom of the Devils Throat on the Brazilian side to feel the powerful force of nature and then see the falls from up high on the Argentinean side for breathtaking views of the falls below. (B)

Day 11: Iguassu – Rio de Janeiro Transfer to the airport and fly to the vibrant city of Rio de Janeiro. (B) Windsor Plaza Copacabana; Windsor

Excelsior Copacabana (2 nights)

Days 12 & 13: Rio de Janeiro Today you will have a full day sightseeing in this iconic Latin American city. Take a train ride to the top of Corcovado where the magnificent Christ the Redeemer statue stands and then ride a cable car to the top of Sugar Loaf Mountain. This evening, perhaps join a Rio by night tour (payable locally). Your tour concludes on day 13 with a transfer to the airport. (B)

2

IguassúRAIL Falls

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

PERU & BRAZIL

Lima

PERU

1

TOUR STYLE: Small Group GROUP SIZE: 16 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 – 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Ask about extending your stay in Rio, or adding an Amazon extension.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

127


SOUTH AMERICA PERU, BOLIVIA & CHILE

1

Lima

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE PERU NIGHTS STAYED

1

Cusco 3 1

LAND 1 Sacred NIGHTS STAYED Valley

Jungle Lodge 2

Puerto Maldonado

Copacabana

1

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

2

La Paz BOLIVIA

Uyuni

Sucre Potosi

2 1

2

Avaroa National Reserve

1

ESCORTED TOUR

Atacama LAND RAIL CRUISE Santiago 2 NIGHTS STAYED

2

1

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

1

£3579pp

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Go wildlife spotting on the Peruvian Amazon RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • See the magnificent Incan citadel Machu Picchu • HitLAND the town in Cusco and AIR discover its vibrant nightlife RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Tour the markets of the highest capital in the world, La Paz LAND CRUISE • Discover the Bolivian way of life in NIGHTS STAYED Sucre and Potosi • Visit the train graveyard and create some mind bending photos at the Uyuni Salt Flats • See the geysers and multicoloured lagoons of the Atacama Desert 1

22 day Andean Crossing Lima • Peruvian Amazon • Cusco • Sacred Valley • Machu Picchu • Copacabana • La Paz • Sucre • Potosí • Uyuni • Avaroa National Reserve • Atacama • Santiago Day 1: Arrive Lima

Days 10 & 11: La Paz

Meet your fellow adventurers in Lima, the capital of Peru. Here, we’ll spend the morning uncovering the city’s sights, and then the afternoon is all yours to explore the colonial centre, bustling metropolis and 43 diverse districts. (D)

Depart Copacabana for La Paz, the highest capital city in the world. Here, take in the Bolivian countryside before checking out the colonial sites and unique markets on a locally guided tour. (BD,B)

Days 2 & 3: Jungle Lodge

Catching the included flight to Sucre this morning, explore the city’s historical streets and white stone buildings on a locally-guided walking tour. The rest of the time here is yours! (BD,B)

Fly over the Andes to Puerto Maldonado in Peru’s southern jungle. You could hike through the jungle for a canopy climb, then chill to the sound of the jungle. With another day here keep your eyes peeled for wildlife like the giant otter. (BLD)

Day 4: Cusco Spend today exploring the beautiful city of Cusco – wander the main plaza, see the Temple of Wiracocha and explore Incan buildings on a guided tour. Then get into Cusco’s amazing nightlife until the sun comes up! (B)

Day 5: Sacred Valley Today, venture into the Sacred Valley, the heart of the Inca Empire, where you’ll take a guided tour of the Pisac ruins, try some local chicha de jora and spend the night in one of Peru’s oldest towns, Ollantaytambo.

(B)

The colonial architecture and hilly streets of Potosi are a must-see. Explore the National Mint of Bolivia and discover why this was once one of the richest cities in the world. (B) The morning is all yours to uncover the last little secrets of Potosi, then you’re off to Uyuni, the gateway to Salar de Uyuni, the largest salt flats in the world. First stop, the Great Train Graveyard. (B)

Day 16: Salar de Uyuni It’s the day you’ve all been waiting for. Mile upon mile of salt flats, blues skies and Instagram opportunities will ensure this day goes down in the history books.

(BLD)

Day 17: Avaroa National Reserve

(BD)

Day 9: Copacabana Copacabana is calling. With an early start, cross over the beautiful Bolivian border where the shores of Lake Titicaca await – the highest navigable body of water in the world, also known for being the birthplace of the sun. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£3579 per person

Day 15: Uyuni

Opt to spend the day in Aguas Calientes, a town dwarfed by nature and ancient ruins at every turn, or take a 1-day trek along the Inca trail to the Sun Gate and experience the magnificence of Machu Picchu all for yourself – you won’t regret it. (B) Ever dreamt of watching the first rays of the day creep over Machu Picchu, surrounded by a group of new friends? Today will make that dream a reality. Soak in the moment, then explore the Incan city, Temple of Three Windows, ceremonial baths and altar together with a Local Guide. The next day (and likely still buzzing) is free for you to explore Cusco your way.

1

Day 14: Potosí

Day 6: Aguas Calientes

Days 7 & 8: Cusco

128

Day 12 & 13: Sucre

1

Hopping into 4x4s, you’ll begin the 2-day crossing of the Eduardo Avaroa Andean Fauna National Reserve towards the Atacama Desert. Expect volcanoes, hot springs, geysers, lakes, lagoons and flamingos! (BLD)

Days 18 & 19: San Pedro de Atacama After some serious nature time as you finish up your national reserve adventure, ultimate relaxation is in order, San Pedro style. Cap off your desert adventure with a visit to Valle de la Luna to watch the sunset amongst the colourful textured landscape. (BD,B)

Days 20 - 22: Santiago de Chile This morning, leave the desert behind and jump on flight to Santiago de Chile. Upon arrival, you’ll get acquainted with this bustling place on a city tour. The afternoon is yours to explore. With another free day choose to visit the colourful, hillside city of Valparaiso or spend a day exploring Chile’s wineries. On day 22 your epic crossing of the Andes concludes. (B,BD,B)

PRICES INCLUDE • 21 nights’ hotel, hostel and jungle lodge accommodation • Meals as specified: 21 breakfasts, 4 lunches and 11 dinners • Touring by air-conditioned coach and 4x4 • Services of an experienced Trip Manager and Local Guides • Sightseeing as per itinerary (excluding free time add-ons) • Transfers and internal flights

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 18; Feb 1; Feb 24; Mar 17; Apr 21; May 19; Jun 16; Jul 14; Aug 11; Sep 8; Oct 6; Nov 3; Dec 1, 29 2020: Jan 26; Mar 1

TOUR STYLE: Escorted (18 - 35 year olds) GROUP SIZE: 32 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


SOUTH AMERICA BOLIVIA

La Paz

2

BOLIVIA 1

1 4

Salt Flats

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND

Day 1: Arrive La Paz

Days 7 & 8: Uyuni - Salar de Uyuni

On arrival, transfer independently to your hotel, the rest of the day is free to explore before your welcome meeting this evening.

Spend three days on a 4x4 excursion to the Uyuni Salt Flats and surrounding desert altiplano, located in the stunning landscape between the Salar de Uyuni and the Atacama Desert in Chile. Enter a world unlike anything else as we drive across the salt flats; the piercing blue sky contrasts against the blinding white of the flat salt beds. Take memorable photos of the unusual landscape complete with mountains, active volcanoes, geysers, and boiling mud pools. Visit the red lagoon of Laguna Colorada and enjoy the uniqueness of this region. On day 7 settle in to your G Adventures-supported community salt-brick bungalow, complete with salt floors and furniture and enjoy a dinner of local ingredients prepared by ladies from the community. (BD, BLD)

Days 3 & 4: Sucre Spend two days exploring all that Sucre has to offer. Optional activities (own expense) include hiking, mountain biking, and visiting the Textile Cooperative. If you are visiting on a Sunday make sure you head to the Tarabuco Market where indigenous groups from the surrounding area gather on to sell their goods and gives a glimpse into daily Bolivian life and the diversity of its people. (B)

Day 5: Sucre – Potosí Journey from Sucre to Potosí. Spend the afternoon exploring the city or take the opportunity to visit a working silver mine. (B)

Day 6: Potosí – Uyuni Journey south to Uyuni, the starting point for your 3 day salt flats excursion. (B)

• Visit the highest capital RAIL city in NIGHTS STAYED the world, La Paz • Stay in G-Adventures for good Jukil Community Experience RAIL NIGHTSlocal STAYED & Lodge and learn about community life • 3 day 4x4 excursion to the otherLAND AIR worldly Uyuni Salt Flats RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Explore the beautiful colonial city of Sucre LAND • Take an optional excursion to a CRUISE working silver mine NIGHTS STAYED 1

La Paz • Sucre • Potosi • Uyuni • Uyuni Salt Flats

Spend the morning exploring the city before boarding an afternoon flight to Sucre and explore this beautiful colonial city or opt to go hiking in the surrounding area. (B)

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

11 day Bolivia Discovery

Day 2: La Paz – Sucre

Uyuni LAND NIGHTS STAYED

£999pp

Sucre

LAND Potosi AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

SMALL GROUP TOUR PRICES FROM

3

Day 9: Salar de Uyuni - La Paz Enjoy a final day of exploring the Uyuni Salt Flats before boarding an overnight bus back to La Paz. (BL)

Day 10: La Paz Enjoy a free day in the capital, walk along the winding streets, shop in the markets - it is an especially good place to buy textiles and leatherwork, and enjoy the nightlife. For the thrill seekers opt to bike the famous “death road”. (B)

Day 11: La Paz Your tour ends in La Paz today. Transfer independently to the airport for your homeward or onward flight. (B)

1

1

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£999 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 10 nights’ accommodation (8 nights hotel, 2 nights multi-share in G Adventures supported lodge on Uyuni Salt Flats) • Meals as specified: 10 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 2 dinners • Services of an experienced Chief Experience Officer (CEO) & local guides • Touring by private vehicle, public bus, 4X4 vehicle, train & plane • Sightseeing & touring as specified

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 11, 25; Feb 8, 15, 22; Mar 8, 15, 29; Apr 12; May 10, 31; Jun 14, 28; Jul 12, 26; Aug 9, 16, 30; Sep 6, 27; Oct 4, 11, 18; Nov 1, 8, 22; Dec 6, 20

TOUR STYLE: Small Group (Classic) GROUP SIZE: 16 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

129


SOUTH AMERICA BRAZIL, ARGENTINA & PERU

PERU

Lima

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1 1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Machu Picchu 2

2

1

Sacred Valley

2

Cuzco BRAZIL BOLIVIA 1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Rio de Janeiro

PARAGUAY

CHILE

3

2

Iguassú Falls

ARGENTINA

URUGUAY 3

Buenos Aires

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

ESCORTED COACH TOUR PRICES FROM

£2229pp

15 day South America Discovery Rio de Janeiro • Iguassu Falls • Buenos Aires • Lima • Cusco • Sacred Valley • Machu Picchu Day 1: Arrive Rio de Janeiro

Day 9: Buenos Aires – Lima

Welcome to Rio de Janerio. Get settled in at your hotel and start exploring before meeting your Travel Director that afternoon. Hotel Mirador (3 nights)

In the morning, fly to Lima, the “City of the Kings.” Upon arrival, explore this city at your leisure. (B) Hotel

Days 2 & 3: Rio De Janeiro

Day 10: Lima

Begin day 2 with a visit to the top of Corcovado Mountain via the Tijuca Forest on a cog-wheel train and stand next to 1 of the 7 Modern World Wonders: Christ the Redeemer. After, drive along some of the most famous beaches in the world – Copacabana and Ipanema. Day 3 is free to explore independently or join one of the many optional experiences. In the evening join your fellow travelling companions at a local churrascaria where meat is cooked in the churrasco style. (B)

On a Lima city tour, discover the famous Plaza Mayor and Cathedral, the Government Palace, Archbishop’s Palace and City Hall and visit the San Francisco Monastery. Your afternoon is free. That evening, join your Travel Director and fellow travellers for a lively dinner at a local restaurant. (BD)

Day 4: Rio de Janeiro – Iguassu Falls Depart Rio for Iguassu Falls on of the world’s widest waterfalls and gives rise to the double border of Brazil and Argentina. Settle into your hotel that evening where dinner will be served. (BD) Hotel Viale

La Hacienda (2 nights)

Day 11: Lima – Cusco – Sacred Valley Take a morning flight to Cusco and then head straight to the lush Sacred Valley. Stop at Awanakancha, a living museum where you can see llamas, alpacas, vicuñas and guanacos. Learn about the traditional weaving techniques of the locals before strolling through the famous Pisac Market. In the evening, join your new friends for dinner at a local restaurant.

(BLD) Hotel La Casona de Yucay (2 nights)

Cataratas (2 nights)

Day 12: Machu Picchu Excursion

Day 5: Iguassu Falls

This morning, board a train to Aguas Calientes, the village at the feet of Machu Picchu before transferring the last leg by bus to the marvellous citadel of Machu Picchu, one of the New Seven Wonders of the World. Return to Sacred Valley later that evening and share your impressions of Machu Picchu with friends over dinner. (BD)

This morning, explore the Brazilian side of the falls and walk to the bottom of “Devil’s Throat”, enjoying magnificent views above. The afternoon is at leisure, perhaps embark on the Macuco Safari for an exhilarating boat ride to the base of the falls or consider aerial views of the falls, national park and surrounding jungle from a helicopter flight. (B)

Day 6: Iguassu Falls – Buenos Aires After checking out of the hotel, cross the border into Argentina and take a scenic drive up to the Argentinean Iguassu National Park to see the Argentinean side of the falls and the visitor centre. Later fly to the Argentinean capital Buenos Aires. (B)

Day 13: Sacred Valley – Cusco Head for Cusco today and en route visit a workshop to see beautiful pottery made using traditional techniques before stopping at a local’s home to sample the millenary beverage of the Incas at a chicheria and view the fortress of Sacsayhuaman. (B)

Hotel San Agustin Plaza (2 nights)

Hotel De las Americas (3 nights)

Days 14 & 15: Cusco

Days 7 & 8: Buenos Aires

Today see the sights of Cusco including the “Temple of the Sun.” the Inca Street of Loreto, with its remarkable Incan wall construction and the San Pedro market, known for its local produce. Later that evening, join your Travel Director and travelling companions for dinner at a local restaurant featuring a folkloric show of song and dance. Your tour concludes on day 15, ask about extending your holiday in Peru to Puno and Lake Titicaca. (BD)

On day 7 you will head out on a sightseeing tour of Buenos Aires most famous districts including Recoleta, San Telmo and La Boca with its colourful painted houses. In the evening, enjoy dinner and a Tango show. The following days is free for independent exploration or join one of several optional excursions available to you, including a BBQ lunch in the Pampas where you can learn about the life of the Gaucho. (BD)

130

1

• Explore iconic sights of Rio including Copacabana and Christ the Redeemer • See Iguassu’s cascading waterfalls and be awed by Devil’s Throat • Discover the sights of Buenos Aires including La Boca and Recoleta • Step back in time to a golden era and see Tango show with dinner included • Journey to the marvellous citadel of Machu Picchu, one of the New Seven Wonders of the World • Explore the Cusco the “City of the Kings” • Discover the mysterious site of Sacsayhuaman • Visit Sacred Valley’s famous Pisac Market

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2229 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 14 nights’ accommodation in named hotels • Meals as specified: 14 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 7 dinners • Touring by air-conditioned vehicle • An expert Travel Director and separate driver • Internal flights, airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Mar 7, 15, 28; May 3, 9, 17; Jun 6; Sep 20, 27; Oct 3

TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach GROUP SIZE: 48 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


SOUTH AMERICA BRAZIL

SMALL GROUP TOUR PRICES FROM

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

£1739pp

6 day Rio Carnival Experience Rio Carnival • Corcovado Mountain • Sugarloaf Mountain Day 1: Arrive Rio de Janeiro On arrival into Rio de Janeiro transfer independently to your centrally located hotel. In the afternoon join your guide and fellow travellers for a welcome meeting with the option to join a welcome meal at a local restaurant afterwards (payable locally).

Day 2: Rio de Janeiro This morning join an orientation walk with your local guide to get to know the local area. Afterwards you may opt to join one of the local ‘blocos’ (street parades), these are great fun, often very crowded, hot and lively! The local ‘cariocas’ will be all dressed up, so make sure you bring your glitter! Alternatively you may choose to explore the city or go to the beach. The optional evening activity is a night out at Rio Scenarium. Rio Scenarium is a night club, a restaurant and an antiques warehouse all rolled into one and covers 3 amazing floors in a superb colonial mansion. During Carnival time there are usually live bands, Samba forro and gafiera music. It’s a great way to experience Carioca life!

Day 3: Rio de Janeiro Rise early and head to Corcovado and its worldfamous statue of Christ the Redeemer for a half-day guided tour. The statue of Christ the Redeemer is one of the most iconic sights of Rio de Janeiro, and if the weather is clear there is also a fantastic view over the rest of the city including Sugarloaf Mountain. In the evening it’s time for the main event of the week – the parade in the Sambadrome. The top samba schools parade their fantastic floats and costumes and the party goes on well into the early hours.

Day 4: Rio de Janeiro This morning is free for you to recover from last night in the Sambadrome! It’s a great chance to hit the beach, explore the city or simply have a lie in. In the afternoon embark on a guided visit to Sugarloaf Mountain, rising almost 400 metres above the harbour. Take the cable car up to the top for wonderful vistas over the city and Copacabana and Ipanema beaches. If the weather is clear you will also be able to see Christ the Redeemer looking down at the city from the top of Corcovado Mountain. Return to the Sambadrome this evening but this time nearer the start of the Parade and close to the judges. You’ll be

right in the middle of the action and ready to party the night away all over again. There is also the option to don a costume and take part in the parade itself, dancing your way down the Sambadrome runway – a once in a lifetime experience (additional cost, payable in advance). Note: If you want to partake in the parade this must be booked around 3 months in advance of departure. It requires a decent level of fitness as dancing in the heat can be physically demanding.

Day 5: Rio de Janeiro Today is a free day to explore Rio de Janeiro further, and perhaps to find one of the blocos (street parades) that take place during the Carnival and continue the party. In the afternoon there’s the option to go for a guided visit to the Morrinho Project, a favela community project supported by Dragoman.

Day 6: Depart Rio de Janeiro Your tour concludes today, ask about extending your stay in Brazil with a Amazon or Iguassu Falls extension.

• Witness the kaleidoscopic colours of the Sambadrome • Experience the pulsating energy of Rio de Janeiro’s Carnival • Soak up spectacular views from Corcovado Mountain • Marvel at the legendary Christ the Redeemer statue • Dance up a storm in Rio, the world’s samba capital • Ride the cable car up Sugarloaf Mountain

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1739 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 5 nights’ hotel accommodation • Entrance ticket to Sambadrome on day 3 (day 4 entrance is an additional charge) • Orientation walking tour of Rio, half day guided tours of Corcovado and Sugarloaf mountains

DEPARTURES 2019: Mar 1; 2020: Feb 21 Note: Early booking is advised as these tours fill up quickly

TOUR STYLE: Small Group GROUP SIZE: 22 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Ask about adding a wider tour of Brazil to this itinerary or perhaps twin it with Iguassu Falls and Buenos Aires.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

131


1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

SOUTH AMERICA BRAZIL

Equator Manaus

Amazon River

4

BRAZIL

Salvador

▲ 5hrs

BOLIVIA

ARGENTINA

£2049pp

Rio • Iguassú Falls • Manaus • The Amazon

Days 2 & 3: Rio de Janeiro Rio cries out to be explored and you have 2 days to do it. An included Corcovado and Sugar Loaf tour is a good starting point, travelling by train through the lush Tijuca Forest to reach the top of Corcovado. Here you will get up close to the awe-inspiring statue of Christ the Redeemer, towering over the city. After a delicious lunch, travel to the top of Sugar Loaf Mountain by cable car and marvel at the sight of countless bays and Rio’s curvaceous coastline. See the Samba come to life on an included Rio by Night tour that includes a barbecue dinner and show. There’s plenty of time for sightseeing on your own too, so don’t miss that fabulous beach. (BL,BD)

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Stay 3 nights in fabulous Rio de Janeiro • Visit the legendary statue of LAND CRUISE Christ the Redeemer NIGHTS STAYED • Travel to the top of Sugar Loaf Mountain • Experience vibrant Rio by night • Discover the roaring Iguassú Falls from both the Brazilian and Argentine sides • Discover wildlife in the heart of the Amazon rainforest 1

10 day Essential Brazil Standard: Windsor Copa; Superior: Porto Bay Rio Internacional; Deluxe: Miramar Hotel by Windsor (3 nights)

1

1

PRICES FROM

Arrive at Rio Airport and transfer to your hotel.

2hrs 35mins

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

INDEPENDENT TOUR

Day 1: Arrive Rio de Janeiro

2

Iguassú Falls

LAND Rio de Janeiro RAIL 3 Sao Paulo 1 NIGHTS STAYED

PARAGUAY

a remarkable sight not to be missed. From the Anavilhanas Jungle Lodge enjoy a variety of activities including sightseeing in the Anavalhanas Archipelago, hiking, a visit to the Amazonian dolphins and art parlors in Novo Airao. (BLD) Standard & Superior:

Amazon Ecopark; Deluxe: Anavilhanas Lodge (2 nights)

Day 9: The Amazon - Manaus After a leisurely breakfast, return to Manaus by boat from the Amazon EcoPark Lodge or by road from Anavilhanas Lodge. Arrive back at approximately 12.30pm and enjoy an afternoon at your leisure where you could perhaps visit the city’s famous opera house (own expense). (B) Standard & Superior: Blue Tree

Premium Manaus; Deluxe: Villa Amazonia

Day 10: Depart Manaus The tour ends on day 10 with a transfer to the airport for your onward flight. (B)

Day 4: Rio - Iguassú Falls (Brazilian side) After an early breakfast, transfer to the airport to board your flight to Foz do Iguassú. There you will be met and transferred to your chosen hotel. Later that afternoon, discover the Brazilian side of the world’s largest waterfalls, set deep within stunning tropical forest. (B) Standard: Viale Cataratas; Superior: Mabu

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

Thermas Resort; Deluxe: Das Cataratas (2 nights)

PRICES INCLUDE

Day 5: Iguassú Falls (Argentine side)

• 9 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 9 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 3 dinners • Internal flights, transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

The morning tour takes you across the border into the heart of the Argentine National Park. The views along the footpaths are magnificent. The platform allows direct access to the misty falls, a truly breathtaking experience. The falls from Argentina offer a completely different experience to the Brazilian side; both must be seen to be fully appreciated. (B)

Day 6: Iguassú Falls - Manaus

DEPARTURES

Transfer to the airport for your flight via São Paulo to Manaus, gateway to the Amazon. On arrival you will be met and transferred to your hotel. (B) Standard &

TOUR STYLE: Independent

2019: Daily

Superior: Tropical Manaus; Deluxe: Villa Amazonia

GROUP SIZE: 2+

Days 7 & 8: Manaus - The Amazon Depart Manaus early for the journey by boat or road to your lodge. During the next few days you’ll explore the fascinating Amazon rainforest. From the Amazon EcoPark Lodge enjoy a guided jungle hike to see the amazing flora and fauna, take an evening canoe tour and head out for a full-day excursion visiting the phenomenon of the ‘Meeting of the Waters’ at the confluence of the Rio Negro and the Rio Solimões,

132

£2049 per person

PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Rio de Janeiro or ask about extending your tour with a beach stay in Salvador. Please call for details.

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


SOUTH AMERICA ARGENTINA

Buenos Aires

3

s

ARGENTINA

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

s

s

CHILE

2

SMALL GROUP TOUR

El Calafate 2

Ushuaia

PRICES FROM

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

£2179pp

8 day Best of Argentina Buenos Aires • Ushuaia • Tierra del Fuego National Park • Calafate• Perito Moreno Glacier Day 1: Arrive Buenos Aires

Day 4: Tierra del Fuego National Park

On arrival into Buenos Aires you will be met and transferred to your hotel. The rest of the afternoon is at leisure. In the evening you will be taken to La Ventana tango house in the San Telmo neighbourhood, the heart of the tango scene in Buenos Aires. Opt for a tango lesson with specialist teachers or an Argentinean wine tasting session. Afterwards enjoy a three course dinner with wine and a tango show. (D)

This morning, slow the pace down on a half-day tour to Tierra del Fuego National Park, stop for a short walk and take in the magnificent landscapes. Return to Ushuaia for lunch at leisure before embarking on an afternoon excursion to the rustic Estancia Harberton on the shores of the Beagle Channel. Take a short boat trip to Martillo Island for the chance to see Magellan penguins (late Oct-mid Apr) and numerous bird life including albatross and cormorants. (B)

Standard: Loi Suites Esmeralda; Superior: Grand Brizo (2 nights)

Day 2: Buenos Aires Sightseeing Embark on a half-day city tour and see the major sites including Avenida de Mayo and Plaza De Mayo, the colourful neighbourhood of La Boca, a stop for coffee at the historic Café Tortoni and the glamorous Recoleta area – home to the Recoleta cemetery and grave of Eva Perón (Evita). The afternoon and evening are free; perhaps join an optional tour that gives an introduction to the best of Argentinean cuisine and culture and includes a cookery and wine pairing class (paid locally). (B)

Day 3: Buenos Aires – Ushuaia Transfer to the airport and fly to Ushuaia, the world’s southernmost city. The rest of the day is at leisure. Dependent on arrival time we recommend a walk around the harbour area and a visit to the End of the World Museum. (B) Standard: Patagonia Jarke;

Cilene del Faro (2 nights)

• Tango lesson and show in Buenos Aires LAND • City tour of Buenos Aires RAIL famous NIGHTS STAYED neighbourhoods including colourful La Boca and up-market Recoleta RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • See the “End of The Earth” on a tour of Tierra del Fuego National LAND Park and see Magellan penguins in AIR the Beagle Channel RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Witness the carving of glacial ice at the Perito Moreno Glacier 1

1

1

Day 5: Ushuaia – Calafate

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Transfer to the airport and fly to Calafate, gateway to the Los Glaciares National Park. (B) Sierra Nevada;

Kosten Aike (2 nights)

Day 6: Perito Moreno Glacier Enjoy a full-day excursion to Los Glaciares National Park and the mighty Perito Moreno Glacier – at 5km wide and 70m high it is one of the few glaciers still growing. See and hear the remarkable spectacle of ice carving from the glacier’s terminal face and crashes into the Lago Argentino below from the viewing platforms. (B)

Day 7: Calafate – Buenos Aires Transfer to the airport and fly back to Buenos Aires for your final night of your tour. (B)

Day 8: Depart Buenos Aires Your tour concludes today with a transfer to the airport. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2179 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 7 breakfasts and 1 dinner • Services of local English-speaking guides • Internal flights, shared touring, transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 11; Feb 1, 22; Mar 8; Oct 11, 25; Nov 8, 29

TOUR STYLE: Small Group GROUP SIZE: 16 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 – 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Ask about extending your stay in Buenos Aires, or adding an Iguassu Falls extension.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

133


1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL Puerto Varas CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

SOUTH AMERICA CHILE

CHILE 3

San Pedro de Atacama

V

Valparaiso

1

3

Santiago V

V

ARGENTINA 3

Puerto Montt

V

ESCORTED TOUR

1

PRICES FROM

£3689pp

1

Day 3: Santiago - Valparaíso Travel to the coast to visit the manicured seaside resort of Vina del Mar and the bohemian port town of Valparaíso. Designated a UNESCO World Heritage Site, Valparaiso is a unique and delightful tangle, draped over a series of hills. Funiculars connect the industrial seafront with the cerros (hill) neighbourhoods, each a maze of colourful, artfully-dilapidated mansions and enchanting street art. This evening enjoy the buzz of Valparaiso’s vibrant nightlife. (BL)

Day 4: Valparaíso – San Pedro de Atacama Fly to the northern city of Calama, from where you will drive to the desert oasis town of San Pedro de Atacama before enjoying a local lunch in Coyo Ayllu. This afternoon, you’ll see some of San Pedro’s famous landscapes with a drive out to Death and Moon valleys, some of the driest spots on the planet. With lonely volcanoes populating the horizon, enjoy the views and the silence as the afternoon sun’s rays turn the hues of the rock from orange, to red to purple. (BL)

Day 5: Salar de Atacama Spend the day exploring the otherworldly Salar de Atacama, the largest salt flat in Chile. Journey under the watchful gaze of barren mountains, passing salt lakes full of flamingos, to reach the brilliantly blue Miscanti and Miniques lagoons. (BL)

Day 6: El Tatio Geysers Travel deeper into the Atacama to visit El Tatio. Set within a ring of volcanoes, there are about 80 lively geysers and fumaroles, which are at their best at sunrise. You’ll also see the Rainbow Valley and the petroglyphs of Yerbas Buenas. (B)

Day 7: Atacama – Puerto Varas Transfer back to Calama and fly south to Puerto Montt, the gateway to Chile’s spectacular Lake District. Tour the city with visits including the Plaza de Armas,

134

Catedral de Puerto Mont and Angelmo cove. Travel on to Puerto Varas, a charming town on Llanquihue Lake looked over by 2 snow-capped volcanoes. (BD)

Day 8: Chiloé Excursion Board the ferry over to the Chiloé archipelago to visit the largest island, Isla Grande. A rural, peaceful and spiritual place, spend the day delving into its fascinatingly different cultures. In the city of Castro see the unique ‘pala to’ houses, brightly coloured and built on stilts, and its wooden churches. (BL)

Day 9: Volcan Osorno Travel further around Llanquihue Lake to the village of Ensenada at the foot of Volcan Osorno, where you’ll take an easy hike through the volcano’s plentiful nature to reach the visitors centre. Travel to Perez Rosales National Park to Petrohué Falls, where boardwalks will help you admire the turquoise waters and lush greenery of the Petrohué River. (BL)

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Discover the colourful port town of Valparaiso • See theLAND other-worldly landscapes CRUISE of the Atacama salt flats and the NIGHTS STAYED magnificent El Taito geysers • Stay in charming Puerto Varas in Chile’s Lake District • Slow the pace down on the traditional island of Isla Grande in the Chiloe archipelago • Cruise the fjords and marvel at the glaciers of the Patagonia region • Spend a day exploring Torres del Paine National Park with its iconic jagged peaks 1

Santiago • Valparaíso • Atacama Desert • Puerto Varas • Chiloé • Volcan Osorno • Puerto Natales • Torres del Paine On arrival into Santiago you will be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. Enjoy the rest of the day at leisure before a welcome dinner. The following day, embark on a city tour which will allow you to experience its eclectic contrasts. Lunch on fish fresh from the morning’s catch at well-known restaurant El Galeon located in the bustling Central Market. (D,BL)

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

14 day Chile Top to Toe Days 1 & 2: Santiago

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED Puerto Natales 3 Punta Arenas

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£3689 per person

Day 10: Puerto Varas - Puerto Natales Fly further south to Punta Arenas and transfer on to Puerto Natales, the lively, picturesque town that is the gateway to the Torres del Paine. (B)

Day 11: The Glaciers of Puerto Natales Set sail on the gloomily named Ultima Esperanza (Last Hope) Fjord, a body of water that is set in a magnificent landscape. Cruise to the Mount Balmaceda Glacier, where as well as a tumbling wall of ice to admire, you’ll spot cormorants and sea lions. Continue to the end of the fjord and take a short walk through native forest to the foot of the magnificent Serrano Glacier, part of the Southern Ice Field. (BL)

Day 12: Torres del Paine National Park Journey to the spectacular, UNESCO World Heritage designated, Torres del Paine National Park – the jewel in Patagonia’s crown. Packed with waterfalls, lakes, glaciers and rugged peaks, the park’s best-known view is of the jagged granite towers from which the park takes its name. Spend the day amongst this breathtaking example of resplendent nature. (BL)

Day 13: Puerto Natales - Santiago Transfer back to Punta Arenas and fly to Santiago. The rest of the day is at leisure. Your tour concludes on day 14 with a transfer back to the airport. (B)

PRICES INCLUDE • 13 nights’ quality hotel accommodation • Meals as specified: 13 breakfasts, 8 lunches, 2 dinners • Touring by air-conditioned vehicle • English-speaking Local Guides • Internal flights, airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 21; Mar 4; Sep 2; Oct 14; Nov 3 2020: Jan 13; Feb 10; Mar 16

TOUR STYLE: Escorted (Classic) GROUP SIZE: 28 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


SOUTH AMERICA

1

PARAGUAY

CHILE

2

(

ARGENTINA

2

Iguassú Falls 2

2

Mendoza

(

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE Rio de NIGHTS STAYED Janeiro

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Santiago URUGUAY Buenos Aires

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

SMALL GROUP TOUR PRICES FROM

£2349pp

Santiago • Mendoza • Buenos Aires • Iguassu • Rio de Janeiro Days 1 & 2: Santiago

Days 6 & 7: Buenos Aires

On arrival into Santiago you will be met and transferred to your hotel. This afternoon you will see the contrasts of old and new in this eclectic city on a guided city tour. The following day is at leisure; perhaps join an optional tour to Valparaiso and Viña del Mar or try Wine pairing (payable locally). (B*)

Embark on a half-day city tour and see the major sites including the colourful neighbourhood of La Boca, and the glamorous Recoleta area. In the evening enjoy a tango lesson followed by a 3-course dinner with wine and a tango show. The following day is free; perhaps join a tour out to the pampas for a traditional estancia visit (payable locally). (BD,B)

Day 3: Santiago – Mendoza Today, you will embark on a panoramic bus journey across the Andes to Argentina and the world-famous wine producing region, Mendoza. One of the most spectacular drives in the world the bus journey it offers incredible views of the Andes and the highest peak in South America – Aconcagua. Note: The bus journey is unguided but a representative will transfer you to and from the bus terminals in Santiago and Mendoza. (B)

Standard & Superior: Huentala (2 nights)

Day 4: Mendoza Mendoza’s Malbec are renowned the world over, today embark on a half-day tour to two vineyards to learn about the wine making process and to enjoy some tastings. The rest of the day is at leisure. (B)

Day 5: Mendoza – Buenos Aires Transfer to the airport and fly to Argentina’s bustling, cosmopolitan, capital city Buenos Aires. This evening, perhaps join an optional tour that gives an introduction to the best of Argentinean cuisine and culture and includes a cookery and wine pairing class (paid locally). (B) Standard: Loi Suites Esmeralda;

Superior: Grand Brizo Buenos Aires (3 nights)

• Discover Chile’s capital city Santiago LAND • Travel on one of the most RAIL scenic NIGHTS STAYED mountain passes in the world – the Ruta 60, crossing the Andes from Chile to Argentina RAIL • Taste the famous wines ofNIGHTS theSTAYED Mendoza region • Enjoy a tango show with dinner in LAND AIR Buenos Aires RAIL STAYED • Get up close to the roaringNIGHTS ‘Devils Throat’ at Iguassu Falls LAND • Head to the top of Corcovado CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED where the iconic ‘Christ the Redeemer’ stands atop 1

12 day Scenic South America

Standard: Principado Express; Superior: Marina Las Condes *day 2 only

3

CHILE, ARGENTINA & BRAZIL

BRAZIL BOLIVIA

Days 8: Buenos Aires – Iguassu

1

1

1

Transfer to the airport and fly to Iguassu. This afternoon, you will visit the Argentinean side of the falls and ride The Ecological Jungle Train to view the impressive ‘Devil’s Throat’. (B) Standard: Recanto

Park; Superior: Wish Resort Golf Convention

Day 9: Iguassu Falls Today, you will go on a tour that will give you a perspective of the Brazilian side of this magnificent force of nature. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2349 per person

Day 10: Iguassu – Rio de Janeiro Transfer to the airport and fly to the vibrant city of Rio de Janeiro. (B) Standard: Windsor Plaza

Copacabana; Superior: Windsor Excelsior Copacabana (2 nights)

Days 11 : Rio de Janeiro Today, you will have a full day sightseeing. Take a train ride to the top of Corcovado where the magnificent Christ the Redeemer statue stands and then ride a cable car to the top of Sugar Loaf Mountain. This evening, highly recommended is a Rio by night tour (payable locally). (B)

Day 12: Depart Rio de Janeiro Your tour concludes today with a transfer to the airport. (B)

PRICES INCLUDE • 9 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 11 breakfasts and 1 dinner • Services of local English-speaking guides • Internal flights, shared touring, transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 7; Feb 11; Mar 11, 18; Apr 1; Sep 23; Oct 7, 14; Nov 11, 18

TOUR STYLE: Small Group GROUP SIZE: 16 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Ask about extending your stay in Rio, or adding an extension to Uruguay.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

135


SOUTH AMERICA CHILE & ARGENTINA INDEPENDENT / XXXX TOUR CRUISE TOUR PRICES FROM

£4299pp

12 day Patagonian Explorer with Australis Buenos Aires • Ushuaia • Cape Horn • Wulaia Bay • Pía Glacier • Garibaldi Glacier • Agostini Sound • Águila Glacier • Cóndor Glacier • Magdalena Island • Punta Arenas • Torres del Paine • Santiago Day 1: Arrive Buenos Aires

Day 6: Pía Glacier – Garibaldi Glacier

On arrival in Buenos Aires, transfer to your chosen hotel for a 3-night stay. Hotel NH

Overnight continue through glacier country to the western end of Tierra del Fuego towards Pia Fjord. After breakfast, board the Zodiacs for a shore excursion to Pia Glacier and a short hike to gain a panoramic view of the spectacular glacier. Back onboard, continue towards the Garibaldi glacier, 1 of only 3 glaciers in Patagonia gaining mass rather than staying the same or slowly shrinking. Once docked, there is an option for a hike to a viewpoint looking down on the glacier and fjord (optional as quite demanding), for those who choose to stay onboard, the captain will point the bow towards the beautiful sky blue Garibaldi Glacier so everyone can enjoy the panoramic view from the upper decks. (BLD)

Lancaster or similar (3 nights)

Day 2: City Sightseeing & Tango Show The morning’s tour will take in cobbled streets and majestic avenues, grand buildings of Plaza de Mayo and exclusive Recoleta with its tree-lined avenues and boutiques. In the evening enjoy fine cuisine and authentic Tango at a typical Tango & Dinner show. (BD)

Day 3: Fiesta Gaucha Day Trip Spend the day on a typical ranch on the ‘pampas’, vast plains scattered with cattle ranches and colonial-style mansions. Enjoy a short horse ride and indulge in a mouth-watering Argentine barbecue with typical folk music and dancing. (BL)

Day 4: Buenos Aires – Ushuaia – Cruise Departure Take an early flight to Ushuaia at the southernmost tip of South America and launching point for your Patagonia cruise with Australis. Check-in at between 10am and 5pm before boarding either the MV Stella Australis or the brand new M/V Ventus Australis at 6pm. After a welcoming toast and introduction of captain and crew, the ship departs for one of the most remote corners of planet Earth. During the night traverse the Beagle Channel and cross from Argentina into Chilean territorial waters. (B) M/V Ventus Australis or M/V Stella Australis (4 nights)

Day 5: Cape Horn - Wulaia Bay Around the break of dawn, the ship crosses Nassau Bay and enters the remote archipelago that comprises Cape Horn National Park. Weather and sea conditions permitting, you will go ashore on the windswept island that harbours the legendary Cape Horn. For many years it was the only navigation route between the Pacific and Atlantic, and was often referred to as the “End of the Earth.” Back on board sail back across Nassau Bay, and anchor at fabled Wulaia Bay, an area with a fascinating human history as well as mesmerising beauty and dramatic geography. After a visit to the Australis-sponsored museum in the old radio station, you have a choice of 3 hikes to reach panoramic viewpoints overlooking the bay. (BLD)

136

Day 7: Agostini Sound – Águila Glacier – Cóndor Glacier Sail through the Cockburn Channel and enter Agostini Sound, on clear days it is possible to see the glaciers that descend from the middle of the Darwin Mountain Range with some of them even reaching the water. In the morning disembark and go for an easy walk around a lagoon, which was formed by the melting of the Águila Glacier. Later in the day approach the Condor Glacier via Zodiac and hopefully see some of the abundant Andean Condors in the area. (BLD)

Day 8: Magdalena Island - Punta Arenas – Torres del Paine After an overnight cruise through Magdalena Channel and back into the Strait of Magellan, anchor off Magdalena Island, inhabited by an immense colony of Magellanic penguins. At the break of dawn, weather permitting, go ashore and hike a path that leads through thousands of penguins to a small museum lodged inside a vintage 1902 lighthouse. Many other bird species are also found on the island. In September and April when the penguins dwell elsewhere this excursion is replaced by a ride aboard Zodiacs to Marta Island to observe South American sea lions. After a short cruise south along the strait, disembarkation at Punta Arenas is scheduled for around 11:30am where you will take a private transfer to Torres del Paine to sea Patagonia from a completely different perspective. (B) Las Torres Patagonia (3

nights)

Day 9: Torres del Paine Embark on a full-day excursion visiting the main attractions of the park such as Laguna Azul, Cascada Paine Waterfall, Mirador de los Cuernos and Salto Grande Waterfall where Nordenkjöld Lake drains into the turquoise Lake Pehoé. (BL)


SOUTH AMERICA

£4299 per person

3

(

PRICES INCLUDE

Torres del Paine 1

Puerto Natales

1

Santiago 1

• 7 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels • 4 nights’ on board Australis Ventus or Stella Australis, all inclusive • Meals as specified: 11 breakfasts, 5 lunches and 4 dinners and all drinks on board Australis Ventus • Internal flights, transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary including all shore excursions and on-board entertainment

1

Magdalena Island

1

CHILE

Punta Arenas

Porvenir

Buenos 3 Aires

Ti erra del Fueg o

PRICES EXCLUDE

Tucker Islet

• Port tax & national park fees

1 1

1

Select dates Jan-Mar 19 & Sep 18-Apr 20

Wulaia Bay

GROUP SIZE: 2+

Cape Horn

1

1 1

PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

LAND AIR LAND NIGHTS STAYED AIR NIGHTS STAYED

LAND RAIL LAND CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Pacific Ocean

TOUR STYLE: Independent Tour & Expedition Cruise

Note: The date of the cruise will define whether the sailing is on Stella Ventus or Stella Australis, other routes are also available including in reverse and longer round trips.

LAND NIGHTS STAYED LAND NIGHTS STAYED

ARGENTINA

Ainsworth Bay Aguila Glacier Ushuaia Pia Glacier

DEPARTURES

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

(

PRICES FROM:

CHILE & ARGENTINA

TOUR DETAILS

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

1 1

LAND RAIL LAND NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Enjoy an evening of authentic Tango in the “Paris of LAND the South” Buenos Aires AIR LAND RAIL • Indulge in a traditional Argentine barbeque onAIR a NIGHTS STAYED RAIL working cattle ranch NIGHTS STAYED • Sail through the wild fjords, glaciers and icebergs on a LAND CRUISE LAND magical Patagonian cruise NIGHTS CRUISE STAYED • Go ashore at Cape Horn known as the “End ofNIGHTS theSTAYED World” • Hike to the Pia and Garibaldi Glacier’s for spectacular panoramic views • Magdalena and Marta Islands, home to thousands of penguins and sea lions • See Patagonia from a different perspective with 3 nights in the magnificent Torres del Paine 1 1

1 1

AUSTRALIS E  XPEDITION SHIPS THE SHIP Amongst the best in their class anywhere on the planet, Australis expedition ships offer a level of comfort, safety and efficiency rarely found in such remote places. The Ventus Australis is a new state-of the-art 100 cabin, 210 passenger expedition ship tailor-made for exploring the remote southern tip of South America. The atmosphere on board is informal; enjoy daily land excursions on ‘Zodiac’ boats led by expert guides, and lectures about the region’s flora, fauna, history and geography. The recreational areas have panoramic windows, but the best views are from the large open terraces on the top deck.

CABINS & FACILITIES

Day 10: Torres del Paine Take a boat on Lake Grey for navigation to the awe-inspiring glacier wall which shares the same name, appreciating the amazing glacier in its full dimension. See icebergs floating past in various shapes and sizes. Spend the rest of the day at leisure. (B)

Day 11: Torres del Paine – Punta Arenas – Santiago Transfer back to Punta Arenas for your flight to Santiago. (B) Hotel Galerias or

similar

Day 12: Depart Santiago Your tour concludes on day 12. Ask about extending your adventure further with an extension to Easter Island or Atacama. Note: The date of the cruise will define whether the sailing is on Stella Ventus or Stella Australis, other routes are also available including in reverse and longer round trips.

Spacious cabins are all exterior facing, feature cosy beds, full bathrooms, airconditioning/heating and panoramic views of the Patagonian nature unfolding outside. Food served on board is exceptional; Buffet and à la carte meals are served in the dining room and blend continental and Chilean cuisine, the galley can also cater for any special dietary requests. The all-inclusive bar features a wide selection of liquors, excellent Chilean wines and local craft beers, as well as our trademark Calafate Sour.

ON SHORE & ON BOARD ACTIVITIES Shore excursions are carried out in Zodiac boats that can easily navigate remote bays and shallow water. During the journey, English-speaking guides and guest lecturers deliver presentations and slide shows on various aspects of Patagonia and Tierra del Fuego. On board passengers have access to a library with extensive literature on Patagonian flora, fauna and history, as well as board games and other entertainment activities.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

137


CHILE & ARGENTINA

1

LAND El Chaltén AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

( 2

3

El Calafate

3

(

SOUTH AMERICA Buenos Aires

ARGENTINA

CHILE

1

Laguna Amarga Cuernos Camp 1 Camp 1 LAND Paine Grande Camp 1 NIGHTS STAYED Torres Del Paine National Park 2

1

Peurto Natales

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

ACTIVE SMALL GROUP TOUR PRICES FROM

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

• Full day guided hike to Laguna de los Tres in El Chaltén and catch a LAND RAIL of the Fitz Roy peaks glimpse NIGHTS STAYED • Rafting in class III rapids in Glacier National Park RAIL mighty Perito Moreno • See the NIGHTS STAYED Glacier • The W Trek – a 4-day hike through LAND spectacular Patagonian Scenery AIR in Torres del Paine National Park RAIL 1

£2599pp

1

14 day Hike Patagonia in Depth Buenos Aires • El Chalten • El Calafate • Puerto Natales • Torres del Paine National Park • The W Trek Day 1: Arrive Buenos Aires

Day 8: El Calafate - Puerto Natales

On arrival into Buenos Aires, transfer independently to your hotel, the rest of the day is at leisure to explore districts such as La Boca, Recoleta, and San Telmo. This evening meet your fellow travellers and CEO at a welcome meeting.

Continue on to Puerto Natales, the gateway to Torres del Paine National Park. Explore the town, eat a hearty meal, and rest well for the 4-day hike ahead. Equipment is available to rent and any extra gear not needed for the Paine hike can be stored at the hotel.

Day 2: Buenos Aires - El Chaltén

(B)

Fly to El Calafate and continue by bus to El Chaltén within Glacier National Park, often referred to as the trekking capital of Argentina and marvel at the Andean mountains en route. Enjoy free time to warm up for the upcoming trek, opt to take a short hike to a nearby lookout or explore around town.

Day 9: Puerto Natales - Laguna Amarga Camp

Day 3: El Chaltén Enjoy a full-day guided hike to Laguna de los Tres and if the weather cooperates, a clear view of the Fitz Roy peaks and the sparking teal lakes below. En route, take in the gradual changes in terrain from tree covered trails to exposed alpine landscapes. (B)

Day 4: El Chaltén Explore one of El Chaltén’s many trekking routes. Opt to explore the Laguna Torre trail to spot the dramatic Cerro Torre, hike to Laguna Capri or head up to the Condor Mirador to enjoy great views of the town. (B)

Day 5: El Chaltén - El Calafate Jump into a raft and enjoy the ride through Glacier National Park. Watch the mountains fade into the distance and paddle down Class III rapids. Afterwards, head to the quaint little town of El Calafate, and opt for a hearty dinner to refuel. (B)

Day 6: El Calafate Travel to Perito Moreno Glacier for an included guided tour. Opt to take a boat ride on the lake to get a different view of the stunning landscape and marvel at how large the glacier is up close. (B)

Day 7: El Calafate Enjoy free time, take a leisurely hike to Laguna Nimez or explore the souvenir shops and restaurants in town. Home to the immense Perito Moreno Glacier, the quaint alpine town of El Calafate is the perfect base for exploring the nearby glaciers of Los Glaciares National Park. (B)

138

Today embark on a 4-day excursion within Torres del Paine NP, hiking the famous W Trek. Start the 62km route by trekking to the base of Las Torres to see the dramatic three towers and turquoise lagoon below.

(BLD)

Day 10: Laguna Amarga Camp - Cuernos Camp Wake up surrounded by breathtaking landscapes and continue hiking along the W Trek, crossing Paine River and passing through grassy fields. Stop at Lake Nordenskjöld and snap a photo of the mountains reflecting in the lake before reaching the camp. (BLD)

Day 11: Cuernos Camp - Paine Grande Camp Hike to the French Valley lookout and take in the awe-inspiring views of the mountain range spreading across the national park. Marvel at the dramatic, contrasting greens and greys of the landscape. (BLD)

Day 12: Paine Grande Camp - Puerto Natales Enjoy the final day of The W Trek that leads to Grey Lake and the lookout point for Grey Glacier. Admire the scale of this immense glacier and continue trekking to Lake Pehoé. Finish by taking a picturesque ferry ride across the lake and enjoy the sense of accomplishment. (BL)

Days 13 & 14: Puerto Natales - Buenos Aires In the afternoon, fly to Buenos Aires and in the evening enjoy a final night out with the group. Your tour concludes on day 14 after check out of your hotel.

(B*) *day 13 only

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Buenos Aires. Please call for details.

1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2599 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 10 nights’ hotel accommodation and 3 nights’ camping • Meals as specified: 11 breakfasts, 4 lunches, 3 dinners • Services of an experienced Chief Experience Officer (CEO), local guides and specialist mountain guides and porters • Touring by private vehicle, local bus, boat, hiking and plane • Internal flights, sightseeing and touring as specified

DEPARTURES 2019: Feb 2, 9, 16, 23; Mar 2, 9, 16, 23, 30; Oct 12, 15, 19, 22, 26; Nov 2, 9, 16, 23, 30; Dec 3, 7, 14, 18, 28 2020: Jan 4, 11, 15, 18, 25; Feb 1, 8, 15, 22, 29; Mar 7, 14, 21, 28

TOUR STYLE: Small Group (Active) GROUP SIZE: 16 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


ANTARCTICA LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Ushuaia

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

Drake Passage

9

Antarctic Peninsula & South Shetland Islands

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

EXPEDITION CRUISE

• Exploring the world’s least-visited continent • Marvel at immense icebergs and magnificent glaciers • Encounter whales, seals, penguins and a variety of species of seabird • Learn about the region’s history and some of the most important and dramatic expeditions to this remote corner of the world

PRICES FROM

£6999pp

11 day Antarctica Classic Ushuaia • Drake Passage • Antarctic Peninsula • South Shetland Islands Day 1: Arrive Ushuaia

Day 11: Depart Ushaia

Arrive into Ushuaia, the southernmost city in the world and transfer to your hotel.

The tour comes to an end as you disembark in Ushuaia in the morning. Transfer independently (own expense) to the airport for your onward journey. (B)

Day 2: Ushuaia – Beagle Channel

POLAR EXPLORATIONS

1

ARGENTINA

Your morning is free for last minute shopping, an optional excursion to Tierra del Fuego National Park or a good hike up to the Martial Glacier before embarkation on the G Expedition and an evening sailing through the Beagle Channel. (BD) G Expedition

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£6999 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 9 nights’ on G Expedition Ship and 1 nights’ hotel accommodation • Meals as specified: 10 breakfasts, 8 lunches, 9 dinners • Services of qualified expert expedition guides (1 per 10 passengers) • Arrival transfer, expeditions and sightseeing as per itinerary (excludes ‘optional’ items) • Waterproof boots, expedition parka and free water bottle

Ship (9 nights)

Days 3 & 4: Drake Passage Your adventure begins with a 800km (497mi) crossing of the passage named in honour of the 16th Century English Sea Captain and Privateer Sir Francis Drake. Take in daily lectures from your expedition team and keep an eye out for the first sightings of icebergs, whales, albatross and other species of seabirds following in the Expedition’s wake. (BLD)

DEPARTURES

Days 5 - 8: Antarctica Peninsula & South Shetland Islands

2019: Mar 4, 13; Nov 22; Dec 12; 2020: Jan 2, Mar 13

Experience some of the most unique wildlife viewing and inspiring scenery in the world as you set foot on the Antarctic continent. Over the next 4 days you’ll navigate southwards making stops in the South Shetland Islands then through the Bransfield Strait and to the Antarctic Peninsula. The coastal areas you’ll visit have some of the greatest concentrations of wildlife on the continent. Weather permitting you’ll enjoy 2 shore excursions per day and encounters with Gentoo, Chinstrap and Adélie penguin rookeries, Weddell, crabeater and leopard seals, as well as orca, humpback and minke whales that frequent the cold Antarctic waters. There is also plenty of time to enjoy the sheer beauty and the breathtaking scenery of icechoked waterways, blue and white icebergs, impressive glaciers and rugged snow-capped mountains. The peninsula also has a remarkable human history. During the voyage, you’ll learn about some of the most important and dramatic expeditions to this remote corner of the world. (BLD)

TOUR STYLE: Marine GROUP SIZE: 134 (on board) PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Days 9 & 10: Drake Passage Leave Antarctica and begin your journey north across the Drake Passage. Review the highlights of your Antarctic experience with lecturers and staff and keep your eyes open on the observation deck for last-minute sightings of albatross, prions and whales.

(BLD)

Optional Pre/Post Stay Pair this tour with a pre or post Buenos Aires, Iguazú or Patagonia extension. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

139


HIGHLIGHTS •M  ASAI MARA IN KENYA – THE SHEER SCALE OF THIS GAME RESERVE IS BREATHTAKING • SUNRISE FROM KILIMANJARO’S UHURU PEAK, THE HIGHEST POINT IN AFRICA • WATER-BASED GAME VIEWING FROM A MEKORO (TRADITIONAL CANOE) IN THE OKAVANGO DELTA • THE THUNDERING WATERS OF VICTORIA FALLS, ONE OF THE SEVEN WONDERS OF THE NATURAL WORLD 140

•P  ICNIC LUNCH BY A HIPPO POOL IN THE LUSH SURROUNDS OF NGORONGORO CRATER IN TANZANIA • CAPE TOWN – ONE OF THE MOST BEAUTIFUL CITIES IN THE WORLD • THE VAST WILDERNESS AND UNSPOILT BEAUTY OF NAMIBIA • SOUKS AND KASBAHS – EXPERIENCE THE SIGHTS AND SOUNDS OF MOROCCO’S BUSTLING MARKETS AND EXPLORE ANCIENT KASBAHS


CHAD

Khartoum

YEMEN

San'a

Asmara

SUDAN

AFRICA & THE MIDDLE EAST Addis Ababa

CENTRAL AFRICAN REP.

ETHIOPIA

SO M

CAMEROON

Bangui

Sibiloi National Park Lake Turkana

Yaoundé

UG

EQ. GUINEA Sao Tome

DA AN

KENYA

Kampala

Libreville

Mount Kenya National Park

DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF THE CONGO (ZAIRE)

CONGO

GABON

Masai Mara Lake Victoria

RWANDA Kigali

Bujumbura

Brazzaville

Nairobi Amboseli National Park Mount Kilimanjaro

Serengeti National Park

BURUNDI

Cabinda

Rabat

Mombasa

Ngorongoro Crater

Tabora

Kinshasa

CABINDA

Kisumu

Tanga Ruaha National Park

Lake Tanganyika

Dar es Salaam Mbeya

Selous National Park

Luanda

Fes

Casablanca

Zanzibar

MOROCCO Errachida Mahé Island

Essaouira Marrakesh

SEYCHELLES

TANZANIA

MALAWI

Niassa Game Reserve

ANGOLA ZAMBIA

Quirambas Archipelago Pemba

Lilongwe Lusaka Lower Zambezi National Park

Lake Kariba

UE

Antananarivo

Caprivi Strip

Livingstone

Harare

Victoria Falls

Etosha National Park

ZIMBABWE Chobe National Park Okavango Delta

NAMIBIA

Indian Ocean

Bulawayo

Windhoek Swakopmund

BOTSWANA

Walvis Bay Namib Desert

Benguerra Vilanculos

Sossusvlei

LIMPOPO PROVINCE

Gaborone

NORTH WEST SOUTH AFRICA Kimberley

Augrabies Falls National Park Upington

WESTERN CAPE

Cape of Good Hope

Oudtshoorn

Winelands Hermanus

Knysna

Maputo

Johannesburg GAUTENG

BOTSWANA & NAMIBIA

SWAZILAND

FREE STATE Bloemfontein Maseru

NORTHERN CAPE

Cape Town

Timbavati Game Reserve

Sun City Pretoria

Luderitz Fish River Canyon

Kruger National Park

Polokwane

Kgalagadi Transfrontier Park

Port Louis

Gonarezhou National Park

Moremi Wildlife Reserve Maun

Atlantic Ocean

MB IQ

Skeleton Coast National Park

Kasane

MO ZA

GULF OF GUINEA

AL IA

Abuja

MADAGASC AR

NIGERIA

Durban

Drakensberg KwaZulu-Natal

LESOTHO

ON SAFARI

Track the ’Big EASTERN CAPE East London 5’ in some of the Kariega Game Reserve continent’s fabulous Port Elizabeth Plettenberg Bay game parks: the vast game-filled plains of Tanzania’s haunting Serengeti, the Hluhluwe Game Reserve in South Africa, or perhaps Kenya’s Samburu Game Reserve.

SOUTH AFRICA A country of delightful contrasts; from the fabulous scenery of the Cape’s Garden Route to Zululand’s historic battlefields of Rorke’s Drift and Spioenkop. View Cape Town from atop Table Mountain, take a tram bus through the vineyards of the Cape Winelands, visit Kruger National Park boasting one of the highest recorded densities of predators, especially leopards, in Africa.

Get back to nature in Botswana’s starkly beautiful Okavango Delta, and watch huge herds of magnificent elephants on the Chobe River. Namibia’s dunes at Sossusvlei are quite awe-inspiring, while the vast Fish River canyon is the 2nd largest canyon in the world.

KENYA & TANZANIA Kenya’s scenery is exhilarating; from the game-rich open plains of the Samburu Game Reserve, to the shores of Lake Nakuru. Discover the Tanzanian coffee plantations of Arusha, hippo-filled Lake Manyara, the untouched Selous Game Reserve, and spectacular elephant sightings in Tarangire National Park.

141


AFRICA MOROCCO SMALL GROUP XXXX TOUR PRICES FROM

£1939pp

15 day Morocco - Sahara & Beyond Casablanca • Fes • Marrakech • Ait Benhaddou • Erg Chigaga • Zagora • Taroudant • Tafraout • Essaouira Day 1: Arrive Casablanca

Day 6: Marrakech – Ait Benhaddou

Transfer to your hotel and sit down to a welcome dinner that evening. (D) Kenzi

Basma

Travel to Aït Ben Haddou, a UNESCO World Heritage site in the Atlas Mountains, and explore this ancient “Kasbah” (fortress) village. (BD) Riad Maktoub

Day 2: Casablanca - Fes

Day 7: Ait Benhaddou – Erg Chigaga

Take a guided tour of the imperial city of Meknes. Continue on to the ruins of Volubilis, the best-preserved Roman ruins in Morocco and continue on to Fes. (B)

Travel through the Draa Valley to Zagora and embark on 4x4s into the desert. Stop at Tamegroute to visit the library of ancient Islamic texts. Continue to the great dunes of Erg Chigaga to our comfortable desert camp. Opt to take a camel ride or to climb to the top of the dunes for views of the vast Sahara. Enjoy a traditional dinner under the stars. (BLD) Erg Chigaga Desert Camp

Pikalbatros Royal Mirage (2 nights)

Day 3: Fes Step back in time and embark on a walking tour of the UNESCO World Heritage site, the Medina of Fes. Explore winding lanes and alleys; visit the many artisans, tanneries, and shops with an expert local guide. After, enjoy a G Adventuressupported traditional tagine lunch at a cooperative that benefits rural Moroccan women and children. That evening, visit a local café where you’ll meet a local expert in Islamic calligraphy. (BL)

Day 4: Fes – Marrakech Travel to Marrakech. In the evening, experience all the colour and chaos with a visit to the famous Djemaa el Fna square. Watch storytellers and acrobats as you enjoy a simple and delicious local meal at a market food stall. (BD) Dellarosa Hotel & Suites

(2 nights)

Day 5: Marrakech Take a historical tour of the city, including the Bahia Palace and Saadian Tombs. After, visit a historic riad for a hands-on cooking class and enjoy the lunch that you have prepared. (BL)

142

Day 8: Erg Chigaga – Zagora Cross the desert back to Zagora and enjoy a talk on the history of the Draa region and visit some of the local historical sites. (B) Riad Lamane

Day 9: Zagora – Taroudant Head towards the Anti-Atlas region to the carpet towns of Tazenakht and Taliouine, where saffron is harvested. In Taroudant, visit the famed leather tanneries and local markets. (B) Hotel Riad Dar Zitoune (2 nights)

Day 10: Taroudant Enter the Anti-Atlas region to view natural rock formations. In the afternoon, explore the town centre and its local markets. (B) Hotel Salama

Day 11: Taroudant Visit Aït Mansour Gorge, the Painted Rocks, and the Chapeau du Napoleon. Walk through a palm valley and have lunch in a local village house. Visit a women’s cooperative that produces handicrafts and argan oil. (BL) Hotel Salama (3 nights)


AFRICA PRICES FROM:

£1939 per person

Meknés

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 6, 13, 27; Feb 3, 10, 24; Mar 3, 10; Apr 7, 14, 18; May 5, 26; Jun 16; Jul 14; Aug 11; Sep 1, 8, 15, 22; Oct 6, 13, 20, 27; Nov 10, 17, 24; Dec 8, 22

TOUR STYLE: National Geographic Journeys GROUP SIZE: Max 12 PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Journeys Exclusives • Islamic Calligraphy Class, Fès

Fez

1

PRICES INCLUDE

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

MOROCCO Essaouira

Marrakesh 3

2

1 1

Tafraout

2

S

• 13 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar and 1 night desert camp • Meals as specified: 14 breakfast, 5 lunches, 4 dinners • Services of an experienced Chief Experience Officer (CEO) and local guides • Touring by Private air conditioned minivan, walking, 4X4 • Sightseeing and touring as specified • G for Good Meknes Community Lunch

2

S

Casablanca

Taroudant

Ait Ben Haddou 1

Zagora 1 Erg Chigaga Luxury Desert Camp

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

1

1

1

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Travel to the Atlantic coast to the port town of Essaouira. Opt to visit a local “hammam”. (B) Hotel Dar L’Oussia (3 nights)

Day 13: Essaouira Enjoy a day of leisure in this coastal city. Make sure you watch the colourful and lively spectacle of the return of the boats to the port with their baskets full of fish, pick out the best of the bunch, which you’ll take to a local restaurant to cook for lunch. Opt to browse the shops and art galleries or take a stroll along the long, sandy beach. The active might choose to take a surfing or windsurfing lesson, or rent a fishing rod. (BL)

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

• Tour the city of Meknes and ruins at Volubilis • Guided walking tour of Fes medina LAND • Guided night walk of Djemaa el Fna square with RAIL local CRUISE meal NIGHTS STAYED • Explore Marrakech with a local guide • Visit the ancient kasbah of Aït Ben Haddou LAND in a • Sahara Desert excursion by 4x4 with overnight RAIL comfortable desert camp NIGHTS STAYED • Explore the Draa region • Visit to Tafraoute RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Explore Essaouira • Visit Menara Gardens and the Jardin Majorelle 1

• Moroccan Foodie Experience, Marrakech Day 12: Taroudant – Essaouira

MOROCCO

TOUR DETAILS

Day 14: Essaouira – Marrakech Return to Marrakech and visit the Menara Gardens and the Jardin Majorelle. Opt to enjoy a Farewell Dinner at a palace-style restaurant with local folkloric entertainment. (B)

Day 15: Marrakech You will have time at leisure until your transfer to the airport. (B)

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

143


1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

AFRICA KENYA

1

Lake Nakuru

V

V

Nairobi

V

1

Masai Mara

Amboseli

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS ESCORTED TOUR

V

V

2

2

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Discover the vastness of the RAIL Masai Mara and track the ‘Big NIGHTS STAYED 5’ in one of Africa’s most iconic game reserves LAND • Experience the culture of the AIR RAIL Masai NIGHTS STAYED • View an abundance of wildlife on Lake Nakuru LAND CRUISE • See the awe-inspiring Mount NIGHTS STAYED Kilimanjaro from Amboseli 1

PRICES FROM

£1549pp

1

7 day Kenya Classic

1

Nairobi • Masai Mara • Lake Nakuru • Amboseli National Park Day 1: Nairobi

Day 7: Nairobi

Upon arrival you will be met and transferred to your Nairobi hotel. Standard: Safari Park Hotel; Superior:

Following an early breakfast, catch the last views of the majestic Mount Kilimanjaro as you depart Amboseli. From here turn north across the beautiful and seemingly never ending Athi Plains, arriving in Kenya’s bustling capital city of Nairobi by mid-day. Once in the city, guests will be dropped off at the dropoff point or the airport. (B) Please note, luggage on safari tours is restricted to 15kg in soft sided bags.

Eka Hotel; Deluxe: Nairobi Serena Hotel

Day 2: Masai Mara National Reserve After breakfast, the journey to the wonderful expanse of the Masai Mara will begin. You are scheduled to arrive in time for lunch at your respective lodge. After relaxing, there is an afternoon game drive returning to the lodge as the sun sets. (BLD) Standard: Mara Sopa

Lodge; Superior: Keekorok Lodge; Deluxe: Mara Serena Safari Lodge (2 nights)

Day 3: Masai Mara National Reserve Enjoy a morning game drive returning to the lodge mid-morning. After lunch, set off for a visit to a traditional Masai village followed by an afternoon game drive to witness the full array of the Mara’s charms. The Masai Mara occupies over 1,500 square kilometres of gentle rolling grasslands which ensure plentiful sightings of the abundant game. July to October sees the annual wildebeest migration – an unimaginable spectacle as the huge herds also draw packs of predators, in particular lions and hyenas. For

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

PRICES INCLUDE

a supplement from £349 per person, enjoy one of the most beautiful hot-air balloon flights in the world over the Masai Mara (including transfers & champagne breakfast). (BLD)

• 6 nights’ accommodation (1 night hotel, 5 nights’ game lodge or luxury tent) • Meals as specified: 6 breakfasts, 5 lunches, 5 dinners • All transfers on shared basis, minibus or mini-coach • Shared games drives in 4x4 safari vehicle with photo roof • Services of an English-speaking driver guide

Day 4: Lake Nakuru Leaving the Masai Mara after breakfast, you’ll head north to Lake Nakuru, which is often awash with pink flamingos that line the shores. This spectacle can often be witnessed as you embark on your afternoon game drive, after a delicious lunch at the lodge. *Deluxe option - You will depart Mara with a picnic lunch arriving Lake Nakuru for a game drive, then depart for your camp situated in Soysambu conservancy. (BLD) Standard: Lake Nakuru

Sopa Lodge; Superior: Lake Nakuru Lodge; Deluxe*: Lake Elementaita Serena Camp

DEPARTURES

Days 5 & 6: Amboseli National Park

Superior and Deluxe: Sundays

Following an early breakfast continue to Lake Naivasha for a boat ride, before proceeding on to Nairobi, collect a picnic lunch and then head south towards Amboseli arriving at your lodge by late afternoon. On day 6 on the standard option, depart after breakfast for a full-day game drive, enjoy a hot picnic lunch at a picnic site and return to the lodge in the late afternoon. On the superior and deluxe options on day 6, enjoy a morning and an afternoon game drive returning to the lodge in between for lunch. (BLD) Standard:

Amboseli Sopa Lodge; Superior: Ol Tukai Lodge; Deluxe: Amboseli Serena Safari Lodge

144

£1549 per person

Standard: Tuesdays & Thursdays

TOUR STYLE: Escorted GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Optional Pre/Post Stay This tour is perfectly twinned with a pre/ post beach stay in Mombasa. Please call for details.

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


1

RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

AFRICA

Lake Nakaru 1 1

2

Masai Mara Game reserve

1

Nairobi

KENYA

KENYA

UGANDA

AFRICA

2

Amboseli

Tsavo West 1 1 Taita Hills

Mombassa

TANZANIA

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

• Spot the big 5 in the MasaiLAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED Mara one of Africa’s most iconic National Reserves • Photograph majestic elephants RAIL with the stunning backdropNIGHTS of STAYED Mount Kilimanjaro at Amboseil National Park LAND • Look out for Hippo and NileAIR RAIL Crocodiles at Mzima Springs inSTAYED NIGHTS Sabie Tsavo National Park 1

ESCORTED TOUR

1

PRICES FROM

£1799pp

1

8 day Kenya Odyssey to Mombasa Coast

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Nairobi • Masai Mara • Lake Nakuru • Amboseli • Tsavo West • Taita Hills Day 1: Nairobi Upon arrival into Nairobi, clients will be met and transferred to the Eka hotel. Afternoon is at leisure.

Eka hotel

Day 2: Nairobi - Masai Mara National Reserve Leaving Nairobi after breakfast, you travel towards Kenya’s fertile highlands and head down the rift escarpment on the road built by Italian prisoners of war during World War II. On the way spot the charming chapel built at the foot of the escarpment. Pass the impressive Longonot Earth Satellite Station as you head across the valley to Narok; continue your travels across acres of wheat and barley, before reaching the Masai Mara in time for lunch. Following lunch set off on your first game drive, returning to the lodge as the sun sets. (BLD) Keekorok Lodge

Day 3: Masai Mara National Reserve Following an early breakfast, depart on a morning game drive, returning to the camp mid morning. After lunch, and perhaps a siesta, set off on another game drive returning to the lodge as the sun sets. (It is possible to pre-book an optional early morning Balloon Safari). (BLD) Keekorok Lodge

Day 4: Masai Mara – Lake Nakuru Leaving the Masai Mara after breakfast travel across the ‘breadbasket’ of Kenya, where acres of wheat and barley litter the landscape as you head north to Narok, the district headquarters of this part of Maasailand. Now travel across the vast plains on the floor of the Rift Valley, keeping an eye out for herds of giraffe and gazelle as you head up the Mai Mahiu, before arriving at Lake Nakuru around midday. Once in the park, view game en route to the lodge. Following lunch and a siesta, there is an afternoon game drive returning to the lodge as the sun sets. The national park, known for its birdlife, offers a possibility to view flamingos. It is also home to Black and White rhinos as well as the endangered Rothschild Giraffe. (BLD) Lake Nakuru

Day 6: Amboseli National Park – Tsavo West National Park Following a morning game drive the rest of the morning is at leisure followed by lunch at the lodge. Following Lunch, depart to Tsavo West. The journey takes you east, across the spectacular Shetani lava flow, a reminder of the molten outpouring that spilled down the scenic slopes of the nearby Chyulu Hills over the last three centuries. A zig zagging road through scrub thorn and acacia leads you into Tsavo National Park, which together (East and West) form the largest of Kenya’s parks. On arrival, enjoy game-viewing en route to your lodge arrive at your lodge as the sun sets. (BLD) Kilaguni Serena Safari Lodge

Day 7: Tsavo West National Park – Taita Hills Game Reserve In the morning enjoy a game drive in the park, including a visit to Mzima Springs with its underwater viewing holes. Following lunch at the lodge, continue to Taita Hills Game Sanctuary for rest of the afternoon at leisure, viewing game from lodge’s underground hide or from the lodge balconies. (BLD) Sarova

Saltlick Game Lodge

Day 8: Taita Hills – Mombasa Following breakfast, depart on a morning game drive in Taita Hills Game Sanctuary. Lunch will be provided at Sarova Taita Hills Game Lodge before continuing your journey to Mombasa, aiming to reach your North or South Coast beach hotel by late afternoon. (B) Please note, luggage on safari tours is restricted to 15kg in soft sided bags

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1799 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels • Meals as specified: 7 breakfast, 6 lunches, 6 dinners • Meet and greet services • Airport Arrival Transfers in safari minibus or mini coach on shared basis • All transport and game drives on safari sector will be in a 4x4 vehicle with pop-up roof (maximum 7 passengers) with a bilingual English speaking driver-guide on shared basis • All park fees and government taxes

DEPARTURES Sunday

TOUR STYLE: Escorted

Lodge

GROUP SIZE: 2+

Day 5: Lake Nakuru - Amboseli National Park

PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Following an early breakfast, leaving Lake Nakuru behind, you continue towards Nairobi and then head south towards Amboseli stopping for a picnic lunch enroute. On arrival, there is game viewing en route to the lodge, arriving as the sun sets. (BLD) Amboseli

Serena Safari Lodge

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

145


AFRICA KENYA

ADDITIONAL NIGHTS & HOT-AIR BALLOON

INDEPENDENT TOUR

Additional nights are available to extend your stay in the Masai Mara, please enquire for prices. On day 2, enjoy one of the most beautiful hot-air balloon flights in the world over the Masai Mara (incl transfers & Champagne breakfast), please call for prices.

PRICES FROM

£689pp

3 day Masai Mara Fly-in

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

Masai Mara • ‘Big 5’ game viewing

• Discover lions, elephant, rhino, buffalo and leopard, also known as the ‘Big 5’ • Experience the Masai Mara Africa’s most famous safari destination

Day 1: Nairobi - Masai Mara

Day 3: Masai Mara - Nairobi

You will be collected early from Nairobi’s International Airport or a city hotel and transferred to Wilson Airport for your flight to the Masai Mara. Upon arrival, you will be met by a guide from your chosen accommodation. Following lunch, there will be an afternoon game drive returning to camp as the sun sets. If you arrive in the afternoon, you will be transferred to the camp or lodge. (LD) Standard: Keekorok Lodge; Superior:

Following another early morning game drive and breakfast, there will be a transfer back to the airstrip for your flight to Wilson Airport. Upon arrival, you will be met and transferred to either a Nairobi city centre hotel or Nairobi International Airport. (B) Please note, luggage on internal flights is strictly limited to 15kg including hand luggage and should be in soft sided bags. Want to extend your stay? 2 nights is the minimum length of time we recommend, ask about adding additional nights to really get the most from your Masai Mara experience.

Governors’ Main Camp; Deluxe: Mara Engai Lodge; Boutique: Saruni Mara Camp (2 nights)

Day 2: Masai Mara Rise at dawn for tea and coffee, then embark on a game drive before breakfast, catching the animals at their most active before the heat of the day sets in. The rest of the morning is at leisure, before a further game drive in the afternoon. (BLD)

Keekorok Lodge Located at the southern end of the Masai Mara in the direct path of the annual migration, this was the first lodge ever to be built in the Mara. As such, Keekorok is a well-established camp that has been popular with guests for many years. Part of its charm lies in the liberal use of local building materials in all rooms and public areas. Relax around the pool or sip a cool drink at the bar which overlooks a dam where resident hippos and other game are regularly seen.

Governors’ Camp Governors’ Camp is in an area once reserved for the colonial governors of Kenya and their royal visitors. It also features on numerous television documentaries. Tents are carefully positioned for uninterrupted views from their verandas and are stylishly decorated. Niceties such as early morning tea and ginger biscuits are brought to your tent and daily meals are absolutely delicious. Activities are extremely flexible with both walking and 4x4 safaris offered.

Mara Engai Lodge The distinctly unique Mara Engai Lodge is nestled amongst pristine Kenyan Ravine forest on the Oloololo (Siria) Escarpment. Overlooking the amazing Masai Mara National Reserve and Wildebeest Migration Route, with around 120km of unbroken views across the vast savannah — it is simply breathtaking. The large tented suites, featuring full en suite facilities are beautifully furnished and the tents are raised to maximise the stunning views, with private viewing decks, perfect for relaxing or a romantic dinner.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£689 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 2 nights’ accommodation in selected lodge, camp, or similar • Meals as specified: 2 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 2 dinners • Shared safari touring by non air-conditioned Camp/lodge vehicles • Internal flights, airport transfers, game drives and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Please note, luggage on internal flights is strictly limited to 15kg including hand luggage and should be in soft sided bags.

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Saruni mara Camp Saruni mara is tucked away in a secluded valley in Mara North Conservancy – a private and exclusive 74,000-acre wildlife concession bordering the Masai Mara National Reserve. Encounter the abundant wildlife away from the crowds and uninterrupted by other vehicles. With rights to game drive in Lemek, Ol Choro Oirouwa and Mara North Conservancy, as well as the main Maasai Mara National Reserve, Saruni Mara offers an exceptional diverse wildlife experience.

146

Optional Pre/Post Stay This tour is perfectly twinned with a pre/ post beach stay in Mombasa. Please call for details.


AFRICA

S

Ngorongoro Conservation Area

2

Lake Manyara

1

Arusha

S

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

S

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

S

TANZANIA

Serengeti 2 National Park

S 1

Tarangire National Park TANZANIA

1

£2229pp

1

8 day Simba Safari Arusha • Serengeti • Ngorongoro Crater • Tarangire Day 1: Arusha

Day 8: Arusha

You will be met at Kilimanjaro Airport and transferred to your Arusha hotel for an overnight stay. Superior:

Depart for Arusha arriving in time for lunch followed by your transfer back to Kilimanjaro Airport. Onward

Arusha Coffee Lodge; Deluxe: Arusha Serena Hotel

flights should depart Kilimanjaro airport, no earlier than 16:00.

Please note, luggage on safari tours is restricted to 15kg in soft sided bags A standard option is available which includes tented canvas accommodation. Please call for details.

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

Day 3: Lake Manyara National Park Serengeti National Park After breakfast, enjoy a game drive in Lake Manyara National Park before returning to the lodge for lunch. Leaving Lake Manyara behind, journey to the Ngorongoro Conservation Area, where you’ll hopefully start spotting game well before you get into the park.

£2229 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels • Meals as specified: 7 breakfasts, 7 lunches, 6 dinners • Touring by 4x4 safari vehicle • Services of a qualified English-speaking guide throughout • Airport transfers and activities as per itinerary

(BLD) Superior: Serengeti Sopa Lodge; Deluxe: Serengeti Serena Lodge (2 nights)

Day 4: Serengeti National Park Enjoy early morning and late afternoon game drives into the vast Serengeti. This really is the Africa of wide open spaces and breathtaking vistas. For a supplement from £499 per person, on day 4, enjoy one of the most beautiful hot-air balloon flights in the world over the Serengeti National Park (incl transfers & champagne breakfast). (BLD)

After breakfast, depart for Ngorongoro, view game across the vast Serengeti plains, stopping off en route for your picnic lunch. Your lodge is located high on the rim of the crater and from here you will experience incredible game drives and spectacular game viewing in one of Africa’s greatest locations. (BLD) Superior:

1

(BL)

(BLD) Superior: Lake Manyara Kilimamoja Lodge; Deluxe: Lake Manyara Serena Lodge

Days 5 & 6: Ngorongoro Crater

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

• Wonderful views of one of Africa’s greatest escarpments, the Great Rift Valley • Laka LAND Manyara National Park with itsRAIL lush forest & varied birdlife NIGHTS STAYED • The vast open plains & prolific game of the Serengeti RAIL • Ngorongoro Crater for superb NIGHTS STAYED game viewing 1

PRICES FROM

After a safari briefing and lunch, you depart Arusha passing through the Masai Steppe, filled with many picturesque African villages. At the town of Makuyuni, turn northwest and continue the journey up through a scenic escarpment that brings you to your lodge which boasts stunning views over the distant Lake Manyara.

Zanzibar

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

SMALL GROUP TOUR

Day 2: Lake Manyara National Park

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

DEPARTURES

HOT-AIR BALLOON

Superior - Tuesday, Thursday & Sunday; Deluxe Friday & Sunday

TOUR STYLE: Small Group GROUP SIZE: 7 max PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Ngorongoro Sopa Lodge; Deluxe: Ngorongoro Serena Lodge

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars

Day 7: Tarangire National Park After breakfast, head south east past Lake Manyara. After lunch at your lodge enjoy an afternoon game drive within the park. (BLD) Superior & Deluxe:

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Tarangire Sopa Lodge For a supplement from £499 per person, on day 4, enjoy one of the most beautiful hot-air balloon flights in the world over the Serengeti National Park (incl transfers & champagne breakfast).

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on a beach stay in Zanzibar. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

147


AFRICA TANZANIA

Kilimanjaro Summit Uhuru Peak

1

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

V 1

Kibo Hut LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1 2

TANZANIA

Horombo Hut

1

1

Moshi

2

1

ACTIVE SMALL GROUP TOUR

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

PRICES FROM

£1649pp

LAND Mandara Hut RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED Marangu

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Witnessing the curvature of the LAND Earth from the roof of Africa AIR RAIL • Trekking past indigenous villages, NIGHTS STAYED heather and moorland zone 1

7 day Mt Kilimanjaro Trek - Marangu Route

Sabie 1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Moshi • Mandara Hut • Horombo Hut • Kibo Hut • Kilimanjaro Summit Day 1: Arrive Moshi

Day 3: Mandara Huts - Horombo Huts

Arrive in Moshi and head to the hotel. Attend a predeparture meeting with the local guide to go over last minute details of the trip. Please note: While it is the intention to adhere to the route described, there is a certain amount of flexibility built into the itinerary and on occasion it may be necessary, or desirable, to make alterations. On day 1 of the tour you will be advised of any amendments.

Hike through the heather and moorland zone to Horombo Hut. (BLD)

Day 2: Moshi - Mandara Huts Hike through the forested, lower slopes to Mandara escarpment. Most days the hiking will begin early in the morning, with hikes of around 5 to 6 hours. The guides will set a moderate pace, so as to allow for time to acclimatise to the altitude changes. Guides will continually repeat the words, “pole pole” (po-ly, po-ly), which means “go slowly” in Swahili. (BLD)

Day 4: Horombo Huts - Kibo Huts Proceed onto the Kilimanjaro Saddle, through a desertlike alpine zone, to Kibo Hut. (BLD)

Day 5: Kibo Huts - Hormbo Huts Night hike to the summit via Stella Point. Appreciate the beautiful sunrise from the roof of Africa, then descend back to Horombo Hut. (BLD)

Day 6: Horombo Huts - Moshi Descend the mountain, passing through villages and plantations on the slopes en route to Moshi. Transfer by shuttle bus to Moshi and spend the night in deserved comfort. (BL)

Day 7: Depart Moshi Depart Moshi for journey home or onto next destination. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1649 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 2 nights’ simple hotels, 4 nights’ mountain huts accommodation • Meals as specified: 6 breakfasts, 5 lunches, 4 dinners • Services of a qualified mountain guide throughout • Sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 6; Feb 3, 17; Mar; 3, 24 Jun 9, 16, 23; Jul 7, 28; Aug 4, 18, 25; Sep 1, 15, 22; Oct 6, 27; Nov 10, 17; Dec 22, 29 2020: Jan 12, 26; Feb 9, 23; Mar 8, 22

TOUR STYLE: Small Group (Active) GROUP SIZE: 12 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

148


1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

AFRICA UGANDA

1

AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

UGANDA

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

Kampala

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE 2 Bwindi Impenetrable NIGHTS STAYED Forest

2

KENYA

Entebbe

TANZANIA

RWANDA

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

INDEPENDENT TOUR

• Discover RAIL gorillas in their natural NIGHTS STAYED environment • Enjoy the Ugandan countryside and getLAND a feel for the lifestyle as AIR you pass RAIL through local villages 1

PRICES FROM

£1929pp

5 day Glimpse of Gorillas Entebbe • Bwindi Impenetrable Forest Day 1: Arrive Entebbe Upon arrival at Entebbe airport you will be met and transferred to your hotel. Standard: The Boma

Entebbe; Superior: Protea Entebbe

Day 2: Entebbe - Bwindi Impenetrable Forest Following breakfast, you will depart to the Bwindi Impenetrable Forest which is approximately a 9-10 hours drive. Departing the Lake Victoria basin, you will pass through scenic Ugandan villages, agricultural countryside and the Rwenzori Mountains before arriving at the lodge. After you check in you’ll have the chance to freshen up before dinner. (BLD) Standard:

1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

and over rough terrain. When your guide leads you to the gorillas it is a profound and natural experience, and as it is a rare privilege, few experiences can be compared to it. After your time with the gorillas and a picnic lunch, you will return to your lodge in the late afternoon. (BLD)

Day 4: Bwindi Impenetrable Forest - Entebbe After breakfast, you will be transferred back to Entebbe, this will be a full day’s drive, approximately 9-10 hours, arriving at your accommodation late evening. (B) Standard: The Boma Entebbe; Superior:

Protea Entebbe

Engagi Lodge; Superior: Volcanoes Bwindi Lodge

Day 5: Depart Entebbe

Day 3: Bwindi Impenetrable Forest

After breakfast, you will be transferred to Entebbe International Airport for your onward flight arrangements. (B)

After breakfast, you will be taken on a short drive to the park headquarters where you will begin your gorilla trekking experience. Well-trained guides will lead you to the site where the gorillas were spotted the previous day. The trek can last between 1-6 hours

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1929 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 4 nights’ accommodation in named hotels and lodges or similar • Transfers as per itinerary • Meals as specified; 4 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 2 dinners • National park fees and government taxes • 1 gorilla trekking permit per person • English-speaking guide

PRICES EXCLUDE • Drinks, porterage & gratuities

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 2 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

149


1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED Simien National Park Trek

AFRICA ETHIOPIA

1

LAND Gondar 1 RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYEDLake Tana Bahir Dar

1

Axum

2

2

Lalibela

2

ETHIOPIA

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Addis Ababa

1

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

SMALL GROUP TOUR

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Visit to Axum historical sites Mountains trek • Simien LAND CRUISE • Guided tour of Debre Berhan NIGHTS STAYED Selassie Church, Fasiladas’s Bath and historic castles in Gondar • Excursion to Blue Nile Falls • Boat trip on Lake Tana • Guided tour of the rock-hewn churches of Lalibela

PRICES FROM

£1699pp

1

10 day Discover Ethiopia Addis Ababa • Axum • Simien Mountains • Kossoye • Gondar • Bahir Dar • Lalibela Day 1: Arrive Addis Ababa

Day 7: Bahir Dar

Arrive at any time and transfer to your hotel.

Take a boat trip on Lake Tana to enjoy stunning views and visit monasteries including Ura Kidane Mehret and Azwa Maryam. Both men and women can visit these monasteries, Ura Kidane Mehret and Azwa Maryam. From Ura Kidane Mihret, go for a 20-minute walk through the forest on Zege Peninsula to a second monastery, Azwa Maryam. Have a short visit at this monastery before boarding your boat. In the afternoon, enjoy a guided hike to the Blue Nile Falls.

Day 2: Addis Ababa – Axum Fly to Axum, then spend the afternoon exploring the many archaeological sites. Axum is Ethiopia’s oldest and holiest city, and was once the home of the Queen of Sheba. (B)

Day 3: Axum – Simien Mountains Travel, via the Lima Limo Valley, to Debark, our base for visiting Simien Mountains National Park. Relax at the scenic lodge with views of the stunning mountain ranges. (B)

Day 4: Simien Mountains - Kossoye Spend the day in Simien Mountains National Park, a UNESCO World Heritage site. Enjoy guided hiking excursions around Sankaber campsite, the Jinbar waterfalls, and Chenek campsite with its scenic views and wildlife including Gelada baboon, Walia ibex, and, if you’re lucky, the Ethiopian wolf. The huge lammergeyer is also found soaring over the valleys here. In the late afternoon, drive to Kossoye. (B)

Day 5: Kossoye - Gondar Spend the morning on a guided exploration of Kossoye. Learn about the different traditions and cultures of the Amhara region and Ethiopia, and try your hand at traditional Ethiopian Injera (bread) making. Later visit Debre Berhan Salassie Church, probably the country’s most famous church and a highlight of Gondar. Its ceiling is covered with famous paintings of Ethiopian cherubs and the walls portray Ethiopian saints, martyrs, and lore. (B)

Day 6: Gondar – Bahir Dar Continue exploring Gondar in the morning, then head to Bahir Dar. Visit the Fasiladas’ Castle compound, which covers an area of over 70,000sq m (229,659 sq ft), surrounded by high stone walls. Emperor Fasilides’ Palace is the oldest and perhaps most impressive of the castles. It is 2-storeys high, has an imposing parapet and 4 small domed towers. Thought to be designed by an Indian architect, it reflects Indian, Portuguese, Moorish, and Aksumite influences. Following the castle visit, we drive to Emperor Fasilides’ bath and wander around the grounds shaded by huge fig trees. (B)

150

(B)

Day 8: Bahir Dar - Lalibela Drive to Lalibela, a good place to taste the local beverage, tej (honey wine) accompanied by local traditional song and dance. (B)

Day 9: Lalibela Enjoy a full day exploring the rock-hewn churches. Lalibela is considered by many as the greatest of the religio-historical sites. The churches, carved out of single rocks, date back to the 11th and 12th Century AD and are still in use. Visit various churches here, learning more about the culture and history of the area. (B)

Day 10: Axum – Lalibela Take a morning flight to Addis Ababa, where the tour ends on arrival at Bole International Airport. Book onward travel after 5pm. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1699 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 9 nights’ accommodation • Meals as specified: 9 breakfasts • Services of an experienced Chief Experience Officer (CEO) and local guides • Touring by plane, minivan/bus, boat, walking, hiking • Sightseeing and touring as specified

DEPARTURES 2018: Oct 29, Nov 13, 20; Dec 24 2019: Jan 21; Feb 25; Jun 3; Jul 1; Aug 5; Sep 2; Oct 7; Nov 25; Dec 23; 2020: Jan 6; Feb 3

TOUR STYLE: Small Group (Classic) GROUP SIZE: 16 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


AFRICA 2

LAND Andasibe AIR National Park RAIL Antsirabe CRUISE 1 Fiadanana 1 NIGHTS STAYED 2

1

1

MADAGASCAR 1

Ifaty

PRICES FROM

£1549pp

Antananarivo • Andasibe • Antsirabe • Fiadanana • Ranomafana • Ambalavao • Ranohira • Ifaty Day 1: Arrive Antananarivo

Day 8: Ambalavao – Ranohira

Arrive into Antananarivo and make your own way to your hotel.

Stop at Anja Community Reserve, known for groups of ring-tailed lemurs. Continue on through the everchanging landscape to Ranohira and Isalo National Park.

Day 3: Andasibe Explore the Indri Special Reserve and national park located 1.5km (0.93 mi) from the town of Andasibe. One of the park’s primary purposes is to protect the natural habitat of the indri, a large black and white diurnal species that feeds on leaves and fruit. In addition to the indri, the park has 10 other diurnal and nocturnal lemur species, large chameleons, and the rarely seen blue boa.

Day 4: Andasibe – Antsirabe Travel to the ancient colonial town of Antsirabe. Along this stretch of road you will see Merina tombs and the labour-intensive cultivation of rice paddies. Antsirabe is known as a thermal city because of its volcanic lakes. It’s also famous for its precious and semiprecious stones and handicrafts.

Day 5: Antsirabe – Fiadanana After a short visit to Lake Andraikiba, continue on to the small village of Fiadanana. This beautiful village is surrounded by breathtaking landscapes of rice fields and panoramic views of the nearby mountains. Get to see how the villagers live by interacting with them during an authentic community experience. (LD)

Day 6: Fiadanana – Ranomafana Enjoy a local breakfast and take in stunning views of Mt Ifasina. Hike back to the bus (about 3.5km) and continue to Ranomafana, a little village named after the hot springs in the valley. The nearby national park is one of the most important mammal sites in Madagascar. (B)

Day 7: Ranomafana – Ambalavao Embark on an early morning forest walk to get a feel for the incredible wildlife of the area. Afterwards, enjoy a scenic journey heading south through Madagascar’s wine-producing region. Enjoy the wonderful changes of landscape along the way to the pleasant rural town of Ambalavao.

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Ranohira

• Local Living: Community Guesthouse and Traditional LAND Dinner, Fiadanana RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Andasibe Indri Special Reserve guided walk • Artisan workshop visit RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Traditional healer visit • Ranomafana National Park guided LAND walk AIR RAIL • Anja Reserve walk NIGHTS STAYED • Isalo National Park visit 1

14 day Highlights of Madagascar

Travel to Andasibe-Perinet National Park with scenic stops en route.

2

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

SMALL GROUP TOUR

Day 2: Antananarivo – Andasibe

3

Ranomafana

Ambalavao

MADAGASCAR

Antananarivo

1

1

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Day 9: Ranohira In the morning, pack a lunch to take into the park with you to eat during a picnic break later in the day – your CEO can help you arrange this. After a short trek within a small canyon, take a break from the sun and stop at fresh natural swimming pool. Continue on to the “cascades”, considered to be amongst the best waterfalls in Madagascar and has a large natural swimming pool. With a little luck, you may see sifaka, brown lemurs, or ring-tailed lemurs.

Day 10: Ranohira – Ifaty En route to Toliara, drive through magnificent desert landscapes. Pass through several unique frontier-style sapphire mining towns. This drive will also pass by the tombs of the Mahafaly; a local tribe known for their large tombs built for chiefs and kings and covered in stones, sculptures, and horns. Continue on to Ifaty to relax and enjoy the breathtaking beaches of the Mozambican Channel. Opt to ride in a dugout canoe, visit the spiny forest reserve, go snorkelling or diving on the reef, or simply relax on the beach.

Days 11 & 12: Ifaty The following 2 days are at leisure to explore this gorgeous area. Opt to do some hiking or hit the beach.

Day 13: Ifaty – Antananarivo Travel to Toliara for a flight to Antananarivo and an optional last night out on the town. Due to the unpredictability of local flights, if we are unable to secure your domestic flight, we will instead transport you in 4x4 vehicles. This journey can take approximately 10 hours.

Day 14: Antananarivo You are free today until it is time to make your own way back to the airport for your flight.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1549 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 12 nights’ simple hotel accommodation, 1 night community guesthouse • Meals as specified: 1 breakfasts, 1 lunch and 1 dinner • Services of an experienced Chief Experience Officer (CEO) and local guides • Touring by Private minibus, plane and walking • Sightseeing and touring as specified

DEPARTURES 2019: Apr 6,13, 16 20, 27, 30; May 4, 11, 18, 21, 25; Jun 1, 8, 22, 29; Jul 6, 9, 13, 23, 27; Aug 3, 17, 24, 31; Sep 7, 14, 21, 24, 28; Oct 5, 12, 15, 19, 26, 29; Nov 2, 9 16, 19, 23, 30

TOUR STYLE: Small Group (Classic) GROUP SIZE: 16 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

151


AFRICA SOUTH AFRICA RAIL XXXX TOUR PRICES FROM

£4289pp

10 day African Collage Pretoria • Kruger • Swaziland • Hluhluwe-Imfolozi Park • Durban • Spionkop • Port Elizabeth • Addo Elephant Park • Oudtshoorn • Knysna • Cape Town Day 1: Pretoria Arrive into Pretoria, and make your way independently to the Rovos Rail Station, to check-in for your tour. Depart early morning and traverse the Highveld to the Drakensberg Mountains, heading towards Kruger National Park. (LD)

Day 2: Kruger National Park - Swaziland Experience the thrill of a game drive in the world-renowned Kruger National Park, offering a wildlife experience that ranks with the best in Africa. The park is home to an impressive number of species: 336 trees, 49 fish, 34 amphibians, 114 reptiles, 507 birds and 147 mammals. Lunch is included within the Park. Late afternoon rejoin the train at Malelane, as your journey continues onto Swaziland. (BLD)

Day 3: Hluhluwe-Imfolozi Park Enjoy a leisurely breakfast this morning, as we travel towards Hluhluwe. After lunch onboard, transfer 30 minutes to Hluhluwe-Imfolozi Park for an afternoon game drive. The park is the oldest proclaimed reserve in Africa, 9600 hectares in size and home to the Big 5. The park is renowned for its conservation efforts and history; once King Shaka’s private hunting ground. After your game drive rejoin the train as it travels alongside the St Lucia Wetland Park towards Shakaskraal. (BLD)

Day 4: Durban In the morning, you have the chance to tour the city of Durban, which is an elegant, mature and ambitious city. A natural paradise known for its gorgeous coastline of sun-kissed beaches and subtropical climate, situated on the eastern seaboard of Africa. Lunch is included within the tour. Later that afternoon the train continues through the Valley of a Thousand Hills to Ladysmith. (BLD)

Day 5: Spionkop Transfer 30 minutes to Spionkop Lodge for a battlefields tour, where you will learn about the Second Boer War where British commander Lieutenant General Sir George White made Ladysmith his centre of operations for the protection of Natal against the Boer forces. Starting on 29 October 1899 a number of short-lived battles were fought for control of the town, but after suffering heavy casualties

152

the British forces retreated to Ladysmith and the Boer forces did not make use of the opportunity to follow up the attack and take control of the town. Following the Battle of Ladysmith, whilst British forces regrouped in the town, Boer forces surrounded Ladysmith. The siege lasted 118 days. Approximately 3,000 British soldiers died during the siege. After lunch at the lodge enjoy a game drive before returning to the train and travel across the highveld towards Kroonstad. (BLD)

Day 6: Port Elizabeth Enjoy a day at leisure as the train travels towards the coast. (BLD)

Day 7: Addo Elephant Park The day’s experience will be a game drive at Addo Elephant Park, established in 1931 to save 11 elephants on the brink of extinction, and now home to more than 350 of them, 280 Cape buffalo, black rhino, a range of antelope species, as well as the rare flightless dung beetle, Addo Elephant Park is a perfect destination for the adventurous outdoor and nature lover. Your journey continues on towards Willowmore; filled with historical architecture Willowmore includes a wonderful old Boer graveyard, and a well cared for Jewish cemetery. The Pierre Ferreira hiking trail into the surrounding veld incorporates a couple of historic forts and wonderful views over town, for those who wish to explore on foot. To say its a colourful town would be an understatement, with antique furniture stores, delis, restaurants, coffee shops and bars. You will be sure to find something to entertain you. (BLD)

Day 8: Oudtshoorn Oudtshoorn is the ostrich capital of the world. The world’s biggest bird is just one of the many attractions in this area of exceptional contrasts and natural beauty, your tour will bring you face to face with these flightless birds, during a trip to an ostrich farm, in the morning. Later that evening, you will disembark the train for a dinner at the Fancourt Estate, a destination for business, leisure and golfing travel but its gradual expansion can be traced back to the establishment of the Manor House by its first custodian, Henry Fancourt White. You will be treated to some of the finest dining experiences along the Garden Route. (BLD)


LAND

NIGHTS STAYED AFRICA 1

PRICES FROM:

£4289 per person

PRICES INCLUDE

BOTSWANA 1

Pretoria Johannesburg

Leopard LAND Creek Golf Club AIR Malelane NIGHTS STAYED

SWAZILAND LAND RAIL CRUISE 1 NIGHTS STAYED

NAMIBIA

• 9 nights’ accommodation onboard Rovos Rail • Meals as specified: 9 breakfast, 9 lunches, 9 dinners • 24-hour full room service and limited laundry while on board the train • Excursions accompanied by a qualified tour guide (where applicable) and government tax

Bloemfontein LESOTHO

DEPARTURES

SOUTH AFRICA

1

Umhlanga Durban Durban Golf LAND Club RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

SOUTH AFRICA

TOUR DETAILS

2019: May 15; Oct 30; Nov 11* Fancourt Golf Estate

*itinerary operates in reverse

TOUR STYLE: Rail

Cape Town

Oudtshoorn Knysna Herold’s Oubaai Bay Golf Course

Port Elizabeth Humewood Golf Club

GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND:

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 – 5 stars

• Explore South Africa from one of the most iconic trains in the world LAND CRUISE • Experience the thrill of a game drive in the worldNIGHTS STAYED renowned Kruger National Park • Visit the oldest reserve in Africa Hluhluwe-Imfolozi • Evening Dinner at the premier estate of Fancourt

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

1

Day 9: Knysna Morning at leisure in Knysna, situated in the heart of the Garden Route, it is the perfect town to stay while exploring the surrounding areas. A hub of craft shops, trendy cafés and flea-markets, there is something for all experiences. Walk up Knysna’s Main Road, past Woodmill Lane, down towards the Waterfront and onto Thesen Island. Both the Waterfront and Thesen Island will have you overwhelmed for choice of bars and restaurants. Enjoy a sundowner and reflect on a day well spent in magical Knysna. The tour continues with a ferry ride to featherbed. Then depart George for the next leg of your journey along the Garden Route to Riversdale. (BLD)

Day 10: Cape Town Day at leisure traversing the Cape Fold Mountains. Arrive at Platform 23 at Cape Town Station where your tour ends. Perhaps extend your stay or transfer to the airport for your homeward flight. (B) The itinerary shown is for leisure guests, for those interested in golf please call for info on the golf itinerary.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

153


AFRICA

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

SOUTH AFRICA NAMIBIA

Livingstone LAND ZIMBABWE Victoria Falls Hwange AIR Chobe Onboard 1 NIGHTS STAYED National Hwange 11 train National Somabhula Park Park Bulawayo Rutenga LAND Beitbridge MOZAMBIQUE RAIL Musina Kruger NationalCRUISE Park BOTSWANA Tzaneen 1 NIGHTS STAYED Hoedspruit Helspruit Komatipoort Pretoria Maputo Johannesburg Witbank

1

Mpaka LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

LESOTHO SOUTH AFRICA

RAIL TOUR

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

• Kruger National Park, South Africa’s most famous national park, is a prime location forLAND CRUISE wildlife spotting NIGHTS STAYED • Antelope Park, is a 3,000-acre game reserve in Zimbabwe, which is home to a diverse range of animals and will not disappoint you • Victoria Falls, often thought as one of the wonders of the world, this is a must see for any visit to Africa 1

£4199pp

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

12 day Southern Cross Pretoria • Nelspruit • Kruger National Park • Maputo • Swaziland • Kapama Game Reserve • Oreti • Antelope Park • Matopos National Park • Hwange Game Reserve • Victoria Falls Day 1: Petroria The tour starts with check in at the Rovos Rail Station, before heading out for a tour of Pretoria and Soweto. Visit the Union Buildings designed by the famous colonial English architect, Sir Herbert Baker. Comprising one million people, Soweto was made famous by the laws of Apartheid. The tour will pass the Chris Hani Baragwanath Hospital, and also drive past the only street in Africa that once housed 2 Nobel Peace Laureates – Archbishop Desmond Tutu and Nelson Mandela. (LD)

Day 2: Panorama Route Visit Pilgrim’s Rest, Bourke’s Luck Potholes, God’s Window. In 1873, gold was discovered in the area around the quaint town of Pilgrim’s Rest, now a living museum and national monument. Bourke’s Luck Potholes are strange deep cylindrical cavities formed by river erosion and floodwater. From the vantage point of God’s Window gaze across the sweeping landscape of the Lowveld. (BLD)

Day 3: Kruger National Park Full-day game drives in Kruger National Park. The world-renowned Kruger National Park offers a wildlife experience second to none. The park is home to an impressive number of species: about 336 trees, 49 fish, 34 amphibians, 114 reptiles, 507 birds and 147 species of mammals. (BLD)

Day 4: Maputo, Mozambique Maputo, the capital of Mozambique is a city of contrasts and offers an exciting mix of cultures. The city swings along to a beat like no other in Africa offering true African hospitality. (BLD)

Day 5: Swaziland The tiny Kingdom of Swaziland covers only 17,000 square kilometres, making it the second smallest country in Africa. Travel to Manzini enjoying amazing views of the Ezulwini Valley and the Komati River en route. This excursion into Swaziland will introduce you to everyday life in Africa’s smallest kingdom. (BLD)

Day 6: Kapama Game Reserve Morning game drive in Kapama Game Reserve followed by visit to the Hoedspruit Endangered Species Centre. (BLD)

Day 7: Swaziland - Oreti Today is on board the train travelling to Oreti in Zimbabwe through Limpopo Province. Known as

154

the Gateway to other African countries as it shares borders with Botswana, Zimbabwe & Mozambique as well as Guateng, Mpumalanga and the North West provinces. (BLD)

Day 8: Great Zimbabwe Monument Great Zimbabwe is a hugely impressive monument situated on the south-eastern edge of the central plateau it’s the largest pre-colonial monument south of the Egyptian pyramids and is a celebrated achievement of the African people. Magical fables such as the story of King Solomon’s Mines find their origins here amongst the ruins of an ancient city built by the Rozwi people. (BLD)

Day 9: Antelope Park Known as one of Southern Africa’s most intriguing destinations, Antelope Park is home to the world famous African Lion and Environmental Research Trust lion rehabilitation programme, which is a multiphase lion conservation initiative. It is Africa’s first genuine programme working to ethically reintroduce the offspring of captive-bred African lions back into the wild. (BLD)

Day 10: Matopos National Park “Matopos” means ‘bald headed ones’ and aptly describes the dramatic hills and granite rocks of this area. Highlights include a visit to the burial place of Cecil John Rhodes, who gave Zimbabwe its previous name of Rhodesia. (BLD)

Day 11: Hwange Game Reserve Full-day game drives, situated in the northwest corner of Zimbabwe, Hwange National Park is the nation’s largest wildlife area and contains a variety of animals and bird species, but is most well known for its prolific lion population. (BLD)

Day 12: Victoria Falls Forming the largest single curtain of falling water on Earth, the Victoria Falls’ 500m plume of spray can be seen from as far as 70km away. The sound of the water can also be heard from kilometres away and up close this muted ‘thunder’ becomes a roar. In full flood, over 550 million litres of water per minute cascade over the brink. Your tour ends in Victoria Falls, transfer to the airport for your homeward or onward flight. (B) All itineraries are subject to change prior to departure and during the journey. Excursions cannot be guaranteed.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£4199 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 11 nights’ accommodation onboard the Shongololo Express • Meals as specified: 11 breakfasts, 11 lunches, 11 dinners • Excursions with a qualified tour guide • Entrance fees as per itinerary • Government tax

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 3, 17*; Apr 18; May 2*; Jun 13, 27*; Aug 8; Sep 19* * Itinerary operates in reverse

TOUR STYLE: Rail GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR Otjiwarongo NIGHTS STAYED

AFRICA NAMIBIA

Windhoek

Swakopmund LAND Rehoboth Walvis BayRAIL CRUISE Mariental Sossusvlei 1 NIGHTS STAYED

BOTSWANA

Pretoria Johannesburg

Keetmanshoop

Aus

Holoog

RAIL TOUR

Pretoria • Kimberely • Upington • Fish River Canyon • Kolmanskop • Luderitz • Keetmanshoop • Namib-Naukluft Park • Etosha National Park • Swakopmund Board the Shongololo Express for Naimbia. The train heads west to Kingswood for an overnight stop. (LD)

that they had to use 6 leather straps tied together to create a rope long enough to lower water buckets into the canyon below. (BLD) Sossusvlei lodge

Day 2: Kingswood - Kimberley - Upington

Day 8: Namib-Naukluft Park

The morning starts with a visit to the Big Hole and Diamond Mine Museum in Kimberley. Capital of the Northern Cape, Kimberley is well known for the discovery of diamonds which led to its establishment in 1893. return to the train bound for Upington. (BLD)

Enjoy sunrise from Dune 45 followed by brunch at the lodge. Take a scenic drive through the Namib-Naukluft Park. The dunes of the Namib Desert were created by sand carried by the wind from the coast of Namibia. The sand here is 5 million years old and is red in colour due to its iron-oxide content. As the lighting changes with the time of day, so does the appearance of the dunes’ characteristic colour, allowing for interesting photographs at any time. (BLD)

(BLD)

Day 4: Fish River Canyon The Fish River rises in the centre of the country, before flowing south into the Orange River, on Namibia’s border with South Africa. In between, it has formed the great Fish River Canyon – the largest canyon in the southern hemisphere, and probably only second to Arizona’s Grand Canyon in terms of size. The vast rocky landscape breaks up into a series of spectacular cliffs, formed by the Fish River as it meanders between boulders over half a kilometre below. (BLD)

Day 5: Kolmanskop and Luderitz Lüderitz lies at the end of the currently decommissioned railway line to Keetmanshoop. En route you might see the legendary horses that are rumoured to roam the Namib Desert as we visit the ghost town of Kolmanskop. Lüderitz is known for its museum, colonial architecture and for wildlife including seals, penguins, flamingos and ostriches. (BLD)

Day 6: Keetmanshoop Visit Giant’s Playground where dolerite dykes of between 3 to 5 metres in width and 20kms in length can be explored. Visit Quiver Tree Forest, which is home to roughly 300 specimens of the Aloe dichotomy. Between 3 to 5 metres tall, these prehistoric trees have forked branches that reach skywards; this visit makes for wonderful photographic opportunities. (BLD)

Day 7: Namib-Naukluft Park The Tsauchab River has shaped the Sesriem Canyon over millions of years and it is one of the few places in that area that holds water all year round. The early Afrikaans explorers named the canyon after the fact

Kingswood Kimberley

11

SOUTH AFRICA

De Aar

LESOTHO

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Travel across southern Africa LAND inCRUISE style aboard the Shongololo NIGHTS STAYED Express • Explore the rich wildlife surrounding Luderitz • Gaze at the majestic surroundings of the Namib-Naukluft Park • Explore the watering holes of the Etosha National Park, where you may be lucky to see the endangered black rhino 1

12 day Dune Express

Visit the historical sights of Upington, beginning with a drive past the Donkey Memorial, which honours the life of the working donkey, and the railway on the Orange River. Guests arrive at the Bezalel Wine & Brandy Cellar for a tour and tasting and then return to the train.

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

£4199pp

Day 3: Upington - Nakop

1

Upington Nakop

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

Day 1: Pretoria

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

SOUTH AFRICA

Kranzberg

Day 9: Windhoek Situated in Namibia’s central highlands, Windhoek is an attractive city surrounded by clusters of hills and the impressive Auas and Eros Mountains. The city tour of Windhoek starts with a visit to the TransNamib Transport Museum. The museum at the Alte Feste Castle offers a range of displays, including the Social History Gallery and the Independence Display. Both give an insight into Namibia’s complex history. At the top of Robert Mugabe Avenue is the Christuskirche or Evangelical Lutheran Church. Your last visit is the Namibia Craft Centre in the old Breweries Building.

(BLD)

Day 10: Etosha National Park The park offers excellent game viewing in one of Africa’s most accessible venues. Zebra and springbok are scattered across the endless horizon while the many waterholes attract endangered black rhino, lion, elephant and large numbers of antelope. (BLD)

Day 11: Etosha National Park

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£4199 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 11 nights’ accommodation onboard the Shongololo Express • Meals as specified: 11 breakfasts, 11 lunches, 11 dinners • Excursions with a qualified tour guide • Entrance fees as per itinerary • Government tax

Enjoy a morning game drive before checking out and returning to the train. (BLD)

DEPARTURES

Day 12: Walvis Bay

* Itinerary operates in reverse

Swakopmund, Namibia’s seaside resort on the west coast, is a place of singular charm. It resembles a small Bavarian village nestling between the desert and the sea and enjoys a restful and relaxing atmosphere. The source of Swakopmund’s continental vibe is the graceful Art Nouveau buildings dating back to the turn of the previous century. Arrive at Walvis Bay Station where your tour ends. (B) All itineraries are subject to change prior to departure and during the journey. Excursions cannot be guaranteed.

2019: May 16 30*

TOUR STYLE: Rail GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

155


AFRICA SOUTH AFRICA

Hazyview Pretoria Johannesburg 1

2

Nelspruit 1 Mbabane LAND SWAZILAND

AIR

RAIL Hluhluwe Umfolozi NationalCRUISE Park

SOUTH AFRICA

2

NIGHTS STAYED LESOTHO1 Pietermaritzburg 1 Umhlanga Durban

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

V

Grahamstown

Oudtshoorn Plettenberg Cape 1 Bay Town 4 1 2 Port Elizabeth George Stellenbosch Tsitsikamma National Park

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

ESCORTED TOUR PRICES FROM

£2899pp

• The spectacular scenery of Blyde River Canyon and God’s Window • A visit to the Kruger National LAND Park to search for the ‘Big RAIL 5’ STAYED NIGHTS • A journey through cultural Swaziland and Zululand • The scenic Garden Route RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • 4 nights in fabulous Cape Town 1

16 day Grand Tour of South Africa

1

Johannesburg • Panorama Route • Kruger National Park • Swaziland • Zululand • Durban • Port Elizabeth • Garden Route • Oudtshoorn • Cape Town Day 1: Arrive Johannesburg

Day 11: Knysna - Oudtshoorn

On arrival at Johannesburg Airport, you will be met and transferred to your hotel. Faircity Quatermain

Enjoy the scenic drive to Oudtshoorn, where you will visit an ostrich farm for a guided tour. (BD) De Opstal

Days 2 & 3: Johannesburg - Kruger National Park

Country Lodge

Depart Johannesburg and travel to the Kruger area for a 2-night stay via the magnificent Panorama Route and the 33km long Blyde River Canyon. On day 3, depart early morning on an open vehicle safari through the world-renowned Kruger National Park. Relax back at your hotel before returning to Kruger for an evening safari. (BD) Perry’s Bridge Hollow

After a morning tour of the Cango Caves, depart through the Little Karoo for Cape Town arriving in the late afternoon where you will spend 4 nights. On Friday, enjoy a full-day Cape Point and Penninsula Tour; on Saturday spend a full day discovering the Cape Winelands and on Sunday morning discover the city on a morning Cape Town City Tour. (B) Southern

Day 4: Mpumalanga - Swaziland

Sun Waterfront

Enter the Kingdom of Swaziland. This tiny mountainous kingdom is filled with bygone African traditions and culture. (BL) Royal Swazi Sun

Day 16: Cape Town

PRICES FROM:

£2899 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 15 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 15 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 7 dinners • Touring by air-conditioned tour coach • Services of a qualified English speaking guide throughout • Internal flight between Durban/Port Elizabeth • Airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

Day 7: Zululand - Durban Continue your journey to the St. Lucia Wetlands and embark on an estuarine boat trip to view crocodiles, hippo and numerous bird species. Arrive in Durban in the late afternoon. (B) The Benjamin Hotel

Day 8: Durban - Port Elizabeth Enjoy a brief Durban City Tour, where you will spend the morning discovering the cultural and historical contrasts of the city before your flight to Port Elizabeth. On arrival at Port Elizabeth Airport, transfer to your hotel. (B) Radisson Blu

DEPARTURES Sundays.

Days 9 & 10: Port Elizabeth - Garden Route

156

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS

Transfer to the airport for your onward journey. (B)

Enter KwaZulu-Natal and enjoy an afternoon scenic drive up the Ubombo Mountains. After lunch on day 6, enter Hluhluwe-Umfolozi Game Reserve for an afternoon of game viewing. (BD) Ghost Mountain Inn

(BD) Hunter’s Country House

1

Days 12-15: Oudtshoorn - Cape Town

Days 5 & 6: Swaziland - Zululand

Travel through the Tsitsikamma Mountains to Plettenberg Bay. The following day, after breakfast, visit Birds of Eden – the largest free-flight bird aviary in the world. Proceed on a horse-drawn carriage trip through the Plettenberg Bay wine region. Optional: Marine Encounter boat trip (weather and time permitting; additional charge) before returning to the lodge for the remainder of the afternoon at leisure.

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR STYLE: Escorted GROUP SIZE: 16 max (minimum 2 passengers) PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Cape Town and Johannesburg. Please call for details.

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


AFRICA

1

S

Oudtshoorn

1

LAND AIR RAILTsitsikamma 1 CRUISE 2 NIGHTS STAYED Port Knysna Elizabeth

S

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS ESCORTED TOUR

S

Western Cape

Cape Town

1

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

SOUTH AFRICA

Prince Albert

• Learn about this region from LAND experienced guides RAIL CRUISE • Travel via beautiful mountain NIGHTS STAYED passes & the Little Karoo to Oudtshoorn • Stay in the heart of the Garden LAND RAIL Route, Knysna NIGHTS STAYED • Explore the small coastal towns, beaches, lagoons & forests this area is famous for RAIL 1

PRICES FROM

£879pp

1

6 day Garden Route Splendour

1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Prince Albert • Oudtshoorn • Knysna • Garden Route Day 1: Cape Town - Prince Albert

Day 4: Knysna

Travel through the picturesque Hex River Valley, surrounded by magnificent mountains. Continue to Matjiesfontien and then to Prince Albert, a delightful village dating back to 1762. Standard: Swartberg Hotel

Explore the natural beauty of the Knysna area with a visit to the Garden of Eden, Monkeyland Primate Sanctuary, the famous Eastern Heads for spectacular views of the Knysna Heads (weather permitting) and Brenton on Sea. The afternoon will be at leisure. (B)

Day 2: Prince Albert - Oudtshoorn After breakfast, enjoy a spectacular drive through Meiringspoort Pass to the Klein Karoo village of De Rust. Continue to Oudtshoorn and home to the spectacular limestone caverns of the Cango Caves. In the afternoon, visit an ostrich farm for a guided tour.

Standard: Rex Hotel

Day 5: Knysna - Tsitsikamma Leave Knysna and head towards the beautiful Tsitsikamma Forest. Visit Storms River Mouth before arriving at your accommodation in the afternoon. (B)

(BD) Standard: La Plume Guest House

Standard: Tsitsikamma Village

Day 3: Oudtshoorn - Knysna

Day 6: Tsitsikamma - Port Elizabeth

Travel over the Outeniqua Pass to George, continuing via Wilderness to Knysna, known as the oyster box of South Africa, on the banks of a natural lagoon in the heart of the Garden Route. Enjoy a lagoon cruise to the Featherbed Nature Reserve, before returning for lunch. The afternoon is at leisure to further explore this charming town. (BL) Standard: Rex Hotel (2 nights)

After breakfast depart for Port Elizabeth for a short city tour before your tour ends around 13:00. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£879 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 5 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 5 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 1 dinner • Sightseeing as per itinerary • Services of an experienced driver-guide

DEPARTURES Selected Mondays

TOUR STYLE: Escorted GROUP SIZE: 25 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars *Upgrade options available at all hotels, please ask for details Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Cape Town and Port Elizabeth. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

157


AFRICA SOUTH AFRICA

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE Port NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

Western Cape

2

Stellenbosch Hermanus

2

Knysna George

2

s

Cape Town

Oudtshoorn s

Montagu

Cape Agulhas

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS SELF DRIVE TOUR

Elizabeth

Plettenberg Bay

• Discover Montagu, a pretty country town at the start of LAND RAIL ‘Route 62’ CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED • Explore ‘Route 62’, one of South Africa’s most scenic routes through the Little Karoo LAND • Stay on the famed Garden Route RAIL STAYED with its wonderful beaches,NIGHTS lakes, lagoons, lush forests and coastal towns 1

PRICES FROM

£339pp

1

7 day Garden Route Explorer

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Montagu • Oudtshoorn • Plettenberg Bay Day 1: Cape Town - Montagu (190km/ 117 miles/

Day 4: Oudtshoorn

2 hours) Depart Cape Town and drive along the scenic ‘Route 62’ before arriving in Montagu for a 2-night stay. (D)*

Enjoy time at leisure to explore. Take a scenic drive along the Swartberg pass, offering stunning views of the region and stop in Prince Albert for lunch. Explore the vineyards of the area before heading back to Oudtshoorn. (B)

Standard: Mimosa Lodge (Classic Room); Superior: Mimosa Lodge (Garden Suite); Deluxe: Sanbona Wildlife Reserve (Gondwana or Tilney Manor) (2 nights) *Dinner on Deluxe option only and is subject to arrival time.

Day 2: Montagu Enjoy the many outdoor activities and vineyards in Montagu. On the deluxe option, enjoy guided activities and game drives at Sanbona. (BLD)* *Lunch &

Dinner, Deluxe option only.

Day 3: Montagu - Oudtshoorn (230km/ 143 miles/ 3 hours) Travel through the stunning scenery of the Karoo on ‘Route 62’ to Oudtshoorn. The valleys of the Klein Karoo were once home to herds of buffalo and elephants, however the most common site these days are the ostrich. Make a stop at the Cango caves – a must see in the area, the cavernous halls and passageways have been formed in the limestone rock over 20 million years. (B) Standard: De Zeekoe;

Superior: De Opstal; Deluxe: Rosenhof Country House (2 nights)

Day 5: Oudtshoorn – Knysna – Plettenberg Bay (150km/ 93 miles/ 2 hours) After checking out of your hotel, start the day with a leisurely drive to Knysna to start your journey along the famed Garden route. The town is famous for its oysters, friendly people and magnificent views of Knysna Heads. Continue on to Plettenberg Bay on South Africa’s spectacular south coast. (B) Standard:

The Robberg; Superior: Laird’s Lodge; Deluxe: The Plettenberg (2 nights)

Day 6: Garden Route Day 6 is free to explore the Garden Route area further with its beautiful beaches, forest walks, dramatic gorges, small towns and superb food and wine. (B)

Day 7: Garden Route - Port Elizabeth (267km/ 165 miles/ 3 hours) Travel to Port Elizabeth where your tour ends. The car is booked until the following day, but must be returned no later than the time it was collected. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£339 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 6 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 6 breakfasts, 1 lunch*, 2 dinners* • 7 days’ car hire (economy on standard option, compact on superior and deluxe option)

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Self Drive GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Note: *Denotes dinner and lunch included on deluxe option only. Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

158


1

RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

AFRICA

Chobe Safari Lodge

NAMIBIA

Livingstone 2

2

Victoria Falls Chobe National Park

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

ZIMBABWE

BOTSWANA

NAMIBIA

INDEPENDENT TOUR PRICES FROM

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

£1399pp

5 day Victoria Falls & Chobe National Park Victoria Falls • Zambezi River • Chobe National Park Day 1: Livingstone

Days 3 & 4: Chobe National Park

On arrival at Livingstone Airport, you will be met and transferred to the hotel of your choice for a 2-night stay. After check in, you will have the afternoon at leisure to enjoy a light lunch, or laze around the pool before being transferred to the waiting cruise boat for your afternoon sunset cruise along the Zambezi River.

After breakfast it’s time to set off for one of the best wildlife parks in the world, Chobe National Park. In the afternoon, join an exciting game drive or cruise by riverboat before heading out for sundowners in a scenic spot. On day 4, enjoy a game viewing by open safari vehicle searching for lions, elephants, giraffe, buffalos and cheetah to name but a few. Later, return to your accommodation, which is situated on the mighty Chobe River. (BLD) Standard: Chobe Safari

Standard & Superior: AVANI Victoria Falls Resort; Deluxe: The Royal Livingstone by Anantara

Day 2: Victoria Falls Tour Enjoy a guided tour of the incredible Victoria Falls, one of the Seven Wonders of the World. Walk through the magnificent rainforest where you are able to view the largest falling sheet of water in the world. The afternoon is free to engage in the multitude of optional activities on offer, from bungee jumping and rafting to the more serene pursuits of cultural and historical tours. (B)

• Guided tour of the largest waterfall in the world, the LAND magnificent Victoria Falls CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED • Drift gently along the Zambezi river and look out for hippos and elephants on a unique sundowner cruise • Get back to nature in Chobe National Park and embark on game drives as you uncover indigenous wildlife and herds of elephants in their natural environment 1

TOUR DETAILS

Lodge; Superior: Chobe Marina Lodge; Deluxe: Chobe Chilwero

Day 5: Livingstone

ZAMBIA

ZAMBIA

PRICES FROM:

£1399 per person

After breakfast, you will be transferred back to Livingstone Airport. (B)

PRICES INCLUDE • 4 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 4 breakfast, 2 lunches, 2 dinners • Transfers and sightseeing tours as specified • Game viewing activities as offered by your chosen lodge in Chobe

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Why not make this tour part of a wider African experience combining it with a selfdrive in South Africa or a beach break in Mozambique or Mauritius?

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

159


AFRICA ZAMBIA

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

3

V

V

Zambezi National Park

ZIMBABWE

2

1

Victoria LAND Falls AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS ESCORTED / CRUISE TOUR PRICES FROM

£2399pp

6 day Victoria Falls & Zambezi Queen River Cruise

• Stay close to the largest waterfall in the world, the magnificent Victoria Falls. • Cruise along the Zambezi, on board the Zambezi Queen. • Discover the local wildlife, up close and personal, both on land and on the river.

Victoria Falls • Zambezi Queen • Chobe River Day 1: Victoria Falls On arrival at Victoria Falls Airport, you will be met and transferred to your hotel. Enjoy the rest of your day at leisure. Ilala Lodge (2 nights)

Day 2: Victoria Falls Day 2 is at leisure. Ilala Lodge is ideally situated on the Zimbabwean side of the mighty Zambezi River, and is geographically the closest hotel to the magnificent Falls. Declared a World Heritage Site and voted one of the Seven Natural Wonders of the World, Victoria Falls are within easy walking distance for guests, as is the town centre. Ilala Lodge is also the perfect spot from which to embark upon a voyage of discovery in one of Africa’s favourite tourist destinations. Historical sites, culinary experimentation and a host of activities in pristine natural surroundings are all within your reach. (B)

Day 3: Zambezi Queen Transfer to the Zambezi Queen, where you will be served lunch or snacks (depending on arrival time). Once all the guests have boarded in the late afternoon, weather permitting, there will be an opportunity to go in search of some big game by tender boat. The golden glow of the African sunset provides the perfect opportunity to get some iconic shots of the animals as they gravitate towards the river before night fall. Return back to the Zambezi Queen and freshen up before a welcome cocktail with the captain on the upper deck. After a safety briefing, make your way to the dining room where you’ll be served a delectable 3-course dinner along with an excellent choice of paired wines. Finish off with an espresso or nightcap at the bar before retiring to the night sounds of Africa in the distance. (BD) Zambezi Queen Riverboat (3

nights)

Day 4: Zambezi Queen Opt to watch the sunrise with a cup of coffee or take a more leisurely approach. In the morning, you have a choice of activities, depending on the type of holiday you’re searching for. Perhaps you want to enjoy a water-based safari or a village tour on the Namibian side of the river. Or perhaps you’d prefer a spot of bird watching or fishing instead. You may even decide

to simply remain on board as the luxurious Zambezi Queen glides past the banks of the Chobe River. After lunch on board, enjoying a unique vantage point to spot wild animals and drink in the expansive views. Join your guide for a water-based safari on a tender boat where you can get up close to an array of wildlife, including some of the 120,000 elephants for which the Chobe is well known. After a delicious dinner, settle down for a restful and tranquil night in your luxurious suite. (BLD)

Day 5: Zambezi Queen After a hearty breakfast, head off to experience those activities you didn’t manage to fit in on day 4: enjoy a water-based river safari by tender boat, go bird watching or go fishing for tiger or bream. Return for lunch on board and some relaxation time before the afternoon activities start. In the evening, you’re in for a treat. Enjoy a traditional African dinner served with festive African singing and dancing – you can even join in the festivities if you feel like it. (BLD)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2399 per person

Day 6: Victoria Falls Enjoy a morning cruise during breakfast as you do your last bit of animal spotting and take some memorable pictures. Bid the crew a reluctant farewell and then make your way via boat to the Namibian Immigration Office. Once you’ve had your documents stamped you’ll be transferred via boat to the Kasane Immigration Office where you’ll have your documents stamped once again before entering Botswana. Transfer back to Victoria Falls Airport for your homeward flight. (B)

PRICES INCLUDE • 2 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar and 3 nights on board the Zambezi Queen • Meals as specified: 5 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 3 dinners • Transfers and tours as mentioned • Various activities as offered by the Zambezi Queen

DEPARTURES Selected dates throughout the year - please call for details

TOUR STYLE: Escorted / Cruise GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

160


1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

AFRICA ZAMBIA

Chobe National Park

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1 2

S

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Victoria Falls

Okavango Delta 2

1

Maun

BOTSWANA

1

ZIMBABWE 1

NAMIBIA LAND RAIL CRUISE 1 1 Windhoek NIGHTS STAYED

Makgadikgadi Pans

1

Central Kalahari

BOTSWANA

S

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

SMALL GROUP TOUR

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Spend 2 nights on a houseboat as RAIL your base for exploring the NIGHTS STAYED Delta Okavango • Drive through the Elephant Highway between Nata and LAND AIR Kasane RAIL NIGHTSon STAYED • Relax a sunset cruise along the Chobe River spotting bird life and LAND hippos watch the sunset with a CRUISE sundowner NIGHTS STAYED in hand • Feel the raw power of the mighty Victoria Falls • Learn more about the Kalahari from the knowledgeable San people as they sing and dance by the campfire • Head out on a morning game drive in open 4x4’s in Chobe National Park • Explore the Makgadikgadi Pans; scenery, sundowners, Baobabs and Meerkats! 1

PRICES FROM

£2399pp

1

10 day Botswana Adventure

1

Windhoek • Ghanzi • Okavango Delta • Maun • Makgadikgadi Pans • Chobe National Park • Victoria Falls Day 1: Windhoek

Day 6: Makgadikgadi Pan

Upon arrival, you will be met by an Intrepid representative and transferred to your hotel in Windhoek. The old German colonial town of Windhoek has been blended into a modern city. The German architecture of the older buildings lends the town a historic atmosphere. That evening you may wish to join the rest of the group for an optional welcome dinner.

Depart from your lodge after breakfast and head towards north-east Botswana. Your next stop is the Makgadikgadi Pan. This pan is now all that remains of the former Lake Makgadikgadi. Head out to the Makgadikgadi Pan for an afternoon excursion in open 4x4s to one of the largest salt flats in the world. With the aid of trackers you may have the opportunity to spend some time in the company of the local meerkat colony, and look out for elephants that meander their way down to the watering hole to quench their thirst.

Day 2: Ghanzi - Central Kalahari Cross the border into Botswana and travel to Ghanzi, known as the “Capital of the Kalahari”. Later that evening, you’ll be treated to a real cultural experience and interaction with the local Bushmen. Around the campfire, you will experience the ancient dance rituals of the San/Bushman community. (BLD)

Day 3: Okavango Delta Head to the Okavango Delta, where you’ll board speedboats that will take you to your home for the following 2 nights – a houseboat in the middle of the Okavango Delta. Cabins are very small and basic but we don’t expect you’ll be spending much time in there. That evening, head to the deck where your captain will serve dinner, enjoy a sundowner, and listen to the sound of the hippos along the waters edge. (BLD)

Day 4: Okavango Delta After breakfast, take a speedboat and 4x4 to a nearby poling station. From here you have the opportunity to experience the myriad waterways in traditional dugout canoes (mokoros) with a local guide. Your guide will take you on a nature walk around one of the many islands in the Delta. That evening grab a sundowner, pull up a chair and witness the often breathtaking sunset. (BLD)

Day 5: Maun After breakfast, leave your houseboat behind, and again board the speedboats to take you back to your truck, and then on towards Maun – the gateway of the Okavango Delta. For those wanting more adventure, there’s an opportunity to fly over the delta in a small plane for a bird’s-eye view – a great way to appreciate the immensity of this watery world. Otherwise the afternoon is free to sit by the pool. (BLD)

(BLD)

Day 7: Chobe National Park In the morning, make tracks after breakfast and travel towards Kasane on the edge of Chobe National Park. The stretch of road between Nata and Kasane is known as the ‘Elephant Highway’. With no fences elephants are free to move between Hwange National Park in Zimbabwe and Botswana. So keep your eyes peeled for roadside elephants. Botswana’s first national park, Chobe, is perhaps best known for its high concentration of elephants. (BLD)

Day 8: Chobe National Park Wake early and take a dawn game drive in Chobe National Park where you may see elephants, large herds of cape buffaloes and many impala within the park. In the afternoon, you’ll take a breathtaking cruise on the Chobe River, ideal for spotting bird life such as saddle-billed storks, malachite kingfishers, fish eagles and beautiful bee-eaters as well as hippos, crocodiles and large families of elephants. (BD)

Day 9: Victoria Falls Travel on to Victoria Falls, crossing the border into Zimbabwe in time to have lunch on the banks of the Zambezi. These falls are one of the natural wonders of the world and, when in full flow, form the largest sheet of falling water in the world. A unique dinner at Boma restaurant, which specialises in Zimbabwean barbeque is included and is a perfect way to spend your evening.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2399 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 9 nights’ in various styles of accommodation • Meals as specified: 9 breakfasts, 6 lunches, 8 dinners • Services of a qualified English-speaking guide throughout • Transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary (excludes ‘optional’ items)

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 24, 31; Feb 14; Mar 28; Apr 18; May 2, 16; Jun 6, 13, 20; Jul 4, 11, 18, 25; Aug 1, 8, 15, 22, 29; Sep 5, 12, 19, 26; Oct 3, 10, 17, 31; Nov 14, 28; Dec 19

TOUR STYLE: Small Group

(BD)

GROUP SIZE: 13 max

Day 10: Victoria Falls

PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Your adventure will come to an end after breakfast.

(B)

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

161


AFRICA NAMIBIA

Etosha National Park s

3

2

Damaraland

s

s

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

Okojima/ 1 Okahandjia 2

Swakopmund

s

Windhoek

Kalahari

1

2

s 2

Sossusvlei

SELF DRIVE TOUR

1

PRICES FROM

£1669pp

Windhoek • Kalahari Desert • Sossusvlei • Swakopmund • Damaraland • Etosha National Park

Olive Grove

Days 2 & 3: Windhoek - Kalahari Desert (280km/ 174 miles/ 4 hours) Travel into the largest sand mass on Earth, the Kalahari Desert. With its deep red sand dunes and endless grass plains, local Bushmen refer to it as the “Soul of the World”. On day 3, enjoy an afternoon guided game drive to find out about the unique flora and fauna that survive in this desert environment.

(BD) Standard: Intu Africa Camelthorn Lodge; Superior: Kalahari Red Dunes Lodge (2 nights)

Days 4 & 5: Kalahari Desert - Sossusvlei (360km/ 224 miles/ 4.5 hours) Travel via endless plains and along striking mountain ranges into the Namib Desert, the oldest desert on earth. The afternoon is free to explore or just relax by the pool. Day 5 includes 2 of the highlights of any Namibia trip; Sossusvlei and Sesriem Canyon. Rise early to catch the early light that turns the dunes deep red and purple and visit Dead Vlei, a surreal white clay pan surrounded by monumental dunes. On the way back, visit the Sesriem Canyon an 18 million year old gorge carved into the ground. (BD)* Standard: Desert

Camp; Superior: Desert Hills (2 nights)

Days 6 & 7: Sossusvlei - Swakopmund (370km/ 230 miles/ 4 hours) Travel to Swakopmund where you will have the option of participating in some of the adventurous activities on offer including scenic flights, dolphin cruises, quad biking, parasailing, dune boarding and parachuting (booked and payable locally). (B) Standard: Sams Giardino; Superior: Strand Hotel (2 nights)

Days 8 & 9: Swakopmund - Damaraland (340km/ 211 miles/ 5 hours) Damaraland is a spectacular area of wide open spaces and wonderful vistas. Spend 2 days enjoying these wonderful surrounds. (BD)* Standard: Ugab Terrace

Lodge; Superior: Mowani Mountain Camp (2 nights)

LAND • Marvel RAIL at the highest sand dunes in theCRUISE world NIGHTS STAYED • Visit Damaraland and the desert elephants • EnjoyLAND isolation in lodges and RAIL camps inSTAYED some of the most NIGHTS remote parts of the world • Stay in the coastal town of RAIL Swakopmund NIGHTS STAYED • The vast expanse of Etosha National Park 1

14 day Namibia Delight Self-Drive Day 1: Arrive Windhoek (50km/ 31 miles/ 40 minutes) After a meet and greet at the airport, collect your vehicle and head to your chosen property for the night. Standard: The Elegant Guesthouse; Superior:

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

Days 10-12: Damaraland - Etosha National Park (500km/ 311 miles/ 6 hours) Etosha National Park is one of Africa’s finest wildlife areas and boasts a wide variety of big game and the 2 days of game drives searching out a huge diversity of mammals and birds including elephants, lions, leopards and rhino will surely be a highlight of your Namibian journey. (BD) Standard: Taleni Etosha

1

1

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Village; Superior: Epacha Game Lodge (3 nights)

Day 13: Etosha National Park - Windhoek area (390km/ 242 miles/ 4.5 hours) Travel back south into the vicinity of Windhoek. On the standard option, your guest farm is situated within the majestic Otjihavera Mountain range while on the superior option, the game reserve is located in a spectacular setting west of the Waterberg area. The remainder of the day is at leisure. (BD)* Standard:

The Elegant Farmstead; Superior: Okonjima Plains Camp

Day 14: Depart Windhoek

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1669 per person

Continue on to Windhoek city or the international airport, where your tour ends. Note: All distance and drive times are approximate (B)

PRICES INCLUDE • 13 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 13 breakfasts, 5 dinners (10 on Superior option) • Standard SUV car hire or similar with premium cover. • Personalised self-drive kit & meet and greet at Windhoek Airport • Sightseeing & game drives as per itinerary

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Self Drive GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars *Indicates dinner is only included on Superior option Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

162


AFRICA

1

Luderitz LAND NIGHTS STAYED

Windhoek

2

NAMIBIA 2

Namib Desert 1

Kalahari Desert

NAMIBIA

1

LANDSwakopmund AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

2 1

Fish River Canyon

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

SMALL GROUP TOUR

£1229pp

1

9 day Namibia Southern Odyssey Windhoek • Kalahari Desert • Fish River Canyon • Aus Mountains • Namib Desert • Sossusvlei • Namib Naukluft Park • Swakopmund Travel into the largest sand mass on Earth, the Kalahari Desert; a vast semi desert of wind-blown sand and thorn scrub. It’s a challenging place to live except for those who have adapted to survive and flourish here but is still home to a surprisingly large amount of specially adapted wildlife. Enjoy the opportunity to experience the red dunes, wildlife and plants, in this desert environment on an optional nature drive. Tour departs 08:00-09:00, min 1 night pre-tour in Windhoek is required Intu Africa Camelthorn Lodge

Day 2: Kalahari Desert Continue south through arid and extensive rocky plains. Visiting the unique Garas quiver tree forest you are welcomed by quirky man-made sculptures of scrap metal, contrasting with the timeless space, quiver trees and aloes nestled amongst huge dolerite boulders. Continue to our lodge, situated close to the Fish River Canyon. Explore the area on foot or on an optional guided nature drive. (B) Cañon Village

Day 3: Kalahari Desert - Fish River Canyon Luderitz After breakfast, visit the Fish River Canyon, the second largest in the world. Formed by the Fish River, the immense volume of water in ages past is now just a drop in comparison but the view from the edge is breath-taking. Continue on past the Naute Dam, stopping at Naute Kristall Cellar and Distillery for optional tastings. Proceed towards the coastal town of Lüderitz, stopping along the way to view the wild horses of Garub. (B) Nest Hotel (2 nights)

Day 4: Luderitz & Kolmanskop After breakfast, visit Kolmanskop ghost town, a deserted Diamond Mining Town in the Sperrgebiet National Park. Once an opulent and decadent town, a monument to the Diamond boom, today Kolmanskop stands as a haunting monument to the thriving past. On our return, visit Diaz Point with its Padrao on a cliff overlooking the harsh Atlantic Ocean commemorating the initial Portuguese explorers. Arriving back in Lüderitz we explore this small, historic town. (B)

Day 5: Luderitz – Namib Desert After an early breakfast, we travel across wide open plains along the Tiras Mountain range to our lodge in the Namib Desert. We are located in close proximity to Sesriem the gateway to Sossusvlei, Dead Vlei and Sesriem Canyon, with some of the highest sand dunes on Earth towering over the white desert plains. The afternoon can be spent relaxing, enjoying the vast

• Scenic sunset game viewing in LAND RAIL open vehicles in the Kalahari CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED dunes • Walking along the spectacular rim of the world’s second largest LAND chasm, the dramatic Fish River RAIL NIGHTS STAYED Canyon • Exploring the Namib Desert from the vast southern sand seas with RAIL NIGHTS STAYED their towering dunes to unusual granite outcrops of Moon Valley • Discover the quaint seaside town LAND ofAIR Swakopmund RAIL 1

PRICES FROM

Day 1: Windhoek - Kalahari Desert

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

open desert plains, or taking part in optional activities offered at the lodge. (B) The Elegant Lodge (2 nights)

Day 6: Namib Desert – Sossusvlei - Namib Naukluft Park Enter the Namib Naukluft National Park with sunrise, the first rays of sunlight paint the mountains of sand into a variety of apricot, red and orange, contrasted against a crisp blue skyline, providing an opportunity to capture this awesome landscape on film. Discover the surreal Deadvlei surrounded by some of the highest dunes on earth and Sossusvlei, where the dry Tsauchab River ends abruptly amongst dunes. Take the opportunity to walk up one of these majestic dunes to admire the desert landscape beneath. Thereafter visit the Sesriem Canyon, a life sustaining natural phenomenon in the heart of the Namib Desert. (B)

Day 7: Namib Naukluft Park - Swakopmund After breakfast, continue on to the little settlement of Solitaire, on the edge of the Namib Naukluft National Park. Here you can enjoy a cup of coffee before travelling via the desolate, rolling hills of the Kuiseb Valley. Reaching the harbour town of Walvis Bay, visit one of the most important wetland areas of Africa. Over 80% of African flamingos feed in this lagoon and present a breath-taking picture when they appear in groups. Continuing along the scenic route between the dune belt and the Atlantic Ocean we reach Swakopmund, where the rest of the day is spent at leisure. (B) Swakopmund Plaza/Beach Hotel (2

nights)

Day 8: Swakopmund Swakopmund, often referred to as the “playground of Namibia” has numerous activities, ranging from adventure, to exploring the fascinating Namib Desert. Embrace the relaxed pace of this idyllic coastal town in one of the many café’s. Alternatively, explore the rugged, desert on a day tour, or view from the air on a scenic flight. Push adrenaline to its limits with extreme adventures such as skydiving or quad biking and sand boarding. Take time to get the feel of this quaint town with its historic buildings, museums, shopping arcades and beach bar and the bohemian lifestyle. (B)

Days 9: Swakopmund - Windhoek After breakfast, we travel back to Windhoek to our hotel or to the international airport for our return flight. Departure flights should be booked no earlier than 17:00

(B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1229 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 8 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels • Meals as specified: 8 breakfasts • Shared touring by air-conditioned vehicle • Services of an English-speaking guide • Airport transfers, sightseeing and game drives as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 5, 19; Feb 9, 23; Mar 9, 23; Apr 6*, 20; May 4, 18; Jun 1, 15, 29*; Jul 13, 27; Aug 3, 10, 17, 24, 31; Sep 7*, 14, 21, 28; Oct 5*, 12, 19, 26 * Departures are English exclusive, all other departures are dual English and German.

TOUR STYLE: Small Group GROUP SIZE: 20 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

163


HIGHLIGHTS • SUNRISE OVER THE SACRED RIVER GANGES AND SEE THE RITUAL BATHING FROM THE STONE STEPS AT VARANASI • HIGH TEA IN THE HUNTING LODGE OF THE FORMER ROYAL FAMILY OF JAIPUR • CRUISING THROUGH THE TRANQUIL BACKWATERS OF SOUTHERN INDIA 164

•T  RACKING THE TIGERS OF RANTHAMBORE ON A GAME DRIVE • SCENIC TRAIN RIDE FROM KANDY TO VIEW THE ROLLING TEA COUNTRY OF SRI LANKA • SUPERB SNORKELLING AND DIVING SURROUNDED BY THE CLEAR TURQUOISE WATERS OF THE MALDIVES


CHINA

PAKISTAN

INDIA & SRI LANKA New Delhi

Jodhpur

NEPAL BHUTAN

Agra Jaipur

River Ganges

Udaipur

Varanasi INDIA

BANGLADESH Kolkata Mou

Mumbai Pune

Hyderabad E

t as

er

n

a Gh

ths

o

Ga f the

nge

s

ts

Bay of B e ngal

Goa Bangalore

Chennai

Cochin Trivandrum SRI LANKA

REGAL INDIA

ON THE TRAIL OF THE TIGER

Marvel at the ornate palaces and majestic forts of Rajasthan, including Jodhpur’s magnificent Mehrangarh Fort, Jaipur’s majestic Amber Fort and the ubiquitous temples of Udaipur, set beside the tranquil waters of stunning Lake Pichola. And of course, not to be missed, the enchanting Taj Mahal in Agra.

Follow the tracks of the elusive Royal Bengal Tiger in the Sundarbans, part of the world’s largest delta, in Ranthambore National Park - once the private tiger reserve of the Maharaja of Jaipur, or in Kanha National Park, inspiration for Rudyard Kipling’s ‘Jungle Book’.

SPICELANDS OF THE SOUTH Oriental influences infuse the southern spice-trading coastline; visit plantations to savour the pungent spices of cardamom, cinnamon and pepper, or cruise the Kerala backwaters.

SRI LANKA – ISLE OF CONTRASTS Encompassing cultural delights in Kandy, wildlife encounters with the leopards of Yala and the elephants of Udawalawe National Park, and luxurious tea planter’s homesteads, this lush green island is fringed by stretches of golden sands, ideal for a relaxing beach add-on.

165


INDIAN SUBCONTINENT INDIA

INDIA

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Delhi 3 1 2

Jaipur 1

Jojawar

Agra

Ranthambore National Park

1

Udaipur

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

£1899pp

1

Varanasi (Banaras) LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

2

Khajuraho

2

SMALL GROUP TOUR

1

2

• Women on Wheels Transfer, Indira LAND Gandhi International Airport RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • City Walk, Delhi • Recharge: Yoga Class, Khajuraho • Rickshaw tour of Old Delhi RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Orientation walk of Varanasi • Sunset and sunrise boat trips on the Ganges River LAND AIR • Tour of the Khajuraho temples RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Tours of the Taj Majal and the Red Fort LAND CRUISE • Visit Ranthambore Fort and The NIGHTS STAYED Ganesh Temple • Tour Jaipur and visit Amber Fort 1

15 day Discover India

1

Delhi • Varanasi • Khajuraho • Agra • Ranthambore National Park • Jaipur • Jojawar • Udaipur Day 1: Arrive Delhi

Day 8: Ranthambore National Park

Arrive Delhi and transfer to your hotel with ‘Women on Wheels’, a G Adventures-supported project. Piccadily

Explore the park with local naturalists/rangers on 2 private safari drives in search of deer, birds, leopards, monkeys, and if you’re lucky, the elusive tigers. Also, walk with locals through the ruins of the 1,000 yearold Ranthambore Fort and visit the Ganesh Temple.

Hotel (2 nights)

Day 2: Delhi Enjoy a youth-led walk through Delhi by G Adventures – supported City Walk project. Later, explore Old Delhi with your CEO including a rickshaw ride through the busy streets, Jama Masjid (Great Mosque), Chandni Chowk local market, and Gurdwara Sikh Temple. (B)

(BD)

Day 9: Ranthambore National Park – Jaipur Drive to Jaipur and delve further into India’s history.

1

Journeys Exclusives • Ganges River Talk, Varanasi • Family Culinary Experience, Jaipur

(B) Hotel Madhuban (2 nights)

Day 3: Delhi – Varanasi

Day 10: Jaipur

Fly to Varanasi, the quintessential Indian holy city. Enjoy a lecture at the Ghats of the Ganges by a research scholar about the river’s significance spiritually, socially, economically and politically. Later, you’ll cruise the sacred Ganges at sunset, enjoy a candle and flower ceremony accompanied by sitar and tabla playing, and observe an evening aarti (prayer) ceremony. (B) Hotel Surya (2 nights)

Explore Jaipur including the City Palace, Amber Fort, Jantar Mantar Observatory and Hawa Mahal. That evening, enjoy a culinary experience with a family in Jaipur, including a local market visit and cooking demonstration and meal in their home. (BD)

PRICES FROM:

Day 11: Jaipur – Jojawar

PRICES INCLUDE

Day 4: Varanasi Rise early for a boat ride along the Ganges to observe the sunrise, as well as the bathing and burial dawn rituals. Later, have breakfast at Open Hand, a vocational training café. G Adventures has partnered with Open Hand to provide dignified and meaningful job opportunities to India’s underprivileged. Take an excursion to Sarnath later in the afternoon, where Lord Buddha preached his first sermon. (B)

Day 5: Varanasi – Khajuraho Fly to Khajuraho and visit the western temples, famed for their erotic sculptures depicting the Kama Sutra. That evening, take a yoga class. (B) Hotel Clarks

Khajuraho

Day 6: Khajuraho - Agra You’ll start the day’s travel by private bus and then public train, where you’ll meet locals on the way to Agra. (B) Hotel Utkarsh Vilas

Day 7: Agra - Ranthambore National Park In the morning, explore the magnificent Taj Mahal and visit the Agra Fort. Later, travel to Ranthambore National Park and take in the magnificent surroundings before heading out on safari the next day. (BD) Pug Mark (2 nights)

166

1

Travel to the village of Jojawar and spend the night in a historic heritage hotel. Explore the village and take the opportunity to meet with locals who provide insight into rural life in India. Opt to take a rural train safari through the Aravali Hill ranges. (BD) Hotel

Rawla Jojawar

Day 12: Jojawar – Udaipur Travel to Udaipur and take an orientation walk and boat ride on Lake Pichola. (B) Hilltop Palace (2

nights)

Day 13: Udaipur Explore the City including a visit to the City Palace, one of the largest royal palaces in India and the Jagdish Temple, built in 1651 and dedicated to Lord Vishnu, the Hindu god of preservation. (B)

Day 14: Udaipur – Delhi Fly to Delhi for the final evening with the option to enjoy a farewell dinner. (B) Piccadily Hotel

Day 15: Depart Delhi Your day is at leisure until it is time to make your own way to the airport. (B)

TOUR DETAILS

£1899 per person

• 14 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 14 breakfasts, 4 dinners • Services of an experienced Chief Experience Officer (CEO) and local guides • Touring by minibus, train, auto-rickshaws, cycle-rickshaws, boat, plane and walking • Sightseeing and touring as specified

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 6, 20, 27; Feb 10, 17, 24; Mar 3, 10, 17, 24, 31; Apr 7, 14, 21; Oct 6, 13, 20, 27; Nov 3, 10, 17, 24; Dec 1, 8, 15 , 22, 29

TOUR STYLE: National Geographic Journeys GROUP SIZE: 16 max PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


1

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

INDIAN SUBCONTINENT LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR Bikaner NIGHTS STAYED

1

Jodhpur 1 Jaipur Chandelao 2 Garh LAND 1 Jojawar RAIL 2 CRUISE Udaipur NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INDIA

1

INDIA Delhi

Mandawa

2

1

2

1 2

SMALL GROUP TOUR

Agra & Taj Mahal

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

PRICES FROM

£1549pp

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Women on Wheels Transfer, Indira LAND Gandhi International Airport AIR RAIL • City Walk, Delhi NIGHTS STAYED • Orientation tour of colonial Delhi LAND of frescoed havelis of • Tour CRUISE Shekhawati NIGHTS STAYED • Visit Junagarh Fort and Deshnoke’s Karni Mata Temple • Visit Mehrangarh Fort and Clock Tower • Visit Ranakpur Jain Temples • Explore Jaipur and Amber Fort • Visit Fatehpur Sikri, Taj Mahal and the Red Fort of Agra 1

15 day Mysteries of India

1

Delhi • Mandawa • Bikaner • Jodhpur • Chandelao • Udaipur • Jojawar • Jaipur • Agra Day 1: Arrive Delhi

Day 8: Chandelao - Udaipur

Arrive at Delhi airport and transfer to your hotel with ‘Women on Wheels’, a G Adventures-supported project. Piccadily Hotel

Drive to Udaipur, visiting the stunning Ranakpur Jain temples en route. That afternoon, take an orientation walk with your CEO in Udaipur. (B) Hilltop Palace (2

Day 2: Delhi – Mandawa

nights)

Enjoy a youth-led morning walk through Delhi by G Adventures-supported City Walk project. Continue on to Colonial New Delhi for an orientation tour then drive to Mandawa village. (B) Mandawa Haveli

Day 9: Udaipur

Day 3: Mandawa - Bikaner

Explore the City Palace museum, Pichola Lake with a boat ride, and a visit to the Jagdish Temple. For lunch enjoy a cooking demonstration at the home of a local family. (BL)

Start the day with a walking tour of Mandawa then drive to Bikaner and stay in a heritage hotel, once the residence of nobility. Visit the town’s colourful markets and havelis. Option to visit a camel breeding centre.

Day 10: Udaipur – Jojawar

(B) Hotel Bharion Vilas (2 nights)

Day 11: Jojawar – Jaipur

Day 4: Bikaner

Drive to Jaipur, the capital of the state of Rajasthan.

Explore traditional markets in the old city of Bikaner with a local expert. Learn about the age-old traditions of bartering and trading in tea and spices and how modern business practices are still influenced by the old caravan routes. Later visit Junagarh Fort and the infamous Karni Mata (rat temple). (B)

(B) Hotel Madhuban (2 nights)

Day 5: Bikaner – Jodhpur Arrive at the “Blue City” and visit Mehrangarh Fort in the afternoon, built in the 15th Century and wellknown for its iconic Clock Tower. (B) Polo Heritage

Day 6: Jodhpur – Chandelao Take a Jeep excursion into the countryside to visit tribal hamlets of Bishnois and Prajapats. Continue on to Chandelao Garh and explore the village and local markets. (BD) Hotel Chandelao Garh (2 nights)

Day 7: Chandelao Enjoy Chandelao Garh and explore the village and local markets. Meet with the village elders and teachers and discuss various aspects of daily life, economy and culture in rural areas. Also visit the Sunder Rang Project at Chandelao which is striving to help village women become more economically independent by training them in traditional crafts. (BD)

Stay at a heritage home in Jojawar village and take a train safari through the picturesque Aravali Mountains.

Journeys Exclusives • Explore the Caravan Route • Discover Village Life, Chandelao • Family Home Meal, Udaipur

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1549 per person

(BD) Hotel Rawla Jojawar

Day 12: Jaipur Visit the 15th Century Amber Fort which was the former capital of the region. Take a photo stop at the Hawa Mahal (Palace of Winds) and visit the City Palace Museum and Jantar Mantar Observatory. (B)

Day 13: Jaipur – Agra Drive to Agra, stopping to visit the abandoned city of Fatehpur Sikri, built by Mughal Emperor Akbar. In Agra, visit the famed Agra Fort. (B) Hotel Utkarsh Vilas

Day 14: Agra – Delhi Rise early to visit the world-famous Taj Mahal and enjoy the stunning sunrise views. Continue to Delhi.

(B) Piccadily Hotel

Day 15: Depart Delhi The day is free at leisure until it is time to make your own way to the airport. (B)

PRICES INCLUDE • 14 nights’ accommodation in named hotels/ heritage homes or similar • Meals as specified: 14 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 3 dinners • Services of an experienced Chief Experience Officer (CEO) and local guides • Touring by Van, bus, jeep, train, cyclerickshaw and walking • Sightseeing and touring as specified

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 6, 20; Feb 3, 17; Mar 10, 17; Apr 24; May 26; Jun 23; Jul 21; Aug 18; Sep 8, 15, 22; Oct 6, 13, 20; Nov 3, 10, 17; Dec 1, 15, 22

TOUR STYLE: National Geographic Journeys GROUP SIZE: 16 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

167


INDIAN SUBCONTINENT INDIA

INDIA Delhi 3

Pushkar

Udaipur

2

1

1

2

Agra & LAND Taj Mahal AIR Ranthambore RAIL National Park CRUISE 1 NIGHTS STAYED 1

Jaipur 2

Bundi

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

• The majestic Taj Mahal LAND • Searching for Tigers at RAIL CRUISE Ranthambore NIGHTS STAYED • Bundi’s breathtaking step wells • Udaipur’s beautiful lakes and LAND palaces RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • The sacred lake and Brahma Temple of Pushkar • The colossal Amber Fort at Jaipur

ESCORTED TOUR

1

PRICES FROM

£2089pp

1

13 day Inspiring India Delhi • Agra • Ranthambore • Bundi • Chittor Fort • Udaipur • Pushkar • Jaipur Day 1: Arrive Delhi

Day 7: Bundi - Chittor Fort - Udaipur

On arrival, your Wendy Wu National Escort or Local Guide will meet you in the Arrivals Hall, for a transfer to your hotel.

Depart Bundi and drive approximately 4.5 hours to Udaipur, with a stop en route at Chittor Fort. One of the largest forts in India, Chittor sprawls across a hilltop overlooking the town of Chittorgarh. Its precinct contains grand old palaces, gates, temples and towers. Continue to Udaipur where, later this afternoon, you’ll cruise on Lake Pichola, admiring the city’s palaces from the water. (BLD)

Day 2: Delhi Today is a full day of sightseeing around Old and New Delhi. Begin with a drive past the Red Fort, before strolling through Chandni Chowk Bazaar to Jama Masjid. Stop at India Gate to take some photos before visiting Lakshmi Narayan Hindu Temple, Humayun’s Tomb and Connaught Place. Later visit Qutab Minar, visiting monuments that combine both Islamic calligraphy and Hindu motifs, commemorating the onset of Islamic rule in India. (BLD)

Day 3: Delhi - Agra Depart Delhi for a 3-hour drive to the historic city of Agra. On arrival, visit the Itmadud-Daulah, an exquisite marble tomb that predates the Taj Mahal and is thought to have inspired it. Then explore the hulking mass of red sandstone that is Agra Fort. The Fort was established in the 16th Century but has been much added to over time, making it an eclectic mix of architectural styles. (BLD)

Day 4: Agra - Ranthambore Begin the day by viewing the Taj Mahal in all its glory as the sun is rising. Return to your hotel to freshen up and have breakfast. Later, commence your drive of approximately 6-hours to Ranthambore, visiting the abandoned ghost city of Fatehpur Sikri en route. (BLD)

Day 5: Ranthambore Enjoy both morning and afternoon canter safaris through the national park, keeping your eyes peeled for tigers! There are around 50 majestic Bengal tigers that are living amongst Ranthambore’s undulating landscapes, as well as leopards, nilgai, sloth bears, wild boar, hyena and over 300 species of bird. (BLD)

Day 6: Ranthambore - Bundi Drive 3 to 4 hours to Bundi, one of Rajasthan’s hidden gems. Take a stroll through the town, discovering the unique step wells – a vital source of water in the past, and a breathtaking sight today. (BLD)

Day 8: Udaipur Today you will explore the city, starting with a drive around Fateh Sagar Lake and stops at the Folk Museum, Mewar Art Gallery and Sahelion Ki Bari Garden. Later visit the ornate City Palace and take a stroll through the local shops. (BLD)

Day 9: Udaipur - Pushkar Drive approximately 5-hours to Pushkar. Sat on the banks of one of India’s most sacred lakes, there are 52 ghats built on the edge of the water, used for bathing by Hindu pilgrims, which are backed by hundreds of blue-washed temples. Take a walking tour of the vibrant market and admire the Brahma Temple, one of few in the world dedicated to the deity many Hindus believe is the creator of the universe. (BLD)

Day 10: Pushkar - Jaipur Drive 3-hours to Jaipur, the ‘Pink City’ and Rajasthan’s capital. On arrival, visit 2 of the city’s top sights, the Maharaja’s City Palace and Jantar Mantar Observatory – a fascinating collection of wonderful instruments designed to measure the heavens. (BLD)

Day 11: Jaipur

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2089 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 12 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels • Meals as specified: 12 breakfasts, 11 lunches, 11 dinners • Touring by air-conditioned vehicle • English-speaking National Escort (subject to minimum 10 passengers) and Local Guides • E-Visa fees for UK and EU passport holders

PRICES EXCLUDE • Tipping paid locally $90

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 26; Feb 9, 16, 23; Mar 2, 9, 16, 23, 30; Apr 6, 13; Sep 28; Oct 5, 12, 19, 26; Nov 2, 9, 16, 23

Begin the day with a brief photo stop at Hawa Mahal, the iconic ‘Palace of Winds’, before travelling out of the city to admire the majestic yellow and pink sandstone, Amber Fort. Back in the city, head to a craft centre to learn about traditional artistries such as block printing and carpet weaving before browsing the local bazaar at Choti Choper. (BLD)

2020: Jan 25; Feb 8, 15, 22, 29; Mar 7, 14, 21 28; Apr 4, 11; Sep 26; oct 3, 10, 17, 24, 31; Nov 7, 14, 21

Day 12: Jaipuir - Delhi

PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Return to Delhi, approximately 5-hours drive and enjoy a farewell dinner this evening. (BLD)

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars

TOUR STYLE: Escorted (Classic) GROUP SIZE: 28 max

Day 13: Depart Delhi Transfer to the airport for your departure flight. (B)

168

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


1

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

INDIAN SUBCONTINENT INDIA

Shimla

1

LAND AIR PAKISTAN NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE Udaipur NIGHTS STAYED

Delhi

INDIA

2

Jaisalmer

Jaipur

2

1

Agra

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

INDEPENDENT TOUR

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Discover the magnificent Taj RAIL & the incredible Agra Fort Mahal NIGHTS STAYED • Explore contrasting Old & New Delhi LAND • Marvel at the intriguing red AIR RAIL sandstone Hawa Mahal, known as NIGHTS STAYED the Palace of Winds, photo stop • Visit Fatehpur Sikri, the ‘Deserted LAND CRUISE City’ built in the late 16th Century 1

PRICES FROM

£469pp

1

6 day India’s Golden Triangle Delhi • Agra • Jaipur Day 1: Arrive Delhi

Day 4: Agra - Fatephur Sikri - Jaipur

On arrival into Delhi International Airport, you will be met and transferred to your chosen city hotel. The rest of the day is at leisure for you to explore the city and get your first taste of India. Standard: Park

Travel to Fatehpur Sikri, also known as the Deserted City. Built in the late 16th Century, this royal city was abandoned after only 14 years. Beautifully preserved, the city is predominantly built of red sandstone and is one of the best examples of Mughal architecture in India. Continue on to Jaipur and check in to your chosen hotel. (B) Standard: Park Regis; Superior:

Plaza Shadhara; Superior: The Suryaa; Deluxe: The Imperial (2 nights)

Day 2: Delhi Set off on a city tour of Old Delhi with a visit to the stunning Jama Masjid, the largest mosque in Asia and the Raj Ghat, a moving memorial to Mahatma Gandhi. That afternoon, take in New Delhi. Visit Humayun’s Tomb, the Qutab Minar (Tower of Victory), and pass by the imposing war memorial, India Gate, continue to the residence of the President, along with various government buildings designed by Edwin Lutyens during the British Raj. (BL)

Day 3: Delhi - Agra Head for Agra (journey time approx. 4-hours). The afternoon will be spent exploring Agra and its world-renowned sites; the magnificent Agra Fort and the enchanting Taj Mahal (closed Fridays). A true monument to love, the Emperor Shah Jahan ordered the Taj Mahal to be built in memory of his beloved wife, Mumtaz Mahal. (B) Standard: The Retreat;

Superior: Radisson Blu; Deluxe: ITC Mughal

1

NIGHTS STAYED

The Lalit; Deluxe: Samode Haveli (2 nights)

Day 5: Jaipur After breakfast, visit the renowned Amber Fort, stopping en route at the famous landmark of Hawa Mahal, also named the Palace of Winds. Perched high on the hillside, the Amber Fort commands extensive views over the surrounding valleys and plains beyond, enjoy a jeep ride along the ramparts. That afternoon, take a tour of the pink city visiting the City Palace Museum. The Museum has a collection of Rajasthani costumes, armoury of Mughals and Rajputs including swords of different shapes and sizes. Also, visit the awe inspiring Jantar Mantar Observatory, a stone astrological and astronomical wonder built by Maharaja Jai Singh in the 18th Century. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£469 per person

Day 6: Jaipur

PRICES INCLUDE

After breakfast, depart for Jaipur airport for your onward flight. (B)

• 5 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 5 breakfasts, 1 lunch • Touring by air-conditioned vehicle • Services of a qualified local Englishspeaking guide • Airport transfers (unguided) & sightseeing as per itinerary excludes ‘optional’ items)

For a supplement from £99 per person, fly from Jaipur to Delhi on day 6.

DEPARTURES Daily (except Wednesdays - Taj Mahal closed Fridays)

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

169


INDIAN SUBCONTINENT INDIA

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS • Marvel at the Blue City of Jodhpur from the vantage point of Mehrangarh Fort • Discover Ranakpur Temple, a hidden gem of intricate Jain architecture • Explore Udaipur, the “city of lakes”

INDEPENDENT TOUR PRICES FROM

£369pp

TOUR DETAILS

5 day Jodhpur & Udaipur Day 1: Jaipur – Jodhpur

Day 3: Jodhpur – Ranakpur - Udaipur

In the morning, depart for Jodhpur known as the “Blue City” (approx 5-hour drive). Upon arrival, check into your hotel and the rest of your day is at leisure.

Set off for Udaipur (approx. 6 - 7 hour drive), en route visit Ranakpur temple, one of the largest and most important Jain Temple complexes in India (audio guide will be provided). Arrive into Udaipur and enjoy time at leisure. (B) Standard: Udai Kothi; Superior: Laxmi

Standard: Park Plaza Hotel; Superior: Indana Palace; Deluxe: Raas (2 nights)

Day 2: Jodhpur

Vilas Palace; Deluxe: Fateh Garh (2 nights)

In the morning, visit the magnificent Mehrangarh Fort, one of Rajasthan’s finest forts, as it looks down protectively over the city from a hilltop. Located a short distance from the fort, just off the fort road, is a white marble memorial to Maharaja Jaswant Singh II, with beautiful marble jali (lattice) work and fine views from the terrace in front of the cenotaphs. That afternoon, experience a memorable outing in jeeps, visiting various traditional villages and seeing their local handicrafts being made. (B)

Day 4: Udaipur The morning’s sightseeing highlights include a visit to the City Palace and Sahelion-ki-Bari. City Palace is composed of 4 major and several minor palaces that form a single façade, overlooking Lake Pichola. Sahelion-ki-Bari, Garden of Maids of Honour, comprises of ornamental fountains, a lotus pool and rose garden. That afternoon take a boat ride on the placid waters of Lake Pichola (subject to water level). (B)

Day 5: Depart Udaipur Your day will be at leisure until your transfer to Udaipur Airport. (B)

PRICES FROM:

£369 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 4 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 4 breakfasts • All transfers, excursions & sightseeing tours by air-conditioned standard vehicle • Local English-speaking guide during sightseeing • Entrance fees to all the monuments as per mentioned in the itinerary.

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

INDEPENDENT TOUR

• Discover India’s colonial past on a walking tour of Shimla • Ride the twisting tracks of the Himalayan Queen toy train • Visit the majestic Golden Temple • Witnessing the ‘Changing of the Guard’ ceremony on the IndoPakistan border

PRICES FROM

TOUR DETAILS

£599pp

PRICES FROM:

6 day Shimla & Amritsar

PRICES INCLUDE

Day 1: Jaipur – Chandigarh – Shimla

Day 4: Shimla – Chandigarh - Amritsar

Fly to Chandigarh, on arrival you will be met and transferred to Shimla. The rest of the day is at leisure.

Transfer to Chandigarh to board the train to Amritsar, arriving late evening. (B) Standard: Holiday Inn

Standard: Woodville Palace; Superior: Radisson Jass; Deluxe: The Oberoi Cecil (3 nights)

Ranjit Avenue; Superior: Hyatt Amritsar; Deluxe: Taj Amritsar (2 nights)

• 5 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 5 breakfasts • Touring by private air-conditioned vehicle • Services of an English-speaking guide • Airport transfers (unguided) and sightseeing as per itinerary • Internal flight and train transfer

Day 2: Shimla

Day 5: Amritsar

Take a walking tour exploring the crumbling remnants of the Raj such as the mock Tudor bungalows, church, library, club and theatre. Continues to the Viceregal lodge and the Jakhu Temple. (B)

Discover the Golden Temple, the most visited tourist attraction in Amritsar. That afternoon travel to the Wagah Border with Pakistan for the famous changing of the guard ceremony. That evening re-visit the Golden Temple for the Palki ceremony (B)

DEPARTURES

Delhi • Shimla • Amritsar

Day 3: Shimla Transfer to Shimla Railway Station for the train to Solan. The track is an engineering marvel and is distinguished as a UNESCO World Heritage Site. (B)

170

£599 per person

Day 6: Depart Amritsar You are free today until your transfer to Amritsar airport for your onward flight. (B)

Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


INDIAN SUBCONTINENT INDIA

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS • Search for the majestic tiger at Ranthambore National Park • Explore Ranthambore and learn about various native animal species

INDEPENDENT TOUR PRICES FROM

TOUR DETAILS

£399pp

PRICES FROM:

4 day Tigers of Ranthambore Day 1: Jaipur - Ranthambore

Day 4: Ranthambore - Delhi

This morning, you will be picked up from your Jaipur hotel and transferred by car to Ranthambore (journey time approximately 3-hours) where the rest of your day will be at leisure. Ranthambore National Park, located in the state of Rajasthan, is part of a successful nationwide conservation project working to protect the native tigers. (LD) Standard: Ranthambore Regency;

Depart early with a packed breakfast to catch the morning express train to Delhi (journey time approximately 5 hours and 30 minutes). On arrival, you will be met and transferred to your city hotel or the International airport. (B)

Superior: Dev Villas (3 nights)

Ranthambore National Park is closed from 1 July to 30 September

£399 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 3 nights’ hotel accommodation • Meals as specified: 3 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 3 dinners • All transfers and transport as specified • 4 jungle safari drives with services of a local naturalist

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent

Days 2 & 3: Ranthambore Jungle Safari Venture into the National Park twice a day on early morning and late afternoon jungle safaris to spot the native wildlife. Your standard vehicle is an open-air bus with capacity for 20 people, however, if you would prefer a smaller vehicle, a Jeep is available on request with an additional cost of approximately £80 per person for the 2 days. (BLD)

GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS • Boat ride on The River Ganges in Varanasi • Explore Varanasi on a guided tour and learn about one of India’s most holy cities.

TOUR DETAILS

INDEPENDENT TOUR

PRICES FROM:

£369 per person

PRICES FROM

£369pp

PRICES INCLUDE

between 3rd Century BC and 11th Century AD were damaged or destroyed. However, amongst the ruins The Dhamek Stupa is the most distinguished. Also visit the museum housing a collection of valuable ancient scriptures and artifacts (museum is closed on Fridays). In the evening witness a Hindu prayer ceremony ‘Aarthi’ on the Ganges River! (B)

• 2 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 2 breakfasts • All transfers, excursions and sightseeing tours will be by air-conditioned vehicles as per itinerary • Boat ride on river Ganges in Varanasi • Services of an English-speaking local guide during sightseeing • Assistance of a representative during arrival and departure transfers at airport • Entrance fees for all included touring

Day 3: Depart Varanasi

DEPARTURES

After breakfast, visit the famous Banaras Hindu University, one of the oldest educational centres of India, founded by Pandit Madan Mohan Malviya in 1917 for the study of Sanskrit, Indian art, culture and music. Continue to New Vishwanath Temple, located within the premises of the University. Also visit Bharat Mata Mandir and Durga Temples, before your transfer to the airport for your onward flight. (B)

Daily

3 day Spiritual Varanasi Day 1: Jaipur - Varanasi Fly to Varanasi and transfer to your hotel, the rest of your day is at leisure. Standard: Radisson Hotel;

Superior: Brijrama Palace; Deluxe: Taj Nadesar Palace (2nights)

Day 2: Varanasi Early morning, enjoy a boat cruise on the River Ganges. The ghats are an incredible sight, at sunrise when thousands of pilgrims bathe in the spiritually cleansing waters. Also referred to as “city of temples and learning”, the culture of Varanasi is deeply associated with the River Ganges. Walk through the narrow streets and alleys; a great opportunity for photos. After breakfast visit Sarnath, where Lord Buddha preached his first sermon and set in motion the Wheel of Law. Several of the Buddhist structures built at Sarnath

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 - 5 stars

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

171


INDIAN SUBCONTINENT INDIA

Lamayuru

1

2

Nubra

4

Leh

Alchi

INDEPENDENT TOUR

Delhi • Leh • Alchi • Lamayuru • Nubra Valley Day 1: Arrive Delhi

Day 6: Alchi - Lamayuru - Leh

You will be met at the airport and escorted to your hotel. The remainder of the day is at leisure. The

Depart early and drive to Lamayuru. Lamayuru is famous for its ancient monasteries, the oldest holy site in Ladakh, and the surrounding landscape which closely resembles the surface of moon. This is where Ladakh gets its name ‘The Moonland’. Later, visit the Rizong monasteries, known as a paradise for meditation due to its isolation and Chulichan nunnery before driving back to Leh. (BLD) Hotel Ladakh

Day 3: Delhi - Leh After breakfast, transfer to the airport for your flight to Leh, where you will be met on arrival and transferred to your hotel. Today is free to acclimatise to the high altitude of Ladakh. (BLD) Hotel Ladakh

Palace

Day 4: Leh & Indus Valley Monasteries After breakfast, drive to the spectacular Thiksey Gompa home to several Buddhist temples. Continue on to Shey Village to visit Shey Palace and Gompa once the residence of the royal family. Next drive to Hemis Gompa, the wealthiest, best known and biggest Gompa of Ladakh. Later, on the way back to Leh visit Stok Palace and Museum, the palace of the banished royal family. Return to Leh in the evening and relax at the hotel. (BLD)

Day 5: Leh - Alchi After breakfast, drive to Alchi with a packed lunch. En route visit, Magnetic Hill, the scenic confluence of the Zanskar and Indus rivers, Basgo Fort, site of a 3-year siege in 1680 and Likir Monastery founded in the 11th Century. On arrival in Alchi, visit Alchi Monastery on the banks of the Indus River and dating back over 1000 years. It is no longer an active religious centre but is looked after by the monks of Likir monastery.

(BLD) Alchi Resort

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

11 day Heritage of Leh & Ladakh

Set off on a morning tour of Old Delhi, visiting the magnificent Red Fort, built by Emperor Shah Jahan in 1648. Opposite the fort are the black and white onion dome and minarets of the Jama Masjid, the most elegant mosque in India. Drive past the ruined fort, Kotla Firoze Shah, then visit Raj Ghat, where Mahatma Gandhi was cremated in 1948. In the afternoon visit  the impressive administrative centre of New Delhi designed by Sir Edward Lutyens. Continue on to Humayun’s Tomb built in 1565, the Qutub Minar, 72 meters high and the ruins of Quwat-ul-Eslam (Light of Islam) Mosque. See Delhi’s most curious antique, the un-corroded Iron Pillar, which dates back to the 4th Century AD. Visit the Birla (Laxmi Narayan) Temple, with its many idols before returning to your hotel. (B)

LAND INDIA NIGHTS STAYED

3

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

£1369pp

Suryaa

1

Delhi

PRICES FROM

Day 2: Delhi

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

• Take a tour of Old & New Delhi • Discover the dramatic rugged LAND mountain RAIL scenery of Ladakh NIGHTS STAYED • Explore remote Tibetan Buddhist monasteries • Travel over Khardungla Pass, the RAIL NIGHTS STAYED worlds highest road. • Visit villages and temples of the LAND spectacular Nubra Valley 1

1

1

AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Palace

Day 7: Leh - Nubra Valley via Khardungla Pass

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Early morning, proceed to the Nubra Valley via the world’s highest motorable road (5602m), Khardungla Pass. Arrive in Nubra by noon and check in to your Hotel/Camp, the evening is at leisure. (BLD) Hotel

Grand Nubra

Day 8: Nubra Valley After breakfast, proceed for a visit to the White Sand Dunes at Hunder where you can enjoy a camel ride (own expense), before visiting Hunder and Diskit monasteries, taking in the spectacular view over the valley below. In the evening trek to Samstaling Monastery. (BLD)

PRICES FROM:

Day 9: Nubra Valley - Leh

PRICES INCLUDE

After breakfast, return to Leh, once again driving via Khardungla Pass. In the evening explore Leh bazaar for souvenirs, and visit Leh Jokhang, the Ladakh Buddhist Association or Leh Mosque. (BLD) Hotel

Ladakh Palace

Day 10: Leh - Delhi This morning, transfer to the airport for your flight to Delhi, the rest of your day is at leisure. (B) Hotel

Pride City

Day 11: Depart Delhi Today is at leisure until your transfer to Delhi airport for your flight. (B) Please note, altitude sickness can affect anyone, of any fitness level. Due to the high altitudes on this tour, a free day is scheduled on arrival in Leh (day 3) to assist with acclimatisation.

TOUR DETAILS

£1369 per person

• 10 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 10 breakfasts, 7 lunches, 7 dinners • All transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary • Services of an English-speaking local guide for all sightseeing and transfers • Inner Line Permits for Nubra • Monument and Monastery entrance fees

DEPARTURES Daily between June - September

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 star plus Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

172


INDIAN SUBCONTINENT

Jaipur

2 1

2

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

INDIA

New Delhi

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Agra Jhansi LAND 1 Khajuraho AIR

2 2

Bandhavgarh 1 NIGHTS STAYED Kanha

Nagpur

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INDEPENDENT TOUR PRICES FROM

£1529pp

11 day North India & Wildlife Tour Delhi • Jaipur • Agra • Khajuraho • Bandavgarh • Kanha • Nagpur Day 1: Arrive Delhi

Day 6: Agra - Khajuraho

You will be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. The remainder of the day is at leisure. Standard:

After an early breakfast, transfer by rail to Jhansi and continue by road to Khajuraho. In the afternoon, visit the temples of Khajuraho, India’s unique gift to the world, representing a paean to life, love and joy: perfect in execution and sublime in expression. Of the 85 original temples, 22 still survive constituting one of the world’s greatest wonders. (B) Standard: Syna

Scarlett Hotel; Superior: Hotel Manor; Deluxe: Hotel Lodhi (2 nights)

Day 2: Delhi After breakfast, enjoy a city tour of New Delhi. Drive past the Presidential Palace, and government buildings then down the main avenue to the war memorial arch, India Gate, the High Court Building and the Old Fort. Then visit Humayun’s Tomb, continue on to the Qutub Minar, and the ruins of Quwat-ul-Eslam (Light of Islam) Mosque, before visiting the Birla (Laxmi Narayan) Temple. In the afternoon, visit old Delhi, drive by the Red Fort; opposite the fort are the black and white onion dome and minarets of the Jama Masjid Mosque. Drive past the ruins of the 14th Century Kotla Firoze Shah Fort then visit Raj Ghat, where Mahatma Gandhi was cremated in 1948. (B)

Day 3: Delhi - Jaipur After breakfast drive to Jaipur, on arrival check into your hotel and relax before an evening, motorised rickshaw ride around the pink city of Jaipur with your knowledgeable guide. (B) Standard: Umaid Bhawan;

Superior: Alsisar Haveli; Deluxe: Samode Haveli (2 nights)

Day 4: Jaipur In the morning, visit the Amber Fort, the former seat of the Rajput rulers of Jaipur. Wander around the beautiful palaces and visit the Shiladevi Temple with its exquisite marble carvings and silver door. In the afternoon, visit the open-air royal observatory Jantar Mantar, with its gigantic, astronomical instruments, the City Palace and Museum stopping by the Hawa Mahal, the Palace of Winds for a photo of this iconic building. (B)

Day 5: Jaipur - Agra After breakfast, drive to Agra en route visiting Fatehpur Sikri, the abandoned red sandstone city built in the 16th Century by the Mughal Emperor Akbar. Continue to Agra and in the afternoon visit the Taj Mahal, with its incredible lacy white grandeur it is perhaps the most perfect architectural monument in the world. Later, visit Agra Fort, situated on the banks of the River Yamuna, another monumental mission accomplished by the great Mughal visionary Emperor Akbar. (B) Standard: The Retreat; Superior: Radisson

Blu; Deluxe: ITC Mughal

Heritage; Superior: Radisson Jass; Deluxe: The Lalit Temple View

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

LAND • Take a tour of Old & New Delhi AIR • Explore Jaipur and visit theRAIL NIGHTS STAYED Amber Fort • Marvel at the architectural LAND perfection of the Taj Mahal CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED • Discover the artistic carvings of the Khajuraho Temples • Go in search of tigers and other exotic wildlife at Bandhavgarh and Kanha 1

1

Day 7: Khajuraho - Bandavgarh After breakfast drive to Bandavgarh; before becoming a National Park in 1968, it was the private reserve of the Maharajas of Rewa. (BD) Standard: Tiger Den;

Superior: Tree House Hideaway; Deluxe: Samode Safari (2 nights)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1529 per person

Day 8: Bandavgarh Enjoy morning and afternoon jungle safaris accompanied by a naturalist. The park has a variety of wildlife including tiger, leopard, sloth bear, gaur, sambar, nilgai and wild pigs. Tigers, although elusive have increased in numbers from less than 10 in 1969 to around 60 today. (BLD)

Day 9: Bandhavgarh - Kanha This morning, drive to Kanha Tiger Reserve, created in 1974, it lies in the Mandla District in the Makai Hills in the eastern part of the Satpura Range – an area brought vividly to life by Rudyard Kipling in the Jungle Book and is still home to a wide array of wildlife. (BLD)

Tuli Tiger Resort; Kings Lodge; Taj Banjara Tola (2 nights)

Day 10: Kanha Enjoy morning and afternoon jungle safaris accompanied by a naturalist. The park is home to 22 species, including monkey, jackal, cheetah, wild pig as well as the more elusive, tiger, dhole (Indian wild dog), sambar and the rarely seen sloth bear, striped hyena and leopard. (BLD)

Day 11: Kanha - Nagpur Transfer by road to Nagpur for your onward flight. Due to transfer times, onward flights should depart after 15:00 (B)

PRICES INCLUDE • 10 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 10 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 4 dinners • All transfers by air conditioned vehicle • Services of an English-speaking local guide during sightseeing • Rickshaw ride Old Delhi • Jeep ride to Amber Fort • Entrance fee to monuments, road taxes, parking fee, fuel charges, interstate taxes • 2 Jungle safari each in Bandhavgarh and Kanha by shared jeep • Train fare in a/c chair car for Agra – Jhansi

DEPARTURES Daily except Mondays as Taj Mahal is closed on a Friday

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

173


INDIAN SUBCONTINENT INDIA

Hassan

Bangalore

1

1

s

2 Mysore

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

2 Ooty

s

1 Periyar

Kochi (Cochin) 2

1 Alleppey

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

INDEPENDENT TOUR

LAND

PRICES FROM

£1059pp

1

11 day Discover Karnataka & Kerala Bangalore • Hassan • Mysore • Ooty • Kochi • Periyar • Kerala Backwaters` Day 1: Arrive Bangalore

Day 6: Ooty

You will be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. The remainder of the day is at leisure. Superior:

Enjoy a full-day tour of Ooty visiting the terraced Botanical Gardens, a famous Ooty landmark; Ooty Lake, stretching in an irregular ‘L’ shape for about 2.75 kms in length. Continue on to the rose garden with beautifully laid out in terraces with rose tunnels, pergolas and bowers with rose creepers. Then visit Dobata Peak, standing at an altitude of 2,623 metres – the highest point in the district, making it possibly the best vantage point around Ooty. (B)

Royal Orchid Central; Deluxe: JW Marriott

Day 2: Bangalore - Hassan Enjoy a city tour of Bangalore, the capital of Karnataka. Visit the Bull Temple, then continue to Mysore Arts and Crafts Centre. Drive through Commercial Street past the magnificent NeoDravidian, Vidhana Soudha, the government secretariat. Time and interest permitting, visit the Lal Bagh gardens. In the afternoon, drive to Hassan, en route visit Shravanabelagola, a prominent centre for Jain art, architecture, religion and culture. (B) Superior: Hoysala Village; Deluxe: Taj

Drive to Kochi, commercial capital of Kerala and the most cosmopolitan of the state’s cities, set on a cluster of islands and narrow peninsula, Kochi perfectly reflects the eclecticism of Kerala. (B) Superior:

Holiday Inn; Deluxe: Taj Malabar (2 nights)

Day 3: Hassan - Mysore

Day 8: Kochi

After breakfast, drive to Mysore, en route visit Belur and Halebid. Belur is situated on the banks of river Yagachi, and was the old capital of the Hoysalas. The town is renowned for its Chennakeshava Temple, one of the finest examples of Hoysala workmanship. Halebid Temple is another great example of temple architecture. Continue on to Mysore the ‘Garden City’.

Take a sightseeing tour of Kochi, visit St. Francis Church, the oldest church in India. Later visit the Chinese fishing nets, lining the entrance to the harbour mouth. In the evening visit the Cochin Culture Centre to witness a Kathakali Dance Performance by local artists. (B)

Day 4: Mysore After breakfast, take a city tour of Mysore. Visit the Maharaja’s Palace, a synthesis of Hindu and Muslim architectural styles. Continue to Chamundi Hill named after the royal family’s patron goddess and the site of summer palaces, an ancient temple and the 16-foot Nandi (Siva’s bull). The view from the hill offers a beautiful panorama of Mysore, also visit Amba Vilas Palace and Sri Chamarajendra Art museum. (B)

Day 5: Mysore - Ooty After breakfast, depart for Ooty the leading hill resort of South India, situated in the heart of Nilgiris (Blue Mountains), at a height of 2,287m, it lies on a plateau and looks like a vast park with a climate similar to summer in England. (B) Superior: Accord Highland;

Deluxe: Taj Savoy (2 nights)

Day 9: Kochi - Periyar After breakfast, drive to Periyar, also known as Thekkady, located about 4 km from Kumili in Idukki district. The very sound of the name conjures up images of elephants, unending chains of hills and spice scented plantations. In the afternoon, visit Periyar Wildlife Sanctuary and enjoy a boat ride on the lake or alternatively visit a spice plantation followed by a Kalaripayattu Martial Art Show. (B) Superior:

Mountain Courtyard; Deluxe: Spice Village

Day 10: Periyar - Kerala Backwaters After breakfast, transfer to Allepey to board a traditional rice barge for an overnight cruise of Kerala’s Backwaters. Enjoy the peace and tranquility of the beautiful backwaters in a Kettuvalom (house boat), converted to beautiful dwellings, with fully furnished bedrooms en suite bathrooms, sundeck, open lounge, kitchenette and a crew comprising of a chef, guide and oarsmen. (BLD) Superior & Deluxe: House Boat

Day 11: Depart Kerala Backwaters After breakfast, disembark & transfer to Kochi airport for your onward flight. Alternatively transfer to Marari Beach to extend your stay, please call for further info. (B)

174

1

1

1

AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Day 7: Ooty - Kochi

Chikmangalore

(B) Standard: JP Fortune; Superior: Radisson Blu (2 nights)

• Discover the intricately carved RAIL CRUISE temples at Belur and Halebid NIGHTS STAYED • Visit the palaces and museums of Mysore, the ‘Garden City’ LAND and • Explore the mountain scenery RAIL tea estates of Ooty NIGHTS STAYED • Kochi’s eclectic multiculturalism • The wildlife and spice plantations RAIL of Periyar NIGHTS STAYED • Relax on a house boat on Kerala’s Backwaters LAND

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1059 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 10 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 10 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 1 dinner • All transfers by private vehicle • Services of an English-speaking local guide during sightseeing • Entrance fee to monuments, road taxes, parking fee, fuel charges, interstate taxes • Tickets to witness Kathkali dance in Cochin • Boat ride in Periyar to view wild life • All presently applicable taxes

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


INDIAN SUBCONTINENT

2

Negombo

1

2

Colombo

2

SMALL GROUP TOUR

6

Kandy

Unawatuna

1

Ella

Udawalawe LAND 1 NIGHTS STAYED

MALDIVES

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

£1699pp

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

SRI LANKA

SRI LANKA

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

• Explore the cultural centre of Sri Lanka, Kandy LAND • View spectacular scenery onboard RAIL a local train through the teaNIGHTS STAYED country • Hike up Little Adams Peak for RAIL 360 degree views NIGHTS STAYED Negombo • Kandy • Ella • Udawalawe • Unawatuna • Cruising the Maldivian Islands • See elephants in their natural habitat in Udawalawe LAND Day 1: Arrive Negombo Day 10: Ambara – Fenboa Finolhu • Discover island paradise in AIR the Arrive Negombo and make your own way to your Cruise across the Meemu Atoll and arrive to Fenboa RAIL hotel. Finolhu, another beautiful uninhabited island. Stay Maldives and snorkel the reefs in NIGHTS STAYED the night with plenty of time to enjoy the beach and Day 2: Negombo - Kandy crystal-clear waters snorkel amongst the reefs. (BLD)

14 day Sri Lanka & Maldives Adventure

1

1

1

Drive to Kandy, visiting a spice plantation en route. Later, visit Temple of the Tooth before enjoying the folk dances of a local cultural group. (BL)

Day 3: Kandy Explore Kandy with a free day. (B)

Day 4: Kandy – Ella Depart Kandy by private vehicle and arrive in the historic town of Nuwara Eliya. Stop for a scenic lakeside picnic lunch. Head to Haputale train station from Nuwara Eliya and resume the journey to Ella via local train. Upon arrival, learn about one of the nation’s most popular exports with a guided tour of a tea factory. (LD)

Day 5: Ella Spend the morning getting active with a hike to Little Adam’s peak. Enjoy free time in the afternoon. Opt to take a cooking class with spice garden tour. (BLD)

Day 6: Ella – Unawatuna Depart early morning for Udawalawe National Park and enjoy a wildlife safari through the reserve. Afterwards, head to the beach town of Unawatuna.

(BD)

Day 7: Unawatuna In the morning, travel to Galle for a tour of the fort and the city. Later, return to Unawatuna for more beach time and a final night with the group. (B)

Day 8: Unawatuna– South Male Atoll

Day 11: Fenboa Finolhu - Dhiggaru Head east towards the island of Djiggaru, stopping along the way to snorkel on a reef, arriving in the late afternoon. Spend the evening enjoying the laidback pace and traditional way of life of the locals. With some luck, get an invitation for an evening performance of Bodu Beru (Big Drum), the traditional folk music of the country. (BLD)

Day 12: Dhiggaru – Felidhu Atholu Head back to Felidhoo Atoll and its administrative centre, Felidhoo. Take time to wander through the village and learn something new about the lives of the islanders. (BLD)

Day 13: Felidhu Atholu – Eboodhoofinolhu Enjoy the longest journey of the trip back through the islands of Felidhoo and South Malé atolls. There are plenty of opportunities to swim and snorkel or to explore the islands en route. The day’s destination is Emboodhu Finolhu, one of the northernmost islands of South Malé Atoll. (BLD)

Day 14: Eboodhoofinolhu – Male In the morning, make the short crossing to Malé. The tour ends on arrival at Malé International Airport. (B)

LAND CRUISE

Optional Pre/Post StayNIGHTS STAYED 1

Add-on nights are available in Negombo. Please call for details.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1699 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 6 nights in hotels or guest houses, 1 night tented camp and 6 nights on a traditional dhoni boat • Meals as specified: 11 breakfasts, 8 lunches and 9 dinners • Shared touring by private vehicle, 4x4, local bus, train and traditional dhoni boat • Services of a Chief Experience Officer (CEO), skipper, crew and local guides • Internal flight and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES

Hop on a flight to Malé for the Maldives portion of your trip. Transfer to South Malé Atoll. Settle in, and set sail on a voyage of discovery. (B)

2019: Jan 11, 25; Feb 1, 8, 15, 22; Mar 1, 8, 15, 22, 29; Apr 5, 12, 19, 26; Sep 6, 13, 20, 27; Oct 4, 11, 18, 25; Nov 1, 8, 15, 22, 29; Dec 20

Day 9: South Male Atoll – Ambara

TOUR STYLE: Small Group (Classic)

After a relaxed start, continue to the southernmost point of South Malé Atoll before crossing the channel to Felidhoo Atoll. Reach the idyllic uninhabited island of Ambara by early afternoon. Enjoy the rest of the day at the beach or snorkelling the crystal-clear waters around the island. (BLD)

GROUP SIZE: 8 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

175


INDIAN SUBCONTINENT SRI LANKA

1

RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

SRI LANKA

Dambulla

Sigiriya

2

1

Negombo

2

1

Colombo

Negombo • Dambulla • Sigiriya • Kandy • Bandarawela • Yala National Park • Mirissa • Galle • Colombo Day 1: Negombo

Day 6: Bandarawela

Welcome to Sri Lanka. Known as the ‘Pearl of the Indian Ocean’, the island offers travellers palmstudded beaches, rolling plantations, and sacred sights steeped in spirituality. With charming people, mysterious ruins and some of the best cuisine in the world, Sri Lanka’s hypnotic essence will remain with you long after you return home.

In the morning, you will take a picturesque train ride to the town of Bandarawela. Journey past waterfalls, little villages and up through the mountains on the scenic railway to this town in the cool highlands, once popular with British plantation managers. (BD)

Day 4: Kandy Located high on a cliff face are the impressive Dambulla Cave temples. You will have time to explore these and admire the many Buddha images, frescoes and paintings. Kandy is a pleasant city surrounded by lush green countryside, and it’s home to a picturesque lake, old shops, a bustling market and some great restaurants. That evening observe locals worshiping in Kandy’s Dalada Maligawa (Temple of the Tooth), one of Sri Lanka’s most sacred shrines that houses a Tooth Relic of the Lord Buddha. (BL)

Day 5: Kandy In the morning you’ll enjoy a guided walk around Kandy’s peaceful city centre, including a tour of the Central Market. The rest of the day is free for you to explore. (BD)

176

Yala National Park 2

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

12 day Real Food Adventure

After breakfast, drive to Sigiriya. Here, you will have the opportunity to climb to the top of the rock to witness its elaborate ancient fortress complex. The 200 metre high ancient remains of a defensive capital built by a fearful king, ‘Lion’s Rock’ houses dynamic 5th Century frescos, terraced gardens and splashing fountains. Next, observe age-old traditions at a nearby chena cultivation area, one of the oldest forms of agriculture known to humans. (BL)

LAND BandarawelaCRUISE 1 NIGHTS STAYED

Mirissa

£1429pp

Day 3: Dambulla

2 1

Galle

PRICES FROM

In the morning, wake early and catch the action at the Negombo fish market. The market is situated at the northern end of a lagoon renowned for lobsters, crabs and prawns. Weave through stalls piled with shark, squid, barracuda and unheard of sea creatures as the sellers call out their wares, and get a great insight into local commerce. Head inland to Dambulla, home to vibrantly decorated cave-temples and a great base to explore the wide array of natural wonders and historic sites in this fascinating area. Your evening is free to explore. (BL)

Kandy

1

SMALL GROUP TOUR

Day 2: Dambulla

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Day 7: Bandarawela Rise early for an easy walk through the verdant surrounds of the region’s tea plantations. Learn about the country’s most important export at the tea factory, one of the oldest in the area. (BL)

Day 8: Yala National Park Drive to the wilderness of Yala National Park. The park has an impressive array of wildlife, including sloth bears and lots of birds. (BD)

• Witness the amazing Sri Lankan seafood on offer at the Negombo seafood market • Spend time with welcoming locals keen to share the mysteries of Sri Lankan cuisine – learn to cook Tamil, Sinhalese and Bergher dishes in their homes • Sri Lanka will spoil your senses as you taste traditional flavour filled curries and sweet desserts whilst looking at banquets of rainbow spices, vibrant vegetables and colourful sambol

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1429 per person

Day 9: Mirissa Start the day sweetly discovering 2 of Sri Lanka’s favourite ingredients. Try buffalo curd, served in bright terracotta pots with thick, golden treacle, often eaten as a snack, as an accompaniment to meals or as a desert. En route to the beautiful beach village of Mirissa, discover the Muslim influence on Sri Lankan food with dishes like biryani and watalappam at lunch in Hambantota. (BL)

Day 10: Mirissa Meet with a local fisherman and learn about their craft, and how their lives have changed after the tsunami. In the evening take a tour of the Royal Dutch Fort, exploring the winding passageways, maze of gallery-filled narrow streets and 400 years of rich history. (BL)

Day 11: Colombo Head north for the final stop on this gastronomic adventure to Sri Lanka’s commercial heart, Colombo. The city is a cosmopolitan mix of vibrant street markets, colonial buildings, interesting museums, fine restaurants and great shopping opportunities. (BL)

PRICES INCLUDE • 11 nights’ hotel accommodation • Meals as specified: 10 breakfasts, 7 lunches, 3 dinners • Transportation throughout tour, private vehicle, safari vehicle and train • Services of a qualified English-speaking guide throughout • Transfer and sightseeing as per itinerary (excludes ‘optional’ items)

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 1, 4, 8, 15, 18, 22, 29; Feb 5, 8, 12, 19, 26; Mar 5, 8, 12, 19, 22, 26, 29; Apr 9, 12, 16, 19, 23, 30; May 7, 21; Jun 4, 11, 25; Jul 2, 9, 16, 23, 30; Aug 6, 13, 20, 27; Sep 3, 10, 17, 24; Oct 1, 15, 29; Nov 12, 19, 26; Dec 3, 10, 17, 24, 27, 31

TOUR STYLE: Small Group

Day 12: Colombo

GROUP SIZE: 12 max

The trip will conclude on the morning of day 12. There are no activities planned for the final day and you are free to leave at any time.

PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


Bay of Bengal

NIGHTS STAYED

1

INDIAN SUBCONTINENT 1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

(3 nights’ Dambulla or Sigiriya)

Anuradhapura

Sigiriya Dambulla

3

3

Polonnaruwa

2

Kandy 1

Nuwara Eliya

Airport Colombo

1

Udawalawe 1

(1 night Yala or Udawalawe)

Yala

1

LAND RAIL Indian NIGHTS Ocean STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRIVATE TOUR PRICES FROM

£699pp

SRI LANKA

SRI LANKA

• Climb Sigiriya, or Lion Rock, Sri Lanka’s most eye-catching LAND landmark AIR RAIL • Explore the ancient ruins and NIGHTS STAYED temples of Sri Lanka’s first and second capitals of Anuradhapura LAND CRUISE and Polonnaruwa NIGHTS STAYED • The ancient city of Kandy, home to Temple of the Sacred Tooth Relic • Choose to visit one of Sri Lanka’s, 2 most famous National Parks, Udawalawe or Yala 1

8 day Discover Sri Lanka Dambulla • Anuradhapura • Polonnaruwa • Sigiriya • Kandy • Nuwara Eliya • Yala/ Udawalawe • Galle Day 1: Colombo - Sigiriya/Dambulla

popular hill resort. (B) Standard: Galway Forest;

On arrival in Colombo, your tour will commence with a drive to the Cultural Triangle of Sri Lanka, stopping en route to taste the sweet pineapple of this region. The remainder of your day is at leisure. Standard:

Day 7: Nuwara Eliya - Yala or Udawalawe

Kassapa Lion Rock Hotel; Superior: Green Paradise; Deluxe: Cinnamon Lodge (3 nights)

Day 2: Anuradhapura & Dambulla In the morning, enjoy a visit to a Sri Lankan village and then perhaps take an optional excursion to Anuradhapura, the first capital of Sri Lanka or visit Hiriwadunna Village which includes a catamaran boat ride and bullock cart ride. In the afternoon, visit the Dambulla Rock Temple, a World Heritage Site hosting the most impressive of Sri Lanka’s cave temples with the largest area of wall paintings in the world, or perhaps take an optional jeep safari at Minneriya National Park, home to the largest gathering of wild elephants in the world. The best time to enjoy this jeep safari is from August to December. (Optional touring cannot be combined) (B)

Day 3: Polonnaruwa & Sigiriya Drive to Polonnaruwa, the second capital of Sri Lanka, before a late afternoon climb to the Sigiriya Rock Fortress. Also known as Lion Rock, towering high over the surrounding plain and home to an ancient fortress that dates back over 1,500 years, enjoy exceptional views as you look out over the old moat, ramparts and water garden that surround the base of the rock. (B)

Superior: St Andrews Hotel; Deluxe: Grand Hotel Enjoy a scenic drive through the hill country to either Udawalawe or Yala to start your chosen wildlife safari. Yala boasts one of the highest-density leopard populations in the world and sightings are commonplace. In Udawalawe you’ll visit the Elephant Transit Home for orphaned elephants before taking a jeep safari to see the animals in their natural wild surroundings. (B)

Superior: Topaz Hotel; Deluxe: Grand Kandyan (2 nights)

Day 5: Kandy Relax and wander around the lake and the streets of Kandy, the last capital of the Sri Lankan kings. In the afternoon, take a peaceful stroll around the Royal Botanical Gardens. (B)

Day 6: Kandy - Nuwara Eliya Take a magical train journey (weather and availability permitting, optional extra) through Sri Lanka’s tea country, an unforgettable way to see the local hill villages. In Nuwara Eliya, visit a tea factory and continue to explore the scenery of Sri Lanka’s most

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£699 per person

Day 8: Yala or Udawalawe - Galle - Colombo

PRICES INCLUDE

Drive from either Yala or Udawalawe National Parks to the city of Galle where you can wander the streets and discover one of the best examples of a living fortified city built by Europeans in South Asia. Continue your journey back to Colombo or transfer to the beach hotel of your choice. (B) Note: Due to the movements of the wildlife it may be necessary to change the itinerary whilst in Sri Lanka. Yala National Park is closed for approx. 6 wks in Sep/ Oct, therefore jeep safaris will operate to Udawalawe during this time.

DEPARTURES

FEATURED IN YOUR ITINERARY

• 7 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 7 breakfasts • Touring by private air-conditioned vehicle • Services of an English-speaking chauffeur guide • Airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Day 4: Sigiriya - Kandy Set off for your 2-night stay in Kandy, visiting a spice garden en route. In the evening, see the Temple of the Sacred Tooth Relic, Sri Lanka’s most important Buddhist relic, and enjoy a colourful cultural show with traditional dancing. (B) Standard: Hilltop Hotel;

1

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars

CINNAMON LODGE Cinnamon Lodge is located in the heart of Sri Lanka’s Cultural Triangle and sprawls over 27 acres of lush forest land. 137 chalets are designed to provide privacy and comfort for a most relaxing stay.

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay After a busy week exploring, enjoy a relaxing break on the Sri Lanka south or west coast with its golden beaches. Add-on nights are available in the beach hotel of your choice. Please call for details.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

177


NIGHTS STAYED

1

Bay of Bengal

INDIAN SUBCONTINENT SRI LANKA

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

SRI LANKA 1

Kandy 2

Airport

Nuwara Eliya

Horton Plains Udawalawe 1

1

LAND RAIL Yala NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

Galle Indian Ocean

PRIVATE TOUR

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

£579pp

• Visit the Temple of the Sacred Tooth Relic in Kandy • 2 nights at the heart of SriLAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED Lanka’s hill country • Unique train journey to the renowned Ceylon tea plantations • Go leopard spotting on safari in Yala National Park • Jeep safari and visit the Elephant Transit Home • Walk the ramparts of Galle Fort, a World Heritage Site 1

6 day Sri Lanka Scenic & Wildlife Tour Kandy • Nuwara Eliya • Horton Plains • Udawalawe National Park • Yala National Park • Galle Day 1: Colombo – Kandy

Day 6: Yala – Galle

On arrival at Colombo International Airport, meet your guide and transfer to Kandy, stopping en route for a taste of tropical pineapples. In the World Heritage Site of Kandy, you’ll enjoy a tour of this last bastion of the Sri Lankan Kings and an evening visit to the Temple of the Sacred Tooth Relic for a traditional ceremony.

Continue to the fortified old town of Galle, a city best explored on foot; be sure not to miss Galle Fort a famous Unesco World Heritage Site. Your tour ends as you transfer to the airport or your chosen beach hotel. (B) Note: Yala National Park is closed for approx. 6 weeks in Sep/Oct, jeep safaris will operate to Bundala or Udawalawe during this time.

(Touring subject to arrival time) Standard: Hilltop Hotel;

Superior: Topaz Hotel; Deluxe: Grand Kandyan

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£579 per person

Day 2: Kandy – Nuwara Eliya Enjoy a visit to the Royal Botanical Gardens and a Ceylon tea factory, continue on to Nuwara Eliya for a 2-night stay. The region is home to Sri Lanka’s highest mountain, Pidurutalagala and is known as ‘Little England’ because of its mountain climate and scenery.

PRICES INCLUDE • 5 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 5 breakfasts • Touring by private air-conditioned vehicle • Services of an English-speaking chauffeur guide • Airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

(B) Standard: Hill Club; Superior: St Andrews Hotel; Deluxe: Grand Hotel (2 nights)

Day 3: Horton Plains & Tea Country Train Journey Take an early morning hike in Horton Plains National Park, a plateau of grasslands usually only visible before 10:00 due to heavy mist that engulfs the area. See the sheer drop at ‘Worlds End’, and board a train (weather and availability permitting) for a journey through Sri Lanka’s tea country. (B)

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent

Day 4: Nuwara Eliya - Udawalawe National Park Begin with a scenic drive through the hill country and stop at the spectacular waterfall of Rawana Ella, site of the mythical kidnapping of Princess Sitha of India. Later, venture out on a jeep safari through Udawalawe National Park, known for its abundant elephant population. (B) Standard: Elephant Trails; Superior:

GROUP SIZE: 2+

FEATURED IN YOUR ITINERARY

Centuria Inn; Deluxe: Grand Udawalawe Enjoy a visit to Yala National Park, popular due to its dense leopard population and opportunities to see elephants, crocodiles, and many species of bird. (B)

178

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Day 5: Udawalawe National Park - Yala

Standard: Chandrika Hotel; Superior: Jetwing Yala; Deluxe: Cinnamon Wild

PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Optional Pre/Post Stay GRAND UDAWALAWE Grand Udawalawe on the edge of Udawalawe National Park is designed to preserve the natural ambience and beauty of the jungle in which it is situated.

After a busy week exploring, enjoy a relaxing break on the Sri Lanka south or west coast with its golden beaches. Add-on nights are available in the beach hotel of your choice. Please call for details.


1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

INDIAN SUBCONTINENT

Wilpattu 1 National Park

SRI LANKA

SRI LANKA Thirappane Sigiriya

2

Passikudah LAND RAIL 2 CRUISE Oya 1 Gal NIGHTS STAYED National 1 Park

Polonnaruwa 1

Kotugoda

INDEPENDENT TOUR

Kandy

1

PRICES FROM

£3099pp

11 day Beautiful Sri Lanka Colombo • Kotugoda • Wilpattu National Park • Sigiriya • Thirappane • Polonnaruwa • Passikudah • Gal Oya • Haputale • Kandy Day 1: Colombo to Kotugoda

Day 7: Passikudah - Gal Oya

Arrive on our Paradise isle and proceed to Kotugoda. You have just arrived so we suggest you take it easy today. Plunge yourself into the refreshing pool and spend the afternoon relaxing with a good book and a cup of Ceylon tea in the beautiful gardens of this superb colonial manor house. The Wallawwa

After a leisurely breakfast, proceed to Gal Oya. After lunch, set off on a game drive at Galoya National Park, one of the less explored parks in Sri Lanka but with an abundance of wildlife. For the more adventurous, park walks are also possible and your naturalist will help you to spot the flora and fauna. (BLD) Gal Oya Lodge

Day 2: Kotugoda - Wilpattu National Park

Day 8: Gal Oya - Haputale

After breakfast, proceed to Wilpattu National Park in time for lunch. In the afternoon, enjoy a game drive; the Park is popular for its sightings of majestic elephants, lithe leopards, spotted deer, sloth bears and gigantic crocodiles. Also, bear witness to striking flocks of peacocks, painted storks, jungle fowl and mongooses. (BLD) Mahoora Explorer

Start early today if you are interested in watching the sun rise over the hills in the distance, observing the never ending jungle canopy below from the top of Monkey Mountain. Return to the hotel and set off to Haputale after a sumptuous breakfast. Arrive at the bungalow in time for lunch. Rest of the day at leisure or explore the stunning surroundings in the afternoon.

Day 3: Wilpattu National Park - Sigiriya Thirappane

(BLD) Thotalagala Plantation Bungalow

After an early breakfast, enjoy another game drive before heading to the Cultural Triangle. En route visit Sigiriya Rock Fortress, an 8th Wonder of the World, it is a rare jewel among many Sri Lankan treasures. (BD)

After breakfast, proceed to visit the Lipton Seat, one of the highest look-out points in Sri Lanka; it is named after Sir Thomas Lipton, the Scottish tea-baron. The walk up is pleasant owing to the mild climate, walk the paved roads adjoining the tea factory across lush tea plantations. If interested visit Dambatenna Tea Factory before returning to the bungalow for lunch, then late afternoon enjoy high tea in the gardens of Sir Thomas Lipton’s residence. (BLD)

Ulagalla Resort (2 nights)

Day 4: Thirappane Enjoy a day at leisure or if interested visit Anuradhapura, the first capital of ancient Ceylon on an optional tour. Although limited to picturesque ruins today, this sacred city was the epicentre of the country’s civilization during the medieval era and is renowned for its many religious and archaeological sites. Ulagalla Resort has a wide array of activities for their discerning guests, it’s time to explore and enjoy.

(BD)

Day 5: Thirappane - Polonnaruwa Passikudah After breakfast, proceed to Polonnaruwa. Once the site of Sri Lanka’s second medieval capital, Polonnaruwa, enthrals its visitors with a timeless reflection of the country’s glorious history. The quaint landscapes studded with sites of archaeological importance are all well preserved. Thereafter, proceed to Passikudah. (B)

After breakfast, proceed to Kandy, referred to as the hill capital. Sri Dalada Maligawa that houses the Sacred Tooth Relic of Buddha, remains the prime landmark. Apart from the ancient monuments, the delightful jumble of antique shops and the bustling market are places to visit. In the afternoon enjoy a personalised city tour in Kandy. Later, explore the temple of the Sacred Tooth Relic. (B) The Theva

Residency

Day 11: Kandy - Colombo Airport

Uga Bay (2 nights)

After breakfast, visit Peradeniya Botanical Gardens, dating back to medieval times but much changed over the colonial and industrial eras. Thereafter, proceed to Colombo Airport. Onward flights should be booked no earlier

Day: 6 Passikudah

than 18:00 (B)

It’s time to enjoy the Indian Ocean! Passikudah, the unspoilt beauty of the paradisiacal coasts – the white, sandy beaches and the calm, turquoise waters are unrivalled. Coastlines are shallow and currents are comparatively weak, considered a perfect and safe locale for swimming. (B)

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

LAND Haputale RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Stay in some of Sri Lanka’s best boutique luxury hotels LAND CRUISE • Explore Wilpattu NationalNIGHTS Park, STAYED the biggest in Sri Lanka • Visit Sri Lanka’s cultural highlights Sigiriya, Polonnaruwa and Kandy • Relax and unwind in Passikudah on Sri Lanka’s glorious east coast • Discover the wildlife of Gal Oya National Park, away from the crowds • Enjoy the peace, tranquility and beauty of Sri Lanka’s hill country 1

TOUR DETAILS

Day 9: Haputale

Day 10: Haputale - Kandy

1

2

Colombo

PRICES FROM:

£3099 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 10 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar (inc. 1 night luxury tent) • Meals as specified, 10 breakfasts, 4 lunches, 6 dinners • Transfers and tours with local Englishspeaking driver guide in private airconditioned vehicles • All entrance fees and boat fees as mentioned in the programme

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

179


HIGHLIGHTS •T  HE MAJESTY OF A CRUISE ALONG CHINA’S MIGHTY YANGTZE RIVER •C  LOSE UP ENCOUNTERS WITH ELEPHANTS IN THAILAND – VISIT A UNIQUE CONSERVATION PROJECT • THE STRIKING BEAUTY OF MOUNT FUJI AND THE BLOSSOMFRAMED TEMPLES OF KYOTO • SUNRISE OVER THE MAGICAL, JUNGLE-COVERED TEMPLES OF ANGKOR WAT IN CAMBODIA 180

• TAKE THE ‘ROAD TO MANDALAY’ FOR A UNIQUE CRUISE ON THE AYEYARWADDY RIVER IN MYANMAR • IN VIETNAM SAMPLE SOME OF ASIA’S FINEST CUISINE, DRAMATIC LANDSCAPES AND ANCIENT TEMPLES • DISCOVER MOONLIKE LANDSCAPES OF ACTIVE VOLCANO GUNUNG BROMO IN INDONESIA


NORTH KOREA Beijing

Seoul JAPAN

SOUTH KOREA

ASIA PACIFIC Qingdao

Nagoya

Pusan

Tokyo

Kyoto

Osaka

Cheju Island

Xian

Nanjing

Suzhou

Shanghai CHINA

Wuhan

Hangzhou

Chengdu Chongqing Zhongdian Lijiang

Taipei Guilin

Dali

Guangzhou

Kunming

Macau

MYANMAR (BURMA)

Sapa VIETNAM Hanoi

Golden Triangle

Mandalay

Chiang Rai

Takayama Nagoya

Hong Kong

Hainan Island Banave Baguio

Vientiane Hue Da Nang Hoi An

Yangon THAILAND

Siem Reap

Bangkok

CAMBODIA

Pattaya Cha-Am Hua Hin

Koh Samui

Osaka

Zhanjiang

LAOS

Chiang Mai

JAPAN Tokyo

Kyoto Hiroshima

Luang Prabang

Bagan Mae Hong Son

TAIWAN

Manila

PHILIPPINES Nha Trang

Boracay

Dalat Phnom Penh Phan Thiet Chau Doc Saigon (Ho Chi Minh City)

Cebu

Davao

Khao Lak Krabi Phuket

Kota Kinabalu

Langkawi Penang

Sandakan

BRUNEI

Kota Bharu Kuala Terengganu

MALAYSIA

Pangkor Medan

Kuantan Kuala Lumpur Malacca SINGAPORE Bintan

MALAYSIA Kuching

Kalimantan (Indonesia)

Padang

SUMATRA INDONESIA

Jakarta

Java

Surabaya Bali

Komodo Lombok

BOUTIQUE ASIA Get under the skin of your chosen destination with our new Boutique Asia tours. With carefully curated boutique and unique hotels, and flexible touring options to fit your interests; see the best the country has to offer with the option to get off the beaten path.

CHINA UP CLOSE Glimpse some of the wonders of this mammoth country, from modern Shanghai to old Beijing. See all the iconic attractions as you view the lifesize Terracotta Warriors, walk the Great Wall of China, and visit the giant pandas of Chengdu.

OFF THE BEATEN TRACK IN INDOCHINA & MYANMAR In Laos, soak up the charm of Vientiane, bathe in the Kuang Si Falls, or perhaps visit a bear sanctuary. The fascinating temples of Myanmar’s Bagan are an

unforgettable sight, jutting out of the morning mist, while a cruise on Inle Lake reveals stilted villages ‘floating’ atop the water.

THAILAND’S UNDISCOVERED SECRETS Explore the green hill terrain of the Golden Triangle, where the borders of Thailand, Myanmar and Laos converge. Experience the warm hospitality of the hilltribes, feed the monkeys, watch elephants as they take a playful morning bath, try a cookery class, or take a long-tailed boat along the Mekong River.

BORNEO RAINFOREST ADVENTURES Hike jungle trails along the river, take a longboat cruise, swim under cool, clear waterfalls, and encounter rare wildlife such as proboscis monkeys, wild boar and monitor lizards.

181


ASIA MYANMAR

MYANMAR (BURMA)

Ayeyarwaddy River Bagan 3 (Pagan) Kalaw

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1 1

3

1

Mandalay

2

Inle Lake

Bay of Bengal Yangon 2 (Rangoon)

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS LAND NIGHTS STAYED LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1 1

SMALL GROUP TOUR

• G Adventures for Good: LinkAge LAND Restaurant, Yangon AIR LAND NIGHTS STAYED AIR • Tour of Mandalay NIGHTS STAYED • Boat trip and tour of Mingun LAND village RAIL LAND CRUISE Sagaing and the ancient city RAIL • Visit NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE ofNIGHTS Amarapura STAYED • Irrawaddy River boat trip • Guided tour of Bagan LAND RAIL LAND archaeological zone NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Visit Shwe Yan Pyay Monastery • Tour Nyaung Shwe by trishaw RAIL • Boat tour of Inle Lake including NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED floating villages and markets • Visit a cheroot factory LAND AIR LAND • Visit Phaung Daw Oo Pagoda and RAIL AIR NIGHTS STAYED the Nge Phe Chaung Monastery RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Tour Shwedagon Pagoda 1 1

PRICES FROM

£2099pp

1 1

12 day The Heart of Myanmar

1 1

1 1

Yangon • Mandalay • Bagan • Inle Lake • Kalaw Day 1: Yangon Hotel Yangon

the trees and harvest the juice of the palm fruit and then process it into alcohol or molasses. You have the option to take a hot-air balloon flight over the plains of Bagan. (B)

Day 2: Yangon - Mandalay

Day 8: Bagan - Inle Lake

Fly to Mandalay and explore this ancient city, including the Golden Palace Monastery, Kuyuk Taw Gyi and Kuthodaw Pagodas, and Mahamuni Temple. Climb Mandalay Hill for magnificent views of the surrounding area. (B) Mandalay Hill Resort (3 nights)

In the morning, you’ll fly from Bagan to Heho and then travel by road to Nyaung Shwe, the gateway village to Inle Lake. Along the way, stop at the wooden Shwe Yan Pyay Monastery, which features beautiful carvings and a collection of Buddha images. Also, visit around Nyaung Shwe by cycle rickshaw, passing the many monasteries and cruising along quiet residential streets. (B) Amata Resort (2 nights)

On arrival into Yangon, you will be met and transferred to your hotel. The rest of the day is at leisure. Sedona

Days 3 & 4: Mandalay Take a boat trip up the Irrawaddy, enjoying the picturesque River, to the village of Mingun, visit the pagodas and local craftspeople. Continue on to the spiritual centre of Myanmar at Sagaing and the ancient royal capital of Amarapura. Continue your exploration of Mandalay on day 4 and enjoy some free time (B)

Day 5: Mandalay - Bagan After breakfast, transfer to the jetty for your boat; relax and enjoy the sights on a full-day cruise down the Irrawaddy River to Bagan. (B) Myanmar Treasure

Resort (3 nights)

Day 6: Bagan Explore the ancient sites of Bagan, founded in the 11th Century and one the most important temple complexes in Asia. Visits include Shwezigon Pagoda, Gubyaukgyi cave temple, and Manuha and Nan Paya temples. Also visit Kyan Sithar Umin monastery where you’ll have a talk with a monk on Buddhism and daily life. (B)

Day 7: Bagan Travel to the outskirts of town to a village in the middle of a toddy palm farm. Watch as the locals scale

Day 9: Inle Lake Explore the lake by boat and visit the morning market, floating villages, and a cheroot factory, as well as Phaung Daw Oo pagoda and Inthien temple complex. Along the way, visit the home of a local chef, learn the basics of Burmese cooking and relax in this charming setting on Inle Lake enjoying a scrumptious homecooked meal. (BL)

Day 10: Inle Lake - Kalaw Travel by boat and bus to the cooler air of this former British hill station. (B) Dream Mountain Resort

Day 11: Kalaw - Yangon Fly back to Yangon and visit the stunning Shwedagon Pagoda, then take some free time to explore and shop in the old capital. That night, enjoy a lecture and farewell dinner at a G Adventures for Good supported project; LinkAge Restaurant. This social enterprise, trains local youth for careers in the hospitality industry. (BD) Sedona Hotel Yangon

Day 12: Yangon The day is free at leisure until it is time to make your own way to the airport. (B)

1 1

1 1

LAND CRUISE LAND NIGHTS STAYEDeographic CRUISE ational NIGHTS STAYED

N

G

Journeys Exclusives

• Kyan Sithar Umin Monastery Visit, Bagan • Burmese Cooking Demonstration, Inle Lake • Yangon Talk and Dinner, Yangon

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2099 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 11 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 11 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 1 dinner • Services of an experienced Chief Experience Officer (CEO) and local guides • Touring by Private bus/van, plane, boat and walking • Sightseeing and touring as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 18, Feb 11; Mar 11; Oct 14; Nov 18; Dec 16

TOUR STYLE: National Geographic Journeys GROUP SIZE: 16 max PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

182


ASIA MYANMAR

CHINA

INDIA MYANMAR (BURMA)

Mandalay ▲

Bagan (Pagan)

4

Inle Lake

THAILAND ▲

Bay of Bengal Yangon 3 (Rangoon) 1 1

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

CRUISE TOUR PRICES FROM

£2299pp

1 1

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

LAND NIGHTS STAYED LAND NIGHTS STAYED

• Cruise the river aboard Belmond Road to Mandalay luxuriousLAND ship AIR LAND NIGHTS STAYED AIR • Conjure up Myanmar’s bygone NIGHTS STAYED colonial era with a stay at Belmond Governor’s Residence in LAND RAIL LAND Yangon CRUISE RAIL CRUISE STAYED • Explore Myanmar’s ancientNIGHTS NIGHTS STAYED capital of Bagan 1 1

8 day Belmond Road to Mandalay

1 1

Yangon • Bagan • Mingun • Sagaing • Mandalay 1

Days 1 & 2: Yangon Arrive into Yangon and transfer to Belmond Governor’s Residence, a romantic, colonial-style mansion dating from the 1920s. Set in a verdant garden dotted with lotus pools, this Belmond hotel lies in the elegant Embassy Quarter of Yangon. There’s free time to explore the majestic Shwedagon Pagoda at your leisure, and then retire at the end of the day to relax in teak armchairs on the fan-cooled verandas.

(B)* *breakfast on day 2 only

Day 3: Yangon – Bagan Fly to Bagan, where you will be met by your guide to visit the main pagodas, Ananda and Sulamani, interspersed with a visit to Nyaung-U local market. Transfer to Taung Be Village in Old Bagan, where Belmond Road to Mandalay is berthed. Enjoy lunch onboard and meet the crew before disembarking for a “sunset tour” to watch the breathtaking vista of the sun setting over the temple-strewn plain. Back on board, enjoy an aperitif in the Piano Bar before dinner, followed by a traditional Burmese performance in the Observation Lounge. (BLD)

Day 4: Bagan – Cruising After breakfast, set out with your guide to explore Bagan’s local market at Nyaung Oo, selling wood carvings, fabrics and rattan goods, and visit Myanmar’s famous lacquerware being crafted. For the more energetic, enjoy a guided mountain bike tour or join a guide for a morning tour of Bagan including a visit to the famous Shwezigon Pagoda and the Lo-Min-Lo Pagoda. For those wanting a more relaxing morning, a private tour in a typical horse and cart can be arranged. Your ship will set sail later that morning for its cruise north towards Mandalay. Relax on the top deck and watch the river life glide by or join an onboard lecture explaining the fascinating local places and customs, followed by afternoon tea. In the evening, enjoy a barbeque dinner on the Observation Deck (weather permitting) and a very special afterdinner event. (BLD)

Day 5: Mingun After breakfast, enjoy a lecture and cookery demonstration on the Observation Deck. After lunch, journey onwards upriver past the beautiful pagodatopped hills of Sagaing, the bustling river banks of Mandalay City before arriving at Mingun, home to the world’s largest un-cracked bell and pagoda

1

of King Bodawpaya. After a guided tour, return to Belmond Road to Mandalay for dinner and evening entertainment; a traditional Burmese performance.

(BLD)

1 1

Day 6: Sagaing & Mandalay At sunrise depart for a pretty, 10-minute walk into the village to reach the entrance of the Shwe Kyet Yet Pagoda. Here, staff will donate food to a procession of monks from the local monastery in accordance with the Burmese custom of almsgiving. Depart for the short drive across the Yatanabon Bridge, built in 2005, to reach the hills of Sagaing, the spiritual centre of Myanmar and home to hundreds of pagodas and numerous monasteries, nunneries and Buddhist learning centres. Enjoy expansive views from the high vantage point of the Soon U Ponya Shin Pagoda, before visiting a silverware workshop for which Sagaing is also famous for. After lunch you will leave for the afternoon tour of Mandalay. Your tour will include the Kuthodaw Pagoda (“the world’s biggest book”), the atmospheric Shwenandaw Monastery and a visit to see the highly revered gold-encrusted Buddha at the Mahamuni Temple. The tour itinerary may be subject to change according to circumstances. The tour will finish in the afternoon with sunset at the famous 200 year old “U Bein’s Bridge”, one of Myanmar’s most photographed sites. Return to the ship to prepare for your Farewell Dinner and evening entertainment on the observation deck. (BLD)

Day 7: Mandalay – Yangon After an early breakfast, transfer to Mandalay Airport for your return flight to Yangon where you’ll be met and transferred back to Belmond Governor’s Residence for a final evening of colonial splendour. (B)

1 1

1 1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

LAND RAIL LAND NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED LAND CRUISE LAND NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

£2299 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ accommodation (3 nights’ hotel, 4 nights’ cruise) • Meals as specified: 7 breakfasts, 4 lunches, 4 dinners • Services of a qualified English-speaking guide throughout • Airport transfers & sightseeing as detailed • Internal flights as specified between Yangon/Bagan/Mandalay/Yangon

DEPARTURES

Day 8: Depart Yangon

Selected departures throughout the year. Please call for details.

Check out in the morning and transfer to Yangon Airport for your onward flight. (B)

TOUR STYLE: Cruise GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

183


ASIA MYANMAR

1

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED INDIA

CHINA MYANMAR (BURMA)

LAND NIGHTS STAYEDAyeyarwaddy River ▲

2

Mandalay ▲

Heho

Bagan 2 (Pagan)

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

Inle Lake

THAILAND

Bay of Bengal

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

INDEPENDENT TOUR

1

PRICES FROM

8 day Essential Myanmar Yangon • Bagan • Mandalay • Amarapura • Ava • Sagaing • Heho • Inle Lake Day 1: Arrive Yangon

Day 6: Mandalay - Inle Lake

Transfer to your hotel and embark on a city tour taking in Yangon’s highlights including Shwedagon Pagoda.

Fly to Heho and transfer by car and boat to your hotel. Then visit Phaung Daw Oo Pagoda, Inpawkon village to visit a Cheroot workshop and blacksmith shop, then Nga Hpe Kyuang Monastery. (B) Standard: Inle Resort

Days 2 & 3: Yangon – Bagan Fly to Bagan and explore the temple complex, visiting Shwezigon, Gubyaukgyi, Ananda Pahto, Htilominlo Pahto temples among others. The next day visit Nyaung Oo Market before continuing your exploration of Bagan’s temples. Later board a small boat for a sunset cruise. (B,B) Standard: Bagan Thande Hotel;

Superior: Tharabar Gate; Deluxe: Bagan Lodge (2 nights)

Day 4 & 5: Bagan - Mandalay Take a short flight to Mandalay. Visit the Mahamuni and Kuthodaw Pagodas. The next day, take in the sites of the former capitals Innwa, located on an island between the Ayeyarwady and Myitnge Rivers, then Sagaing and Amarapura in the afternoon. (B,B)

Standard: Shwe Ingyinn Hotel; Superior: Sedona Mandalay; Deluxe: Mandalay Hill Resort (2 nights)

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Visit Kandawgyi Park and observe RAIL the glittering Karaweik barge NIGHTS STAYED • Explore a number of beautiful temples in the city of Bagan, LAND enjoying staggering views from AIR RAIL the top of NIGHTS STAYED some • Spend time learning about local skills LAND at a traditional lacquerware CRUISE workshop NIGHTS STAYED • Optional hot-air balloon flight over the plains of Bagan (seasonal) • Cruise the Ayeyarwaddy River • Explore Mahamuni Pagoda, home to one of the country’s most important Buddha images • Tour around the former capitals of Sagaing, Ava, and Amarapura • Motorboat across Inle Lake and admire the floating gardens • Optional ride on Yangon’s Circle Train 1

£1399pp

Standard: Inya Lake Hotel; Superior: Melia Yangon; Deluxe: Shangri-La Hotel

Yangon 2 (Rangoon)

& Spa; Superior: Novotel Inle Lake; Deluxe: Inle Princess Resort

Days 7 & 8: Heho – Yangon In the morning, continue your exploration of the lake passing through the busy village of Ywama before exploring more pagodas and experiencing life on the lake. Later return to Yangon and transfer to your hotel. The following day, transfer to the airport for your departure flight. (B,B) Standard: Inya Lake Hotel;

Superior: Melia Yangon; Deluxe: Shangri-La Hotel

1

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1399 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 7 breakfasts • Touring by air-conditioned vehicle • Services of an English-speaking guide • Airport transfers, internal flights & sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

184


ASIA

1

THAILAND

Phang Nga Bay

Phuket LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

Railay Beach

Koh Yao Yai

Sailing Thailand

Koh Phi Phi

7

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS Koh RajaSTAYED Noi

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

THAILAND

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Koh Haa

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

SMALL GROUP TOUR

LAND

• Visit Phang Nga Bay made RAIL NIGHTS STAYED famous by ‘The Man with the Golden Gun’ • Experience Thai Island nightlife RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Snorkel in marine nature parks • Admire breathtaking scenery from LANDdeck of your catamaran the 1

PRICES FROM

£1099pp

1

7 day Sailing Thailand Phuket • Phang Nga Bay • Railay Beach • Koh Haa • Ko Phi Phi • Koh Raja Noi • Koh Yao Yai Day 1: Phuket – Phang Nga Bay Make your own way to the meeting point at ‘The Living Room’ restaurant to begin your adventure. In the afternoon, sail towards the Northern Phuket Islands. Choose to go on a dinghy exploration, relax on the deck, or enjoy an evening swim under the stars. (D)

25m Sailing Catamaran - Cabin (6 nights)

Day 2: Phang Nga Bay – Railay Beach Set sail through the emerald waters to James Bond Island, made famous as the setting for “The Man with the Golden Gun”. Afterwards, travel to Railay Beach and opt to climb to the stunning local view point, kick back and enjoy a massage, visit the Shrine of the Sea Princess, or explore the town. In the evening, anchor amongst the limestone island scenery, enjoy an optional local dinner, and get a taste of Railay’s nightlife. (BL)

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Day 5: Koh Phi Phi – Koh Raja Noi After an early morning visit to Maya Bay and Leonardo’s Paradise, where “The Beach” was filmed, spend the day sailing through the Southern Phuket Islands. Go slow to enjoy snorkelling and savour a lunch break amongst the breathtaking scenery. Overnight at Koh Raja Noi. (BLD)

Day 6: Koh Raja Noi – Koh Yao Yai

(BLD)

Day 4: Koh Haa – Koh Phi Phi

Day 7: Koh Yao Yai – Phuket

Set sail, go snorkelling at Monkey Bay, and check out its world-famous cliffs. Meet your new crew in

Depart for the harbour early. Take a break for a swim and arrive into Phuket just before lunch. The tour ends on arrival into Yacht Haven Marina. (B)

Depart for Koh Haa, part of a national park, early in the morning and enjoy time in this pristine location.

AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Koh Phi Phi in the early afternoon. Enjoy sailing and stopping for a swim before an overnight stay in a remote location. Even with all the hype, Koh Phi Phi doesn’t disappoint. The islands seem to rise from the sea. Sheer cliffs tower overhead, then give way to beach-fronted jungle. This is truly a piece of paradise. Depending on weather conditions, spend the evening anchored off of this beautiful beach or head to Koh Phi Phi Don for a bit of nightlife. (BD)

Sail to the island of Koh Yao Yai. Opt to enjoy a group dinner on the island. If time permits and the group is interested, opt for a visit to Koh Khai Nai en route to Koh Yao Yai. Overnight at Koh Yao Yai. (BL)

Day 3: Railay Beach – Koh Haa

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1099 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 6 nights’ accommodation in a cabin aboard a 25m sailing catamaran • Meals as specified: 6 breakfast, 4 lunches, 4 dinners • Chief Experience Office (CEO), skipper and cook • Snorkelling equipment and 2 kayaks

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 5, 12, 19, 26; Feb 2, 9, 16, 23; Mar 2, 9, 16, 23, 30; Apr 6, 13, 20, 27; May 11

TOUR STYLE: Small Group (Marine) GROUP SIZE: 16 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay This tour can be shortened to a 4 day tour, either from Phuket to Koh Phi Phi or from Koh Phi Phi to Phuket.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

185


1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

ASIA THAILAND

Chiang Mai

3

1

Homestay

THAILAND

1

Kanchanaburi

1

Ayuthaya 1

Bangkok

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS SMALL GROUP TOUR PRICES FROM

£869pp

8 day Real Food Adventure Bangkok • Kanchanaburi • Ayutthaya • Chiang Mai Day 1: Bangkok Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Thailand’s bustling capital, Bangkok, is famous for its tuk tuks, khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious Thai food. Bangkok has so much to offer those with time to explore, so perhaps arrive a day or so early and take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, uncover the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road, or indulge in a Thai massage. (D)

Day 2: Kanchanaburi Head to the Mae Glong Railway Market for a breakfast of khnom krok or khnom gui chai. Prepare for stalls to be quickly pulled to one side when the train quite literally passes through the centre of the market. Continue by minivan to swap tracks for water at the Tha Kha Floating Markets. Walk past canals filled with sellers hawking their colourful fruits and wares at this authentic local market, then board a paddle boat to explore the waterways further. By mid-afternoon, arrive in Kanchanaburi, famed as the location of the Bridge on the River Kwai and a beautiful town surrounded by verdant jungle, waterfalls and rivers. (B)

Day 3: Kanchanaburi Get ready for a hands-on masterclass in Central Thai cuisine. Start at the markets to collect ingredients for the day’s menu, then whip up some classic dishes including wing beans, banana flower cake, and jungle curry. The rest of the afternoon is free for your own exploration. (L)

Day 4: Ayutthaya Wake early and travel to Ayutthaya, the second capital of Siam after Sukhothai, and once one of the most powerful in Asia with over 1 million residents by AD 1700. Stop past a street food stall for a demonstration and tasting of roti sai mai, a dish synonymous with the Kingdom of Ayutthaya. It consists of a thin pancake wrapped around delicious, fine strands of thin-spun cotton candy. Also, be sure to try a steaming bowl of guay-tieo-ruea, or ‘boat noodles’. The combination of fragrant pork broth, roasted strips of meat, Thai-style pork balls and crackling skin, sliced morning glory stalks, fresh green onion and a choice of rice noodles served in Ayutthaya is thought of as the original and best. See the remains and reminders of Ayutthaya’s golden age with a guided tour of the picturesque ruins and temples spread across the town. The rows of headless Buddhas at Wat Phra Mahathat, sacked by the Burmese in the 18th Century, are very atmospheric,

186

and a Buddha head surrounded by Banyan tree roots is perhaps the most photographed site in all of Ayutthaya.

(L)

Day 5: Chiang Mai Arrive in Chiang Mai by mid-morning. The most vibrant city in northern Thailand, Chiang Mai has many famous temples and an interesting old city area. Renowned for dazzling beauty and extremely welcoming locals, the ‘Rose of the North’ will leave you spellbound. Chances are, you won’t want to leave. Most importantly, Chiang Mai is famous for its northern Thai cuisine and may just be home to many of your favourite Thai dishes. Lunch will be khao soi, a delicious curry noodle dish that is synonymous with the region. The rest of the day is free.

• Discover a world of Thai food beyond the obvious (albeit delicious) dishes of Pad Thai and Thai Green curry – from ‘boat noodles’ in Ayutthaya to khao soi in Chiang Mai • Whip up northern Thai Khantohk specialties with Aoi outside of Chiang Mai and see Thai life from a local’s perspective with a stay in her home • Experience the eye-opening and surprising world of Thai food markets, filled with unpredictable tastes and found in unexpected places – floating on a river or set up on a railway track! • Get ready for a hands-on masterclass in Central Thai cuisine in Kanchanaburi, browsing the market to pick fresh produce before feasting on your creations

(L)

Day 6: Homestay Wake early to offer alms to local monks before a breakfast of traditional congee. Later in the morning, meet Aoi, your gracious host for an incredible homestay experience in a small Thai village. Stop by a restaurant specialising in the local delicacy of fermented rice noodles for lunch, and be treated to a noodle-making demonstration. Next, head to the homestay via some producers, including a mushroom farm, where you’ll pick up ingredients for a northern Thai cooking class. Journey on to Aoi’s home and get ready to cook up a feast – quite literally! Over the years, a Khantohk dinner has become a traditional way to welcome guests. Khantohk technically refers to a raised tray used for serving food in northern Thailand. Eleven dishes are featured on this traditional Khantohk menu, so roll up the sleeves and spend a fun afternoon learning the ins and outs of this northern Thailand cuisine. (BLD)

Day 7: Chiang Mai Wake up and enjoy a sumptuous northern Thai breakfast of fried rice, sweet sticky rice and egg custard. Farewell your hosts then head back to Chiang Mai to check out the bustling Warorot Market. One of Chiang Mai’s largest markets and a thriving social hub, this is the perfect place to get a glimpse of daily life in Northern Thailand, as well as some of the ingredients and snacks unique to northern cuisine. Take a tasting tour through the stalls. Be sure to try sai ua (Chiang Mai Sausage). Bamboo worms are for the more intrepid foodies... There will also be time for some final shopping, eating, and perhaps another massage. (B)

Day 8: Chiang Mai Your delicious Real Food Adventure will end in the morning and you are free to leave at any time as there are no activities planned for the day. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£869 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels • Meals as specified: 4 breakfasts, 4 lunches, 2 dinners • Transportation throughout tour, private vehicle, Tuk-Tuk, songthaew (overland truck), overnight sleeper train • Services of a qualified English-speaking guide throughout • Transfer and sightseeing as per itinerary (excludes ‘optional’ items)

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 12, 26, Feb 9, 16; Mar 16; Apr 27; May 18; Jul 13; Sep 14; Oct 12, 26; Nov 23; Dec 21, 28

TOUR STYLE: Small Group GROUP SIZE: 12 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


ASIA

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

MYANMAR 2

2

Chiang Rai

Chiang Mai

V

Kanchanaburi

2

LAOS

THAILAND

3

Bangkok

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

INDEPENDENT TOUR

THAILAND

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

LAND

RAIL • Experience Bangkok at night by NIGHTS STAYED tuk tuk • Stay in a floating lodge on the RAIL River Kwai NIGHTS STAYED • Feed and bathe elephants at an ethical elephant camp LAND • Stay in specially selectedAIR boutique accommodationRAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Flexible touring options 1

PRICES FROM

£1759pp

1

Boutique Asia - 10 day Thailand Experience Bangkok • Kanchanaburi • River Kwai • Chiang Mai • Chiang Rai Day 1: Arrive Bangkok

Day 6: Kanchanaburi – Bangkok – Chiang Mai

You will be met upon arrival and transferred to your hotel. Ariyasom Villa (3 nights)

Transfer to Bangkok for your flight to Chiang Mai. Upon reaching your hotel, the rest of your day is at leisure to explore. You have an option to add on a Lanna Dinner Experience – Join a family at Lanna Village, experience their way of life and traditions and enjoy a home cooked meal. (B) Akyra Manor (2

Day 2: Bangkok Visit the Grand Palace, a must-see attraction in Bangkok and an architectural wonder of golden stupas, walls and pillars encrusted in shining and colourful mosaics. After the sun goes down join an eye-opening tour of Bangkok’s famed sights, often overlooked at night. Visit a selection of scrumptious street-side food stalls and sample some of the best.

(B)

Day 3: Bangkok The day is at leisure to explore or join one of the recommended optional tours. Option 1: Half-day Colours of Bangkok by bike – suitable for all levels of fitness. You will be amazed that a city of nearly 10 million people can have an oasis of calm so close to the central business district. Stop at a Buddhist temple, an open-air Muay Thai school and finish with a short boat trip. Option 2: Half-day Thai Cooking School – learn the secrets of Thai Cooking and enjoy a tasty Thai lunch Option 3: Full-day Ayutthaya by Cruise – visit the former capital containing UNESCO-listed temples and stupas. (B)

Day 4: Bangkok – Kanchanaburi Transfer to Kanchanaburi province, where you will spend the following 2 nights at a floating lodge on the River Kwai. The day’s tour provides a fascinating insight into Thailand’s Second World War history. The infamous River Kwai Bridge and the beginning of the “Death Railway”. You’ll also visit the town’s famous JEATH War Museum and take a train ride along the historic railway tracks. (BLD) The Float House River

Kwai (2 nights)

Day 5: Kanchanaburi After breakfast, take a long–tailed boat downstream to Resotel Pier and continue on road to visit the Hellfire Pass Memorial. After lunch, the rest of your day is at leisure. (BLD)

1

LAND

FEATURED IN YOUR ITINERARY CRUISE 1

NIGHTS STAYED

nights)

Day 7: Chiang Mai & Elephant Nature park A full-day visit to the Elephant Nature Park on a join in group tour, is a wonderful introduction to the Asian elephant in their unique natural habitat in Mae Rim near Chiang Mai. You will learn about the plight of these elephants and the personal stories of resident elephants while able to observe the incredible elephants from a viewing platform as they explore the park with their family groups. Highlights include the interactive bath and feeding times. (BL)

Accommodation is basic but why not stay overnight at the Elephant lodge for a more indepth experience.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1759 per person

Day 8: Chiang Mai – Chiang Rai Transfer to Chiang Rai. On the way visit Wat Rong Khun (White Temple), very different to any of temple you are likely to see in Thailand. Upon Arrival the rest of your day is at leisure. (BL) The Legend Chiang Rai

(2 nights)

Day 9: Chiang Rai In the morning, visit Mae Salong, set high amid magnificent mountain scenery. The combination of pack horses, hill tribes (Akha, Lisu, Mien, and Hmong) and southern Chinese-style houses conjures up images of a small town in Yunnan Province China. Continue to The Hall of Opium museum (closed Mondays), giving a haunting insight into the history of the drug trade, both past and present. Then visit the Golden Triangle hillside vantage point for a superb view of the point where the mountains of Laos, Myanmar (Burma), and Thailand merge. The tour then heads to Mae Sai where there are numerous shopping opportunities to buy local handicrafts. (BL)

Day 10: Depart from Chiang Rai You will have time at leisure until your transfer to Chiang Rai Airport. (B)

PRICES INCLUDE • 9 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 9 breakfast, 5 lunches, 2 dinners • Transfers on a private basis by airconditioned vehicle • Service of English-speaking local guide for all included sightseeing and transfers • Private boat from/to resort in Kanchanaburi

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

187


ASIA SINGAPORE, MALAYSIA & THAILAND RAIL XXXX TOUR PRICES FROM

£3199pp

5 day Singapore to Thailand Luxury Train Experience Singapore • Kuala Kangsar • River Kwai • Bangkok Day 1: Arrive Singapore

Day 4: River Kwai - Bangkok

On arrival in Singapore, transfer to the Shangri-La Singapore for your overnight stay. The rest of the day is at leisure to explore the city – perhaps head to bustling Chinatown or Little India, wander through Clarke Quay and admire Marina Bay or sample a Singapore Sling at Raffles. Shangri-La Singapore

Following breakfast in your cabin, disembark at Kanchanaburi for your choice of tour. The Classic includes guided visits to the River Kwai Bridge and Thai-Burma Railway Museum. Tracks to Unseen Thailand tour will have you biking through rice paddies, stopping off at a local farm. The Local Flavours tour explores the wet market, a rice noodle house and combines a raft cruise with a cooking class. After your visit, return to the train for lunch, before ending your journey in Bangkok in the late afternoon. On arrival in Bangkok transfer to Shangri-La Bangkok for your overnight stay. (BL) Shangri-La Bangkok

Day 2: Singapore Board the gleaming carriages of the Eastern & Oriental Express at Woodlands Railway Station for a late-afternoon departure from Singapore. Enjoy the passing scenery as the train crosses to Malaysia via the causeway of the Straits of Johor before Afternoon Tea is served in your opulent cabin. In the evening, the resident pianist plays in the Bar Car where you can relax with a pre-dinner aperitif. Late evening, the train pauses at the magnificent domed station of Kuala Lumpur where there’s time for a stroll before you retire to your cabin. (D) Eastern & Oriental

Express (2 nights)

Day 3: Kuala Kangsar, Malaysia The train travels through the lush rainforests and rural west-coast towns of Malaysia, after breakfast arrive at Kuala Kangsar. Travel by coach to Labu Kabong to discover rural Malaysian life with a warm welcome ceremony from the villagers. Take a guided tour through lush rice paddies ending with refreshments and a chance to sample local produce. Alternatively, advanced trekkers can follow our expert naturalist on an invigorating hill-trek. We recommend long sleeves, trousers and suitable footwear for this choice. Cold towels and refreshments await at the top while you take in spectacular panoramic views. Rejoin the train for a refreshing cocktail accompanied by live piano music and enjoy a relaxing afternoon at your leisure before a decadent dinner on board. As the train crosses into Thailand, the scenery changes to include wing-roofed Thai temples and bustling stations. Spend the rest of the evening in the sumptuous Bar Car for a final overnight on board.

(BLD)

188

Day 5: Depart Bangkok Your tour will end in the morning in Bangkok. Ask about extending your stay or adding a beach extension. Note: Tour departure dates subject to change. Also available in reverse over 6 days, please call for dates and prices.


PRICES FROM:

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Chiang Mai

BURMA

£3199 per person

THAILAND LAOS 1

PRICES INCLUDE

Phuket

GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: luxury train Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

VIETNAM

Koh Samui 2

Onboard Orient Express Train

Langkawi Penang Pangkor Laut

2019: Jan 17; Feb 1, 10, 19, Mar 1, 10, 19; Apr 1, 23; Sep 12, 22; Oct 2, 25; Nov 5, 17, 26; Dec 21 29*

TOUR STYLE: Rail

CAMBODIA

1

DEPARTURES

*Special New Year journey 3 nights

Bangkok

Hua Hin

• 2 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar and 2 nights’ on board the Eastern & Oriental Express • Meals as specified: 2 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 2 dinners and beverages (train journey only) • Shared touring by air-conditioned vehicle • Services of an English-speaking guide on off-train excursions • Airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

ASIA

Butterworth 1

Kuala Lumpur

SINGAPORE

MALAYSIA 1

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Experience the ‘Golden Age’ of rail travel with luxurious accommodation and opulent dining • Journey in style through the heart of South-East LAND Asia aboard the Eastern & Oriental Express CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED • Stop at the magnificent domed station of Kuala Lumpur • See Kuala Kangsar and visit Ubudiah Mosque • Take a river cruise to see the infamous Bridge on the River Kwai • Visit the Don Rak War Cemetery and the ThailandBurma Railway Centre 1

SINGAPORE, MALAYSIA & THAILAND

TOUR DETAILS

1

1

LIFE ON BOARD THE TRAIN Experience Southeast Asia in style aboard the Eastern & Oriental Express, passing vibrant cities, rural villages and gleaming pagodas. Cocktails, fine dining, convivial company and spectacular views: this is what life aboard the Eastern & Oriental Express is all about. OBSERVATION CAR – Located at the rear of the train, make your way to the colonial-style, teakwood Observation Car for sightseeing by day and cocktails and entertainment after dark. Complimentary wi-fi Internet is available for use in the Observation Car. SALOON CAR – Relax with a book or magazine in the library or choose from our selection of games. Here you’ll also find the boutique, selling delightful mementos of your train journey. BAR CAR – Open from early morning until late into the night, the Bar Car is a convivial hub at any time of day. Come evening, take a seat for an aperitif or cocktail set to the dulcet sounds of the resident pianist. After dinner, settle back and enjoy the local entertainment.

THE CABINS Step into your indulgent cabin and the scene is set for a timeless journey through Southeast Asia aboard this spectacular train. There are 4 categories of cabins: Pullman Single, Pullman, State and Presidential. All are fully air-conditioned with en-suite bathrooms. Decorative marquetry and fine fabrics give an atmosphere of warm elegance. During the day, your cabin is a private lounge complete with banquette-style sofa. At night, it converts into a plush bedroom with an upper and lower bed. Pullman Cabins have upper and lower berths, while State Cabins offer 2 single beds. All Pullman Singles have 1 single bed. For the ultimate high end travel experience, our Presidential Cabin offers two inviting single beds, additional seating area and an expanded bathroom.

DINING EXPERIENCES Take your seat on one of the world’s most exotic dining trains and let the cuisine romance all of your senses. Belmond’s experience of crafting elegant dishes aboard luxurious trains ensure that dining will be one of the highlights of your journey. Onboard chefs create spectacular eastern and western specialities to rival the world’s best restaurants. Lunch and dinner are served in the Restaurant Car, while a breakfast of croissants, fruit, coffee, tea and juice is delivered to your cabin daily. Early risers can enjoy refreshments in the Observation Car, served from 7am onwards.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

189


THAILAND

1

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

ASIA MALAYSIA

Penang 3

V 2

V

Pangkor

3

1

Taman Negara AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND MALAYSIA RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

V

Cameron Highlands

2LAND

Lumut V

V

2

Kuala Lumpar

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

INDEPENDENT TOUR

RAIL

NIGHTS STAYED • Kuala Lumpur city sightseeing • Canopy walkway at Taman Negara National Park LAND AIR • Enjoy the lush scenery RAIL of NIGHTS STAYED Cameron Highlands • Relax on Penang’s beaches and LAND explore the island’s culture CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED • Hideaway on Pangkor Laut 1

PRICES FROM

£1529pp

1

13 day Around Malaysia Tour Kuala Lumpur • Taman Negara • Cameron Highlands • Penang • Pangkor Day 1: Arrive Kuala Lumpur

Day 7: Cameron Highlands - Penang

On arrival at KL International Airport, you will be met and transferred to your city hotel. Capitol Hotel (2

After breakfast, check-out and descend the winding road heading north to the island of Penang, visiting Sam Poh Temple en-route. Cross the Penang Bridge, arriving on the island by late afternoon. (B) Bayview

nights)

Day 2: Kuala Lumpur Sightseeing This morning, join a half-day group tour of Kuala Lumpur. Take in the sights of the Petronas Twin Towers, the majestic Royal Palace, the National Monument and the National Mosque. (B)

Days 3 & 4: Kuala Lumpur - Taman Negara Travel by road and boat to Taman Negara National Park taking in scenes of the wildlife along the banks. Arrive Mutiara Taman Negara in the late afternoon. In the evening, perhaps join the jungle night walk, organised by the resort. Activities on your second day include the Canopy Walkway, motorised boat trip to see the cataracts of Lata Berkoh and enjoy a jungle trek. (B,BLD) Mutiara Taman Negara

Days 5 & 6: Taman Negara - Cameron Highlands Journey to Tapah, where the ascent to the Cameron Highlands begins and enjoy the spectacular views across the jungle, taking in waterfalls and small streams. Arrive in the afternoon and enjoy the lush cool climate 1,524m above sea level. On day 6, enjoy a morning tour of Cameron Highlands, including a tea plantation visit (closed Mondays), with the rest of the day at leisure. (B) Strawberry Park (2 nights)

1

Beach Resort (3 nights)

Days 8 & 9: Penang Sightseeing Enjoy a half-day tour of Georgetown, visiting Wat Chayamangkalaram and Dharmikarama Burmese Temples with their intricate architecture. Next step back in time and learn about Malaysia’s colonial past at the Colonial Penang Museum. Take a photo stop at Fort Cornwallis; continue on past the Queen Victoria Memorial Clock Tower on the way to the Clan Jetty, and then on to the Street of Harmony, where houses of worship for the 4 main religions are located. The rest of your stay in Penang is yours to spend at your leisure. (B)

Days 10 - 12: Penang – Pangkor From Penang travel to Marina Island Jetty and transfer by boat to your resort. The rest of your days are at leisure. (B) Pangkor Laut Resort (3 nights)

Day 13: Pangkor - Kuala Lumpur Airport Return by boat to Marina Island Jetty where you will continue by road for your return to KL International Airport. Journey time is approximately 6 hours therefore any onward flights must be an evening departure. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1529 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 12 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified, 12 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 1 dinner • Shared transport, transfers and sightseeing as shown (private touring in the Cameron Highlands) • Services of an English-speaking driver/guide

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

190


ASIA

1 1

Kota Kinabalu Pulau Tiga Limbang BRUNEI

1

Bako National Park Kuching 3 LAND Semenggoh AIROrangutan LAND Rehabilitation Centre 1 NIGHTS STAYED AIR

2

2

Batang Ai National Park

INDONESIAN BORNEO

LAND RAIL LAND CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS CRUISE STAYED NIGHTS STAYED

1 1

SMALL GROUP TOUR

SABAH

(MALAYSIA)

SARAWAK (MALAYSIA)

NIGHTS STAYED

1

1

Mulu National Park

LAND NIGHTS STAYED LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

2

2

BORNEO

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1 1

PRICES FROM

£1449pp

LAND RAIL LAND NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Explore Borneo’s dense jungle on the RAIL Headhunters Trail NIGHTS STAYED RAIL • Relax, Snorkel or Kayak in the NIGHTS STAYED tropical paradise of Pulau Tiga LAND • Stay in a local Iban Lognhouse AIR LAND RAIL AIR learn about their culture and NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS the STAYED Semenggoh Wildlife • Visit Rehabilitaion Centre for a chance LAND CRUISE toLAND spot wild Orang-utan 1 1

13 day Highlights of Borneo Kota Kinabalu • Gunung Mulu National Park • Headhunters Trail • Limbang • Pulau Tiga • Kuching • Bako National Park • Batang Ai Day 1: Arrive Kota Kinabalu

Day 9: Kuching & Bako National Park

Arrive in Kota Kinabalu and make your own way to your hotel.

Depart Kuching in the morning, passing through mangrove forest before arriving at Bako village. Continue along the coast by motorised boat to reach Bako National Park. Hike through the park and experience amazing plant and wildlife. Be sure to keep an eye out for the proboscis monkey. Return to Kuching in the evening. (BL)

Day 2: Kota Kinabalu – Gunung Mulu National Park Fly to Mulu via Miri and transfer to the lodge. Head into the park for a walk through the forest and explore Deer Cave. In the evening go on a walk in search of bats hunting for insects. (B)

Day 3: Gunung Mulu National Park Depart the lodge, board a longboat and travel along the Melinau River to the Wind and Clearwater caves. Explore the caves, take a dip in the crystal-clear waters, and enjoy a picnic lunch in the rainforest. Continue by longboat to Kuala Litut and start the trek through dense jungle to Camp 5, your stop for the night. (BLD)

Day 4: Headhunters Trail - Limbang Set out on the Headhunters Trail, an 11-kilometre trail through Borneo’s dense jungle. Trek past streams and caves, all while hearing the sounds of the thousands of species that call this jungle home. Learn about the rich history of the warring parties that created this trail before arriving at Kuala Terikan where you will board a boat down the river to Limbang. (BLD)

Day 5: Limbang – Pulau Tiga Start off early for a busy day of travel – by ferry, boat, and private vehicle – to the tropical island of Pulau Tiga. After arriving on the island head out on a trek to a mud volcano and learn more about the region. (BD)

Day 6: Pulau Tiga

Day 10: Kuching – Batang Ai Drive through the scenic countryside, passing plantations, rivers and rainforest to reach the Batang Ai jetty, stopping en route to visit a trading town and a local farmhouse. From the jetty transfer via boat to a local Iban longhouse and enjoy a stay with this welcoming community while learning more about their culture. (BLD)

Day 11: Batang Ai Witness a blowpipe demonstration before setting off by longboat for a trip across the lake. Disembark and enjoy a hike through the forest and a local lunch at a scenic locale. Enjoy a refreshing dip in the water before heading to our hotel for the night. (BL)

Day 12: Batang Ai – Kuching Return to the jetty by boat and continue overland to Kuching, stopping en route to visit the Semenggoh Wildlife Rehabilitation Centre and with some luck spot a wild orangutan passing through. (BL)

1 1

1 1

NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1449 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 10 nights in hotels/lodges, 1 night basic lodge (multi-share), 1 night traditional longhouse (multi-share) • Meals as specified: 11 breakfasts, 7 lunches and 5 dinners • All transport between destinations and included activities • Transport by private vehicle, plane, longboat, ferry, boat and walking • Chief Experience Officer (CEO) throughout and local guides

DEPARTURES 2019: selected departures, please call for details

TOUR STYLE: Classic GROUP SIZE: 15 max PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Day 13: Depart Kuching Your day will be at leisure until it is time to make your own way to the airport. (B)

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Enjoy a free day on this tropical paradise. Opt to go snorkelling, kayaking, or visit Snake Island (BLD)

Day 7: Pulau Tiga – Kota Kinabalu After breakfast, depart for Kuala Penyu by boat where you will transfer to a private vehicle and continue to Kota Kinabalu. (B)

Day 8: Kota Kinabalu - Kuching Fly from Kota Kinabalu to Kuching. Enjoy some free time in the evening.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

191


ASIA

1

Kota Kinabalu

Sandakan

SABAH

SARAWAK (MALAYSIA)

V

Bako National Park LAND 2 Batang Ai 3 AIR LAND Kuching NIGHTS STAYED AIR NIGHTS STAYED

V

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED LAND NIGHTS STAYED

Kinabatangan River 2

(MALAYSIA)

BRUNEI

1

2

V

BORNEO

1

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

V

1 1

INDONESIA

LAND RAIL LAND CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1 1

INDEPENDENT TOUR

LAND through Bako National Park • Trek RAIL LAND NIGHTS in STAYED RAIL • Join with Iban local life during a NIGHTS STAYED jungle Longhouse stay • Guided nature walk of Kinabalu RAIL Park and Canopy Walk NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Experience close-up encounters with the orang-utans at Sepilok LAND AIR Orang-utan Sanctuary LAND RAIL AIR • Spotting NIGHTS STAYED wildlife on river cruises RAIL NIGHTS STAYED along the Kinabatangan River 1 1

PRICES FROM

£1429pp

1 1

10 day Borneo Rivers, Rainforest & Wildlife Kuching • Bako National Park • Batang Ai • Kota Kinabalu • Sepilok • Kinabatangan River • Sandakan Day 1: Arrive Kuching Arrive at Kuching Airport and meet your representative for your transfer to your hotel.

Riverside Majestic Hotel (2 nights)

Day 2: Bako National Park In the morning, depart for a full-day tour to Bako National Park. Bako is home to a remarkable and fascinating diversity of animal and plant life; discover unique geological features, rugged coastlines and secluded beaches as well as the area’s most famous residents – the proboscis monkey. (BL)

Day 3: Kuching – Mengkak Longhouse After an early start, drive through lush green countryside, stop for lunch at Lachau Town, then continue by boat across Batang Ai Hydro Lake into the Engkari River. You will reach the 37 door Mengkak Longhouse nestled on a hill beside the river. After dinner, join the longhouse residents for a glass or 2 of tuak (rice wine) and a short cultural performance. The Iban are fun-loving people, and visitors are expected to join in! (BLD) Iban Longhouse (dormitory non

air-conditioned)

Day 4: Mengkak Longhouse - Batang Ai After breakfast, witness and participate in a blowpipe demonstration and experience local Iban daily life. After lunch, proceed to Aiman Batang Ai Resort & Retreat by longboat. (BLD) Aiman Batang Ai Resort

& Retreat

Day 5: Batang Ai – Kuching After breakfast, depart for Kuching stopping for lunch on the way. (BL) Riverside Majestic Hotel

Day 6: Kuching - Kota Kinabalu After breakfast transfer to the airport for your flight to Kota Kinabalu. The afternoon is free to enjoy a short evening city tour of Kota Kinabalu. That evening there are a range of dining options on offer (own expense).

(B) Horizon Hotel (2 nights)

1

1 1

LAND CRUISE LAND NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Day 7: Kota Kinabalu Park & Poring Hot Springs In the morning, journey through breathtaking scenery to Kinabalu Park. Take a nature walk with a park naturalist, then explore the park’s botanical garden. After lunch, make a stop at Poring Hot Springs and for the adventurous, the Canopy Walkway. (BL)

Day 8: Kota Kinabalu - Sandakan – Sepilok Sukau After an early breakfast, transfer to Kota Kinabalu Airport for your flight to Sandakan. Upon arrival, meet and depart to the Sepilok Orangutan Sanctuary where captive orangutans are reintroduced into the wild, then visit the Bornean Sun Bear Conservation Centre. Later take a boat excursion that brings you to the mangrove forests along the Kinabatangan River delta in search of proboscis monkeys, birds and reptiles. After check in, join a river cruise to the Menanggul River. (BLD) Kinabatangan Riverside Lodge (2

nights)

Day 9: Oxbow Lake – Kinabatangan River – Sukau Take a river trip to Oxbow Lake to observe wildlife and experience the early morning river ambience of Sabah’s longest river. After breakfast or lunch at the lodge visit Gomantong Cave, famous for its edible birds nests and follow the boarwalk to explore Simud Hitam Cavern. Late afternoon, take another river cruise to search for more wildlife. (BLD)

Day 10: Sukau – Sandakan After an early breakfast, return to Sandakan by boat. After arrival at Sandakan Jetty, enjoy lunch before transferring to your chosen hotel or Sandakan Airport.

(BL) Note: Due to the remote nature, the Longhouse stay on day 3 is comfortable but basic. This can be upgraded but will require an amended itinerary for days 3 & 4.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Why not extend your trip with a beach stay in Kota Kinabalu. Call for more details and prices.

192

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1429 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 9 nights’ accommodation in named hotels and jungle lodges or similar • Meals as specified: 9 breakfasts, 8 lunches, 4 dinners • Shared touring by air-conditioned vehicle • Services of local a English-speaking driver guide • Internal flights, transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES Daily Private Group Tour

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 2 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


1

1

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Kintamani

ASIA

DONESIA

Bedugal/ Munduk

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Gili Air 1

BALI 2

Ubud

Candidasa

1

2

Semggigi

Nusa Lembongan 1

Sanur 1

1 Gili Nanggu Giligede

1 1

Nusa Penida

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS • Explore Ubud the cultural heart of Bali • Relax on beautiful beaches • Experience the tropical paradise of the Gili Islands from your Catamaran • Snorkel in crystal-clear water

SMALL GROUP TOUR PRICES FROM

£1749pp

14 day Classic Bali & sailing Adventure Sanur • Munduk • Kintamani • Ubud • Candidisa • Nusa Lembongan • Lombok Island • Nusa Penida Day 1: Arrive Sanur

Day 10: Lombok Island

Arrive Sanur and make your own way to your hotel.

Explore the beaches and islands on the west coast of Lombok, including Gili Trawangan, Gili Sudak, Gili Nanggu, and Gili Gede. (BLD)

Day 2: Sanur - Munduk Visit the Lake Danu Bratan Temple and take a walk through the Jatiluwih Rice Terraces before arriving at the guesthouse in Munduk. Enjoy some delicious Balinese cuisine. (BD)

Day 3: Munduk - Kintamani Drive through lush rice fields and winding mountain roads to Kintamani, then take a dip in the local hot springs. (B)

Day 4: Kintamani - Ubud Opt for a sunrise hike to the top of Mt Batur before travelling to the cultural heart of Bali, stopping for lunch at the G Adventures supported-Bali Community Training Lunch Program. Arrive in Ubud in the late afternoon for an orientation walk and some free time.

(BL)

Day 5: Ubud Enjoy a free day to explore exactly what interests you in Ubud. Opt to visit the Monkey Forest, numerous temples, rice paddies, and markets. In the evening, opt to take in a traditional Kecak dance performance. (B)

Day 6: Ubud – Candidasa Visit Kerta Gosa, the historic court of justice, before the journey to Candidasa, a superb beach location perfect for relaxing. (B)

Day 7: Candidasa Continue exploring or relaxing on the beach – the choice is yours. (B)

Day 8: Candidasa – Nusa Lembongan Transfer from Candidasa to Serangan Village in the morning to meet the skipper for a welcome meeting. Board the boat, set sail, relax on board, and get to know the other travellers. (LD)

Day 9: Nusa Lembongan – Lombok Island Continue sailing to the beautiful islands of Lombok, starting with the 3 most famous Gilis – Air, Meno, and Trawangan. Moor near Gili Trawangan for the night.

Day 11: Lombok Island Gili Trawangan is the largest of these 3 beautiful islands, none of which allow any motorised vehicles on them – instead the main means of transport are walking, cycling and the cidomo (a small horse-drawn carriage). Enjoy snorkelling around the islands, and if lucky, you may spot sea turtles. Options on Trawangan also include yoga classes, diving, massages, and paddle boarding. Cruise around the lesser known Gilis of Lombok’s southwest coast. Enjoy the scenery, clear waters and beaches. Opt for a BBQ dinner with the group at Gili Sudak. (BLD)

Day 12: Lombok Island

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1749 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ hotel/guesthouse accommodation and 6 nights twin/double cabins • Meals as specified: 12 breakfasts, 7 lunches, 7 dinners • All transport between destinations and to/ from included activities • Transportation by private van, public bus, boat, walking and 17m (57 ft) sailing catamaran • Chief Experience Officer (CEO) throughout, skipper, assistant/cook and local guides • Snorkelling equipment aboard the catamaran

DEPARTURES 2019: May 26; Jun 9, 23, 30; Jul 7, 14, 21, 28; Aug 4, 11, 18, 25; Sep 1, 8, 15, 22, 29; Oct 27; Nov 24; Dec 15, 22

Visit Gili Nanguu, known as ’The Paradise Island’, and it’s not hard to see why. With spotless white-sand beaches, and inviting blue waters, you won’t want to leave. Enjoy the peace and quiet, away from the crowds, on the beautiful Gili Gede. Opt to snorkel in the clear waters, or relax on secluded beaches. (BLD)

TOUR STYLE: Small Group (Classic)

Day 13: Lombok Island – Nusa Penida

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Cruise to Nusa Penida in the morning. Upon arrival, opt for snorkelling, or a Nusa Penida Island Explorer Tour. (BLD)

GROUP SIZE: 12 max PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Day 14: Nusa Penida – Sanur Sail back to Serangan Village and disembark. Tour ends on arrival. (B) Note: On days 10-12 it is our intention to adhere to the route described, however there is a certain amount of flexibility built into the itinerary and on occasion it may be necessary, or desirable, to make alterations.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Sanur. Please call for details.

(BLD)

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

193


ASIA

Borobudur V

BALI 1 JAVA Ubud Mt. Bromo 3 Seminyak 2

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

Komodo/ Kanawa Islands

1

V

Jimbaran Bay

1

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

INDEPENDENT TOUR

2

V

INDONESIA

1 2

Yogyakarta

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

• Visit the UNESCO World Heritage site Borobudur Temple Complex • View stunning mount Bromo and LAND surrounds at sunrise RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Discover the best of Bali street food with your knowledgeable RAIL guide NIGHTS STAYED • Snorkel or dive in the spectacular waters of Komodo National Park LAND • Spot Komodo dragons AIR 1

PRICES FROM

£2629pp

1

13 day Best of Indonesia Jogjakarta • Borobudur • Bromo • Kintamani • Seminyak • Komodo National Park • Jimbaran Bay Day 1: Arrive Jogjakarta - Borbudur Arrive Jogjakarta and transfer to your hotel in Borobudur (approx 1.5hrs). Plataran Heritage

Borobudur (2 nights)

Day 2: Borobudur & Candirejo Village Set out before sunrise to visit the stunning Temple Complex at Borobudur. Then head to Candirejo village where you can learn about local life. The morning’s excursion ends with a lesson in Indonesian Gamelan music. Enjoy an afternoon at leisure. (BL)

Day 3: Borobudur – Jogjakarta Visit a traditional Kris-Maker. The Kris is an asymmetrical dagger which can take up to one month to forge. Drive to Yogyakarta and visit the Sultan’s Palace. Later visit the Ratu Boko archaeological site. Continue to Prambanan Temple complex, one of the most beautiful Hindu temple complexes in Indonesia.

food specialist for a culinary discovery. Visit the famous Gianyar Night Market, where families eat delicacies such as roast pig, sweet cakes plus chicken and coconut balls. End the day at a local bamboo restaurant for a traditional ‘Megibung’ dining experience. (BD) Visit Ubud passing through the local market, bustling with activity, and then Ubud Palace. Enjoy free time to explore the shops and boutiques in town. Next, visit the town of Mengwi, home to the superb temple complex of Taman Ayun. With its spectacular location, Tanah Lot is a part of Balinese mythology, 1 of 7 sea temples that form a chain around the Island. (BL) The

Breezes (2 nights)

Day 4: Jogjakarta – Mojokerto – Bromo

Day 10: Bali - Komodo

Transfer to the station to catch the morning train to Mojokerto. Disembark and transfer to Bromo, (approx 3.5-4hrs). (B) Jiwa Jawa Bromo Hotel

Take a morning flight to Flores. Transfer to the harbour and board a boat for the Komodo National Park. Stop at a pristine beach for snorkelling or scuba diving. Afterwards proceed to Rinca Island, the home of deer, horses, buffaloes, megapode birds and Komodo’s. Moor off Kalong Island for the night. (BLD)

Day 6: Kintamani Visit 3 villages near Ubud known for their arts and crafts. Continue to Gunung Kawi, a Hindu temple complex northeast of Ubud. Proceed to Kintamani for views of Mount Batur and enjoy lunch overlooking the volcano. Stop at Goa Gajah in Bedulu, often referred to as the Elephant Cave, then on to Ubud Monkey Forest, a nature reserve and temple complex, home to hundreds of macaque monkeys. (BL)

Day 7: Ayung River Enjoy an exhilarating 2-hour rafting adventure on the spectacular Ayung River. Later, meet a local

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2629 per person

Day 9: Seminyak Enjoy a free day in Seminyak, Bali’s most fashionable beach resort. (B)

Mount Bromo and its surrounds are stunning beyond question. Sunrise is the best time to view this landscape, though it involves a very early start. Later cross the Laotian Pasir (Sand Sea) to the base of Mount Bromo. The climb to the rim is definitely worth the effort. After breakfast, visit Madakaripura Waterfall. Then take a flight to Bali and transfer to Ubud. (BL) The Alena Resort (3 nights)

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Day 8: Ubud – Mengwi – Tanah Lot - Seminyak

(BL) The Phoenix Jogja Hotel

Day 5: Bromo – Madakaripura - Kintamani

1

Cabin (2 nights)

Day 11: Komodo National Park After breakfast, disembark and take a walk to spot Komodo Dragons. Back onboard, sit back and watch the passing scenery. Arrive at Pantai Merah (Pink Beach) and snorkel in the clear waters, where you can see many different types of fish and possibly turtles. Continue to Kanawa Island where the boat will moor for the night. (BLD)

PRICES INCLUDE • 12 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 12 breakfast, 7 lunches, 4 dinners • Train ticket • Live aboard experience on the MV Fabarasenge or similar boat in Komodo NP • Komodo National Park fees (inc. Park Ranger) • Tours and transfers as specified including entry fees, on a private basis in airconditioned vehicles • Service of English-speaking local guide for all included sightseeing and transfers

Day 12: Komodo - Bali

DEPARTURES

Cruise back to Labuan Bajo and take a short tour to Batu Cermin Cave. Transfer to the airport for your return flight to Bali and visit the famous Uluwatu Temple, the temple has one of the most dramatic locations on the island. Continue on to Jimbaran Bay, famed for its seafood. (BD) The Movenpick

Daily

Day 13: Depart Bali

PHYSICAL DEMAND:

You will have time at leisure until it is time to transfer to the airport for your flight. (B)

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

194


ASIA Hanoi

Halong Bay

1

VIETNAM

V

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1 1

Hue 1

Danang LAOS

LAND NIGHTS STAYED LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1 1

2

Hoi An

CAMBODIA Siem Reap & Angkor Wat

Phnom Penh

PRICES FROM

1

14 day Cambodia & Vietnam Explorer Phnom Penh • Siem Reap • Temples of Angkor • Ho Chi Minh City • Mekong Delta • Hue • Hoi An • Halong Bay • Hanoi Day 1: Arrive Phnom Penh

Day 7: Mekong Delta

Upon arrival, you will be met and transferred to your hotel. That night, meet your Tour Leader (or local guide) and the rest of the group in the hotel reception, for welcome drinks and tour briefing. Sunway Hotel

In the morning, travel south from Ho Chi Minh City, to the Mekong Delta. Known as the ‘Rice Bowl’ of Vietnam, the Delta is the most fertile region in the country and the area is the main producer of rice and tropical fruits.

(2 nights)

(BL)

Day 2: Phnom Penh

Day 8: Ho Chi Minh City to Hue

After breakfast, set-out for a day of discoveries. Begin by visiting Central Market by Cyclo, Tuol Sleng Museum and The Killing Fields of Choeng Ek, for an insight into the insanity of the Pol Pot era and the country’s tragic history. After lunch, explore the Royal Palace and its famous landmark, the Silver Pagoda. (B)

Transfer to the airport for your flight to Hue. Located on the banks of the perfume River, Hue was Vietnam’s capital throughout the Nguyen Dynasty and is a centre of Vietnamese Buddhism and scholarship. (B) Saigon

Day 3: Siem Reap

In the morning, drive south to the beautiful town of Hoi An via the spectacular Hai Van Pass. This drive is considered one of the most beautiful in Vietnam. (B)

Day 4: Temples of Angkor The Temples of Angkor represent 6 hundred years of Khmer civilisation – one of Asia’s greatest empires. You will dedicate the whole day to exploring the most magnificent of the Angkor Temples. (BD)

Day 5: Siem Reap - Ho Chi Minh City Transfer to the airport for your onward flight to Saigon. Saigon is Vietnam’s commercial capital and a city of extraordinary energy. Nowhere is Vietnam’s rush to modernise more visible. Despite this, Saigon, as it is still known, as a friendly and welcoming place.

(B) Northern Hotel (3 nights)

Day 6: Cu Chi Tunnels and City Tour In the morning, travel to the remarkable Cu Chi Tunnels located in an area known, during the Vietnam War, as the ‘iron triangle’. In the afternoon, spend some time at the comprehensive and emotive War Remnants Museum and walk through the heart of the city seeing the Notre Dame Cathedral, Post Office and nearby Dong Khoi Street. (BL)

LAND RAIL LAND CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

£1969pp

Transfer to the airport for your short flight to Siem Reap, home to the Temples of Angkor, a UNESCO World Heritage site. On arrival, travel to the edge of Tonle Sap Lake, the second largest freshwater lake in the world. (B) Somadevi Angkor (2 nights)

V

1

V

1

SMALL GROUP TOUR

2

LAND AIR LAND NIGHTS STAYED AIR NIGHTS STAYED

Morin Hotel

Day 9: Hue to Hoi An

Hoi An Histroic Hotel (2 nights)

Day 10: Hoi An The day will be free for you to explore Hoi An with its many clothing shops, colourful fish market and river life. (B)

Day 11: Hoi An - Halong Bay This morning rise early for your transfer to the airport for the flight north to Haiphong or Hanoi. Upon arrival, your journey will take you north-east to Halong City, the gateway to Halong Bay. (BLD) Overnight on boat

Day 12: Halong Bay - Hanoi Rise early to make the most of Halong Bay’s stunning scenery. Continue your exploration and discover what makes this area so unique, disembark after brunch. This afternoon enjoy a street food tour of the Old Quarter in Hanoi. * Brunch (B*) The Ann Hotel (2 nights)

Day 13: Hanoi Begin your discovery of Hanoi at Hoa Lo, Hanoi Hilton Prison. Continue with a walking tour of the Ols Quarter and a visit of the Temple of Literature. After Lunch visit Ba Dinh Square and the Ho Chi Minh Quarter. (BD)

Day 14: Depart Hanoi Your tour will come to an end on day 14, but just think of all the wonderful stories you will take home. A transfer will take you to the airport for your onward travels. (B)

VIETNAM & CAMBODIA

2

2

Cu Chi 3

Ho Chi Minh (Saigon)

Mekong Delta

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1 1

LAND RAIL LAND NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Glide through Phnom Penh’s RAIL fascinating streets on a cyclo ride NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Escape the crowds by entering Angkor Wat’s seldom-used LAND eastern gate before dawn. Explore AIR LAND RAIL byAIR torchlight, something few NIGHTS STAYED RAIL travellers NIGHTS STAYED get to experience, before watching the sun rise LAND majestically over Angkor Wat’s CRUISE LAND NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE spires NIGHTS STAYED • Meet the inspiring children with disabilities that run the Healing the Wounded Heart shop in Hue 1 1

1 1

1 1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1969

per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 12 nights’ hotel accommodation, 1 overnight cruise • Meals as specified: 12 breakfasts, 1 brunch, 3 lunches, 3 dinners • 4 regional flights, transport in airconditioned vehicles (tuk tuk touring at Angkor), small group touring and entrance fees • English-speaking tour leader • Return transfers, all tipping and porterage

DEPARTURES Most Tuesdays Jan - Dec

TOUR STYLE: Small Group GROUP SIZE: 16 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

195


1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

ASIA VIETNAM & CAMBODIA

Angkor Siem Reap 2 CAMBODIA Kampong Chhnang

7

Koh Chen

Phnom Penh

Tan Chau

VIETNAM My Tho

7

Cai Be Sa Dec

2

Ho Chi Minh City

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS • Ho Chi Minh City & Cu Chi tunnels • Spend 7 nights on a cruise on the Lower-Mekong River • Witness local life in the Mekong Delta • Discover Phnom Penh • Sunset tour of Angkor Wat

CRUISE TOUR PRICES FROM

£2539pp

12 day Essential Vietnam & Cambodia Ho Chi Minh City • Cai Be • Sa Dec • Tan Chau • Phnom Penh • Koh Chen • Oudong • Kampang Tralach • Kampong Chhnang • Siem Reap • Angkor Day 1: Ho Chi Minh City

Day 8: Oudong - Kampong Tralach

Upon arrival, meet with your guide and transfer to your hotel. In the evening, enjoy dinner at a local restaurant. (D) Fusion Suites Saigon (2 nights)

Take a day short-coach ride to Oudong, once the capital of Cambodia between 1618 and 1866. Here, receive a traditional Buddhist blessing by monks, sure to be a memorable highlight of your Mekong River cruise. Afterwards, continue to Kampong Tralach and experience an authentic ox-cart ride, a popular method of transport in rural Cambodia. (BLD)

Day 2: Ho Chi Minh City In the morning, take a step back in time and revisit the military history of the area. Visit the famous Cu Chi Tunnels, an incredible underground tunnel network constructed by Vietnamese resistance fighters. (B)

Day 3: Ho Chi Minh City, Embark Cruise Bid farewell to Ho Chi Minh City as you travel south to My Tho to embark your premium river ship, RV La Marguerite. Enjoy lunch and a welcome drink as the ship glides along the Lower Mekong. Later that evening enjoy a welcome dinner. (BLD) RV La

Marguerite (7 nights)

Day 4: Cai Be & Sa Dec Take a local boat to the town of Cai Be. Visit floating markets that boast bountiful produce, then cruise to Sa Dec. Tour Huynh Thuy Le’s old house and visit an ornate Cao Dai Temple. (BLD)

Day 5: Tan Chau – Phnom Penh Go ashore for a rickshaw tour of Tan Chau and take a small-boat ride to discover rural life on an island in the Mekong. Cross into Cambodia and cruise towards the capital, Phnom Penh. (BLD)

Day 6: Phnom Penh In the morning, you’ll learn about Cambodia’s troubled past with a visit to the Killing Fields and Genocide Museum. Travel back to the ship for lunch before visiting the spectacular white and gold architecture of the Royal Palace and the Silver Pagoda. (BLD)

Day 7: Phnom Penh - Koh Chen Enjoy leisure time to explore Phnom Penh. Later, cruise to Koh Chen, a village specialising in copperware. (BLD)

Day 9: Kampong Chhnang - Prek K’dam Enjoy a small-boat excursion into the wetlands near Kampong Chhnang. Later, return to your ship and journey to Prek K’dam. In the evening, enjoy a Farewell Dinner on board. (BLD)

Day 10: Prek K’dam - Siem Reap Disembark your ship and transfer to Siem Reap. Later, meet with underprivileged children at Opportunities of Development thru Art (ODA), and get a glimpse into the organisation that supports them by providing a creative, educative and loving environment. (B) Shinta

Mani Resort (2 nights)

Day 11: Siem Reap After a morning at leisure in Siem Reap, visit the ancient Bayon Temple, famous for their verdant intertwined trees. That evening, enjoy a sunset at Angkor Wat before savouring a delicious Farewell Dinner and Apsara dance performance with your newfound friends and fellow guests. (BD)

Day 12: Siem Reap After breakfast, your tour concludes with an airport transfer. (B) This tour is operated by Travelmarvel, part of the APT Travel Group.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2539 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 11 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels and on board a premium river ship • Meals as specified: 11 breakfasts, 7 lunches, 9 dinners, selected drinks on board your river cruise • Shared touring by air-conditioned vehicle • Services of a Tour Director and expert local guides in each location • Airport transfers, port charges, tipping and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 6, 20; Feb 3, 17; Mar 3, 17, 31; Jul 7, 21; Aug 4, 18; Sep 1, 15, 29; Oct 13, 27; Nov 10, 24 Also operates in reverse starting in Siem Reap please call for dates.

TOUR STYLE: Cruise & Tour GROUP SIZE: 92 PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

196


ASIA 3 1

VIETNAM

Hanoi

Halong Bay

VIETNAM

V

1

1 1

SMALL GROUP TOUR

1 1

£1329pp

1 1

11 day Vietnam Insight Hanoi • Halong Bay • Hue • Hoi An • Ho Chi Minh City • Cu Chi Tunnels • Mekong Delta On arrival, take your included transfer to your hotel. That evening, meet your fellow travellers and Western Tour Leader or local guide for welcome drinks and a tour briefing. This is a great chance to get to know your fellow travellers and talk about the adventure that awaits you. Tirant Hotel

Day 2: Hanoi – Halong Bay In the morning you journey east to Halong City, the gateway to Halong Bay. En route, you will pass fields of busy workers farming their rice using traditional methods of cultivation. On arrival, board your deluxe Indochina Sails boat and enjoy a fresh seafood lunch as the spectacular scenery unfolds around you as you cruise out to the bay. (BLD) Indochina Sails Overnight

Boat

Day 3: Halong Bay – Hanoi Rise early to make the most of Halong Bay’s stunning scenery. Continue your exploration and discover what makes this area so unique. Disembark after brunch and return back to Hanoi where you will join a backstreets walking tour of Hanoi’s Old Quarter with the chance to try some local snacks. (B*) Tirant Hotel (2 nights)

*Brunch

Day 4: Hanoi Begin your discovery of this city with a walking tour through the bustling Old Quarter - 36 ancient streets where you can observe the daily bustle of life around the markets where peddlers continue to trade as they have done for centuries. After head to the Ho Chi Minh Quarter and visit sites including the ancient Temple of Literature and infamous ‘Hanoi Hilton’ prison. (B)

Day 5: Hanoi – Hue Transfer to the airport for your flight to Hue. Located on the banks of the perfume River, Hue was Vietnam’s capital throughout the Nguyen Dynasty and is a centre of Vietnamese Buddhism and scholarship. Hue was also the setting for some of the Vietnam War’s most bloody fighting, and provides a unique window into Vietnam and its complex past. Embark on a city tour to find out more about this fascinating city. (B) Moonlight Hotel

traditional houses, temples and the iconic Japanese Bridge. (B) Hoi An Trails Resort (2 nights)

Day 7: Hoi An Day 7 is free for you to explore this beautiful town with its many clothing shops, colourful fish market and river life. Alternatively, you may wish to head to the nearby beach or just relax by the pool at your resort. (B)

Day 8: Hoi An – Ho Chi Minh City In the morning enjoy some more time in Hoi An before transferring to the airport for your flight to Ho Chi Minh City – Vietnam’s commercial capital and a city of extraordinary energy. To finish the day, have a drink at a rooftop bar in Saigon and enjoy beautiful views of this historic area as the sun sets. (B) Norfolk Hotel

Saigon (3 nights)

Day 9: Ho Chi Minh City & Cu Chi Tunnels After breakfast at your hotel, travel to the Cu Chi tunnels to gain insights into Vietnam’s war history. Back in Ho Chi Minh City enjoy a traditional, local lunch before taking a walking tour along historic Dong Khoi Street, and visit sites including the War Remnants Museum. (BL)

Danang 2

Hoi An

LAND NIGHTS STAYED LAND CAMBODIA NIGHTS STAYED

LAND Cu Chi AIR LAND NIGHTS STAYED AIR Mekong NIGHTS STAYED Delta

3

Ho Chi Minh (Saigon)

LAND RAIL LAND CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

• Explore the bustling streets and local markets in Hanoi, and gain LAND inside knowledge on the best local RAIL LAND dishes to try NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • See the towering limestone islands of Halong Bay on an RAIL overnight cruise NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED youth • Join the disadvantaged receiving training at Streets Cafe LAND for a memorable market walk in AIR LAND RAIL AIR Hoi An NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Reach fascinating tributaries of the vibrantLAND Mekong Delta on an CRUISE LAND unforgettable speedboat tour NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED local lunch in • Enjoy a traditional Ho Chi Minh City, an authentic experience • Enjoy a rooftop drink atop of one of Ho Chi Minh City’s historic landmarks 1 1

1 1

1 1

1 1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1329 per person

Day 10: Mekong Delta Explore the Mekong Delta’s canals, markets and villages by comfortable speed boat. Gain a real insight into the lives of the local people by visiting a local workshop and villages and have lunch at a family home. Spend your last night enjoying a group dinner at a local restaurant. (BLD)

Day 11: Depart Ho Chi Minh City Your tour will conclude on day 11 with a transfer to the airport for your onward flight. (B)

EXTEND YOUR TOUR

PRICES INCLUDE • 10 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels and overnight Junk boat • Meals as specified: 9 breakfasts, 1 brunch, 3 lunches, 2 dinners • Touring by air-conditioned vehicle • Services of an English-speaking Tour Leader • Internal flights, train, airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary • All tipping

DEPARTURES Most Saturdays Jan - Dec

TOUR STYLE: Small Group GROUP SIZE: 16 max

Day 6: Hue – Hoi An From Hue, take a picturesque coastal train journey to Danang and rub shoulders with the locals along the way. Once in Danang, drive to charming Hoi An and enjoy a market tour with the young people from the Streets Foundation who introduce you to some of the local produce. Stroll Hoi An’s streets to discover

1

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

Day 1: Arrive Hanoi

Hue

V

1

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

PHYSICAL DEMAND: Journey into Northern Vietnam and discover the fascinating lives of the ethnic minorities when you add the 5 day Sapa Explorer to the start of your journey.

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

197


ASIA VIETNAM

2

Sapa

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

VIETNAM V

V

Hanoi 3

V

1

LAND AIR Halong Bay RAIL

V 1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Ninh Binh 2 (Optional Extension) LAOS

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS INDEPENDENT TOUR PRICES FROM

£859pp

Boutique Asia – 7 day Northern Vietnam Experience

• Dive under the skin of Vietnam’s bustling capital city • Explore the stunning mountains around Sapa • Experience Halong Bay from a fabulous junk boat • Stay in specially selected boutique accommodation • Flexible touring options EXTEND YOUR TOUR

Hanoi • Sapa • Halong Bay Day 1: Arrive Hanoi

Day 5: Sapa – Hanoi

You will be met upon arrival and transferred to your hotel. Depending on your arrival time, you may opt to add a Vietnamese Water Puppet show this evening.

After breakfast, transfer back to Hanoi. That evening, join a Hanoi street food tour – the city is considered one of the world’s great food capitals and is a street food lover’s paradise. Your chef will demystify the local produce and encourage you to taste some of their exotic ingredients, visiting several venues, travelling either by taxi or on foot. The tour ends with a typical Vietnamese ca phe or che (coffee or tea) and the opportunity to taste local sweets. (BD) Hanoi Pearl

Hanoi Pearl (2 nights)

Day 2: Hanoi This morning, choose from 1 of 2 optional tours. Option 1: See the highlights of Hanoi on your half-day tour; from the French colonial architecture of the Opera House, pass Hoan Kiem Lake en route to your choice of museum visit (Ancient History, Military History or Fine Arts). Continue to the Temple of Literature, built in 1070 and dedicated to Confucius, it became Vietnam’s first university (alternatively, you may opt to visit the Thang Long Royal Citadel). Finally, take a short walking tour round Hanoi’s old quarter, known as ’36 Streets’. Option 2: Join a cooking class – the chef will escort you on to a nearby local market to select the freshest ingredients for your menu. Return to the centre where you will be guided through the techniques required to produce a range of mouth-watering dishes. (B)

After breakfast, transfer to Halong Bay for your overnight cruise. Approximately 170 km from Hanoi, the mystical landscapes of Ha Long Bay are one of Asia’s most iconic sights. Translated as the ‘Bay of Descending Dragons’ and located in the Gulf of Tonkin, Ha Long is made up by some 1,600 islands and islets, forming a spectacular seascape of limestone pillars, lush islands and emerald waters. Your cruise includes various optional excursions throughout the day or just relax on deck with a drink, watching the stunning scenery go by. (BLD) Athena Elegance

Day 3: Hanoi – Sapa

Day 7: Halong Bay – Hanoi

Transfer overland to the scenic mountain town of Sapa and transfer to your hotel. (B) Aira Boutique Hotel

After breakfast, there is one further optional excursion, included to Ti Top Island before the ship returns to Tuan Chau Marina. Transfer back to Hanoi for your onward travel arrangements. (B)

(2 nights)

Day 4: Sapa Enjoy a day at leisure or choose 1 of the recommended optional tours. Option 1: Trek from Cat Cat to Ta Van - Enjoy a trek through beautiful landscapes surrounded by terraced rice paddies and forest-cloaked mountains, part of Hoang Lien National Park, whilst learning about the lifestyle and traditions of the Black Hmong and Giay ethnic groups. Complete your hike and return to Sapa by car. Option 2: Sapa Nam Sai & Nam Cang remote hill tribe villages - Leaving Sapa by road travel through the spectacular landscapes of Hoang Lien mountain range. Enjoy several photo stops before arriving at the settlement of Su Pan. Continue to Muong Bo valley and the Tay community of Thanh Phu and spend some time exploring the village. Lunch will be at a family home before continuing with a short drive to My Son. Your next stop is Nam Than, a prosperous village of the Red Zao people. Leave Nam Cang around midafternoon and return to Sapa. (B)

198

Day 6: Hanoi – Halong Bay

2 NIGHT NINH BINH EXTENSION Often called Halong Bay on land due to its impressive limestone karsts and stunning scenery, Ninh Binh is a land of meandering rivers, tiny bamboo boats, rice paddy fields and friendly locals. Highlights of your visit will include Hoa Lu ancient capital and Van Long ‘preserved nature area’. Price per person from: £369

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£859 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 6 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 6 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 2 dinners • Tours and transfers as specified (excludes optional tours) • English-speaking guide for sightseeing and transfers • VAT and government service charges

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

ASIA

2

Quang Binh (Optional Extension) 2

Hue V

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

VIETNAM

1

RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

LAOS

3

Hoi An

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS LAND RAIL

• Visit UNESCO NIGHTS STAYED World Heritage Hoi An Old Town • Sample Central Vietnam’s RAIL renowned NIGHTScuisine STAYED • Explore Hue, the historic former imperial capital LAND • Stay inAIRspecially selected RAIL boutique accommodation NIGHTS STAYED • Flexible touring options 1

INDEPENDENT TOUR

1

PRICES FROM

£559pp

Boutique Asia – Central Vietnam Experience

1

LAND CRUISE

1

EXTEND NIGHTS STAYED YOUR TOUR

Hoi An • Hue Day 1: Arrive Da Nang –Hoi An

Day 5: Hue

You will be met on arrival at Da Nang Airport and transferred to your Hoi An hotel. The rest of your day is at leisure to explore this charming town. Lasenta

The day is at leisure or take an optional tour to Bach Ma National Park. Situated in the Annamite Mountains, at the border between north and South Vietnam, Bach Ma first attracted the attention of the French colonialists in the 1930s because of its cool climate. All but abandoned, the region was declared a protected area in 1962 and established as Bach Ma National Park in 1986 to protect the wide variety of flora and fauna that inhabit the region. (B)

Boutique Hotel (3 nights)

Day 2: Hoi An Learn about local produce, interact with vendors at the market with your chef who will purchase the ingredients to be used in your cooking lesson. Cruising along the Thu Bon River to the cooking school is a wonderful way to experience life on the river. Hoian is renowned for its delicious culinary specialities and the class begins with an introduction to some of the region’s best-known dishes. That afternoon join a gentle bicycle tour through narrow canals, peaceful paths and rural roads leading past lush rice paddy fields to small settlements that have not changed for centuries. (BL)

Day 6: Depart Hue You’ll have time at leisure until your transfer to Hue Airport for your onward flight. (B)

2 Night Phong Nha National Park Extension Get off the beaten path with a fantastic trip to the relatively undiscovered Phong Nha NP. A UNESCO heritage site since 2003 and home to the oldest karst mountains in Asia, the park is honeycombed with cave sytems. A highlight of the trip is a visit to Thien Duong (Paradies Cave). Price per person from: £359

TOUR DETAILS

Day 3: Hoi An The day is at leisure to explore by yourself or take 1 of the recommended, optional, half-day tours. Option 1: Visit the ancient Ruins of My Son My Son was once the most important city in the Champa Kingdom, the centre for both intellectual and religious activities as well as the burial place of choice for the Cham Kings. My Son received UNESCO World Heritage status in 1999. Option 2: Half-day Local Farming Experience This tour provides you with a close-up and intimate exposure to both the local farming and fishing communities. Later, you will board a boat for a river cruise to meet and engage with local fishermen. You will also experience paddling the unique Vietnamese bamboo basket boat.

Day 4: Hoi An – Hue In the morning, transfer from Hoi An to Hue via the stunning Hai Van Pass. That afternoon, take a boat ride along the Perfume River to Thien Mu Pagoda. Continue to the Imperial Citadel – this heavily fortified structure is still very much the heart of modern-day Hue. Move on to Long An Palace, situated outside the citadel walls, only reopened to the public in 2012 after extensive renovations. The evening is at leisure or take an optional street food tour discovering the city’s best street food by cyclo. (B) Pilgrimage Village (2 nights)

PRICES FROM:

£559 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 5 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 5 breakfasts, 1 lunch • Tours and transfers as specified (excludes optional tours) • English-speaking guide for sightseeing and transfers • VAT and government service charges

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

199


ASIA VIETNAM

LAND AIR RAIL 2 Da Lat CRUISE 1 NIGHTS STAYED

VIETNAM

V

CAMBODIA

3

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon)

2

Mekong Delta (Optional Extension)

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

INDEPENDENT TOUR PRICES FROM

£879pp

1

Boutique Asia – Vietnam Southern Experience Ho Chi Minh City • Da Lat

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£879

Day 1: Arrive Ho Chi Minh City

Day 5: Da Lat

You will be met upon arrival and transferred to your hotel. Villa Song Hotel (3 nights)

The day will be at leisure to explore by yourself or add 1 of the recommended, optional tours. Option 1: Half-day Countryside Dankia Lake Cycling – the rolling countryside that surrounds Dalat is ideal for an adventure on 2 wheels. Traverse forested valleys, rolling hills and beautiful farmlands on this exhilarating ride. Option 2: Half-day kayak in the highlands by Phat Tire – enjoy a short hike with fantastic views of the town and surrounding areas. Arrive at the lake and explore the many inlets and secret spots by kayak, stop for lunch then continue your exploration of the lake. Option 3: Full-day jungle trekking – Dalat’s cool mountain air make it the perfect spot to explore Vietnam’s untamed forest and this moderately graded hike takes you through rolling hills to one of the few remaining untouched jungles in the country. (B)

PRICES INCLUDE

Day 6: Depart Da Lat

GROUP SIZE: 2+

You will have free time until your transfer to Da Lat airport for your onward flight. (B)

PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Day 2: Ho Chi Minh City In the morning, visit the Cu Chi tunnels, synonymous with the Vietnam War and a testament to the determined spirit of the Vietnamese, the underground network of passages at Cu Chi is a fascinating day trip out of the city. Return to the city and after lunch visit the Reunification Palace, formerly named the Presidential Palace and now a museum. Continue to Notre Dame Cathedral, across the street from the cathedral is the city’s striking French colonial-era post office, whilst Hotel de Ville de Saigon, officially Ho Chi Minh City Hall, is another of the city’s most prominent buildings. The Museum of Vietnamese History is housed in yet another fine example of Sino-French architecture. Finish the tour with the unforgettable Jade Emperor Pagoda. (BL)

Day 3: Ho Chi Minh City Your day will be at leisure until the evenings Ho Chi Minh City nightlife tour. Explore by yourself or add 1 of the recommended, optional, half-day tours. Option 1: Art tour with a local expert – the morning’s art appreciation tour visits private art collections, the fine arts museum and a contemporary gallery. Option 2: Market visit and cooking class at Hoa Tuc restaurant – Vietnam is a food-lover’s paradise and its reputation for one of the world’s finest cuisines is well justified. At the market, learn about the wide array of produce from your Vietnamese chef and tutor. Proceed to the cookery school for an introduction to the 3-course menu you will prepare. That evening, experience downtown Saigon, from the back of a vintage Vespa scooter. Part night excursion, part street food adventure, this after-dark tour of Saigon’s hectic downtown, visits places you would never discover on your own. (BD)

Day 4: Ho Chi Minh City – Da Lat Transfer to the airport for your flight to Da Lat, you will be met on arrival and transferred to your hotel. Da Lat is perfect for gentle walks, hiking and adventure or just enjoy the wonderful scenery and cooler climate.

(B) Ana Mandara Villas (2 nights)

200

• Sample Ho Chi Minh City night life and street food on a vintage vespa LAND RAIL • Explore the colonial hill station of NIGHTS STAYED Da Lat • Stay at specially selected boutique accommodation RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Flexible touring options LAND AIR

per person RAIL 1

NIGHTS STAYED

LAND CRUISE

• 5 nights’ accommodation in named hotels 1 NIGHTS STAYED or similar • Meals as specified: 5 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 1 dinner • Tours and transfers as specified (excluding optional tours) • English-speaking guide for sightseeing and transfers • VAT and government service charges

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

EXTEND YOUR TOUR

Mekong Delta Island Extension Extend your trip with a 2-night stay at the Island Lodge My Tho. This small 12 room lodge with eco sensibilities, is situated on an island in the Mekong Delta and is a great base for exploration of the areas waterways, islands, coconut plantations and villages. Price per person from: £299


ASIA 2

VIETNAM 3

V

Hanoi

V

V

V

VIETNAM

Sapa

1

Halong Bay LAOS

2

Hue V 3

Hoi An

THAILAND

V

INDEPENDENT TOUR

1 1

PRICES FROM

1

CAMBODIA

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

2 3

Da Lat

Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon)

LAND NIGHTS STAYED LAND NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

£2399pp

LAND AIR LAND

Boutique Asia – 17 day Grand Vietnam Experience Hanoi • Sapa • Halong Bay • Hue • Hoi An • Da Lat • Saigon Day 1: Arrive Hanoi

Day 9: Hue – Hoi An

You will be met upon arrival and transferred to your hotel. Optional: Water Puppet show in the evening subject to arrival time and preference. Hanoi Pearl (2

In the morning, transfer to Hoi An via the stunning Hai Van Pass and transfer to your hotel. (B) Lasenta

nights)

Day 10: Hoi An

Day 2: Hanoi

Join a Vietnamese cookery class with a market visit and boat trip along the Thu Bon River to your cookery School. That afternoon, join a gentle bicycle tour through narrow canals, peaceful paths and rural roads leading small settlements that have not changed for centuries. (BL)

Today is a free day or take 1 of the recommended optional excursions. Option 1: See the highlights of Hanoi on your half day city tour, including your choice of museum visit, the Temple of Literature and a walking tour of Hanoi’s old Quarter. Option 2: Local market visit with a cooking class. (B)

Day 3: Hanoi – Sapa Transfer overland to the scenic mountain town of Sapa. (B) Aira Boutique Hotel (2 nights)

Day 4: Sapa Enjoy a day at leisure or choose 1 of the recommended optional tours. Option 1: Sapa Trekking from Cat Cat – Ta Van – enjoy a trek through beautiful landscapes surrounded by terraced rice paddies and forest-cloaked mountains. Option 2: Sapa Nam Sai and Nam Cang Remote Hill Tribe Villages – Travel by road through beautiful scenery and visit local hill tribe villages. (B)

Day 5: Sapa – Hanoi Transfer back to Hanoi. That evening, enjoy a tour of Hanoi’s local street food scene. (BD) Hanoi Pearl

Day 6: Hanoi – Halong Bay Transfer to Halong Bay for your overnight cruise. The mystical landscapes of Ha Long Bay are one of Asia’s most iconic sights. Your cruise includes various optional excursions or just relax on deck with a drink.

(BLD) Athena Elegance

Day 7: Halong Bay – Hanoi – Hue After breakfast the ship will return to the marina. Transfer back to Hanoi for your flight to Hue, upon arrival you will be met and transferred to your hotel.

(B) Pilgrimage Village (2 nights)

Day 8: Hue See the highlights of the former imperial city of Hue, including a boat trip along the Perfume River to Thien Mu Pagoda, the Imperial Citadel & Long An Palace. The rest of the day is at leisure or take an optional street food tour by cyclo. (B)

Boutique Hotel (3 nights)

Day 11: Hoi An Enjoy a day at leisure or add an optional tour to the ancient ruins of My Son, once the most important city of the Champa Kingdom. (B)

Day 12: Hoi An – Da Lat Transfer to the airport for your flight to Da Lat, upon arrival you will be met and transferred to your hotel.

(B) Ana Mandara Villas (2 nights)

Day 13: Da lat Today is at leisure or add 1 of the optional tours. Option 1: Half-day Countryside Dankia Lake cycle Option 2: Half-day kayak in the highlands by Phat Tire Option 3: Full-day Dalat jungle trekking (B)

Day 14: Da lat – Ho Chi Minh City Transfer to the airport for your flight to Ho Chi Minh City, upon arrival you will be met and transferred to your hotel. (B) Villa Song Hotel (3 nights)

Day 15: Ho Chi Minh City Visit the Cu Chi tunnels, synonymous with the Vietnam War. Return to the city for lunch and take a guided tour of Ho Chi Minh City. (BL)

Day 16: Saigon Enjoy a day at leisure or add on an optional half-day tour. Option 1: Art tour with a local expert. Option 2: Market visit and cooking school. In the evening, discovery the city on a vintage Vespa, as part of a group. (B)

Day 17: Depart Ho Chi Minh City You have some free time to enjoy until your transfer to Ho Chi Minh City Airport. (B)

NIGHTS STAYED AIR • Explore Vietnam’s dramatic NIGHTS STAYED northern highlands • Enjoy LANDan overnight cruise at RAIL LAND majestic Halong Bay CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE • Experience Vietnams modern NIGHTS STAYED culture and food in Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City LAND • Discover the enchanting Hoi An RAIL LAND NIGHTS STAYED Old RAIL Town NIGHTS STAYED • Stay in specially selected boutique accommodation RAIL 1 1

1 1

1 1

1 1

NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

PRICES FROM: 1 1

£2399 per person

PRICES INCLUDE

LAND • 16 nights’ accommodation in named hotels CRUISE LAND or1 similar NIGHTS CRUISE STAYED 1 STAYED • MealsNIGHTS as specified: 16 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 2 dinners • Tours and transfers as specified (excludes optional tours) • English-speaking guide for sightseeing and transfers • VAT and government service charges

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay For those with time we have options to further extend your Vietnam experience. Choose to add on Ninh Binh, Phong Nha National Park or an overnight stay on a Mekong Island.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

201


ASIA CAMBODIA

3

RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

Siem Reap

Kampong Thom

1

Tonle Sap Lake

Phnom Penh

Kampot

SMALL GROUP TOUR

£1199pp

Day 1: Arrive Phnom Penh

Day 6: Kep - Takeo

On arrival in Phnom Penh, transfer to your hotel and enjoy free time until your tour briefing. Frangipani

Travel north to Takeo and enjoy an exhilarating speedboat ride along a narrow canal flanked by rice paddies. Visit Phnom Da, a striking hilltop temple dating back to the 8th Century. Stay overnight at a home-stay in Takeo which helps support the local community through education initiatives. Share a home-cooked meal with the family and learn about the wonderful English-speaking classes they run for the local children. (BD) Home Stay

Day 3: Phnom Penh - Kampot Travel by train along an historical train route from Phnom Penh to the old French port town of Kampot on Cambodia’s south coast. In Kampot, cruise on Preaek Tuek Chhu River and visit local fishing villages inhabited by the local Cham Muslim population. (B)

Columns Hotel

Day 4: Kampot - Kep Drive from Kampot to the seaside town of Kep and visit an ancient temple hidden within the caves at Phnom Chhnork. Renowned for its salt and Kampot pepper, stop to learn about the production of one of Cambodia’s most valuable exports before continuing to Kep. (B) The Beach House (2 nights)

Day 5: Kep & Rabbit Island Popular with the French elite in the early 1900s, Kep is home to many abandoned French villas which were later destroyed by the Khmer Rouge. Explore the ruined villas, and uncover the busy crab market, which specialises in the region’s most popular dish, Kampot pepper crab. Spend the rest of the day relaxing on Rabbit Island, a rustic, rural island just a short-boat trip from Kep. Return to the mainland for the evening.

(B)

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Learn about Cambodia’s turbulent recent history at Tuol SlengLAND AIR Museum and the Killing Fields RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Explore the port town of Kampot and the local fishing villages LAND • Discover the colonial seaside town CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED of Kep and visit Rabbit Island • Enjoy a home cooked meal at a home stay in Takeo • Take a boat trip to the floating villages on Tonle Sap lake • Explore the magnificent Angkor Temple Complex and see Angkor Wat at sun rise • Travel by train along an historic train route to Cambodia’s South Coast 1

Phnom Penh • Kampot • Kep • Rabbit Island • Takeo • Kampong Thom • Siem Reap • Angkor Temples

Spend the day exploring Phnom Penh’s main attractions. Take a fun cyclo ride through the backstreets of the city before wandering through the Central Market which has everything from household items to jewellery for sale. Learn about Cambodia’s turbulent history with a visit to Tuol Sleng Museum and the Killing Fields memorial at Choeng Ek. In the afternoon, explore the beautiful grounds of the Royal Palace and Silver Pagoda. Get to know your group over sunset drinks at Phnom Penh’s iconic Foreign Correspondence Club, known to be a meeting place for travellers across the world. (B)

1

Kep

1

11 day Cambodia Experience

Day 2: Phnom Penh

2

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

Royal Palace Hotel (2 nights)

1

1

LAND AIR CAMBODIA NIGHTS STAYED

2

Takeo

Day 7: Takeo - Kampong Thom From Takeo, drive through picturesque rural Cambodia to Santuk Silk Farm. Learn about the traditional techniques of silk production, from collecting the silk from the worms to the dyeing and weaving process. Enjoy a delicious home-cooked lunch before continuing the drive to Kampong Thom. Spend the rest of the day at leisure. (BL) Sambor Village Hotel

Day 8: Kampong Thom - Siem Reap As you continue your journey from Kampong Thom to Siem Reap, stop at Kampong Kdei to walk across a Naga Bridge. With 21 arches, the bridge is said to be one of the longest corbelled stone arch bridges in the world. Take a boat trip on Tonle Sap Lake and visit a floating village to see daily life before arriving in Siem Reap. (B) Somadevi Angkor Hotel & Spa (3 nights)

Day 9: Temples of Angkor Venture to Angkor Wat’s seldom-used East Gate by tuk-tuk. Marvel at the silhouetted central spires and explore the temple grounds away from the crowds. Travel on to the nearby Angkor Thom Complex for a monk blessing and wander through Bayon temple. Visit jungle-covered Ta Prohm before returning to town for an afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 10: Outlying Temples Travel through the countryside to 2 of the most interesting temples outside Angkor Thom – Banteay Srei, an intricately carved temple and Boeng Mealea, a lesser known temple overgrown by the jungle. Stop at a small roadside village which makes palm sugar and visit the fascinating Aki Ra Landmine Museum. In the evening, enjoy a farewell group dinner. (BLD)

Day 11: Depart Siem Reap Transfer to the airport for your onward journey. (B)

202

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1199

per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 9 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels • 1 night home stay accommodation • Meals as specified: 10 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 2 dinners • Transport in air-conditioned vehicles (except tuk-tuk touring)(1 cruise) • Services of an English-speaking Tour Leader • All touring as specified, including entrance fees • All transfer and tipping

DEPARTURES Selected Thursdays

TOUR STYLE: Small Group GROUP SIZE: Max 16 PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


ASIA

1

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

Tonle Sap Lake

INDEPENDENT TOUR PRICES FROM

£629pp

5 day Temples of Angkor Phnom Penh • Siem Reap • Angkor

Classic: The Frangipani Royal Palace; Gold: Raffles Hotel Le Royal (2 nights)

Day 3: Phnom Penh - Siem Reap A short flight takes you to Siem Reap. Journey to Tonle Sap Lake and cruise past the floating villages before returning to Siem Reap. (B) Classic: Somadevi

Angkor Hotel & Spa; Gold: Victoria Angkor Resort & Spa (2 nights)

Day 4: Temples of Angkor Rise early and walk through the jungle, your path illuminated only by torchlight. Enter the seldom-used eastern gate of Angkor Wat to watch the sun’s first light illuminate the magnificent temple. A tuk-tuk ride proves an entertaining way to travel between temples. Later, the beguiling stone heads of Bayon temple will amaze. That afternoon, enjoy rural scenes as you drive to Banteay Srei and the mesmerising ruins of jungle-covered Ta Prohm. In the evening, share your experiences with your fellow travellers at a Farewell Dinner. (BD)

2

Phnom Penh

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

• Visit the Royal Palace in Phnom LAND RAIL the Silver Pagoda Penh and NIGHTS STAYED • Tour around the National Museum • Pay a visit to the Tuol Sleng RAIL Museum Genocide NIGHTS STAYED • Take a trip to The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek LAND • Watch sunset over Angkor Wat AIR 1

1

1

Days 1 & 2: Phnom Penh On arrival in Phnom Penh, transfer to your hotel. Discover Phnom Penh’s rich French-colonial past from the unique perspective of a traditional cyclo, explore the city’s majestic royal heritage at the Royal Palace and the ornate Silver Pagoda. Reflect on the Khmer Rouge legacy at Tuol Sleng Museum and the Killing Fields, and gain fascinating insights into Cambodia’s past. Explore the colourful Central Market to observe and interact with locals while picking up some souvenirs. Enjoy a relaxing sunset cruise on the Mekong River for unique views of Phnom Penh.

V

CAMBODIA

CAMBODIA LAND AIR RAIL2 Siem Reap & Angkor Wat CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

TOUR DETAILS LAND

CRUISE PRICES FROM: 1

£629 per person

NIGHTS STAYED

PRICES INCLUDE • 4 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 4 breakfasts, 1 dinner • Shared touring by air-conditioned vehicle • Services of an expert English-speaking Tour Leader (min. 10 passengers) and local guide • Internal flight, airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Day 5: Depart Siem Reap Enjoy free time until your included departure transfer.

(B)

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

203


ASIA CAMBODIA

1

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

Siem Reap

V

3

CAMBODIA

V

Koh Kong

2

V

2

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Phnom Penh

V

V 2 Sihanoukville (Optional Extension)

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

INDEPENDENT TOUR PRICES FROM

£1299pp

• Visit the breathtaking Temples of Angkor LAND AIR • Discover contemporary RAIL NIGHTS STAYED Cambodian culture • Learn about the darkest period of LAND Cambodia’s history CRUISE • Explore the Tatai River andNIGHTS STAYED Cardamom mountains from your floating lodge • Specially selected boutique accommodation • Flexible touring options 1

Boutique Asia – 8 day Cambodia Experience Siem Reap • Angkor Wat • Phnom Penh • Koh Kong Day 1: Arrive Siem Reap You will be met upon arrival in Siem Reap and transferred to your hotel. Shinta Mani Shack (3

nights)

Day 2: Siem Reap This morning, visit Angkor Wat, the largest temple in the world. Conceived by Suryavarman II, Angkor Wat took an estimated 30 years to build. It is generally believed to have been a funeral temple for the king. Later visit the monumental magnificence of Angkor Thom, last capital of the Khmers with the 216 “faces” of the Bayon at its heart, silent but with the famous half-smile playing on their lips. Enjoy a night at leisure or you can add on the optional Phare, Cambodian Circus. More than just a circus, Phare performers use theater, music, dance and modern circus arts to tell uniquely Cambodian stories. (B)

Day 3: Siem Reap Visit Banteay Srei; the citadel of women – a tiny, enchanting temple, one of the jewels in this remarkable city. Continue to Banteay Samre temple, built under Suryavarman II and Yasovarman II in the early 12th Century. Finally visit Ta Prohm, left largely in its natural state since its “re-discovery”. Surrounded by jungle, its labyrinth of stone hallways is overgrown with the roots and limbs of massive banyan trees. (B)

profoundly moving experience. Enjoy a night at leisure or you can add on an Optional – Phnom Penh Nightlife Experience. Experience Cambodian cuisine, delicious cocktails and local beer, and see firsthand the unique nightlife that this capital city has to offer from the back of our new Vespa scooters. (B)

Day 6: Phnom Penh – Koh Kong Depart with guide by road to 4 Rivers Floating Lodge (4.5hr drive). The afternoon is at leisure to relax or experience one of the many activities on offer at this beautifully situated lodge. (B) 4 Rivers Floating

Lodge (2 nights)

Day 7: Koh Kong The day is at leisure – perhaps enjoy some of the lodges fantastic excursions (not included), such as ‘Natures Spa’ or ‘Lost in the Mangrove’. It is recommended to pre-book some activities, at least 2 days in advance. (B) Transfer back to Phnom Penh for your onward flight.

(B)

EXTEND YOUR TOUR

Visit Theam’s house, a Cambodian artist and designer who draws on inspiration from both Khmer and contemporary international design. Next visit Artisans Angkor, a Cambodian company originally created to help young rural people find work near their home village. Continue on to visit the local market. This afternoon transfer to the airport for your flight to Phnom Penh. Upon arrival transfer to your hotel. (B)

PRICES FROM:

£1299 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 7 breakfasts • Transportation by private air-conditioned vehicle for all included sightseeing and transfers • Services of local English-speaking guides (except days free at leisure) • All entrance fees to sites and 3 days Angkor Pass

DEPARTURES Daily

The White Mansion (2 nights)

TOUR STYLE: Independent

Day 5: Phnom Penh

204

TOUR DETAILS

Day 8: Koh Kong – Phnom Penh

Day 4: Siem Reap – Phnom Penh

Visit the Royal Palace, still serving as the residence of the King. Khmer and European elements as well as distinct architectural echoes of the palace in Bangkok are present in the design. The Silver Pagoda (Wat Preah Keo Morokat) located within the compound, is named due to its floor, made up of 5,000 silver tiles. Depart to visit the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum. (Optional add on – meet with a Khmer Rouge survivor). Continue on to visit the Killing Fields (Choeung Ek), a

1

GROUP SIZE: 2+

Sihanoukville Beach Break Why not extend your tour with a relaxing beach break in Sihanoukville? Choose to visit some of the islands off the coast, go snorkelling, visit a local fishing village or just unwind by the pool. Prices from £389 per person.

PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


ASIA

• Explore the colonial town of Kampot • Visit Phnom Chhnork caves • Relax on scenic Koh Tonsay Island

INDEPENDENT TOUR

TOUR DETAILS

PRICES FROM

PRICES FROM:

£499pp

4 day Kep & Kampot Discovery Phnom Penh • Kampot • Kep Day 1: Phnom Penh – Kampot Take a guided transfer to Kampot (around a 3-hour drive). On arrival enjoy a Kampot City walking tour. Kampot has been an active settlement for centuries but the location and layout of the modern town was established during the French colonial period in the late 19th/early 20th Centuries. Though suffering a bit from the ravages of time, the architecture of Kampot is pleasantly provincial, a mix of red tile-roofed shophouses and old French colonial government buildings. Later enjoy a sunset boat trip along the Kampot River. The Columns hotel

Day 2: Kampot – Kep After breakfast, leave for Kep, stop at the salt pans (during dry season). Continue to Phnom Chhnork caves. Phnom Chhnork is the most spectacular cave complex in the Kampot area. The main cave contains the remains

CAMBODIA

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

of a brick temple that dates back to the Funan Kingdom in the 7th Century. Next visit a local Pepper Farm: pepper has been cultivated in Cambodia for more than a millennium. (B) Veranda Natural Resort (2 nights)

Day 3: Kep

£499 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 3 nights’ accommodation as per itinerary • Meals as specified: 3 breakfasts, 1 lunch • Services of local English-speaking guides (except day free at leisure without transportation and guide as mentioned) • Transportation by private air-conditioned vehicle for all included sightseeing and transfers • Boat trip in Kep

Early this morning, embark on a short boat trip (25 mins) to scenic Koh Tonsay, also called Rabbit Island. Spend the morning at leisure exploring the island and relaxing on the island’s beautiful tropical beach. Enjoy a BBQ lunch on the island. Around midafternoon, return to Kep and enjoy the rest of the day at leisure. (BL)

DEPARTURES

Day 4: Kep – Phnom Penh

PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Enjoy the morning free at leisure to explore Kampot before transferring with your guide to Phnom Penh (around a 3-hour drive). If time permits, stop to visit Kampong Trach. (B)

Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 2 - 4 stars

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS • Spend time with Elephants in their natural environment at the Elephant Valley Project • Experience hill tribe village life and culture • Take a boat trip to search for the rare River Dolphins

INDEPENDENT TOUR

TOUR DETAILS

PRICES FROM

PRICES FROM:

£999pp

5 day Elephant & Dolphin Adventure Phnom Penh • Mondulkiri • Kratie Day 1: Phnom Penh - Mondulkiri Depart for Mondulkiri via Kampong Cham. Stop at Skuon Village then visit Wat Nokor, an 11th Century Mahayana Buddhist shrine with a large reclining Buddha and numerous alcoves containing Buddha images. (LD) Mayura Hill Resort (3 nights)

Day 2: Mondulkiri Join a full-day tour to the the Elephant Valley Project. Hike into the Cambodian jungle and shadow 2 elephant families. Learn about the elephants, local people, forest and conservation; a unique responsible tourism experience. (BLD)

Day 3: Mondulkiri Depart to Busra waterfall, one of the largest in Cambodia. Continue past Rice Fields, have picnic lunch

on the way to Pnong Village. Immerse yourself in the culture and traditional hill tribe life style. (BLD)

Day 4: Mondulkiri - Kratie Travel to Kratie. After lunch at a local restaurant follow the Mekong River to a small town called Kampi, one of the best places along the Mekong to see the rare and elusive River Dolphin. That night, stay in a charming accommodation, located on a small river island. (BL)

£999 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 4 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 4 breakfasts, 4 lunches, 3 dinners • Services of local English-speaking guides • Group tour to Elephant Valley Project • Boat trip to see dolphin at Prek Kampi in Kratie • Local ferry fees and all entrance fee to sites as mentioned in the program

DEPARTURES

Rajabori Villas

Daily (Amended itinerary Fri & Sat departures)

Day 5: Kratie – Phnom Penh

TOUR STYLE: Independent

Explore the island by bicycle or horse cart or cross the river to Kratie for a city tour of colonial buildings and colorful market. Later visit Wat Roka Kandal, the oldest preserved pagoda in Cambodia. Transfer back to Phnom Penh. (B)

GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 2 - 3 stars

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

205


ASIA LAOS

Muang La (optional)

2

Ban Sop Jam (optional) 1

Luang Prabang

3

1

Nong Khie (optional) LAOS VIETNAM

1

Vientiane

1 1

THAILAND

1 1

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

LAND NIGHTS STAYED LAND NIGHTS STAYED 1

INDEPENDENT TOUR

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

£1599pp

Luang Prabang • Vientiane • Wat Phou Cruise • 4000 Islands • Pakse Day 1: Arrive Luang Prabang

Day 7: Wat Phou Cruise & Pakse

Upon arrival you will be met and transferred to your hotel. (D) 3 Nagas Boutique Hotel (3 nights)

After breakfast disembark your Wat Phou cruise at Ban Veuthong and transfer to Khone Island for a visit the old French railway. Take a boat to Xieng Di fishing village for lunch, continue on to PhaPheng waterfall also known as ‘The Niagara of The East’. Arrive in Pakse around 4pm. (BL) The River Resort

Start early – at dawn hundreds of monks move silently through the streets to collect alms. After breakfast, discover some of the priceless monuments around the old city, now under UNESCO protection as a World Heritage Site. That afternoon enjoy a private Mekong Riverboat upstream cruise, stopping en route to visit Pak Ou Buddha Cave. (BL)

Day 3: Luang Prabang Enjoy a day at leisure or take 1 of the suggested, optional, half-day tours. Option 1: Half-day spiritual Laos. Assisted by expert guides, guests are introduced to different aspects of the deeply spiritual nature of this serene country. Option 2: Half-day Living Farm Experiences Visit the Living Lands Community Farm, a sustainable company set up in Luang Prabang where guests learn about farming methods. Option 3: Half-day cooking class: Visit a market to learn about local produce then learn the secrets of Lao cuisine, followed by lunch. (B)

Take a morning flight to Pakse. You will be met and transferred by boat to Champasak where you will be welcomed on board your Wat Phou Cruise. Visit Vat Phou ruins and museum before enjoying a tropical sunset on deck. (BLD) Wat Phou Cruise (2 nights)

Day 6: Wat Phou Cruise Visit Huei Thamo village, experience rural life and a mysterious hidden forest temple called OumMuong. Continue south pass by the wilderness paradise of ‘4,000 Islands’. After lunch stop at Ban Deua Tia.

1

1 1

1 1

1 1

LAND AIR LAND RAIL AIR NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED LAND CRUISE LAND NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

(B)

EXTEND YOUR TOUR

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1599 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 7 breakfasts, 4 lunches, 4 dinners • Tours and transfers as specified • Service of English-speaking local guide on all tours and transfers • Air-conditioned vehicle on all tours and transfers • Entry Fees

5 day Northern Laos Extension Get further under the skin of this amazing country, interacting with local villagers and experiencing rural life in remote Northern Laos. This 5-day extension combines traditional hill tribe villages with stunning mountain vistas. Stay at the enchanting, remote Muang La lodge for 2 nights. Enjoy a river cruise on the Nam Ou River and experience a fantastic homestay at Ban Sop Jam fishing village. Take a light Kayak trip through towering karst formations to visit Nong Khiaw finishing off in Luang Prabang.

(BLD) Price per person from £1499

206

1

The day is at leisure until your transfer to the airport.

After breakfast transfer for your flight to Vientiane. Visit the highlights of the capital with your guide including, Vat Sisaket, the oldest original temple in Vientiane. Haw PhraKaew, which contains some of the finest Buddhist sculptures and artifacts in the country and Phra That Luang stupa. (BD) Ansara Boutique

Day 5: Vientiane to Pakse & Wat Phou Cruise

LAND RAIL LAND CRUISE RAIL NIGHTS STAYED CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

• Discover Luang Prabang’s many temples, a UNESCO World LAND Heritage Site RAIL LAND NIGHTS STAYED RAIL • Learn about local life in a Land, NIGHTS STAYED seemingly untouched by time • Join the Wat Phou Mekong cruise RAIL visiting the 4,000 islands area NIGHTS STAYED RAIL NIGHTS STAYED and Phapheng waterfall

Day 8: Depart Pakse

Day 4: Luang Prabang - Vientiane

Hotel

1 1

Boutique Asia - 8 day Laos Experience Day 2: Luang Prabang

Pakse

LAND Wat Phou AIR2 LAND Cruise 1 NIGHTS STAYED AIR 1 NIGHTS STAYED

DEPARTURES Selected Tuesday, Friday & Saturday’s No departures in June

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

ASIA Juyongguan (Great Wall)

3

CHINA

1

Beijing

CHINA

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Xian

2

Shanghai 3

Zhujiajiao

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

RAIL • Explore the vibrant city of NIGHTS STAYED Shanghai • Step back in time strolling LAND through Zhujiajiao water town AIR RAIL • Visit the site of the terracotta NIGHTS STAYED warriors, monumental in scale • Wander around the Forbidden City, LAND CRUISE the largest palace complex in the NIGHTS STAYED world • Walk along the magnificent Great Wall of China 1

ESCORTED TOUR

1

PRICES FROM

£1789pp

1

9 day A China Experience Shanghai • Zhujiajiao • Xian • Beijing Day 1: Arrive Shanghai

Day 7: Beijing

Arrive in the exuberant city of Shanghai, called ‘the Paris of the East’. Depending on your time of arrival, the rest of the day is yours to start soaking up the local culture.

Head to Beijing’s symbolic heart and stroll across Tiananmen Square into the sprawling magnificence of the Forbidden City. Entering through the Gate of Supreme Harmony, you will find a complex full of imperial riches. Later, soak up the harmonious ambience of the Temple of Heaven, an orderly oasis in a bustling urban landscape, where you can watch, or participate in, a dance class. See a Chinese acrobatic show this evening. The Forbidden City is closed on Mondays.

Day 2: Shanghai Shanghai is China’s great metropolis, where east and west collide on streets lined with futuristic skyscrapers and 10th Century temples. Today’s explorations include the traditional Yu Garden, the Silk Factory and a stop in the old town. Admire the magnificent colonial architecture with a stroll along the Bund. This evening, view the city from the Huangpu River on a panoramic cruise. Dinner is traditional Shanghainese cuisine.

(BLD)

Day 3: Shanghai & Zhujiajiao Visit Zhujiajiao, one of Shanghai’s sleepy water towns, built on an old canal system once used to transport goods all over imperial China. The town’s narrow alleyways exude old-world charm, whilst the waterways are lined with ancient buildings and crossed by stone bridges. Return to Shanghai to enjoy the fine arts and antiquities of the Shanghai Museum, and explore People’s Square. (BLD)

Day 4: Shanghai - Xian Fly to Xian, the ancient former capital. This afternoon take a visit to the fascinating Little Wild Goose Pagoda and spend time walking through the atmospheric alleys of the Muslim Quarter, which are lined with Islamic food stalls. (BLD)

Day 5: Xian After their fortuitous discovery in the 1970s, the Terracotta Army of China’s first Emperor, Qin Shi Huang, has intrigued visitors ever since. Spend the morning viewing the enigmatic ranks of life-sized warriors. See the Xian Art Ceramics and Laquer Workshop, and later stroll on the beautifully preserved 14th Century city walls that enclose Xian’s old town. Tonight, feast on traditional Shui Jiao dumplings before a performance of Tang Dynasty dancing. (BLD)

Day 7: Xian - Beijing Fly to Beijing, China’s historical capital city. Enjoy a rickshaw ride through the Hutongs and have dinner with a local family. In the evening, there is an option to enjoy a Kung Fu Show. (BLD)

If your visit falls on a Monday, your touring will be switched around to an alternative day. (BLD)

Day 8: Beijing This morning is dedicated to China’s most iconic sight – the Great Wall. Taking a walk on this incredible structure is the best way to appreciate both the sheer magnificence of the wall itself and the dramatic scenery that it crosses. You will have an opportunity to visit the Jade Factory, where you will be able to buy a small handcrafted piece. Jade is revered throughout China, it is said to bring fortune and prosperity to those who wear it. Spend the afternoon strolling through the idyllic landscapes of the Summer Palace as you see the traditional Chinese gardens and exquisite architecture. Today’s sightseeing is the perfect way to build up your appetite for Beijing’s most recognized delicacy – Peking duck. (BLD)

Day 9: Depart Beijing Transfer to the airport for your onward flight. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1789 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 8 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels • Meals as specified: 8 breakfasts, 7 lunches, 7 dinners • Touring by air-conditioned vehicle • English-speaking National Escort (subject to minimum 10 passengers) and Local Guides • Internal flights, airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary • Visa fees for UK and EU passport holders

PRICES EXCLUDE • Tipping paid locally RMB 400

DEPARTURES 2019: Mar 3, 17, 24, 31; Apr 7, 14, 28; May 5, 12, 19, 26; Jun 2, 23; Jul 14, 28; Aug 11, 25; Sep 1, 8, 15, 22; Oct 6, 13, 20; Nov 17, 24 2020: Feb 2; Mar 1, 15, 22, 29; Apr 5, 12, 26; May 3, 10, 17, 24, 31; Jun 29; Jul 12, 26; Aug 9, 23, 30; Sep 6, 13, 20; Oct 4, 11, 18; Nov 15, 22

TOUR STYLE: Escorted (Classic) GROUP SIZE: Max 29 PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 star Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

207


ASIA CHINA

Beijing 3

1

LAND AIR RAIL CRUISE Shanghai NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

CHINA 2

Chengdu

Xian

3

2

2

Guilin

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

INDEPENDENT TOUR PRICES FROM

£3899pp

• Beijing’s Forbidden City • The thousands strong army of Terracotta Warriors in Xi’anLAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Giant pandas at the Giant Panda Breeding & Research Base • Li River cruise from Guilin RAIL • Modern & ancient ShanghaiNIGHTS STAYED 1

13 day China Encompassed

1

TOUR DETAILS

Beijing • Xi’an • Chengdu • Guilin • Shanghai Day 1: Arrive Beijing

Day 10: Guilin - Shanghai

On arrival in Beijing, transfer to your hotel near Wangfujing Shopping Street and enjoy the remainder of the day at leisure. Novotel Peace Hotel (3 nights)

Limestone cliffs dominate the scenery around Guilin. Take a scenic tour of Fubo Hill and the stalagmites and stalactites in the Reed Flute Caves; a huge cave system that gained its name from its distinguishing reeds used to make musical instruments. Later, transfer to the airport for your flight to Shanghai. (BL)

Days 2 & 3: Beijing Marvel at vast Tiananmen Square, home to China’s Parliament; walk through the Gate of Heavenly Peace and see the Forbidden City. Enjoy a traditional Beijing lunch before visiting the Hutongs, the atmospheric lanes and courtyard houses of old Beijing. Enjoy a traditional Peking duck dinner. The next day, set off early to visit the Great Wall at Mutianyu. After lunch, travel to the opulent Imperial Summer Palace where the emperors once lived. (BLD,BL)

Days 4 & 5: Beijing – Xi’an Visit the magnificent Temple of Heaven, where the Emperors would pray for successful harvests, and where today locals come to practice Tai Chi. After lunch, take a short flight to Xi’an. Next day, see the ultimate highlight of Xi’an, the Terracotta Warriors. See the Mausoleum of Emperor Qin Shihuang and witness the thousands strong army standing guard over his tomb. Return to Xi’an to visit the Big Wild Goose Pagoda, Islamic Quarter and Grand Mosque before dinner and a Tang Dynasty dance performance.

Grand Mercure Shanghai Central (3 nights)

Days 11 & 12: Shanghai See the beautiful Yu Yuan Gardens built in 1577 and the Jade Buddha in Yufo Temple. Explore the winding streets of the Old City and the fashionable Bund with its European-style promenade. The next day, spend the day at Zhouzhuang, one of the surrounding picturesque water villages famous for its narrow streets, canals and bridges. Visit Nanjing Road and Xintiandi Bar Street. (BL)

Day 13: Depart Shanghai Transfer to Shanghai Airport for your onward flight.

(B)

EXTEND YOUR TOUR

nights)

Day 9: Guilin - Yangshuo - Guilin Cruise the spectacular Li River and enjoy lunch served on board. Discover Moon Hill, Banyan Tree Park and in Yangshuo explore the small streets, cafés and markets before returning to Guilin. (BL)

208

PRICES INCLUDE

LAND

CRUISE • 12 nights’ accommodation in named hotels 1 NIGHTS STAYED or similar • Meals as specified: 12 breakfasts, 11 lunches, 2 dinners • Internal flights as specified between Beijing/ Xi’an, Xi’an/Chengdu, Chengdu/Guilin & Guilin/Shanghai • Services of qualified English-speaking local guide • Airport transfers & sightseeing as per itinerary (excludes ‘optional’ items)

DEPARTURES Daily

GROUP SIZE: 2+

ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars

Take a morning tour of the Ancient City Wall and Bell Tower before flying to Chengdu, and spend the rest of the day at your leisure. The next day, you will visit the Giant Panda Breeding and Research Base, and explore the pandas’ evolution, habits, habitats and conservation efforts. Continue to the Wenshu Temple from the Tang Dynasty, Chengdu’s largest and bestpreserved Buddhist temple. Finish your excursion with a visit to a local teahouse in the old city area. (BL)

Visit the local people’s park and the Huanglongxi Ancient Town. Transfer to the airport in the evening for your flight to Guilin. (BL) Guilin Bravo Hotel (2

1

PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Days 6 & 7: Xi’an – Chengdu

Day 8: Chengdu - Guilin

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

£3899 per person

TOUR STYLE: Independent

(BL,BLD) Mercure Renmin Square (2 nights)

Tianfu Sunshine Hotel, Chengdu (2 nights)

PRICES FROM:

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Perhaps extend your China tour with a side trip to Hong Kong. On our 4 day Essential Hong Kong package you’ll enjoy a city tour which will take you to the floating village of Aberdeen, the famous Stanley Market, and up to Victoria Peak. On day 3 you will board an early evening pre-dinner cocktail cruise around dazzling Hong Kong harbour.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Beijing and Shanghai. Please call for details.

1

3


1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

LAND AIR Sanjiang Dong Village 1 1 NIGHTS STAYED (Optional Extension)

ASIA CHINA

1

AIR RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

Ping’an Village

CHINA

1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

2

Guilin

1

Yangshuo

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

INDEPENDENT TOUR

• AdmireRAIL the spectacular Dragons NIGHTS STAYED Back Bone rice terraces • Stay in the atmospheric rural villagesLAND of Ping’an and Yangshuo AIR • Cruise on the Li River surrounded RAIL NIGHTS STAYED by Karst Mountains 1

PRICES FROM

£1099pp

Boutique Asia – 5 day Guilin & Longji Experience

1

EXTEND YOUR TOUR LAND 1

CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Guilin • Ping’an • Yangshuo Day 1: Arrive Guilin You will be met upon arrival in Guilin and taken to visit the Reed Flute Cave with your guide. The Reed Flute Cave is the most impressive of the karst caverns in Guilin. Not only is it the largest, but its stunning array of stalactites and stalagmites, makes this cave a spectacular sight. After the tour, you’ll transfer to your hotel for check in. Guilin Yi Royal Palace Hotel

Day 2: Guilin – Longsheng After breakfast, you’ll travel to Longji (or Dragon’s Back Bone) Rice Terraces, the area is located in Heping Town, Longsheng County, Guilin. Situated 2 hours’ drive from Guilin, these rice terraces resemble great chains or ribbons (or a dragon’s backbone, for the more imaginative among us). They were carved by hand into the hillside over 600 years ago, making the best use of the scarce arable land and water resources in this mountainous area. (BL) Longji Ping’an Hotel

Day 3: Longsheng – Guilin Transfer back to Guilin for a morning tour of Fubo Hill and Elephant Trunk Hill. One of the most famous natural landmarks in Guilin, Elephant Trunk Hill is located on the western bank of the Li River. The shape of the hill resembles a huge elephant drinking water from the river with its trunk. Between the trunk and the legs is a semi-round cave penetrated by water

called Shui Yue Cave (Water Moon Cave). Fubo Hill is an imposing solitary stone pillar that rises 60m alongside the western bank. After lunch you’ll visit Seven Star Park, the largest park in Guilin. Its unusual name is derived from the 7 peaks that surround it. The park itself includes many famous and beautiful sights such as Flower Bridge, Putuo Mountain, Seven Stars Cave, Camel Hill, and the Guihai Stele Forest. (BL)

Guilin Yi Royal Palace Hotel

Day 4: Guilin – Yangshuo In the morning, take downstream cruise on the Li River (shared basis). Enjoy the indescribable beauty and breathtaking scenery before disembarking at Yangshuo. Explore West Street on foot before enjoying a countryside bicycle ride. West Street (Xi Jie) is situated in Yangshuo, the most beautiful town along the Li River. Offering not only elegant scenery, but also superior dining and Chinese and western snacks, Xijie, is a great place to stop for a bite to eat. Continue by bike past rice paddies, centuries-old farmhouses, limestone karsts, fruit orchards, and of course the stunning mountains before transferring back to your hotel. (BL) Yangshuo Mountain Retreat

Day 5: Yangshuo – Guilin After breakfast you’ll transfer back to Guilin for your onward flight. (B)

Sanjiang Dong Village Extension Why not get off the beaten path with a sidetrip from Ping’an village to visit Sanjiang? This Dong minority village is known for it’s spectacular local architecture and breathtaking scenery. Return and overnight in Ping’an before continuing with your tour. Price per person from £329

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1099 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 4 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 4 breakfasts, 3 lunches • Tours and transfers as specified including entry fees, on a private basis (except Li River cruise) in air-conditioned vehicles • Service of English-speaking local guide for all included sightseeing and transfers

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 2 - 4 stars Please note - star ratings are given as a general guide on this tour, in some villages you will stay in good local accommodation that has no official star rating. Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

209


ASIA CHINA

Langzhong (optional extension)

1

Mount Qingcheng 1

3

Chengdu

1

Leshan

2

LAND AIR RAIL CHINA CRUISE 1 NIGHTS STAYED

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

Mount Emei

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

INDEPENDENT TOUR

1

LAND

PRICES FROM

RAIL • Experience world renowned CRUISE Sichuan cuisine NIGHTS STAYED • Visit the Giant Panda breeding centre LAND • Admire the view from the Golden RAIL Summit of Mount EmeiNIGHTS STAYED 1

£1769pp

Boutique Asia – 7 day Sichuan Experience

1

EXTEND YOUR TOUR RAIL

Chengdu • Dujiangyan • Mt. Qingcheng • Mt. Emei • Leshan

1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Day 1: Arrive Chengdu

Day 5: Mount Emei

You will be met upon arrival at Chengdu airport, then taken to visit the local ‘People’s Park’, an urban public park in central Chengdu, capital of Sichuan province. Built in 1911 as Shaocheng Park, it is the first public park in the city. Immerse yourself in local life and culture, here, residents play traditional Chinese instruments, practice calligraphy and engage in tai chi. That night, enjoy a special Sichuan hot pot dinner. (D) Chengdu

Head to the top of Emei Mountain, the primary peak, known as The Golden Summit, stands 3079.3 meters above sea level and appears to touch the sky. From atop the mountain, you will enjoy views of snowy mountains to the west and vast plains to the east. In 1996, UNESCO listed Mount Emei as a world natural and cultural heritage site. Continue on to Wannian Temple, 1 of 8 significant temples atop the mountain. The temple was built with no beams, and houses a bronze statue of Buddha Samantabhadra mounted upon a 6-toothed white elephant. After lunch return to the hotel, the rest of the day is at leisure. (BL)

Langzhong Ancient TownCRUISE Extension NIGHTS STAYED

Day 6: Mount Emei – Leshan – Chengdu

Price per person from £579.

Buddha Zen Hotel (2 nights)

Day 2: Chengdu Visit Chengdu Giant Panda Breeding Centre. Located just 10km from downtown Chengdu, the breeding research centre has been created to imitate the pandas’ natural habitat in order that they might have the best possible environment for rearing and breeding. The centre also cares for other rare and endangered wild animals. That afternoon, you will visit the only museum in the world dedicated to the culture and history of a local cuisine. When you’ve finished feasting your eyes on the museum’s offerings, try your hand at reproducing some of the famous dishes at the cooking school in the museum. (BL)

Day 3: Chengdu - Dujiangyan – Mount Qingcheng Visit the Dujiangyan Irrigation Project. Throughout history, the city of Chengdu was constantly threatened by the frequent flooding of the Minjiang River. Over 2 millennia ago, a local Sichuan official and his son constructed a remarkable irrigation system, now the oldest and only surviving no-dam irrigation system in the world. Stand upon the Anlan Cable Bridge and behold the entire layout. Continue on to Mount Qingcheng and enjoy some mild hiking. The mountain, which has 36 peaks, is amongst the most important centres of Taoism in China. (BL) Six Senses Qing

Cheng Mountain

Day 4: Mount Qingcheng – Mount Emei Visit the Dujiangyan Confucian Temple. Confucius, (551 BC – 479 BC) was a Chinese teacher, politician, and philosopher who left an indelible mark on Chinese society throughout the ages. At the temple, you will learn more about this important historical figure and have a chance to wear traditional clothing, practice archery or calligraphy. A stone rubbing class and a stone painting class are also offered. Enjoy lunch at a local restaurant before transferring to Mount Emei. (BL)

Hongzhu Shan Hotel (2 nights)

210

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

After breakfast, visit the largest stone Buddha statue in the world, towering over 70 metres (229 feet) above the banks of the river. The average person is shorter than the Buddha’s big toe! The Leshan Buddha was carved over a thousand years ago directly into the cliff, and took over one hundred years to complete and is now a UNESCO World Heritage Site. After lunch travel back to Chengdu. (BL) Chengdu Buddha Hotel

Day 7: Depart Chengdu Enjoy some time at leisure until your airport transfer.

(B)

LAND

1

Why not take an optional extension to Langzhong Ancient Town? One of China’s highly underrated tourist destinations, a 2,300-year-old historic city tucked away in remote northern Sichuan boasting a stunning medieval townscape.

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1769 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 6 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 5 breakfasts, 4 lunches, 1 dinner • Tours and transfers as specified including entry fees, on a private basis in airconditioned vehicles • Service of English-speaking guide for all included sightseeing and transfers

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent GROUP SIZE: 2+ PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


1

NIGHTS STAYED

ASIA LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

3

MYANMAR

CHINA

1

Lijiang

CHINA 3

LAND Dali (4 nights if RAIL 4 on optional CRUISE Tengchong extension) 1 NIGHTS STAYED (Optional extension)

1

3

Kunming

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

INDEPENDENT TOUR

1

PRICES FROM

£3699pp

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

• Explore Kunming and experience Yunnan food and culture LAND • Stay at the unique Linden Centre AIR in Dali RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • Explore Dali Old Town • Marvel atLANDthe breathtaking mountainCRUISE scenery NIGHTS STAYED • Visit Tiger Leaping Gorge 1

Boutique Asia – 10 day Yunnan Experience

1

Kunming • Dali • Lijiang Day 1: Arrive Kunming

Day 7: Dali – Lijiang

Arrive in Kunming and transfer to your hotel where the rest of the day will be at leisure. Silver Chest

After breakfast transfer, to Lijiang where the afternoon is at leisure. Perhaps opt to explore Lijiang old town, an exquisitely pretty town of winding narrow lanes, mountain streams, ancient stone bridges and charming timber houses. (BL) The Bivou Lijiang (3

Boutique Hotel (3 nights)

Day 2: Kunming Take a morning stroll through Green Lake Park, centrally located and one of the most picturesque in the city. The park is dotted with beautiful pavilions, tree lined walks and consists of four lakes linked by causeways and traditional style bridges. At lunch, try a regional speciality ‘bridge crossing noodles’, this is followed by a tea ceremony, Yunnan is famous for Pu’er tea. Then visit Guandu Old Town. (BL)

Day 3: Kunming The cuisine of Yunnan province is extremely rich, and utilizes the incredible variety of ingredients native to this fertile region of China. Enjoy a fun-filled cooking class and learn local techniques and recipes. The afternoon is free to explore by yourself. (BL)

Day 4: Kunming – Dali Visit Dounan, the biggest flower market in Yunnan with over 1,000 traders. After a dumpling lunch, depart for Dali. On arrival, check in at the Linden Centre, a boutique hotel, nationally protected heritage site and centre for cultural exchange. Enjoy a tour of the centre followed by dinner. (BLD) The Linden Centre

nights)

Day 8: Lijiang Experience “Impression Lijiang”, an outdoor cultural show depicting the traditions and lifestyle of the local Naxi, Mosuo, Yi, and Bai peoples, in an outdoor theatre specifically designed to showcase the breathtaking mountainous background. Later, visit Baisha Naxi minority village and its ancient wall paintings, as well as the local Art Academy to see Naxi Embroidery. After lunch, you’ll take a carriage to Shuhe Village.

Day 9: Lijiang In the morning, you’ll meet your guide and transfer to Tacheng to visit Tiger Leaping Gorge (approximately 2 and a half hours’ drive from Lijaing). This gorge is believed to be the deepest gorge in the world. Travel back to Lijiang and enjoy time at leisure. (BL)

Day 10: Depart Lijiang You’ll have some time at leisure until it is time to transfer to the airport for your onward flight. (B)

(3 nights)

Day 5: Dali

EXTEND YOUR TOUR

Visit bustling Xizhou market followed by a cooking class. After lunch explore Dali Old Town also known as Yu Town, located at the foot of the picturesque Cangshan Mountain. It was built in Ming dynasty in 1382, and named as the one of the first historical and cultural cities. The city is the home of the Bai ethnic minority and its ancient quarter still retains its old world charm within original city walls. (BLD)

PRICES FROM:

£3699 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 9 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 9 breakfasts, 8 lunches, 3 dinners • Tours and transfers as specified including entry fees, on a private basis in airconditioned vehicles • Service of English-speaking local guide for all included sightseeing and transfers

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent

Day 6: Dali Visit Zhoucheng to explore the region’s largest producer of tie-dyes and batiks, and to try your hand at a tie-dyeing technique used in China for more than 1,000 years. After lunch at the Linden centre, visit 3 Xizhou god temples. (BLD)

TOUR DETAILS

(BL)

GROUP SIZE: 2+

6 day Tengchong County Extension Explore the many highlights of Tengchong County, once a vital link on the Silk Road. Visit Tengchong Volcano Park, Scenic minority villages and Beihai Wetland Reserve. Price per person from £1989.

PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

211


ASIA SOUTH KOREA

1

RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

Dmz 4

Seoul

SOUTH KOREA

Yangdong 1

2

Gyeongju-si

PRICES FROM

£1929pp

8 day Best of South Korea

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

Busan

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

SMALL GROUP TOUR

1

• Explore Seoul the bustling capital of South Korea • Visit the UNESCO listed sites Seoguram Grotto and Bulguksa Temple • Experience the 500 year old Yangdong Folk Village • Enjoy a spiritual stay in a Korean Buddhist temple

Seoul • DMZ • Gyeongju-si • Busan Day 1: Seoul

Day 5: Gyeongju-si - Busan

Arrive in Seoul and transfer to your hotel. You are free to explore this vibrant city by yourself until your welcome meeting this evening.

After breakfast, travel to the 500-year-old UNESCO site of Yangdong Folk Village, located in Gyeongju National Park, to get a feel for life during the early Joseon Dynasty. Travel to the picturesque 14th Century seaside temple, Haedong Yonggungsa. Continue to Busan and enjoy a walk or swim at Haeundae Beach, the most popular beach in South Korea, or perhaps a light trek on Dongbaek Island. (B)

Day 2: Seoul Enjoy a walking of the bustling capital of South Korea. Visit different areas of the city including Gyengbokgung Palace, the main Royal Palace of the Joseon Dynasty built in 1395, the National Folklore Museum, and Namdaemun Market, the largest and oldest traditional market in Korea. Enjoy some free time to further explore the city on your own or choose one of our optional activities, such as Bukchon Hanok village exploration. (B)

Day 3: Seoul Travel to the DMZ in the morning by private bus and spend about 3-4 hrs visiting the de facto border between North and South Korea, which cuts the peninsula in half. Created in 1953, it is the most heavily militarised border in the world; before returning back to Seoul for free time or optional activities such as a K-Pop show (own expense). (B)

Day 4: Seoul – Gyeongju-si Depart Seoul in the morning and travel by high-speed train to Gyeongju, taking just over 2 hrs to reach the city. In the afternoon visit the sights around Gyeongju. See the UNESCO sites of Seoguram Grotto and Bulguksa Temple and much more. (B)

Day 6: Busan Visit the bustling Jagalchi fish market, Gujesijang market, and Yongdusan Park, before an overnight in a local temple. Stay in rooms called Ondol. These rooms are very traditional, heated to be cosy and comfortable, with beds made up directly on the floor. The rooms here are multi-share, divided up by male and female rooms. Enjoy a traditional dinner and breakfast during the stay. Have the opportunity to learn about temple etiquette, experience the daily drum and bell ritual, craft your own prayer beads and take an easy hike up to the oldest and highest temple in Busan for morning meditation. (BD)

Day 7: Busan – Seoul Enjoy a final morning in Busan before returning to Seoul by high speed bullet train. This afternoon enjoy free time to further explore South Korea’s fascinating capital. (B)

Day 8: Depart Seoul You are free today until it is time to make your own way back to the airport. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£1929 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 7 nights in various styles of accommodation (some may be multishare) • Meals as specified: 7 breakfasts, 1 dinner • All transport between destinations and included activities • Transport by private van, train, subway, walking • Chief Experience Officer (CEO) throughout and local guides

DEPARTURES 2019: Mar 8, 22; Apr 5, 19; May 3, 17, 31; Jun 14; Aug 16, 23, 30; Sep 6, 13, 27; Oct 4, 11 2020: Mar 6, 20; Apr 3, 17; May 1, 8, 15, 22, 29; Jun 12; Aug 14, 21, 28; Sep 4, 11, 25; Oct 2, 9

TOUR STYLE: Classic GROUP SIZE: 16 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

212


NIGHTS STAYED

1

ASIA

2

Tsumago

Tokyo 1

3

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

3 2

1

JAPAN

Kanazawa

JAPAN

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

Kyoto

Hiroshima

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

SMALL GROUP TOUR PRICES FROM

£3499pp

12 day Iconic Japan Tokyo • Tsumago • Kanazawa • Hiroshima • Kyoto Day 1: Arrive Tokyo

Day 7: Kanazawa – Hiroshima

Arrive Tokyo and make your own way to your hotel.

Continue by bullet train to Hiroshima and visit the Peace Park and Memorial Museum to learn more about the tragic history of this city. (B) Grand Prince

Hotel Gracery Shinjuku (3 nights)

Day 2: Tokyo Spend the day exploring vibrant Tokyo by public transportation. As a city of extreme contrasts, we experience the ancient and traditional with visits to Meiji Jingu Shrine and the old town of Asakusa. We then experience the quirky and modern with a walk through the pop culture obsessed Harajuka district a great place to sit back and people watch. (B)

Hiroshima (2 nights)

Day 8: Hiroshima Catch a ferry over to the sacred island of Miyajima to see the famous floating torii gate, considered one of Japans most beautiful and sacred shrines. This afternoon is free, opt to catch the ferry to other Islands to explore on your own. (B)

Day 3: Tokyo

Day 9: Hiroshima - Kyoto

This morning, visit the famed market with insiders of Tsukiji Fish Market, learn about the fishing industry in Japan and enjoy a class with Sushi Masters. Learn how to identify the freshest fish, to prepare and fillet and the fine art of sushi making and presentation. After, try your hand at making your own sushi and enjoy a taste of your creation. This afternoon is free to explore Tokyo on your own. (BL)

This morning we visit Himeji Castle, considered the best preserved and most stunning castle in all of Japan. After, continue by train to Kyoto, the former Imperial Capital and home of the country’s most treasured remnants of Japanese imperial life. This afternoon, take a stroll around the Gion Geisha district and visit a tea house. (B) Kyoto Tokyu Hotel (3

nights)

Day 4: Tokyo – Tsumago

Day 10: Kyoto

Depart Tokyo by train. Disembark at Nagiso and enjoy a walk through the countryside, passing farms and hamlets and into Tsumago, a traditional Village. After, continue to our local ryokan accommodation, feast on a Japanese kaiseki meal, learn about Japanese customs, and sleep on a futon. (BD) Hanaya Tsumago

Visit the stunning Fushimi Inari, an ancient shrine at the base of the mountain of the same name. After, spend the day exploring sites around Nara, visiting the impressive Todaiji Buddhist Temple and Kasuga Taisha Shrine. (B)

Ryokan

Day 5: Tsumago – Kanazawa Continue by train to the historic city of Kanazawa. Explore the ancient Samurai culture with a walk through the well-preserved Nagamachi Samurai district and visit to the Nomura Samurai family residence. (B) Kanazawa Tokyu Hotel (2 nights)

Day 6: Kanazawa Continue exploring Kanazawa, visiting the Myoryuji Ninja Temple and walking through the Higashi Geisha district. The city is also renowned as a centre of traditional arts and crafts and we delve into these traditions with a chopstick and Gold Leaf Painting Experience. Opt to visit the stunning gardens or original castles. (B)

Day 11: Kyoto This morning, visit a local temple to learn about the history and practice of Zen Buddhism in Japan. Here we meet with a local monk who will talk about Buddhism and instruct us in Zen meditation and calligraphy. Enjoy a traditional bowl of matcha tea before visiting the famous Kinkaku-ji Golden Pavilion. After, we learn about the etiquette of the samurai as well as the practice of basic kembu, and take a lesson on how to use the Japanese sword. Then, enjoy a performance by kembu masters which includes short poems, which were traditionally written by samurai about major events in their life. Later, take some time to explore on your own. Opt to visit museums, temples, or zen gardens. (B)

Day 12: Kyoto You are free today until it is time to make your own way to the airport. (B)

• Chopstick and Gold Leaf Painting Experience, Kanazawa-shi • Zen Tea Ceremony, Kyoto • Walking tour of Tsumago Village and countryside • Kaiseki dinner • Visit Kanazawa’s samurai and geisha districts • Visit Nomura Family Samurai Residence and Myoryuji Ninja Temple • Excursion to Miyajima Island • Tour Kyoto and Nara including Fushimi Inari, Kinkaku-ji Golden Pavilion, Todaiji Temple and Kasuga Taisha Shrine Journeys Exclusives • Sukiji Sushi Experience, Tokyo • Zen Buddhist Meditation, Nara-shi • Kembu Masters, Kyoto

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£3499 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 11 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified : 11 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 1 dinner • Services of an experienced Chief Experience Officer (CEO) and local guides • Touring by bullet train, express train, local train, ferry, metro, taxi, public bus, walking • Sightseeing and touring as specified

DEPARTURES 2019: Jan 28; Feb 25; Mar 18, 25; Apr 1, 8, 22; May 13, 27; Jun 10, 24; Jul 22; Aug 19; Sep 2, 16; Oct 14, 28; Nov 11, 25; Dec 16

TOUR STYLE: National Geographic Journeys GROUP SIZE: 15 max PHYSICAL DEMAND:

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

213


1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1 1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

ASIA JAPAN

JAPAN

1

1

Fuji Five Lakes

Mishima

Osaka

1 Hiroshima

Miyajima

2

Kyoto

(

1

3

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

ESCORTED TOUR

1

LAND • Discover the delights of vibrant CRUISE Tokyo NIGHTS STAYED • Admire breathtaking Mount Fuji • Make your own Japanese soba noodles • Experience the speedy bullet train • Explore Japan’s history in Kyoto

PRICES FROM

1

£4289pp

10 day Jewels of Japan Tokyo • Fuji Five Lakes • Mount Fuji • Kyoto • Hiroshima • Miyajima • Osaka Day 1: Arrive Tokyo

Day 6: Fuji Five Lakes - Kyoto

After arriving in Tokyo, the rest of the day is yours to start soaking up the local culture. (D)

Transfer to Mishima station for the bullet train to Kyoto. Sit back and relax as you speed across the country. An enchanting city, Kyoto was capital for a thousand years; today it is the legacy of ancient Japan, full of tranquil temples, silk-clad geisha and sublime gardens. The geisha is both an intriguing and integral part of Japanese history – meet with either a maiko (apprentice geisha) or geisha and learn about their way of life and culture. Continue to Ryoanji Temple, home to Japan’s most famous zen garden and end the day with a visit to Kinkakuji Temple, also known as the ‘Golden Pavilion’. (BLD)

Day 2: Tokyo Tokyo is the ultimate 24-hour city. Begin today with a visit to the observation deck of the 634-metre Skytree, the world’s tallest tower for panoramic views, before seeking out the tranquillity of the ancient Buddhist Sensoji Temple, Tokyo’s oldest. Learn about Tokyo’s historical heritage at the Edo-Tokyo Museum and explore Tokyo’s Imperial Palace East Garden. (BLD)

Day 3: Tokyo Today, the tour begins with a relaxed morning wandering around the classical landscapes of the Hamarikyu Garden. Continue to the Meiji Shrine, the Shinto shrine dedicated to the deified spirits of Emperor Meiji and his wife, Empress Shoken, before driving past the famous Shibuya Crossing. The afternoon is at leisure for you to explore the city as you wish. This evening, take a relaxed dinner cruise on Tokyo Bay for some excellent city vistas. (BLD)

Day 4: Tokyo - Fuji Five Lakes Journey through the foothills of the iconic Mt Fuji to its base where we find the Fuji Five Lakes. The region is spectacular with the calm waters of the Five Lakes, formed by past volcanic eruptions, reflecting Mt Fuji’s picture-perfect cone. Later, try your hand at making traditional Japanese soba noodles before tucking in to your creations. Continue to Itchiku Kubota Art Museum to view the elaborate dyed silk creations before strolling around scenic Oshino Hakkai. (BLD)

Day 5: Mount Fuji Ascend 2,000 metres up to Mt Fuji’s 5th Station (weather permitting) where, with its perfectly conical peak looming overhead, you can take in the breathtaking views over the landscapes below. Returning to the beautiful Five Lakes region, explore Iyashi no Sato Historical Village*, a former farming village on the shores of Lake Saiko. Destroyed by a landslide in 1966, the remaining thatched roofed houses of this old village have been transformed into an open-air museum and craft village. *May 2019, this will be replaced by the Shibazakura Festival (BLD)

214

(

Tokyo LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED Himeji 2

Day 7: Kyoto Today, you will explore one of Kyoto’s delightful temples – Kiyomizu Temple, a 17th Century Buddhist temple. In the afternoon, enjoy a traditional Japanese handicraft experience and sample Japanese tea at a restored wooden townhouse. (BLD)

Day 8: Kyoto - Hiroshima Today, travel by bullet train to Hiroshima. Hiroshima needs no introduction. The city today is vibrant and modern with a forward-thinking, sunny outlook. Find a moment to reflect at the Peace Memorial Park and Museum, paying homage to the victims of the 1945 atomic bomb. Next, hop on the ferry to the holy island of Miyajima. Visit the Itsukushima Shrine, a UNESCO World Heritage Site and one of Japan’s most recognisable, rising majestically out of the waters of the Seto Inland Sea. Take an optional cable car up Mt Misen to enjoy the panoramic views. (BLD)

Day 9: Hiroshima - Osaka Travel to Himeji to visit its famous castle. The feudal era fort, one of the most impressive in Japan, towers over the city and is recognisable as the backdrop to several major films. Appreciate its turbulent past before strolling around Koko-en, the Edo-style gardens just across the castle moat. Afterwards, transfer to Osaka for an overnight stay. Due to tourist numbers, entrance to the main keep is strictly controlled and cannot be guaranteed. (BLD)

Day 10: Depart Osaka This morning is free at leisure before you transfer to Osaka airport for your return flight home. (B)

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£4289 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 9 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels • Meals as Specified: 9 breakfasts, 8 lunches, 9 dinners • All transportation and transfers • All sightseeing and entrance fees • English-speaking National Escort (subject to minimum 10 passengers) and Local Guides

DEPARTURES 2019: Mar 18, 24, 27, 30; Apr 1, 3, 5, 8, 12, 18; May 7, 14, 21; Sep 11, 24; Oct 7, 13, 18, 24; Nov 3, 10 2020: Mar 18, 24, 27, 30, 31; Apr 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 14, 18, 23; May 7, 14, 18, 21

TOUR STYLE: Escorted (Classic) GROUP SIZE: 29 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.


1

LAND RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

Yudanaka RAIL Nagano 1 NIGHTS STAYED

ASIA JAPAN

JAPAN

Nagoya LAND 2 Kyoto AIR Osaka 2 RAIL NIGHTS STAYED 1 Koya-San

(

Himeji 1

1

1

TOUR PRICES FROM

£4789pp

12 day Trails of Japan Tokyo • Fuji Five Lakes • Yudanaka • Nagano • Takayama • Kyoto • Koya-san • Osaka After arriving in Tokyo, the rest of the day is yours to start soaking up the local culture.

Day 2: Tokyo Tokyo is a city that is always moving forward – from the everchanging skyline to the fashions and trends of the people who call it home. As modern as it may appear, behind the neon façade is a traditional soul that is easy to find amongst the old alleyways, temples and shrines of the Edo era. Today begins with a visit to the observation deck of the 634-metre Skytree for views over the sprawling city below, followed by a visit to Sensoji Temple – Tokyo’s oldest. Also, stroll along the lively Nakamise shopping street. Later, drive by the famous Shibuya Crossing, stop by Meiji Shrine and continue to the vibrant district of Harajuku. Finally, it’s time for a uniquely Tokyo experience – the Robot Restaurant, no introduction needed! (B)

Day 3: Tokyo Immerse yourself in the local culture and spend the morning trying your hand at traditional Japanese drumming with a Taiko class, where you will learn how to beat the ‘wadaiko’ with ‘bachi’. Next, head to Akihabara, Tokyo’s electronics district and visit a Maid Café, one of Tokyo’s most popular types of themed establishments. In the afternoon, explore the Edo-Tokyo Museum, which powerfully illustrates the past of Tokyo (known as Edo until 1869) to relatively recent decades. May & September only - tickets to a Sumo tournament are included (B)

Day 4: Tokyo - Fuji Five Lakes Journey out of Tokyo to the foot of mighty Mt Fuji. Pick up a hiking trail and make your way through alpine forest, across meadows and around lakes at Fuji’s base, pausing often to gaze on the peak towering above you. May 2019 - you will visit the Shibazakura Festival (BD)

Day 5: Fuji Five Lakes - Nagano Travel to Matsumoto and explore its magnificent 16th Century castle. Continue to Nagano, stopping in Yudanaka to watch the Japanese Macaques, or Snow Monkeys, at Jigokudani Monkey Park bathe and play in and around the hot spring pool. (B)

Day 6: Nagano - Takayama Travel to Hotaka and ride up into the Japanese Alps on the Shin-Hotaka Ropeway for breathtaking views over the surrounding mountains (weather permitting). Drive to Takayama, nestled high in the Hida Region where you will stay the night at a ryokan,

1

Fuji Five Lakes

LAND CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

ESCORTED

Day 1: Arrive Tokyo

3

(

Tokyo

Takayama 1

a traditional Japanese inn with onsen facilities. Here you can relax and bathe in the natural hot spring pools and experience this most traditional pastime. This afternoon, you will have time to explore Kamisannomachi Street and sample the street food on offer. This evening, enjoy dinner in your ryokan. (BD)

• Learn the art of Taiko drumming • Hike around the base of Mount Fuji • Get up close to the fascinating Snow Monkeys • Relax in a traditional Onsen • Experience the speedy bullet train • Chant with the Buddhist Monks in Koya-san

Day 7: Takayama - Kyoto Take the Limited Express train to Nagoya, then travel on the super-fast bullet train and wizz your way through the countryside to Kyoto. Start discovering the city’s rich heritage with visits to the enchanting Fushimi Inari Shrine and Kiyomizu Temple. Stroll around Higashiyama and Gion, the geisha district, with a stop at Gion Corner, which showcases the seven professional performing arts. (B)

Day 8: Kyoto Start today by visiting Kinkakuji Temple, known as the ‘Golden Pavilion’, and Ryonaji Temple, home to Japan’s most famous zen garden. Continue to Arashiyama district and enjoy a rickshaw ride. Later, witness the rituals involved in the preparation and pouring of matcha tea in a traditional tea ceremony. (B)

PRICES FROM:

Day 9: Kyoto - Koya-san

PRICES INCLUDE

Discover the complicated process of dressing in a traditional kimono at Nishijin Textile Centre, then try your hand at the art of origami. This afternoon, travel by road to Koya-san, where you will spend the night in a 13th Century temple sleeping on a traditional futon on a tatami mat floor. (BD)

• 11 nights’ accommodation in selected hotels • Meals as Specified: 11 breakfasts, 4 dinners • All transportation and transfers • All sightseeing and entrance fees • English-speaking National Escort (subject to minimum 10 passengers) and Local Guides

Day 10: Koya-san - Osaka Rise early to join the monks for their daily morning service – hearing the recitation and chanting is a magical experience. After breakfast, take a walking tour of Koya-san. One of Japan’s holiest sites, this mountain top sanctuary is full of temples and pagodas. Also visit Kongobuji Temple and Okunoin Cemetry before travelling to Osaka. (B)

Day 11: Osaka Take a day tour to Himeji to visit the 17th Century castle which is considered a prime example of Japanese feudal period architecture. Continue to a sake brewery, where you can learn about the brewing process and enjoy some tasters. Return to Osaka and enjoy a farewell dinner. (BD)

Day 12: Depart Osaka Transfer to the airport, in time for your departure flight. (B)

TOUR DETAILS

£4789 per person

DEPARTURES 2019: Mar 23, 29; Apr 7; May 15, 21; Sep 8, 15; Oct 6, 23 2020: Mar 23, 29, Apr 7; May 12, 19

TOUR STYLE: Escorted (Go Beyond) GROUP SIZE: Max 24 PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

215


ASIA JAPAN

1

RAIL CRUISE NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

1

JAPAN LAND RAIL CRUISE Osaka 2 NIGHTS STAYED

3

Kyoto

2

Shima

Mt. Koya Shirahama

1

ESCORTED COACH TOUR

1

£3299pp

9 day Spiritual Japan Osaka • Mt Koya • Shirahama • Kumano • Shima • Ise • Shima • Iga • Nabari • Kyoto Welcome to Japan. Upon arrival at Osaka Itami or Kansai International Airport, transfer by pre-booked airport shuttle service to your hotel. That evening, you’ll join your Travel Director and fellow travellers for a Welcome Reception drink with appetisers. Rihga

Royal Osaka Hotel (2 nights)

Day 2: Osaka After breakfast, start your city tour with a visit to Osaka Castle, one of Japan’s most famous landmarks. Next, take a trip to the Abeno Harukas Observatory, the tallest skyscraper in Japan. With large floor-toceiling glass panels all around, the 60th floor offers 360 degree panoramic views of Osaka. Later enjoy some free time for shopping in the Umeda district before returning to the hotel. The afternoon is yours at leisure or choose to join an Optional Experience. (B)

equipment to catch shellfish and seaweed. Later visit Mikimoto Pearl Island which is the place where, for the first time in the world, pearls were successfully cultured. Then enjoy some free time at a local mall for shopping and dinner. (B)

Day 6: Shima - Iga – Nabari - Kyoto Travel to Iga and start the day with a visit to the Ninja Museum, dedicated to the history of ninja and ninjutsu, an original form of warfare developed mainly in the region. Continue by exploring Ueno Castle constructed in the late 16th Century served as the seat of the local lords during the Edo Period. Then enjoy a special Be My Guest lunch with a monk at Shorenji Temple in Nabari while learning about the history and traditions of the region. After lunch continue to Kyoto for your overnight stay. (BD) New Miyako Hotel (3 nights)

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

LAND of Osaka and Kyoto • City Tour AIR RAIL Nachi waterfall in • View the NIGHTS STAYED Kumano • Visit Osaka Castle and the LAND Abeno CRUISE Harukas Observatory in Osaka, NIGHTS theSTAYED Kongobuji Temple and the Danjo Garan Temple in Mt. Koya, the Ise Jingu Shrine and Mikimoto Pearl Island in Shima, the Ninja Museum and Ueno Castle in Iga and the Bamboo Forest, the Kinkakuji Temple and Sanjusangendo Hall in Kyoto 1

1

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£3299 per person

Day 7: Kyoto Visit the Kinkakuji Temple; a UNESCO World Heritage site famous for its Golden Pavilion reflecting beautifully in the water of the adjoining pond. Lunch will be okonomiyaki; similar to a savoury pancake and made with egg, cabbage, soba noodles and meat, seafood or cheese and grilled in layers on a hot plate in front of you. That afternoon you’ll discover Arashiyama, a district on the outskirts of Kyoto, before exploring the breathtaking Bamboo Forest, walking along the paths that cut through the bamboo groves. Continue on to Tenryuji Temple which has one of the finest gardens in Kyoto and wonderful mountain views.

PRICES INCLUDE

Nanki Shirahama Marriott Hotel

(BL)

2019: Select dates April - October

Day 4: Shirahama - Kumano - Shima

Day 8: Kyoto

Visit the Kumano area, the spiritual heartland of Japan and discover the Kumano Kodo Pilgrimage Route, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Choose to ascend Daimonzaka Hill either on foot or by coach to admire the Nachi Taisha Shrine, Seiganotoji Temple and the impressive Nachi waterfall, the tallest waterfall in Japan. Continue your journey by visiting Hayatama Taisha one of Kumano’s most important shrines that holds an important place in Japanese mythology.  

Visit the Kiyomizu-dera Temple; a buzzing hive of activity perched on a hill overlooking the city. It is one of Kyoto’s most popular and most enjoyable temples and a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Then head to Sanjusangendo Hall, a temple famous for its 1001 statues of Kannon, the goddess of mercy. Return to the hotel for a leisurely afternoon or choose to take part in an Optional Experience. That evening, you’ll enjoy a delightful farewell dinner with your fellow companions and Travel Director at a local restaurant.

Day 3: Osaka - Mt Koya – Shirahama Travel to Mt. Koya, a UNESCO World Heritage Site and where the Shingon Buddism sect was introduced in 805 by the priest Kukai. Explore the Kongobuji Temple with its elegantly painted sliding doors and the Danjo Garan Temple, one of the first complexes built by Kobo Daishi in Mt. Koya. Later enjoy a Japanese style vegetarian lunch at a delightful monastery inn (shukubo) served by local monks. Continue to Okunoin, Japan’s largest cemetery and the site of Kobo Daishi’s mausoleum. Travel to Shirahama and later enjoy dinner in a local authentic Japanese ‘Izakaya’. (BLD)

(BD) Shima Kanko The Classic Hotel (2 nights)

Day 5: Shima – Ise - Shima Enjoy a later start before travelling to Ise to visit the Ise Jingu Shrine – the most revered Shinto sanctuary of great spiritual and historical significance. Later meet some traditional free divers known as ‘Ama’, as seen in the James Bond movie ‘You Only Live Twice’. They are working women of the region who dressed all in white, dive into the sea without any diving

216

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS

PRICES FROM

Day 1: Arrive Osaka

Kumano 1

(BD)

Day 9: Kyoto Transfer by airport shuttle to Kansai International Airport or Osaka Itami Airport for your onward flight.

(B)

• 8 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 8 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 4 dinners • Touring by air-conditioning vehicle • Services of an expert Travel Director • Transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary • VIP door-to-door airport transfer

DEPARTURES TOUR STYLE: Escorted Coach GROUP SIZE: 52 max PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 4 stars Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

Optional Pre/Post Stay Add-on nights are available in Tokyo. Please call for details.


ASIA Takayama 2

Kyoto 1 2

3

JAPAN Tokyo 4 LAND RAIL 2 Hakone CRUISE

Nagoya1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

JAPAN

1

LAND AIR NIGHTS STAYED

Osaka

Hiroshima

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS INDEPENDENT TOUR

1

PRICES FROM

£2979pp

1

15 day Highlights of Japan Tokyo • Takayama • Shirakawa-go • Kyoto • Hiroshima • Osaka • Hakone Days 1 - 3: Tokyo

Day 11: Hiroshima - Osaka

On arrival, take your shared transfer to your hotel. On day 2 take a full-day sightseeing tour to 4 of Tokyo’s popular spots including Tokyo Tower, Imperial Palace, Asakusa and Sensoji. On day 3, you are free to explore at your leisure. (BL,B*) Standard: Shiba Park Hotel;

Back on the bullet train as you travel to Osaka. Culturally distinct from its counterpart Tokyo in the east, Osaka is a lively city with a buzzing comedy scene and considered a foodies delight, be sure to try some of the city’s famous dishes such as takoyaki and okonomiyaki. (B) Standard: Osaka Tokyu Rei

Superior: Park Hotel Shiodome; Deluxe: Mandarin Oriental (3 nights) *No meals on day 1

Day 4: Tokyo - Takayama From Tokyo, take the world-famous Shinkansen bullet train and then the Limited Express Hida Wide View, winding your way through mountains and stunning gorges to Takayama. That afternoon, a visit to one of the town’s many sake breweries is recommended.

(BD) Standard: Sumiyoshi Ryokan; Superior: Koto no Yume Ryokan; Deluxe: Honjin Hiranoya Kachoan (2 nights)

Hotel; Superior: New Otani Osaka Hotel; Deluxe: Intercontinental Osaka

Days 12 & 13: Osaka - Hakone Head east to Hakone on the Shinkansen as you travel to Osaka. The rest of your time is free to enjoy at leisure – Hakone is blessed with natural hot springs, stunning Lake Ashi, and a ropeway that offers an amazing view of Mount Fuji. (BD,BD) Standard: Pax

Yoshino; Superior: Gora Tensui; Deluxe: Tenyu (2 nights)

Day 5: Takayama - Shirakawa-go

Days 14 & 15: Hakone – Tokyo

Visit the Miyagawa Market in Takayama and the ancient town. End the morning by stopping at a sake brewery and enjoy a tasting of Japan’s national tipple. In the afternoon, the tour will move onto the UNESCO site of Shirakawa-go village. Your guide will show you around the village, famous for its traditional gasshozukuri farmhouses, some of which are more than 250 years old. (BD)

From Hakone, head back to Tokyo on the bullet train, time to pick up some last minute souvenirs and get some final sightseeing in. On your final day take a shared transfer back to the airport. (B) Standard:

Day 6: Takayama - Kyoto Enjoy beautiful views of the Japanese countryside as you travel via train from Takayama to Kyoto, the journey includes a stop in Nagoya. Your afternoon will be spent at your leisure (B) Standard: Vista Premio

Hotel; Superior: Granvia Kyoto; Deluxe: Hyatt Regency Kyoto (3 nights)

Days 7 & 8: Kyoto Visit some of Kyoto’s most charming spots on a sightseeing bus tour of Kyoto. Visit Kinkaku-ji Temple and Nijo Castle, both UNESCO World Heritage Sites. Continue to Nara and visit 2 World Heritage Sites, Todai-ji Temple and Kasuga Taisha Shrine. (BL,B)

Days 9 & 10: Kyoto - Hiroshima

• The bright lights of Megalopolis Tokyo, including a full-day LAND tour to AIR see the top sights RAIL NIGHTS STAYED • A traditional Ryokan stay in Takayama LAND • The quaint UNESCO site ofCRUISE NIGHTS STAYED Shirakawa-go home to traditional houses over 250 years old • Travelling in style between cities at up to 200mph on Japan’s famed Bullet Train • 2 nights in Historic Hiroshima • Trying some of Japans best cuisine in Osaka • Exploring Hakone’s peaceful mountain setting and enjoying its hot springs

Shiba Park Hotel; Superior: Park Hotel Shiodome; Deluxe: Mandarin Oriental

TOUR DETAILS PRICES FROM:

£2979 per person

PRICES INCLUDE • 14 nights’ accommodation in named hotels or similar • Meals as specified: 14 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 4 dinners • All rail tickets • Airport transfers and sightseeing as per itinerary

DEPARTURES Daily

TOUR STYLE: Independent

Hop on the Shinkansen bullet train and journey west to Hiroshima. While you’re here, it is recommended you check out the historic Hiroshima castle and bustling downtown area. On day 10 you will take a shared tour to visit the Peace Memorial Park with the A-Bomb dome and Miyajima Island. (B,B) Standard:

GROUP SIZE: 2+

New Hiroden; Superior: Hotel Granvia Hiroshima; Deluxe: Sheraton Hiroshima (2 Nights)

Overnight hotels are subject to change. Should they vary from those shown in the itinerary, the alternative accommodation provided will always be of a similar standard.

PHYSICAL DEMAND: ACCOMMODATION LEVEL: 3 - 5 stars

To create your own perfect holiday and for our latest special offers, please contact your travel agent

217


1

NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

ASIA JAPAN

JAPAN 2

Kanazawa

Yudanaka

2

1

Shirakawa-go RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

1

LAND AIR RAIL NIGHTS STAYED

2

Takayama

2

Tokyo

INCLUDED TOUR HIGHLIGHTS 1

INDEPENDENT TOUR PRICES FROM

£2559pp

9 day Japanese Alps Experience Tokyo • Takayama • Shirakawa go • Kanazawa • Yudanaka Day 1: Arrive Tokyo

Day 5: Kanazawa

Upon arrival at Narita Airport, you will be picked up by your driver for your private transfer to your hotel. You will have the rest of the day to explore the city at your leisure. Park Hotel

Charming Kanazawa is not only home to beautiful art and architecture and to one of Japan’s most exquisite cuisines; it is also the birthplace of refined traditional crafts valued as some of the finest in the country. You will get to experience ‘hands on’ 2 of the crafts that make Kanazawa famous. (B)

Day 2: Tokyo - Takayama Make your own way to Tokyo station for your train ride to Takayama. You will board the Shinkansen bullet train to Nagoya station in Aichi prefecture, a journey time of under 2 hours. At Nagoya station, you will transfer to the Limited Express train Hida Wideview for one of the most scenic train journeys in Japan, winding your way through tall mountains and stunning gorges to Takayama. Upon arrival, make your own way to your hotel, the rest of the day is yours to spend at leisure. (B) Associa Takayama (2 Nights)

Day 3: Takayama Start the day with a guided tour by public transport, visit the local Miyagawa Market along the Miyagawa River in the old town. Stands sell local crafts and farm products such as vegetables, pickles and flowers. Take a walk in the district called San-machiSuji, the traditional home of Takayama merchants and sake brewers, preserved in almost exactly the same state as 2,300 years ago. Visit the Takayama Jinya, the Hida Region around Takayama was put under direct control of the Tokugawa Shogunate in 1692. The T